Latest Manufacturing Process contents

New research brief: Dental stick extrusion utilizing spray dried plasma (SDP)
Extrusion

2+ MIN

New research brief: Dental stick extrusion utilizing spray dried plasma (SDP)

Study objetive   The study objective was to evaluate how SDP inclusion with other ingredients impacts texture of extruded dental formulas.   Experimental procedure   Three formulas were developed utilizing SDP to replace wheat starch (WS) or Arabic gum in the control formula. The formulas were: Control: WS and gum; SDP1: SDP and WS replacing gum; and SDP2: SDP replacing WS and gum. Dental sticks were made at the Extru-Tech technology testing center using a 525 single screw extruder with the product densification unit (PDU) removed and replaced with a mid-barrel valve and 3 cooling heads to cause densification. The sticks were manufactured as solid square sticks. Generally, a single screw with a PDU, or a traditional parallel-shaft twin screw is used to manufacture dental sticks. However, the equipment alterations used worked like a single screw with a PDU; thus, it would be expected that the results would translate to a traditional single screw configuration. Glycerin at 12% (% to dry feed rate) and chicken fat were added to the pre-conditioner at set rates to optimize expansion and product quality. Processing conditions were monitored and adjusted on the various formulations during production to optimize extrusion. Texture was measured on a TA.XT Plus utilizing an adjustable bridge with a rounded-end knife probe for a 3-point bend. Dental sticks of 8 cm in length were placed over the two bridge spans spaced 5 cm apart to measure maximum force (hardness) and work to peak force (work to break) to determine texture parameters. Ten dental sticks per treatment were analyzed.   Treatments     Dental stick run conditions     Results and discussion     Summary   In conclusion, SDP can be incorporated into dental stick formulas and utilized as a processing aide. Overall, depending on target hardness and ingredient matrix, SDP can be an alternative to various ingredients to maintain or improve product quality.    Source: APC  

The company formerly known as Schenck Process FPM has officially transitioned its name to Coperion
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

The company formerly known as Schenck Process FPM has officially transitioned its name to Coperion

The integrated Coperion companies combine the strengths of multiple process industry leaders under a single brand, offering manufacturers a broader portfolio of solutions, technologies and services across the food, health and nutrition markets, such as baking, confectionery, pet food, pharmaceuticals and cosmetics, as well as the polymers/performance materials industries such as plastics, plastics recycling, chemical, battery and minerals.   Coperion brings flagship brands together under one roof, including those that were formally from Schenck Process (FPM) – Raymond Bartlett Snow, Stock, Baker Perkins, Kemutec, and Mucon. This allows Coperion to offer solutions to customers in a more streamlined way—with an even deeper team of process experts and collaborative problem-solvers. Customers will continue to receive hands-on service and support, including access to test and innovation centers around the world.   'Our dedicated employees are energized by the possibilities of the new Coperion and the positive impact we believe its expansion is already having on our company and our customers,' said Matthew Craig, General Manager, FPM. 'Bringing all technologies under the Coperion name signals a deeper integration that means we are better equipped than ever to deliver the high-quality solutions, technologies and service we've always been known for.'   'We made the strategic decision to strengthen Coperion's capabilities,' said Ulrich Bartel, President, Coperion. 'We have done so by bringing together people and technologies that customers know and trust, creating a broader and deeper portfolio that meets every process step and cements our over 140-year legacy of proven performance and leadership.'   The migration of the former Schenck Process FPM began in May 2023 when it spun off from the German-based Schenck Process Group—which has since rebranded as Qlar in a parallel, but unrelated, process. Along with the name change, the website has moved to coperion.com/fpm. All emails, including those for employees from the technology brands of Baker Perkins and Kemutec have changed to @coperion.com.   About Coperion   Coperion (www.coperion.com) is a global industry and technology leader in compounding and extrusion systems, sorting, size reduction and washing systems, feeding systems, bulk material handling and services. Coperion develops, produces, and services plants, machinery, and components for the plastics and plastics recycling industry as well as the chemical, batteries, food, pharmaceutical and minerals industries. Coperion employs more than 5,000 people in its three divisions, Polymer, Food, Health & Nutrition, and Aftermarket Sales & Service, and in its over 50 sales and service companies worldwide. Coperion is an Operating Company of Hillenbrand (NYSE: HI), a global industrial company that provides highly-engineered, mission-critical processing equipment and solutions to customers serving a wide variety of industries around the world. To learn more, visit www.Hillenbrand.com.   
About Schenck Process FPM   Schenck Process Food and Performance Materials (FPM) – a brand of Coperion which is part of Hillenbrand Inc., engineers cutting-edge technologies and solutions across the bulk material handling spectrum. Our teams deliver complete solutions for your real-world needs, based on deep process and engineering expertise. We specialize in precision solutions for pneumatic conveying, milling, dust collection, sifting, weighing, and feeding. Schenck Process FPM and Coperion boast a streamlined business model which enables us to deliver high-performing systems for customers in every corner of the world, supported by an extensive collection of services. coperion.com/fpm   Source: Coperion

Recovery of by-products in the manufacture of pet food
Extrusion

2+ MIN

Recovery of by-products in the manufacture of pet food

Challenges with wet by-products   Wet by-products have a high moisture content, making them difficult to handle due to their rapid decomposition and the generation of unwanted microorganisms that can put pet health at risk. Generally, these by-products are marketed at low value for feed farm animals or are discarded.   Problems with process fines   Fines are often reinserted inefficiently into the grinding or mixing process, leading to several problems: Grind a product that has already been ground Consume additional energy in grinding Wear on hammers and mill sieves Affect the capacity of the equipment that reprocesses these by-products   Sustainable solution: By-product Recovery System (SRS)   The By-product Recovery System (SRS) is a proven solution to reduce, reuse and recycle both wet and dry by-products, regardless of size, temperature and moisture content.
  SRS components   The SRS has two tanks: Homogenization tank: receives the by-products to be recovered. It has a specially designed blade that rotates at high speed to achieve a homogeneous mixture (slurry) with an approximate concentration of 20% by-products and 80% water at a temperature between 40 and 50 °C. Maintenance tank: once the homogeneous mixture is achieved, it is transferred to this tank through pipes. Here, a mixer keeps the slurry homogeneous and at the proper viscosity.   The SRS control system communicates with the preconditioner-extruder PLC to ensure the correct water content within the preconditioner and extruder, avoiding unwanted variations in moisture content and guaranteeing optimal quality and uniformity of the final product.
  Advantages of SRS   Recovery of investment in a short time Immediate use of all by-products, avoiding the generation of unwanted microorganisms Optimization of process times Decrease in labour requirements Improved traceability Achievement of automation Compliance with FDA and EHEDG certifications Made of stainless steel Adaptable to plant spaces through horizontal or vertical layout   SRS sizing   To size the appropriate SRS for your process, it is necessary to determine the number of by-products generated. With this information, the appropriate model can be selected. There are three standard models: SRS150, SRS300 and SRS600, which recover 150, 300 and 600 kg/h respectively. Special solutions can also be designed according to specific needs.   By: Clivio Solutions   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Innovating together: A new development for the premix pet food industry
Dosing

3+ MIN

Innovating together: A new development for the premix pet food industry

The customer's choice of the CS-WP solution   An American-based customer of KSE, operating in the premix industry, selected the CS-WP solution due to an urgent need to optimize space utilization in their production facility. This innovative solution enabled them to save significant vertical space, with reductions of 4 to 5 meters compared to a conventional weighing system. Additionally, the CS-WP system offers direct separation of contaminants for all raw materials, ensuring the entire facility remains free from contamination.   Another customer in Spain, a leading manufacturer in the food additive industry, has also expressed interest in the CS-WP solution because of their stringent contamination control requirements. The CS-WP system allows macro ingredients to be safely transported in dedicated containers, ensuring clean and flexible distribution to three separate mixing lines.   Exploration of market-based alternatives   The customer explored two alternative solutions. Initially, a traditional pneumatic conveying system was considered but dismissed due to hygiene issues and excessive energy consumption. The second option involved a container concept relying on AGVs (Automated Guided Vehicle). Ultimately, KSE's CS-WP concept emerged as the most fitting and seamlessly integrable solution, enabling the maintenance of the desired compact building height.   Future expansion and developments   The client positions the CS-WP project as the ''Next Generation Plant'', hinting at the possibility of establishing future plants based on the same concept. This marks the inaugural joint project for the Spanish customer and KSE, with aspirations to extend this concept to other facilities, thereby assuming a pioneering role in the Spanish food additive industry.   A breakthrough solution   The CS-WP emerged as a groundbreaking weighing solution within the ACT (Automatic Container Transfer) framework, renowned for its internal transport capabilities. Manufacturers are seeking space-saving solutions in their plants while aiming to achieve minimal contamination by dispensing products directly into containers. Tailored to accommodate a wide dosing range, this solution stands out for its versatility.   Intensive development process   The concept promptly resonated with our customers' needs and industry demands, particularly in sectors like premix and pet food. The development process of the CS-WP entailed tackling several design challenges, such as achieving optimal balance in the setup. With dimensions of approximately 1.5 meters x 1.5 meters and a height of 5 to 6 meters, this resulted in a column four times as tall as it is wide. This configuration posed potential tipping hazards, especially when the system was in motion while carrying weight at the top. To prevent this, rollover safeguards were implemented, and extensive testing was performed.   Another crucial aspect involved a meticulous examination of the system's extraction process. Customers typically invest in an ACT system to maintain a pristine working environment with minimal contamination. However, if dust escapes through open joints during each movement, this objective is compromised. Moreover, the extraction process must not interfere with the weighing signal during the dosing process, ensuring that accuracy is not compromised.   Following extensive consultation and collaboration with suppliers, multiple concepts were devised and executed by the mechanical, electrical, and software teams. Presently, two variants are available: one where dust from the filters returns with the product, minimizing contamination but ensuring all product accompanies it through processing, and another where dust extraction directs waste to a remote unloading point, eliminating contamination but resulting in waste. The selection between these variants depends on the customer's specific needs and requirements.   The operational phase   During the implementation phase of industrial solutions, addressing technical challenges is only part of the equation; understanding real-world usage is equally vital. Hence, KSE engages its service department from the beginning of a project to ensure that aspects, such as cleaning positions, accessibility, and installation safety are meticulously accounted for. This approach establishes a robust groundwork for a successful project, enhancing both efficiency and safety.   By: KSE Process Technology   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

The STATEC BINDER customer service
Packaging

2+ MIN

The STATEC BINDER customer service

Our comprehensive, worldwide customer service includes numerous services, such as inspections, detailed customer trainings on site, the storage of spare and wear parts close to the customer and extensive maintenance by our service technicians.   The 1 - 6 - 11 service program enables customer advice and support after the delivery of a STATEC BINDER system with the highest level of expertise. The program allows the machines to be optimally adapted to the individual needs of the customer and enables our technicians to answer project-related questions in person.   1 - One month after commissioning   The machines are installed by our technicians together with the customer, the production capacity is tested, and parameter checks are carried out. In addition, the future machine operators receive extensive training.   6 - Six months after commissioning   The customer should already be confident and familiar with its system. The focus lies on fine-tuning the machine, whereby a further visit, parameter checks, refresher trainings and visual inspections are carried out. Further customer training takes place if required.   11 - Eleven months after commissioning   Our service technicians visit the customer one more time and inspect the machine. The technicians make recommendations for a better use of the system in the future, in order to complete the fine-tuning process. Finally, an individual maintenance plan is drawn up for the respective system to ensure smooth cooperation in the future.   In addition to the comprehensive service program, our customer service is also characterized by the wide range of spare and wear parts. Required spare parts can be ordered and shipped globally and easily. Our customers also benefit from our Remote Maintenance System. With this innovative technology, problems that cannot be solved by customers themselves can be identified from our company located in Austria. Beyond that, the further procedure can also be defined remotely.   In addition, after the delivery of the machine, our customers get largely informed about the optimization and modernization of their systems by our service team. The focus lies on fine-tuning the machines with various modernization measures, such as new standards or updates. In this way, we can continue to help ensure that the high-quality systems perform reliably for many decades to come.   By: STATEC BINDER   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Great News: Josera Integrates KSE’s Cutting-Edge ALFRA Technology
Dosing

2+ MIN

Great News: Josera Integrates KSE’s Cutting-Edge ALFRA Technology

We are pleased to share the installation of several advanced ALFRA machines at the Josera petfood factory, a member of the ERBACHER the food family group. In addition to our renowned ALFRA dosing and weighing systems and a movable bulk mixer for finished products, the scope includes our Automatic Contrainer Transfer (ACT) system.   Our ACT systems fit perfectly with Josera's commitment to innovation, quality and sustainability. They further streamline their internal transfer processes, increase efficiency and precision in their operations, and maintain contamination-free processes. To ensure seamless integration and optimum performance, in addition to supervision, commissioning, training is provided by one of our own Bartosz Piechota who is on site on a regular basis.   This project is being carried out with industry partners H. Wolking Mühlen- und Maschinenbau GmbH & Co. KG and Intermont construction to achieve the desired plant for Josera. Together, we're driving innovation, quality and sustainability in the animal nutrition and pet food industries, and our shared commitment to common values ensures precision, efficiency and environmentally friendly practices.   We are excited about the future and the opportunities that this new plant will bring Josera. The successful integration of KSE Group's advanced machinery is a testament to the strength of our partnership and our shared dedication to excellence. As construction continues, we look forward to providing further updates and sharing our progress with you.   Follow us HERE, for more detailed information about the individual machines and solutions implemented in this project and how they might benefit you.
 
Source: KSE Process Technology

Carousel dryer/cooler from CPM's IDAH offers sustainability in petfood industry
Drying

3+ MIN

Carousel dryer/cooler from CPM's IDAH offers sustainability in petfood industry

The carousel working principle   In the carousel dryer, the product enters through a rotary valve onto the revolving trays. The Carousel system ensures a first in, first out (FIFO) principle, after nearly one revolution, the product is gently discharged and mixed into the next lower tray. This process is repeated until the product drops from the last tray into the outlet where a rotary valve prevents air leakage. The revolution means that the product undergoes the same treatment all along the decks, ensuring that the product comes out in uniform moisture. Furthermore, the multiple tumbling action gives an efficient heat exchange with the air, resulting in a low dryer exhaust air temperature.   Integrating dryer and cooler as one solution   The Carousel technology is a unique solution for both energy efficiency and precise moisture control. Optimal moisture control is made easy by using carousel technology in both the dryer and cooler. Additionally, the exhaust air from the cooler can be directed as make-up air for the drying process. Therefore, an integration of the dryer and cooler into one compact machine with a FIFO discharge principle like the carousel dryer will give an outstanding moisture control performance. Ambient air cools the product and after filtered and heated it is used as drying air for the upper section. This carousel model offers many benefits and features when compared to traditional equipment.   Improving product moisture control   Managing the temperature and moisture content of the finished product is the main task for the drying and cooling process. However, when the feed is overdried, it causes material loss, as well as extra energy consumption. When the feed is too wet, the product will have a higher risk of quality degradation and mold growth.   Due to its unique working principle, all the products in this carousel dryer will get the same heat treatment and retention time. This is combined with a unique and easy control system, along with real-time monitoring and modification of the drying parameters. The carousel dryer will give a uniform and constant moisture level that makes it easier to achieve the target average moisture, which will save energy and raw materials.   Improving energy efficiency   The drying and cooling process accounts for a significant part of the overall energy consumption. Rising energy costs and sustainability awareness regarding energy consumption have driven feed manufacturers to request further support to improve their drying and cooling functions. To maximize energy efficiency, we have to look into: Maximizing the use of warm product energy. Minimizing the amount of water evaporation. Minimizing energy loss with the exhaust air.   By using the cooling air as makeup air into the dryer, the heat energy can be reused. Also, efficient heat exchange lowers the amount of exhaust air. Low exhaust air volumes will reduce the cost needed for odor treatment.   Reducing the space required   While upgrading the production capacity of a feed mill or improving the production process, the introduction of new equipment into the facility is required and space limitations may arise. The carousel dryer is already more compact than a typical dryer.   Potential savings   A direct result of using cooling air as makeup air for the dryer is savings. If you assume that the temperature differential between the ambient and cooler exhaust air is 25°C, you save up to 30 kg/t steam. At the same time, you will reduce the amount of exhaust air by 50%, reducing odor treatment costs significantly. Getting better moisture control, for example 0.5%, is saving not only about 10 kg/t steam consumption in the dryer but, even more importantly, saving 0.5% raw materials cost and having a 0.5% higher output capacity.   For more information, contact [email protected].   Source: CPM IDAH

CPM IDAH presents the TwinTech extruder for the Pet Food and Aqua Feed market
Extrusion

2+ MIN

CPM IDAH presents the TwinTech extruder for the Pet Food and Aqua Feed market

In March, CPM IDAH presented the clearest evidence of that collaboration at the Victam Asia 2024 show: the new TwinTech twin-corotative screw extruder. This TwinTech extruder updates IDAH's well-known twin-screw extruder with innovations and design techniques from CPM Ruiya Extrusion, along with the long-lasting gearbox and energy-efficient motor from the renowned CPM equipment.   Collaborative development   "This extruder is the result of collaboration between the CPM brands IDAH (Taiwan) and Ruiya Extrusion (China)," says Ezequiel Villar, Business Development Manager for Latin America at CPM IDAH. "We combined their knowledge of design, robustness, and profitability with our knowledge of food production to introduce a new technology."   The CPM gearbox and motor also offer real advantages in the TwinTech. 'The gearbox allows rotational speeds of up to 600 RPM, making it easier to process heavy loads and increase performance, along with a proven long service life,' says EV. TwinTech's CPM motor is a permanent magnet synchronous motor (PMSM), which offers significant advantages: "The CPM motor requires less energy," says EV. "It also reduces size and noise emission by approximately 30%." Combined, these innovations create a market-leading twin-screw extruder that delivers capacity, value, and reliability.   TwinTech details   The TwinTech extruder offers a range of new features developed by both IDAH and partner brands within CPM: Improved Gearbox technology: Powered by CPM's renowned and proven gearbox technology, the TwinTech extruder features a high-speed, heavy-duty gearbox capable of a rotational speed of up to 600 RPM. This allows for increased processing capacity and efficiency. Energy efficient design: The TwinTech extruder is powered by a permanent magnet synchronous motor (PMSM), which is highly efficient and approximately 50% smaller than traditional air-cooled motors. This motor design contributes to energy savings, reduced noise pollution (up to 30% less), and the option of water cooling to maintain the motor. Density control unit: An optional feature, the density control unit, allows TwinTech to produce different food types using the pressure inside the cutting chamber. This versatility allows manufacturers to produce a wide range of feeds with a single machine. Advanced preconditioning and cooking systems: These systems are designed to improve the cooking process by ensuring effective steam integration and retention, resulting in greater processing efficiency and product quality.   Our CPM IDAH TwinTech extruder is a guaranteed solution to increase product quality levels with lower energy and wear costs. Regionally, we see an increase in consumption and specific growth in premium food by users, which generates the responsibility of the entire chain to have efficient solutions given the limitations that our clients face with the increase in ingredient, energy, and overhead costs. But despite these challenges, high-quality products are still expected to be supplied to a very competitive market. The TwinTech extruder is a cutting-edge solution that combines the experience of IDAH and the technology and robustness of CPM, offering the pet food industry a reliable and efficient tool.   By: CPM IDAH Source: All Pet Food Magazine

KSE commissions new container shuttle system for premix production
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

KSE commissions new container shuttle system for premix production

We are talking with Dennis van Lankeren, Business Unit Manager ALFRA, and Bas Versluis , Head of Sales at KSE. Bas: ''The ALFRA Automatic Container Transfer (ACT) consists of a modular portfolio based on containers that provides process flexibility and minimal contamination. The system uses container shuttles (CS) to transfer products and components without contamination. The WP addition clarifies that in addition to internal transfer, the system has also integrated dosing and weighing.''   Lower building height and higher silos   Transfer by way of containers is not new for ALFRA, but combining this with dosing and weighing is. Dennis adds: ''Until recently, when silos were located at the top of the plant with a dosing installation, it was necessary to place a scale underneath to dump the correct amount into the movable container. With the CS-WP system, ''moving'', ''dosing'' and ''weighing'' have been added to its functionalities. This means an extra weighing system, that would require extra height, can be eliminated. In other words: the plant can be constructed with a lower building height or the new available height can be used to build higher and larger silos."   Carriers and macros   In the premix production process, the CS-WP system is suitable for larger components, such as carriers and macros. Because of the drop height between the silo outlets and the scale, it is not possible with this solution to dose small quantities, such as micro components, with sufficient accuracy. These can be prepared compactly on another dosing unit that works in parallel to be picked up by the container and transferred along with the large components to, for example, the mixer. This means the full batch remains in the same container during the entire process.   The customer's choice for choosing the CS-WP solution   The customer in the U.S. opted for the CS-WP solution because of their urgent requirement to optimally utilize the available space in their existing facility. Integrating the system in their plant allowed them to save valuable height that would otherwise be taken up by a conventional weighing system. This resulted in height savings of approximately 4-5 meters.  The fact that the CS-WP system guarantees a low contamination value was also a reason for the customer to buy this system.   The other customer in Spain, who is in the feed additives industry, installed the CS-WP solution also because of the specific requirements regarding contamination control. By using the CS-WP, macro ingredients can now be safely transferred to three different mixing lines.   Alternative solutions in the market   Dennis explains that several alternatives were considered by both customers. One alternative involved a traditional pneumatic transfer system, but this solution turned out to be disadvantageous because of hygiene issues and high energy consumption. The second alternative involved a container concept based on AGVs (Automated Guided Vehicle), which however, is complex to pair with several parallel production lines within a plant. In the end, KSE's CS-WP concept proved to be the most suitable and integratable, and resulted in maintaining the desired compact building height.   Intensive development process   The development process of the CS-WP involved some challenging design issues, including balancing the setup. With a footprint of approximately 1.5 meters x 1.5 meters and a height of 5.0 to 6.0 meters, this resulted in a column four times as tall as it is wide. This created a potential toppling hazard, especially when the system moved with weight on top. To prevent this, rollover safeguards were installed.   The system's dust extraction proved to be another puzzle. Customers who purchase an ACT system usually do so because of the need for a clean work environment with minimal contamination hazard. However, when dust escapes at the open joints during movement, this requirement is not met. In addition, because of accuracy, the extraction must not affect the weighing signal during the dosing process.   After extensive consultation and advice with suppliers, several concepts have been worked out, hereby coordinating mechanics, electrical and software. There are not two available variants: one where the dust collected from the filters goes back into the product, which can result in minor contamination, but ensures that all the product is moved along during the process. There is also a variant in which the dust extraction is taken as waste to an external discharge location without contamination, but thus resulting in waste. The choice between these two variants depends on the customer's requirements.   Application   Bas concludes, ''This KSE concept finds its application mainly in the premix and pet food industry. For application in the compound feed industry, the system is generally too small and relatively expensive.'' Bas adds that the customers mentioned in this article wish to remain anonymous for the time being, but that field results will be available soon.   Source: KSE Process Technology.

Siegwerk’s new coatings enable recyclable monomaterial pet food packaging
Packaging

2+ MIN

Siegwerk’s new coatings enable recyclable monomaterial pet food packaging

Printing ink and coatings leader Siegwerk has announced a breakthrough in sustainable pet food packaging. Partnering with printing machine manufacturer Windmöller & Hölscher and bag-making and machine producer B&B, Siegwerk has developed a fully recyclable monomaterial pouch for dry pet food using its CIRKIT functional coatings. This innovation addresses increasing pressure from EU regulations on packaging circularity.   'New approaches are needed to meet the upcoming regulatory requirements for circular packaging,' said Belal Habib, head of Brand Owner Collaboration at Siegwerk. 'The challenge is to find a recyclable design that also meets the respective performance requirements of the packaging.'   Pet food packaging needs to be food-safe and have specific barrier properties such as grease resistance, in order to maintain freshness and structural integrity. Traditionally, these requirements meant complex, non-recyclable multimaterial structures with metallised layers.   'The problem: they are not recyclable,' added Habib. 'This is where innovative barrier coatings applied in thin layers and inline with regular printing inks can help to switch from an incompatible multimaterial structure to a fully recyclable monomaterial solution in the sense of a circular economy.'   The solution utilises two CIRKIT coatings: CIRKIT GreaseBar: An inline-printable grease barrier coating. CIRKIT HeatGuard: A coating that enhances sealing efficiency and heat resistance on film surfaces, also inline-printable.   These coatings, combined with full polyurethane inks suitable for mechanical recycling, enable the mono-polyethylene bag to achieve the same performance as traditional multimaterial structures while being fully recyclable. Importantly, the inks and coatings are solvent-based, deinkable, and inline-printable without sacrificing print quality.   'Together, we have succeeded in developing an innovation that is circular, delivers on performance and maintains current process efficiencies due to inline and high-speed conversion,' said Habib. 'This shows that, by joining forces, we are in a position to make recyclable monoplastic packaging a reality and thus counter the still wide presence of multimaterial laminated structures with future-oriented flexible packaging solutions made for circularity.'   Siegwerk's expertise spans the entire packaging life cycle, from raw material selection to recycling. This allows it to partner with companies to redesign packaging structures for sustainability according to current guidelines.   Source: Packaging Gateway.

Two essential parameters for pet food launching
Laboratory

4+ MIN

Two essential parameters for pet food launching

By Ludmila Barbi T. Bomcompagni

The fierce competition in the pet food market not only highlights the need for differentiation and excellence in pet food formulation but also emphasizes the importance of validating their effectiveness. Carrying out digestibility tests and fecal score evaluation is one of the crucial methods for evaluating the nutritional pet food quality.   Two essential parameters for pet food launching   Digestibility test The digestibility test is a crucial tool in evaluating the efficiency with which animals use and absorb food nutrients. This method provides a deep understanding of the digestion and absorption capacity of essential nutrients, which is essential for optimizing diet formulations and ensuring adequate nutrition for living beings. By analyzing the digestibility rate of various components present in food, such as proteins, fats, and starch, the digestibility test contributes significantly to the development of more efficient and sustainable feeding strategies, benefiting pet food products. Fecal score evaluation Assessment of fecal score in dogs and cats is a practical and valuable method for monitoring the digestibility of food consumed by these animals. The fecal score refers to the consistency and appearance of feces, being a visual indication of gastrointestinal health and digestive efficiency.
This method involves assigning an appropriate score to stool, usually on a scale from 1 to 5, based on characteristics such as consistency, color, and shape. When applied to food digestibility studies for dogs and cats, fecal score plays a crucial role. Well-formed stools with adequate consistency indicate good nutrient absorption in the gastrointestinal tract. On the other hand, excessively soft stools, diarrhea, or other abnormalities can be attributed to poor diet digestibility. Fecal score assessment is often performed in experimental feeding studies in which animals are subjected to different diets. By comparing fecal scores over time, researchers can infer the relative digestibility of different food ingredients or formulations. Diets that result in better-formed and more consistent stools generally indicate better use of food nutrients. Visual examination of the fecal score can complement the assessment of digestibility. This approach provides a more comprehensive understanding of the impact of food on the gastrointestinal health of dogs and cats, allowing adjustments to formulations to optimize nutrition and digestibility, thereby promoting pet health and well-being. Evaluating these parameters before launching a pet food product onto the market can give you advantages in comparison with competitors, evaluating whether the processing was done correctly, and identifying in time the need for changes in formulations. A demonstration in practice would be excess carbohydrates in the diet, for example, which leads to accentuated lactic fermentation, and the feces appear pasty with a light color and acidic smell (without a rotten smell). The same occurs when the feed is poorly processed. Normally, to manufacture dry food, a process called extrusion is used, which consists of applying steam and pressure to a crumbled mass, forming those granules that we technically call 'kibbles.' In this process, starch is essential for making the feed expand. However, if it does not undergo good cooking (or gelatinization) there is a risk of causing osmotic diarrhea in the animal fed with the feed in question. (Saad et al., 2014). The use of ingredients with lower digestibility directly impacts the fecal score. Ingredients such as soybean meal, widely used in standard or economical pet food manufacturing, contain 20% non-starch polysaccharides (NSP). Soluble PNAs can reduce the digestibility of nutrients and energy in the diet due to the increase in the viscosity of the gastrointestinal tract (GIT) and the reduction in food passage time, making it difficult for digestive enzymes to access the food bolus and interfering with diffusion and transport of nutrients, resulting in loose stools and large quantities. To minimize the adverse effects of ingredients with less digestibility, their use can be restricted to small inclusions. Otherwise, additives, such as enzymes or adsorbents, can be used. In the case of diets with raw materials rich in NSP and its influence on the fecal characteristics of dogs and cats, for example, the inclusion of a zeolite-type adsorbent additive adjusts the diet fecal score, since this additive, when passing inert through the GIT, adsorbs water and gases and reduces the elimination of ammonia, which improves the fecal characteristics and odors of animals. The animal's fecal score after consuming a feed plays a significant role in consumer satisfaction and can directly influence the repurchase decision. Thus, the digestibility and consistency of the fecal score reinforce consumer confidence in the product. If the food provides healthy and regular digestion, owners tend to associate this quality with the brand, thus strengthening customer loyalty.
Brand trust is crucial for repurchase, as consumers look for products that consistently meet expectations in such a competitive market.

Odor control technologies comparison
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Odor control technologies comparison

Biofilter Technology Process air, which contains an annoying odor, is treated using a filter material, normally woodchips, and eliminated by microorganisms located therein, and can reduce various compounds such as sulfides, ammonia, and amines when present in low concentrations. Then, the clean air is released into the atmosphere, leaving the residual drainage (nitrates and sulfides) as a contaminant that must necessarily be treated, because, otherwise, they continue to cause negative odors. This system can treat flows of 1,000 to 50,000 m3/h, and requires water for its operation and a large area for its implementation, using little electrical energy. To avoid damaging the filter material, periodic maintenance should be considered. When it comes to processing air with a high dust content, it is mandatory and necessary to treat it, for example, using a gas scrubber. It is considered a good technology due to its cost/efficiency ratio, obtaining results with up to 85% of odors eliminated. Regarding investment costs, and even though they may vary by brand, manufacturer, or model, those generally range between USD 700,000 and USD 1,000,000.   Ozone and UV Light Treatment Technology Airflow, which must be less than 20,000 m3/h, first passes through the UV lights, where the ammonia, sulfides, and amines are decomposed, and then the remaining compounds are broken down with catalysts by injecting ozone (O3). Removing dust from the air during the process is crucial as it will damage the effectiveness of the UV light. That is, highly contaminated air can considerably affect the efficiency of the system due to the flow density. On the other hand, it uses electrical energy for its operation, and the air must either not exceed 60°C or the humidity be greater than 85%. This treatment allows good results, reaching levels of 70 to 90%. In this case, investment costs are considered between USD 200,000 and USD 400,000, with high annual operating costs.   Non-thermal Plasma (NTP) Technology Technology capable of treating flows ranging from 5,000 m3/h to 250,000 m3/h depends on the system: in the case of direct NTP, normally 20,000 m3/h can be treated, but it could be up to 250,000 m3/h with indirect NTP. These devices use ambient air to generate free or active oxygen (O1), which has a high oxidation power with the molecules that contain the annoying odor. To obtain them, the air must pass through a stage of filters to rid them of impurities and then go through the cabinet with non-thermal plasma modules, where the dissociation of the molecules is achieved, and the aforementioned oxygen radicals are obtained. These are injected into the outlet duct where the annoying odors come from, and in just 1 second, the odor molecules react and oxidize, becoming imperceptible to our noses. Unlike other technologies, non-thermal plasma does not use water or chemicals for its operation, so it does not generate a secondary contaminated by-product. It only requires a minimum of electrical energy. In addition to the large flow rates it can manage, there is no restriction on the humidity or temperature that the process air can have.
Optimal results are achieved, reaching up to 95% of odors eliminated. These systems easily adapt to existing installations, thanks to their flexibility and the little space they take up. Regarding investment levels, these range from EUR 120,000 to EUR 250,000.   Scrubber technology The air coming from the process, which contains the annoying odor, comes into contact with the stream of water and drip-type chemicals. This way, the odors react or are dissolved into the liquid and the air is released into the atmosphere clean. Scrubbers, also known as gas scrubbers, can treat air flows that contain dust without using filters. They can treat flows ranging from 1,000 to 60,000 m3/h, achieving good results from 50% to 70% of controlled odors. A great disadvantage of this system is that strict control of the contaminated water generated after the process is required, and it also occupies a large area for its installation. The investment can reach up to USD 500,000 with high operating costs of up to USD 150,000 per year. Conclusion As a summary, see a comparative table of the technologies presented with their advantages and disadvantages, considering the following as a score: 5 highly positive, 4 positive, 3 medium, 2 negative, and 1 highly negative. The choice and installation of the appropriate system will depend, on the one hand, on the industrial process that needs to be treated, considering the components of the contaminated air, and, on the other hand, on the levels of odor control that must be achieved to comply with current regulations in each country.   By: Clivio Solutions.
Source: All Pet Food Magazine.

Quality Control in the Pet food industry through cutting-edge solutions
Laboratory

4+ MIN

Quality Control in the Pet food industry through cutting-edge solutions

However, this trend presents significant challenges. Quality control and laboratory analysis processes are often slow and expensive, resulting in production delays, loss of raw materials, reprocessing of batches, and, consequently, the loss of time and valuable resources. All of this has been an obstacle to the efficiency and competitiveness of companies in the industry. The solution to these challenges lies in near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy technology, which has revolutionized the way the pet food industry approaches quality control, ingredient analysis, and process control. NIR instruments allow multivariate analysis to be performed in less than 10 seconds, providing accurate data for critical parameters such as moisture content, protein, fat, fiber, and ash, among others. As a result, not only is the quality control process significantly accelerated, but a substantial reduction in costs associated with traditional laboratory analysis is also achieved, giving companies the competitive advantage they need to stand out in the industry.   Pet food manufacturing process: critical points   Within the framework of the pet food manufacturing process, there are critical stages identified that require special consideration to achieve efficiency and productivity to obtain a final product of excellence. We cannot reach a good final result if our raw material does not meet the requirements. NIR instruments can quickly provide us with the information necessary to decide whether a batch we are receiving meets them or not. Each food has its recipe, and each variety has its nutritional composition. NIR equipment can help us confirm if the mixture or formula was correctly made prior to entering the extruder. After drying, it is common to apply coatings with fats, oils, or flavorings to make them more palatable, and, in some cases, vitamins and minerals can also be added to strengthen the nutritional content. NIR equipment can monitor the fat or oil content at this stage. Prior to packaging, and after the cooling process, obtaining an accurate reading of the humidity value of the product is essential to prevent common problems, such as the growth of mold or other types of fungi, which can cause deterioration of the product, affect its quality, and lead to significant economic losses. The ideal task for an NIR instrument will not only give us an accurate reading of the humidity value, but also allow us to verify that our final product meets the nutritional requirements we communicate on our packaging. PerkinElmer has been leading the market for years with its DA 7250 analyzer, the third generation of NIR instruments in the company's more than 60-yearhistory. This equipment combines Near Infrared Reflectance technology and a diode array (DA) detector, allowing accurate and reliable results in less than 10 seconds. Thanks to its excellent signal-to-noise ratio, large analysis surface area, and light range used with superior penetration capacity, grinding of raw materials or pre-treatment of samples before analysis is not needed. In addition to its speed in obtaining results, the DA 7250 stands out for its efficiency, simplicity of use, robustness, simple maintenance and cleaning, as well as its extremely friendly operating environment. It also has two online and inline versions, the DA 7440 and DA 7350 respectively, fully compatible with each other in terms of calibrations.     Mathematical models, prediction, and security in the results   Thanks to spectral data from more than 15,000 dry dog ​​and cat food samples from worldwide manufacturers (including kibble, biscuits, tricks, and more), calibrations have been developed to model relationships between NIR spectra and reference chemical results. This has been achieved using Honigs™ Regression (HR) types and Artificial Neural Network Regression (ANN) algorithms, as well as the application of a temperature stabilization pretreatment.

    As an example, the following table shows data from calibrations carried out for samples of dry food for dogs and cats:   The great product variability incorporated in the calibrations, added to the aforementioned characteristics and virtues of the instrument, guarantee accurate and robust measurements over time. The models can be used for whole and ground pet foods with similar prediction accuracy. In parameters such as humidity, protein, fat, fiber, and ash, these models are very precise, with similar differences to the deviations obtained between the two reference laboratories. In conclusion, in a market with increasing demands in terms of quality, nutritional value, and cost, NIR instruments are a powerful solution that offer fast, accurate, and robust results for all stages of the production process, reducing costs and leading to the efficiency and quality of our product at optimal levels.   By: Leonel Fulcheri - PerkinElmer
Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Waste to Energy Plant uses Scalebreak-Mp on Dump Condenses - Get Sparkling Clean Results
Manufacturing Process

2+ MIN

Waste to Energy Plant uses Scalebreak-Mp on Dump Condenses - Get Sparkling Clean Results

Within these facilities, preventive maintenance equipment is imperative to efficient operation. We are sharing a story from one of our customers that utilized Goodway's ScaleBreak to perform a chemical tube cleaning in a waste-to-energy plant on the East Coast. In this plant, a loss of efficiency in the dump condenser was detected, initiating a cleaning work order for a scheduled shutdown. The dump condenser is one of the many pieces of equipment found in these facilities where preventative maintenance is imperative to efficient operation. These condensers recover excess heat generated by steam before it is uselessly put into the atmosphere.  During fluctuating steam loads, turbine start-up, turbine trip off, or bypass, the excess steam that would ordinarily be vented can be diverted to a dump condenser for recovery as they act as a standby and/or emergency heat sink for the mainstream
flow to the Turbine. However, when steam formed deposits accumulate on condenser tube surfaces, it creates an insulating barrier, which minimizes efficient heat transfer of the condenser.  The solution used was Goodway Technologies ScaleBreak-MP (Multi-Purpose), a citric based biodegradable descaling solution which dissolves 2.5 pounds of scale per gallon. Since the condenser tubes were stainless steel, the cleaning required a compatible descaling solution to ensure the stainless steel would not be damaged. The condenser had a total volume of 3,854 gallons including waterboxes and piping. The scale thickness ranged between 1/16' of scale throughout the tubesheet. The decision was made to utilize 660 gallons of ScaleBreak-MP (a 17% mixture) and circulated for 8 hours. The results were perfect as shown in the tube pictures, ScaleBreak-MP completely removed all the scale accumulations. Contact the experts at Goodway Technologies to ask how we can help your facility restore efficient equipment operation and reduce energy consumption. By Goodway Technologies Source : All Pet Food
 

Raising the Bar in Pet Nutrition: ANDRITZ's Twin-Screw Extruders for High-Meat Formulations
Extrusion

4+ MIN

Raising the Bar in Pet Nutrition: ANDRITZ's Twin-Screw Extruders for High-Meat Formulations

The Rise of High-Meat Pet Food Pet owners today are becoming more mindful of what goes into their pets' bowls, and the high-meat pet food trend is a result of this growing awareness. High-meat pet food refers to formulations that contain over 30% fresh meat content. This demand stems from a desire for better digestibility and premium nutrition for pets. However, this shift presents its own set of hurdles, particularly in achieving the right cooking temperatures due to the moisture and fat content in raw animal ingredients.   Challenges in High-Meat Pet Food Production Creating high-meat pet food formulations comes with unique challenges. The variability in raw animal ingredients complicates the manufacturing process, demanding careful handling to maintain consistency. As Niels Bengt, Sales Director KA, LATAM at ANDRITZ, explains, "Dealing with the diversity of raw animal ingredients requires innovative solutions to ensure uniform processing, which is vital for preserving the nutritional quality of the final product." As a result, the production of high-meat pet food often requires the employment of twin-screw extruders, known for their superior capabilities compared to single-screw counterparts. These extruders offer advanced kneading and mixing capabilities, pivotal for upholding the desired texture in high-meat formulations. Yet, the pursuit of elevated throughput rates while adhering to compact machine dimensions adds an additional layer of complexity to the manufacturing process.   Striking the Balance Between Efficiency and Nutritional Integrity In the face of these challenges, ANDRITZ's twin-screw extruders, ExTS 616 & 718, emerge as a transformative solution for high-meat pet food production. Specifically designed to excel in extruding pet food enriched with elevated meat inclusion ratios, ANDRITZ's twin-screw extruders ensure optimal starch utilization, affording unparalleled formulation flexibility and optimized feed conversion ratios. The synchronized, high-shear twin screws guarantee the complete material discharge, minimizing waste and expediting recipe transitions. "Our twin-screw extruders are crafted to tackle the intricacies of high-meat pet food production. We are resolute in our commitment to efficiency while upholding nutritional integrity. ANDRITZ's twin-screw extruders stand as the definitive solution that not only meets but surpasses the challenges of high-meat pet food production," says Niels Bengt, Sales Director KA, LATAM at ANDRITZ. "Our approach is centered on achieving a harmonious synergy between the seamless functioning of our machines and the preservation of the vital nutrients within high-meat formulations. With precise control over cooking temperatures and meticulous handling of diverse ingredients, our twin-screw extruders stand as a testament to our dedication to delivering pet food that not only excels in quality but also upholds the nutritional essence of each ingredient," Niels Bengt adds. This distinctive approach has been expertly crafted to tackle head-on the intricate challenges that arise from incorporating raw animal ingredients into recipes. By providing pet food producers with meticulous control over cooking temperatures, ANDRITZ's solutions effectively address the nuances associated with different ingredients, ensuring that each element is handled appropriately. This attention to detail serves as the linchpin for safeguarding the nutritional richness present in high-meat pet food formulations, ultimately resulting in a final product that not only offers exceptional palatability but also remains an optimal source of nourishment for our loyal animal companions.   From Conscious Consumers to Circular Economy Moreover, as societies worldwide increasingly embrace environmental consciousness, consumer interest in the food supply chain has surged due to growing sustainability concerns. Transparency in sourcing and production is no longer sufficient; consumers now demand an understanding of how food production impacts the planet. This scrutiny extends even to pet foods and treats. As the world transitions toward a circular economy, driven by the urgency to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions and reduce landfill waste, it's essential to recognize the role of rendering as a form of recycling. Rendered ingredients include proteins sourced from animal muscles, organs, and bones not suitable for human consumption but perfectly safe for animals. This holds particular significance as approximately 50% of an animal is unsuitable for human consumption, and without rendering for alternative uses, this portion would go to waste. Therefore, integrating fresh meat into pet food aligns with the principles of the circular economy, promoting resource efficiency. ANDRITZ's twin-screw extruders play a significant role in advancing this circular economy in the pet food industry. By efficiently processing raw animal ingredients and minimizing waste, ANDRITZ machines contribute to a more sustainable pet food production process, while maintaining the nutritional quality that pets deserve.   The Way Forward: Nourishing Pets and the Planet Simultaneously As the pet nutrition industry evolves, the high-meat pet food trend poses challenges that require innovative solutions. ANDRITZ rises to the occasion, ensuring efficient processing of fresh meat ingredients while upholding their nutritional value. Beyond efficiency, ANDRITZ's twin-screw extruders exemplify a commitment to sustainability, ushering in a more environmentally conscious era for pet food manufacturing. Niels Bengt, concludes, "Our solutions not only address the demands of the pet food industry but also contribute to a more sustainable future. By providing highly efficient machinery that produces high-quality, high-meat pet food, we're meeting the needs of pets, their caring owners, and our planet." In the future, ANDRITZ aims to continue pushing the boundaries of innovation to further enhance pet food production. "Our innovations are not just products; they are promises of a brighter, more exciting future for our customers."   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Countdown to Pet Food Conveyor Launch:  Starting Up On Time and With Confidence
Conveying Systems

6+ MIN

Countdown to Pet Food Conveyor Launch: Starting Up On Time and With Confidence

To move delicate pet food products or powders, most processors do extensive homework before purchasing a tubular drag cable conveyor to ensure that it meets their needs in terms of function and price. After the purchase, the conveyor must be expertly assembled and tested to ensure smooth production startup and continued performance. The challenge is that the typical third-party contractors installing various plant systems might need to become more familiar with specialized pet food conveyors and, thus, are more prone to make costly errors. A more prudent choice is using the OEM's team of experienced technicians. The OEM's experts have the advantage of designing the specialized conveyor and understanding its installation, operational requirements, and potential problem areas. 'If a tubular drag cable conveyor is installed incorrectly by a third party, it often needs to be completely pulled apart and rebuilt, which is costly and time-consuming. If the conveyor is run incorrectly, damage will occur, and components must be replaced. All this only delays startup,' says Terry Derby, Director of Parts and Field Service for Automated Handling Solutions (AHS). AHS is the service-focused subsidiary of Cablevey Conveyors, an Oskaloosa, Iowa-based conveyor manufacturer that has been designing, engineering, and servicing enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for 50 years and is in more than 65 countries. As a solution, pet food processors seeking superior conveyor performance from the start rely on expert-supervised installation and commissioning to ensure they will be ready to run products on time, at the necessary volumes. Today, a tubular drag cable conveyor requires considerable expertise to install. These systems gently move material through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible, stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) attach to the cable, pushing the product through the tube without air.  'This type of conveyor is uniquely engineered to transport delicate materials gently. The tubes form a continuous loop that must be carefully assembled for a tight fit to ensure no misalignment or gaps between sections. While the modular components lend great flexibility to system design, each component must act in concert with the rest for proper conveyor functionality,' explains Derby. After selecting and purchasing a conveyor, the pet food processor's next step is installing it, which often requires professional assistance. Reliability Starts with Supervised Installation Whether relying on internal staff members for installation or contracting the job to an outside team of millwrights or skilled pipefitters, supervised conveyor installation can ensure proper system installation. Getting expert assistance is still essential during installation, even with the manual that has detailed instructions and QR-code links to videos for each conveyor component. 'Supervised installation is important to ensure that your system is installed properly so you don't run into maintenance problems due to an improper install,' says Derby. Derby insists that 'supervised installs are probably the most important support service we offer.' This step is often neglected when a less experienced third party performs the installation, which can escalate costs. At this point, AHS is frequently asked to complete final preparations and correct any problems before production startup, a process known as commissioning.  'When a processor brings us to their facility after declining a supervised installation, we often have to work backward for a day or two to correct issues. Having us there for supervised installation eliminates the need for correction and any idle contractors waiting on us for the repair, so it pays for itself,' says Derby. In the case of AHS, the company's technicians have logged hundreds, if not thousands, of hours on-site in various manufacturing facilities worldwide. This singular focus gives them the knowledge and expertise to streamline the installation process and prevent issues that can lead to system inefficiencies, product loss, or complete system failure. As part of the supervised installation, skilled technicians ensure the correct positioning of the conveyor's hangers and the proper torque for couplings. The system is properly cleaned to remove any metal fragments or foreign contaminants introduced during installation. In addition, the technician confirms that all conveyor inlets are in place and that all discharges are functioning. Even seemingly minor gaps or misaligned areas in the conveyor tubing can become a severe issue. 'If gaps are in the conveyor's tubes, the discs will 'catch' when crossing the joint, causing excessive wear on the cable and motor. If not corrected, this could lead to premature failure, production downtime, and added repair and replacement costs,' says Derby. According to Derby, another common wear item in tubular drag cable conveyors is sweeps, areas where the tube changes direction. He explains that sweeps are where the cable is under the most significant tension and where the discs rub inside the tube. Since sweeps show the first signs of wear, proper installation can reduce the wear and significantly prolong tube and cable life, simplifying maintenance. 'With a supervised install, processors can ensure that their conveyor is assembled correctly to enable seamless startup, reliable production, optimal output, and greater longevity for the system and its parts. Our reputation is on the line to get it right from the start,' says Derby. In addition, a supervised installation includes a full report outlining actions to correct any issues found. Due to the attention to detail, a supervised installation also preserves the standard warranty for the system's components. Of course, operators also play a critical role in conveyor performance. For this reason, having experts onsite can be one of the best ways to train the operators and maintenance crew on properly running, cleaning, and maintaining the system.    Reliable Production Requires Expert Commissioning When the installation is complete, the next step is to schedule commissioning. The average commissioning visit for a single-system installation usually lasts an entire day.  The onsite commissioning process readies the conveyor for total production and identifies any immediately correctable issues to keep the startup on schedule. At this point, the system must be installed entirely, including all mechanical and electrical components. The conveyor material must also be ready for introduction to the system. This is where a botched installation by a third party can come to light without supervised installation by the OEM. 'We are often asked to 'fix' poor installations by third-party contractors. We have had to tear whole systems apart. This frequently requires a complete rebuild and replacement of damaged parts, which adds cost, creates downtime, and delays startup,' says Derby. In the case of AHS's commissioning service, the technician conducts an inspection using a camera that runs through the entire system layout to ensure that everything is correctly assembled and ready for testing. The technician then performs a test run of the product, from the inlet feed through the sweeps to the discharge outlet, and verifies that it flows at the desired speed. 'Tailoring the conveyor to the material conveyed can require adjustments to fine-tune the process. With the commissioning, the goal is to increase efficiency, production volume, and reliability,' says Derby. He adds that 'checking the system's health' also uncovers any issues that might arise, which technicians can address to prevent production downtime. He points out that commissioning also extends Cablevey's standard warranty. As a final step in the commissioning process, the technician issues a report for the processor that documents all findings from the full-system inspection. Completing conveyor installation, commissioning, and start-up is only the start of the OEM's and processor's relationship since the system's lifespan can be decades. In addition to traveling on-site for emergency service calls, the company offers an annual service visit to conduct a detailed system inspection and address any issues, identify worn parts, ensure predictive maintenance is being conducted, and provide any additional training needed. This complete system audit aims to extend the conveyor's lifespan and prevent unexpected downtime. 'Our mission is to provide conveying equipment and ensure it performs as required, with minimal downtime and maintenance. Once a pet food processor buys a system, they become part of our family. We will continue to support them every way we can, even as their needs evolve,' concludes Derby. By Del Williams is a technical writer based in Torrance, California. Source All Pet Food

Mobile 'Smart Cart' Automates Food Conveyor CIP for Pet Food Manufacturers
Conveying Systems

4+ MIN

Mobile 'Smart Cart' Automates Food Conveyor CIP for Pet Food Manufacturers

To promote food safety and sanitary compliance, pet food manufacturers are increasingly seeking the ability to clean-in-place (CIP), an automated method of cleaning the interior surfaces of tubular drag conveyors without disassembly. Now, with the advent of mobile tools like an innovative 'smart cart' that quick-connects to any tubular conveyor and enables simple, customizable 'single button cleaning recipes,' CIP is becoming easier, faster, less labor-intensive, more repeatable, and almost fully automated. Tubular drag conveyor systems gently move product through a sealed, enclosed tube using a drag cable and circular discs pulled through on a loop, so they are ideal for delicate items. Designed to handle a variety of different forms and sizes, from kibble to seeds or pellets and nutrients, tubular conveyors maintain both quality and proper proportions. In a wet CIP process, the system is flooded with water, flushed, rinsed, cleansed, and thoroughly sanitized. Although the process is very effective, streamlining its automation and simplifying the process for all a facility's tubular drag conveyors has been a priority for leading innovators in the industry. 'The standard system required port hookups to water lines and installing piping. The processor also had to make decisions, such as which water temperatures to utilize, or whether to use a cleaning solvent - and the correct amount to add manually,' says John Adair, Engineering and Quality Director for Cablevey Conveyors, an Oskaloosa, Iowa-based conveyor manufacturer that has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for 50 years, and is in more than 65 countries. To simplify the wet cleaning process, Adair and his engineering team at Cablevey have developed a small, mobile 'smart cart' with integrated water line hookups that a single technician can easily take to any tubular drag conveyor in a facility. The cart is specifically designed to be a fraction of the size of similar carts on the market to facilitate mobility. When the cart is in position and connected to water lines, the CIP process is automated and controlled by a programmable logic controller (PLC) that reduces the need for manual labor and virtually eliminates the risk of improper cleaning. 'Once it is set up, all you do is press a button, and it will bring in the required amount of water at the correct temperature with the necessary amount of solvent for cleaning,' says Adair. The smart cart is designed to store and utilize pre-programmed CIP recipes to flush various residual materials from the tubular drag cable conveyors in a facility before new production runs. The cleaning recipes enable even those with very little training to use the cart, which is helpful in today's tight labor market and allows the technician to move on to other tasks once the cleaning process begins. The use of easily executable recipes ensures a superior, repeatable clean that essentially 'error-proofs' the process. This is particularly important when the technician may be new or less familiar with the production equipment. 'Depending on the product conveyed, sometimes all you need is a wet rinse or a specific cleaning solvent. All that information is saved, so after the first cleaning, it can be automatically repeated. Just push a button to start the appropriate recipe, whether you have one conveyor running multiple products or dozens of conveyors running various products,' says Adair. To meet strict compliance standards, the smart cart also documents all critical CIP information, such as water volume and temperature, chemicals used, and cleaning time by date, in an easily retrievable data log. Since decreasing production downtime between conveyor cleanings is a priority for pet food manufacturers, Cablevey provides new capabilities with the cart that expedites the CIP process. Currently, the CIP process floods the tubular conveyor system but is not designed to clean the discs specifically. 'Operators would manually clean each disc and advance the system disc by disc when the discs had to be cleaned of particularly viscous substances,' says Adair.   Once it is set up, all you do is press a button and it will bring in the required amount of water at the correct temperature with the necessary amount of solvent for cleaning.   Now, as an option on the cart, a disc washer can be integrated with the conveyor turnaround to spray a pressurized cleansing solution on the discs. This helps to remove stickier substances that could remain after routine CIP cleaning. 'The disc washer sprays high-pressure water directly on the discs, so it acts like an automatic car wash. At the push of a button, the discs and cable are run through, and spray cleaned, which reduces CIP time and eliminates the need to manually clean the discs,' says Adair. To further reduce downtime, Cablevey also offers a new sanitary blower option. 'After the wet CIP process, a sanitary blower attachment on the smart cart can dry the discs and other parts of the system 75% faster than typical air drying,' says Adair. He points out that the faster the conveyor is cleaned and dried after a product change, the sooner it can be put back into service, which improves profitability. According to Adair, Cablevey's Mobile Smart Cart was already available since it was officially unveiled at Pack Expo, a premier packaging and processing show held at the Las Vegas Convention Center in September. The event featured full-scale setups of machinery in action. The company also offered traveling demo smart cars to customers in September for free so clients could test drive the units. Pet food manufacturers can now purchase the demonstration unit used in their facilities, with hands-on training available immediately. While the pet food manufacturing industry is aware that automated CIP can improve conveyor system production uptime, barriers to implementation have slowed adoption. Utilizing a mobile smart cart with integrated water hookups will help manufacturers easily implement CIP in tubular drag conveyors throughout their facilities: expediting conveyor cleaning, production changeover, and sanitary compliance. By: Del Williams - Technical writer based in Torrance - California Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Northwind´s expertise in pet food automation
Manufacturing Process

2+ MIN

Northwind´s expertise in pet food automation

Producing high quality pet food is what your brand is known for. At NorthWind, they help you maintain that reputation through innovative and reliable automation solutions. Their goal with every project is to have your plant running as efficiently as possible.   Plant Integration Your plant consists of many different pieces of equipment working together to produce quality pet food & treats. NorthWind specializes in tying all those pieces together to create one seamless control system.This full plant automation solution provides increased plant visibility and allows you to monitor your entire plant no matter where you are. They connect your plant floor to the rest of business by integrating to your ERP System.     Formula Management NorthWind's Formula Management software has the flexibility you need with an easy to use interface. BatchLOGIX® formula management software was built to handle the dynamic processes that are common with extruded pet food and treat plants. Reach maximum product consistency with formulas that contain both process & ingredient set points and handles both batching & continuous processes.   With BatchLOGIX, your recipes can be as flexible as you need them to be. Customizable set points for both ingredients and process equipment can be configured in the system. Historical data can be accessed through easily customized reports to target specific information using filters. Once created, reports can be exported to Excel, WORD, RTF, or PDF for sharing.   Traceability Track ingredients from the time they enter the plant to the time they leave. Trace ingredients through your entire manufacturing process with lot tracking, storage, and reporting capabilities. Lot numbers for liquid and dry ingredients can be traced through multiple systems from source to finished product.   Data Management NorthWind makes it easy to collect and use the data that is already available in your plant operation so you can make better, more informed decisions. They collect information about everything from critical control points and run parameters to ingredient usage and system alarms. With this information they provide KPI dashboards and setup equipment maintenance alerts. All information is stored and ready for analysis and comparison to real-time data. Their online web reporter tool makes this easy!   About NorthWind NorthWind is an automation company in Kansas providing controls and automation solutions to manufacturing facilities around the world. Their skilled team of engineers, programmers, and technicians have extensive process experience in addition to programming and design expertise in a wide range of industries. You are invited to know more! By: All Pet Food  

STATEC BINDER: A PIONEER IN THE PACKAGING INDUSTRY
Packaging

2+ MIN

STATEC BINDER: A PIONEER IN THE PACKAGING INDUSTRY

Foundation and Company History   The company was founded in 2008 as a joint venture between two renowned companies, BT Wolfgang Binder, and BINDER+CO AG. Both companies had already been active in the packaging and processing industry since the 1970s and brought many years of experience and expertise to the partnership. The merger created a new player in the packaging industry, STATEC BINDER. Over the years, STATEC BINDER has impressed with over 1800 successfully installed plants on all continents and in over 85 countries, underlining its global presence and expertise. The company continuously expanded its product range, from stand-alone machines to complete solutions for customers. Thanks to innovation, teamwork, and the pursuit of perfection, STATEC BINDER has always been able to meet the requirements of global markets and provide customized solutions for its customers.   Innovation and Product Portfolio   A key factor in STATEC BINDER's success is continuous innovation and the development of customized solutions for its customers. The product range of STATEC BINDER includes fully automatic as well as semi-automatic packaging systems for bags from 5kg to 50kg, BIG BAG filling stations, palletizing systems, and bag closing systems, which are developed specifically for customers' needs. Whether it is bulk materials such as grain, animal feed, fertilizer, plastic granules, or other materials, STATEC BINDER offers solutions for a wide range of industries.   Quality and Customer Service STATEC BINDER places great emphasis on the quality of its products and services. The packaging solutions are manufactured in a production facility and are subject to strict quality controls to ensure they meet the highest standards. The company is ISO 9001 certified, which underlines its commitment to maintaining high-quality standards. In addition to product quality, customer service is another key factor that distinguishes the company. STATEC BINDER's customers appreciate the personalized advice, individualized customer services, and comprehensive support the company offers. Working closely with customers enables the company to better understand their specific requirements and challenges, and to offer customers an all-around carefree package once they have purchased the equipment.   International Success STATEC BINDER's reputation extends beyond Austria, reaching a global scale. The company exports its packaging solutions to over 85 countries worldwide and maintains an extensive network of distribution and service partners across various regions, ensuring exceptional onsite support and guidance for its customers. This international presence reflects the trust customers worldwide place in STATEC BINDER's products and services.   Conclusion STATEC BINDER is a company that stands out in the packaging industry for its innovation, quality products, and dedicated customer service. With a strong focus on the needs of its customers, STATEC BINDER remains a major player in packaging technology and will continue to play a significant role in the industry in the future.   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

ANDRITZ and Pet Food Innovation
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

ANDRITZ and Pet Food Innovation

ANDRITZ and the Future of Pet Food: Innovation and Sustainability at the Forefront The pet food market is constantly evolving, and the increasing demands require advanced processing technology solutions. ANDRITZ, as a trusted partner for hundreds of premium pet food producers globally, is at the forefront of this revolution. In a world where sustainability and digitalization are redefining industries, ANDRITZ stands out for its focus on both areas. The company not only commits to excellence in performance and quality but also prioritizes innovation and technological development. This is reflected in their goal to offer advanced technologies that result in efficient production, operational cost reduction, maximum energy efficiency, and environmental protection considerations. Backed by global specialists, ANDRITZ offers comprehensive solutions for pet food pelletizing, ensuring easy, safe, and efficient processes that quickly adapt to market trends. From raw material intake to the loading of finished foods, ANDRITZ equipment and systems stand out for their cutting-edge technology. These processing systems provide optimal results in food safety and traceability, ensuring both animal health and regulatory compliance. However, beyond technological solutions, ANDRITZ understands the importance of management and collaboration. With over 180 years of experience and a vast sales and service network globally, the company ensures a close and cooperative relationship with its clients. ANDRITZ's solutions are tailor-made, specifically designed to meet high production capacity and quality demands. This adaptability is made possible thanks to modular systems and multiple design features combined with specialized engineers' expertise. Process automation, another pillar of ANDRITZ, guarantees cost-efficient processing and consistent food quality. These automation systems offer complete traceability of ingredients and process parameters and represent a perfect fusion between technology and efficient operation. At the end of the day, ANDRITZ's promise is clear: "You know your product, we know productivity." With state-of-the-art technologies and a deep understanding of every process step, ANDRITZ positions itself as the undisputed leader in pet food processing solutions.   ANDRITZ's Highlighted Technologies for Premium Pet Food Production VAC 1000/1500 for Super Premium Food: Precise control in the inclusion of high-cost liquids and powders, achieving significant savings in the pet kibble manufacturing process. Uniform coating across all kibbles batch by batch. Possibility of a higher inclusion of oils when using vacuum vs. the natural limitation of working at atmospheric pressure. Both appearance and end-product quality superior vs. other solutions like rotary coaters. Possibility to create new formulations and products due to the wide working range our VAC model oilers allow.   Double Screw Extruder ExTs 616/718: Superior cooking control vs. single screw by achieving full starch utilization. Greater control and flexibility in the formulation by including a higher % of fresh meat or slurry. Superior mixing inside the extrusion barrels. Higher hygiene as it's self-cleaning. Greater working range in moisture percentage inclusion. Greater working range in fat percentage inclusion.   CZD High-Efficiency Dryers: Independent drying control in each CZD zone. The market's lowest humidity dispersion percentage upon exiting the dryer, achieving less or equal to 0.5%. Modular dryer, so for future higher requirements, the dryer can be expanded. Controlled and even product bed filling thanks to the. Significant energy savings due to air recirculation, temperature and exhaustion relative humidity control. Thanks to CZD's advanced automation control, it's possible to know in real-time the energy consumption associated with product drying.   ANDRITZ continues to innovate and adapt to the changing demands of the pet food market. With its focus on sustainability and technology, the company is positioned to continue leading in this field in the coming years.   By: ANDRITZ

Famsun SJPS Series Twin-screw Extruder
Extrusion

1+ MIN

Famsun SJPS Series Twin-screw Extruder

FAMSUN Pet Food division is committed on machinery research, manufacturing, project engineering, factory construction and integrated solutions in pet food industry, create values for customers. As a leading integrated solution provider in pet food industry, FAMSUN undertakes pet food (dry food, semi-moist, extruded treats) and cat litter turn-key project. FAMSUN leads the market by technology, with experienced elite team and European & USA technical experts, through continuous innovation, to provide customers with professional, safe, systematic extruded pet food production solutions, customized environment-friendly and intelligent factory with high standards, high quality, high efficiency. They won the trust and praise from their partners/customers worldwide.   The SJPS SERIES TWIN EXTRUDER is one of the highly efficient pet food extruders in Famsun's portfolio. Specially designed for formulations with a high content of fresh meat, we detail some of its advantages for pet food producers: Easy operation PLC and touch screen for convenient control; by-pass provided for avoiding blockage; easy operation, precise and reliable.   High efficiency Optimal chamber groove and screw flight profiles, minimum SME input; efficient DDC conditioner and jacketed barrel with stabilized and facilitated extrusion, maximum energy utilization; unique suspending cutter, adjustment without down time.   More flexibility Modularized barrel and screw structure with many add-ons, adaptable to varied high-fat or -moisture formulations; controllable temperature, pressure and density, minimizing reconfiguration acquired.   You are invited to know more about FAMSUN PRODUCTS.   Source: All Pet Food    

Manufacturing execution system capabilities
Manufacturing Process

5+ MIN

Manufacturing execution system capabilities

MES solutions replace traditional paper-based manufacturing procedures and implements a proactive approach to manufacturing execution. Sometimes manufacturers implement reporting functionalities that fall within the scope of MES and sometimes a full-scale MES solution is integrated across the entire plant. Regardless of the size of the solution, the results of implementing MES include decreased costs and increased support for continuous improvement and lean initiatives. MES is used in conjunction with ERP and SCADA systems, bridging the daily plant operations to the rest of the business. Manufacturing Execution Systems can tie into existing batch management systems, such as BatchLOGIX®, and use the existing inventory and production information to give further insight into yield and production metrics. MES connects existing ERP systems, PLCs, and databases. The combined data from those sources can create unique metrics, reports and dashboards that streamline operations, improve productivity, and ensure quality. Using a versatile platform like Ignition Perspective, the capability exists to connect all those data sources, create flexible dashboards, custom reports, custom modules, and Ignition's platform is designed for mobile access. REAL-TIME DATA MES platforms provide real-time production information. This valuable information opens the door for quick production snapshots. Dashboards combine real time operating rates and statuses with features like historical run information and production goals. Doing this provides an efficient way for a user to quickly see production status and identify areas that need attention.   HISTORICAL DATA With comprehensive access to plant-wide data, MES offers extensive reporting capabilities. This is another area where the Ignition platform is helpful. Leveraging Ignition's Reporting module, information can be gathered from all the different data sources (ERP, Control System, and SCADA) allowing for the creation of tailored reports that effectively convey data for analysis. Through Ignition's broad array of device drivers, information from data from all parts of the plant can be logged and displayed in a central location. Additionally, the Ad Hoc trending tool proves to be a valuable asset, facilitating easy trend analysis of data points from all sources and saving those trends for later analysis.   PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS Centerlining includes adjustable thresholds for each device set the acceptability and alert levels for each indicator. Selected KPIs (key performance indicators) such as Right first time (RFT), Rework, Scrap, Process capability (Cpk), and Overall equipment effectiveness (OEE). With one click, the dashboard can provide a detailed analysis of causes of shutdowns and rejects, batch quality rates, and other production indicators.   COMMON MES FEATURES With all this data, both real-time and historical, there are many different modules that can be implemented. The goals and priorities of each plant and workstation guide which modules should be implemented or if a custom module needs to be developed. Below is a list of common modules. Scheduling Provides a global view of the planned production orders. This module can include changeover information, anticipated production time, equipment and materials needed with specific job details to complete the order. Work In Progress (WIP) Inventory Management Track and manage inventory through the different stages of production. MES accomplishes this by helping management fine-tune forecasting by providing real-time inventory audits. With the connection to the ERP system and the control system, validating the inventory levels between the two systems is now automatic. This eliminates the need to manually verify inventory levels on the production floor with what is on the books. The system can also verify materials will arrive in time to complete orders by looking at the delivery data on purchase orders and running it against the upcoming production schedule. Recipe Management A recipe consists of a list of ingredients, ingredient amounts and sequence for combining those ingredients, and the amount to be made (batch size). Create consistency from product to product and run to run as well as make the best use of resources to minimize waste and streamline the manufacturing process.  Production Tracking and Dispatch Manage the bidirectional flow of production data in real time between the ERP and the plant floor. Lot Tracking and Tracing From raw material receiving through final product, lot numbers are traced throughout the entire production facility. MES allows for quick recording of batches of raw material, semi-finished products, and finished products, utilizing product genealogy which tracks raw materials, equipment used, dates, quantities, lot, and serial numbers. Quality management and Control Manage the quality of manufacturing processes and units including quality deviations and exceptions. Integrate quality check reminders and recordings for QA. These can be as automatic as implementing density and moisture sensors or more manual with an alarm signaling the operator to complete quality assurance (QA) checks and record them in the system. Each records the information to the MES system for the QA team. Preventive Maintenance Optimize the planning of preventive maintenance operations to reduce the impact on manufacturing. OVERCOMING COMMON CHALLENGES TO IMPLEMENTING MES Implementing a Manufacturing Execution System is a large undertaking and to provide the best solution, collaboration between the integrator and the manufacturer must be frequent. A common challenge is providing the right information and tools to the right audience. When developing dashboards and reports, it is very important to remember who is using the feature and what the goals and priorities are. An operator will want to see different metrics and widgets than someone in a management role. When developing dashboards and reports it is very important to remember who will be using the feature. Separate dashboards for different groups can be created, or widgets can be dynamically hidden/shown depending on the log in permissions and who is viewing the application. Often facilities have used multiple integrators and software systems throughout the plant. This poses a challenge to gathering data in an accurate and efficient way, as there are a variety of sources. NorthWind maintains consistency wherever possible and keeps documentation on where metrics are pulled in from. Documentation is available straight from the MES project. The user can see a description of how a widget works and where the information is being pulled from, whether it is from BatchLOGIX database, a customer's existing ERP system, or a PLC Program. A key to overcoming these challenges is to have open and effective communication with plant personnel to ensure there is clarity on what information is needed. This starts with setting a detailed scope for each area of the system to avoid unnecessary and potentially costly distractions. NorthWind provides a detailed design/development/deployment process and holds meetings with the customer throughout each stage to discuss the project progress and steps to be taken to reach the next stage. Manufacturing execution systems identify inefficiencies and optimize production. This powerful system can be everything from Overall Equipment Efficiency (OEE) for one area of a plant to a fully integrated solution with a paperless plant floor and everything in between. Implementing these features takes deep process and control system knowledge and because every plant has different processes, machinery, KPIs, and process targets the best solution is going to be a tailored fit. At NorthWind we utilize production and process data for plant optimization with a manufacturing execution system developed for you, with you. Learn more about NorthWind's MES Solution. By: Sydney Bosworth Source: NorthWind Technical Services

STATEC BINDER and NUPAC successfully conclude project together
Packaging

2+ MIN

STATEC BINDER and NUPAC successfully conclude project together

Their goal was to increase bag filling capacity while reducing manual handling. For this, they turned to NUPAC in Australia, known as reliable suppliers of processing and packaging machinery and STATEC BINDER partners, who share a commitment to finding high-quality solutions for their customers. The Challenge: Enhancing Efficiency Massel Australia recognized the need to improve their bulk bagging process. The objective was straightforward: streamline operations, reduce labor requirements and elevate efficiency. They needed a partner who could not only provide cutting-edge machinery but also understand the unique constraints and demands of their production facility. Choosing NUPAC and STATEC BINDER: A partnership founded on individuality Massel Australia's journey toward a solution led them to NUPAC. What set NUPAC apart from the competition was more than just state-of-the-art equipment. Michael Caine, General Manager of Massel Australia, commented that they proceeded with NUPAC because "they displayed a genuine interest in coming up with a solution for us, listened to our needs and constraints, and were able to come up with a creative and efficient solution." The Solution for the customer: STATEC BINDER´s Acropac-T Machine NUPAC recommended the STATEC BINDER Acropac-T machine with gross weighing system and stainless steel execution. ACROPAC-T is a fully automatic open-mouth bagging machine which was perfectly tailored to Massel's requirements. This state-of-the-art equipment not only increased bag-filling capacity but also significantly reduced the need for manual operator input. One of the critical aspects was its ability to deliver substantial cost savings per bag filled. This cost-effectiveness made the investment in the new equipment an attractive proposition for Massel Australia. Overcoming Space Constraints Massel Australia faced a particularly challenging constraint—limited space, especially in terms of height. NUPAC worked closely with STATEC BINDER to overcome this challenge and find a solution that was compatible with the space available. This commitment to meeting every challenge head-on impressed Massel Australia and reinforced their trust in NUPAC as well as in the quality of STATEC BINDER machines. Massel Australia's encounter with NUPAC and STATEC BINDER was notably favorable. Michael Caine, in particular, emphasized that the entire process was an "overall excellent  xperience." He commended their professional handling of all queries and questions, creating a relationship that streamlined communication, especially during the planning and execution phases. When asked if they would recommend NUPAC and STATEC BINDER to others, Massel Australia responded with a resounding "Yes." Their recommendation is rooted in the positive purchasing experience and their trust in the post-sales support. They are confident that the ongoing support will maintain the same high standards of professionalism, positivity, and effectiveness as their initial interaction. In conclusion, this partnership has not only enhanced Massel's bag-filling process, thereby improving operational efficiency, but has also instilled confidence in NUPAC and STATEC BINDER's ability to provide unwavering support in the face of any challenge. By Statetc Binder Source: All Pet Food 

Purina calls on consumers to recycle pet food cans
Packaging

2+ MIN

Purina calls on consumers to recycle pet food cans

The #PurinaRecyclesChallenge encourages pet owners to take aim at the recycling bin — rather than the trash can — when disposing of their used pet food cans. According to the Can Manufacturers Institute, the pet food industry utilizes roughly 7 million metal food cans annually. Approximately 25% of these are steel and typically used for dog food, and 75% are aluminum and normally used for cat food. While these cans are infinitely recyclable, there is ample room for improvement in their recycling rates, including among pet owners. An estimated 32% of American consumers recycle, according to the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) 2019 American Community Survey. The US Energy Information Administration claims the use of recycled aluminum cans to manufacture new cans requires 95% less energy than creating new cans from raw materials. 'We launched the #PurinaRecyclesChallenge to show just how easy it is to make an impact, and to help break down some of the barriers that keep people from recycling their pet food cans,' said Gopi Sandhu, vice president of environmental sustainability at Purina. 'Aluminum and steel are infinitely recyclable, and given the billions of cans produced in the United States each year, a seemingly small act of recycling can make a big difference.' The challenge invites pet owners to film a 'trick shot' of them banking a pet food can into the recycling bin and share on Instagram and/or TikTok with the hashtag #PurinaRecyclesChallenge. The company will donate $10 for every original post and $1 for every like, share or comment on those posts to The Recycling Partnership to support recycling education and infrastructure across the United States. The campaign will run through Dec. 15. Aside from this can recycling initiative, Purina has also committed to improving packaging sustainability across its entire portfolio. According to the company, almost 90% of its plastic packages used for pet food are designed to be recycled, a figure it hopes to increase to 95% by 2025. By Jordan Tyler - Pet Food Processing

Formula management software for pet food production
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Formula management software for pet food production

Automation streamlines the manufacturing process and allows manufacturers to easily monitor and make modifications to the production process from anywhere. Implementing good formula management software gives manufacturers product consistency, lot tracking, and production reports, and it can be easily integrated with ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) software for a seamless solution.   Importance of formula management Implementing the right formula management software is key to maximizing plant performance. This software manages and stores all the formula information for the plant, as well as important process information for lot tracing and production analysis. This includes raw material delivery and storage, final product storage, mapping materials throughout the entire process, and important batch, campaign, and ingredient usage details. It is worth spending time researching formula management software to ensure the package implemented aligns with your business needs. Common Features • Create and store recipes • Recipe modification • Ingredient location mapping • Ingredient parameters • Lot tracking • Production records • Campaign Management Manufacturers often use several software packages to have these features and encompass all processes within the plant. When looking at a system that can fully handle all production needs, features, additional advanced features are needed. Advanced Features • Recipe modifications from the HMI • Ingredient location mapping • Process variables • Micro-ingredients and micro-batching management • Integration with ERP and MES (Manufacturing Execution System) software • Capability of handling both batching and continuous processes Formula management software, such as NorthWind's BatchLOGIX®, provides all the common and advanced features in one robust platform. With features such as material mapping, recipe creation, process variables, micro-ingredient tracking, and production reports, it's able to fulfill production demands. NorthWind offers additional integration that connects the plant floor to the rest of the business. By integrating with the plant's ERP system, data continually transfers back and forth from both systems for seamless and high-level business management.   Formulas Formulas for pet food production are complex and need a robust piece of software to handle all variables and both batching and continuous processes within the plant. Often recipes only refer to the amount of each material needed, but there is a lot more that goes into establishing product consistency than simply ingredient amounts or weights. To produce a consistent product, formulas should include both ingredient and process variables and the entire production process from micro-ingredients through continuous extrusion.   Ingredient Parameters Ingredient parameters include setpoints, rate tolerances, and upper and lower setpoint trim allowance. Setpoint is the target ingredient rate, tolerance is a percent of error acceptable, and trim allowance is the amount that the setpoint can be adjusted by the operator during production. For example, an ingredient has a setpoint of 100kg/hr, tolerance at 10%, and a trim allowance of 10kg/hr. The operator could adjust the ingredient rate and call for 110kg/hr. The actual rate could potentially be 121kg/hr and still be within the acceptable tolerance.   Process Variables Process variables are all the mechanical setpoints on the production floor. For example, a few of the extruder's common process variables include Head Temperatures, Die Temperature, and Die Pressure. These variables are critical for complying with quality standards, making them a vital piece of the formula.   Micro-ingredients Batching Hand-batched micro-ingredients are important and often high-dollar ingredients that play a significant role in the final product. This part of the process is often handled separately from the formula management software. Because this step is not included in the formula management and plant automation system, errors often occur during the weighing and lot tracking of these ingredients. BatchMATE® by NorthWind connects the hand batching step to the rest of the plant by automating the hand batching process and including the steps in the formulas. Once connected, BatchLOGIX can track the lots and produce production reports.   Lot Tracking Lot Tracking is one of the most critical aspects of any Formula Management Software. The lot tracking process starts from the receipt of raw materials through the final product. By tracking lot numbers in this way, the system can pull specific lot information for each campaign and batch. This is invaluable when a non-compliant lot or a major fault is detected by the quality department. Using the information provided by the lot tracking feature, production data can be analyzed, and contaminated ingredients and products can be identified, isolated, and pulled from the batch or campaign.   Production Reports Production Reports are key for any Formula Management Software. The information provided in these reports helps in scheduling production and can be helpful in identifying the cause of missed targets and other inefficiencies. Production reports can also identify when to schedule maintenance and other necessary stops for production. Ingredient usage and run reports are also available to ensure quality and production targets are being hit. Some of the key benefits of good production reporting are business insights, higher customer satisfaction, higher efficiency, and better data-driven decisions.   ERP Integration Integrating the plant floor with the rest of the business allows for production data to be seamlessly used throughout the business. It is common for APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) to be written for connecting the plant floor to the ERP system. Having the ability to share data between the different systems is a huge advantage to companies, with this they can schedule production and analyze production in real-time. When all the data is readily available, business decisions are now easily backed by data.   Conclusion Whether scaling recipes into a batch or metering ingredients into a continuous system, quality formula management software is key to maximizing plant performance and increasing product consistency. BatchLOGIX® has the scalability to accommodate systems of any size with the flexibility to incorporate all processes within a pet food production facility.   By: Eduardo Martinez - Project Manager - NorthWind Technical Services Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Deadly mycotoxins in pet food cost pet health and brand trust, Bühler has an answer
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

Deadly mycotoxins in pet food cost pet health and brand trust, Bühler has an answer

Product recall is expensive One of the major costs of mycotoxin contamination is market recall. Recalling a product from the market is not cheap, in fact, the Grocery Manufacturers Association (GMA) discovered that the average cost of the market recall is USD10 million in direct costs alone. The financial hits of product recall include: disposing of the product, reimbursing customers, and business interruption. The GMA survey showed that 81% of respondents deemed the financial risk of market recall to be 'significant to catastrophic.'   Contaminated product damages brand image Financial costs and damage to health are not the only repercussions of mycotoxin contamination. Once the media are aware of the situation, brand image can take a significant hit. For consumers, it takes a lot to repair trust in a brand, and while brand damage is difficult to measure, this can further cost companies millions in lifetime value.   Contaminated product can cause mass waste Before the LumoVision, contaminated grain would have been disposed of in large amounts. During testing, if the batch has a high concentration of mycotoxin, in many cases, the entire batch is destroyed. In fact, as few as 2 highly contaminated grains in 10,000 can render an entire batch unsafe. The Food and Drug Association (FDA) estimates that USD932 million is lost per year to crops contaminated with mycotoxin. This removal of the contaminated material may protect the consumer, but it costs businesses and the environment a lot more.   What can be done? Bühler SORTEX faced the challenge of mycotoxin contamination head-on. After discovering a breakthrough 'invisible indicator' of contamination on the spectral scale, Bühler created the LumoVision, an optical sorter that can reduce the aflatoxin level by up to 90% (as indicated by industrial trials). This reduction brings many samples to regulation levels, saving companies from the costs of large-scale material waste and market recall. It works by analyzing the color each kernel fluoresces as it passes under powerful UV lighting in the sorter. It is known that contaminated kernels fluoresce a specific bright green color, a substance called kojic acid, which is produced by the Aspergillus fungus at the same time as it produces aflatoxin. LumoVision's proprietary, highly sensitive cameras and a powerful LED-based UV lighting system can precisely detect this color of fluorescence. Within milliseconds of detection, air nozzles deploy to blow contaminated kernels out of the product stream. When dealing with toxins, early intervention is critical. This is not only important in reducing the toxins consumed by pets, but also to lower wastage and the environmental footprint. Without proper cleaning and sorting, poisonous mycotoxins can cause large-scale wastage of materials, mass market recalls, and harm to pets. Dr. Gerardo Morantes, Director of Food Safety-Americas Region at Buhler, had the following to say: 'Mycotoxins are a worldwide concern. However, technology made possible by Bühler SORTEX enables a preventative solution, meaning that mycotoxins can be dealt with early, stopping the spread and removing the contamination to meet regulatory standards.' Without intervention, mycotoxin contamination can bare a large cost for businesses, including, brand reputation, market recalls and material waste. With the SORTEX LumoVision, brands can stay profitable, customers can stay happy and pets can stay safe.   For more information on how Bühler and LumoVision are kicking out mycotoxins, visit their webpage.   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

PROMAS ST, future proof automation
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

PROMAS ST, future proof automation

This process automation control system is based on years of expertise and knowledge of the production processes, in the animal feed and food industries. This means that the design has been thoroughly tested in practice. Therefore, you can be assured that the process automation system provides all the functionalities to automate business processes adequately. Of course, the design is robust and flexible, making it last as long as the machinery. PROMAS ST factory automation software is developed from the operator's point of view. KSE PROMAS ST future-proof process automation technologies grows along with a factory. Due to its flexibility, this automation solution will last for years to come. If a factory or machines must be renewed or updated, it is possible to implement adjustments with PROMAS ST process automation technologies, in small and profitable steps. Expensive investments in new automation systems are therefore a thing of the past. Small-scale activities can also benefit from PROMAS ST process automation technologies. Start small and when the system grows, the investment can be spread over a longer period. PROMAS ST process automation technologies is a flexible solution for production automation and it is ready for the future. In other words, PROMAS ST is a flexible solution for plant automation that is ready for tomorrow's challenges.     How automating manufacturing processes will bring you peace of mind?   KSE's PROMAS ST software for automating manufacturing processes brings performance improvements and cost benefits to the animal feed and premix/mineral industries. Nearly 50 years of KSE's specialized know-how in the animal feed industry is encapsulated in this software. This means your equipment (including third-party machines) will perform as intended and, often better than you expected. Automating manufacturing processes with PROMAS ST will get you more tons out of your production line and a better-quality product. All performance indicators can be viewed from anywhere in the world. This brings you peace of mind! PROMAS ST is also hardware and software independent, so you get a better return on investment. PROMAS ST factory automation software is developed from the operator's point of view. KSE´s aim is to create a future proof and intuitive platform that gives operators the insight and control they need to run a seamless operation. This software transforms data into visual and actionable information, so that operators can maintain a clear overview of the production process.  We have automated tasks that were repetitive and made complex processes transparent with clear visuals and reports.  Timely alarms ensure operators are aware of tasks that require attention and ensure you are a step ahead of potential delays. Otherwise KSE´s 24/7 remote support service is ready to tackle any problem.   KSE through the years Over the years, KSE has specialized in dosing and weighing systems and smart automation software for the animal feed industry. They are clearly focused on continuous innovation, which is passed from generation to generation. Personal contact, excellent service and a passion for the powder and granulate processing industry are key. This has helped them grow from a small company to an international business with activities worldwide. KSE is celebrating its 50th anniversary. For more information, visit KSE´s website. Source: All Pet Food  

New German test facility allows processors to try solutions before they buy
Conveying Systems

4+ MIN

New German test facility allows processors to try solutions before they buy

These systems come as an investment, making it crucial for manufacturers to understand what they're buying before pulling out the company credit card. This is where OEM test facilities come into play, which offer processors the opportunity to try before they buy, often supported by the expertise of seasoned process engineers and salespeople who represent the supplier and its solutions. Testing, testing According to Emmanual Ricohermoso III, Ph.D., testing and facility manager at Automated Handling Solutions (AHS) Germany GmbH, parent company of Cablevey, testing equipment before making a purchase is a progressive approach that can optimize design and material selection for durability, efficiency and environmental impact. 'From the client's perspective, conducting product testing offers them the valuable opportunity to experience the device firsthand before making a purchase commitment,' Ricohermoso added. 'It allows them to assess the device's performance, functionalities and suitability for their specific needs without the obligation of buying it outright. Additionally, during the testing phase, clients can engage directly with our knowledgeable team, leveraging their technical expertise to address any questions or concerns they may have. 'This interactive experience fosters better communication and understanding between our team and the clients,' he added. 'Ultimately, seeing the device in action reinforces the clients' belief and confidence in its capabilities, validating the effectiveness of the solution being offered, or simply, 'to see is to believe.'' The company's 645-square-meter (6,942-square-foot) testing facility is centered around a test workshop equipped with product transfer systems from brands that fall under the AHS and Advanced Material Processing (AMP) umbrella, including Cablevey, Spiroflow, Kason and Marion. The test workshop itself accounts for 71% of the total space. According to Ricohermoso, the German test facility was designed to not only enable testing of conveyors and material transfer systems from point A to point B, but to also integrate relevant processing steps including bag conditioning, bulk bag discharging and filling, dewatering, sieving, mixing and drying. 'Additionally, the test facility boasts a cutting-edge, in-house laboratory dedicated to material characterization,' he noted. 'This enables our engineers to gain a deep understanding of the material properties, allowing them to design tailored solutions that meet the specific needs of our customers. The Friedrichsdorf test facility is now up and running and saw its first customer in early May 2023. Ben Ayrton, managing director and vice president of operations and supply chain for AHS and AMP in Europe, noted that the facility is now fully operational and offers more than 50 products for customer trials and testing across all four brands.  'We are immensely proud to have the most comprehensive testing facility in Continental Europe,' Ayrton said. 'Our expansion and future is exciting, as in addition we are looking forward to introducing a brand new 5,500 m square production facility in the UK in the first half of 2024.' The Friedrichsdorf facility will serve multiple AHS and AMP brands for testing, spare parts, European engineering and sales, as well as aftermarket spare parts and maintenance teams. Prioritizing positive client experiences Understanding why clients want to test or compare equipment performance is the No. 1 consideration when developing a test plan. For example, Ricohermoso said one of the main focuses for today's pet food processors is throughput. Once he has a better idea of a client's priorities, Ricohermoso requests a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) to better understand the handing requirements and potential risks related to the product or material in question. He also asks for cleaning, process flow integration, and tolerance information to create a comprehensive test plan for the client. 'If the client's primary objective is to observe the operation without specific test requirements, I take the initiative to design the test plan myself,' Ricohermoso said. 'The clients are then given time to review the plan internally and communicate any concerns they may have. 'By following this streamlined process, we ensure that the test day runs smoothly, with clear communication and alignment between our team and the clients.' Leaning on OEM expertise Cablevey operates in more than 66 countries and has delivered its solutions for the food, pet food, coffee, powder, nut and frozen food industries for over 50 years. Such equipment includes enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors. 'Cablevey provides a gentle conveying solution, making it particularly suitable for products that are sensitive and have low tolerance for breakage,' Ricohermoso said. 'Its unique conveying method ensures that fragile products can be transported without compromising their integrity or quality.' At Cablevey's stateside test facility — which is located in Oskaloosa, Iowa — the company recently launched a 360-degree immersive experience enabling virtual visits in real time. A Zoom-meeting format developed during the COVID-19 pandemic now allows Cablevey to showcase test runs of its machinery in-person and online simultaneously, which provides convenience for those unable to travel or larger work groups, according to the company. Ricohermoso noted the company plans to add this capability to the German test facility over the next few months.  

Bühler offers solution to reduce mycotoxin levels in pet food
Laboratory

3+ MIN

Bühler offers solution to reduce mycotoxin levels in pet food

Mycotoxins, a poisonous chemical found in the corn used in pet foods, are causing animal sickness and irreparable brand damage. To solve this issue, SORTEX LumoVision, a solution developed by Swiss technology group Bühler, uses the spectral scale to kick out mold from pet food, keeping the costs of market recall down and pets safe. In 2021, the FDA (Food and Drug Administration) alerted customers of fatal levels of aflatoxin, a strand of mycotoxin that attacks the liver, found in 1,000 lots of pet food. From the bad batch, it is reported that 130 dogs died. This statistic provoked lawsuits and anger from dog owners and the wider industry. However, the damage of mycotoxin contamination does not stop there. RECALLING PRODUCT IS EXPENSIVE One of the major costs of mycotoxin contamination is market recall. Recalling a product from the market is not cheap, in fact, the Grocery Manufacturers Association (GMA) discovered that the average cost of market recall is USD10 million in direct costs alone. The financial hits of recalling product include: disposing of the product, reimbursing customers, and business interruption. The GMA survey showed that 81% of respondents deemed the financial risk of market recall to be 'significant to catastrophic'. CONTAMINATED PRODUCT DAMAGES BRAND IMAGE Financial costs and damage to health are not the only repercussions of mycotoxin contamination. Once the media are aware of the situation, brand image can take a significant hit. For consumers, it takes a lot to repair trust in a brand, and while brand damage is difficult to measure, this can further cost companies millions in lifetime value. CONTAMINATED PRODUCT CAN CAUSE MASS WASTE Before the LumoVision, contaminated grain would have been disposed of in large amounts. During testing, if the batch has a high concentration of mycotoxin, in many cases, the entire batch is destroyed. In fact, as few as 2 highly contaminated grains in 10,000 can render an entire batch unsafe. The Food and Drug Association (FDA) estimate that USD932 million is lost per year to crops contaminated with mycotoxin. This removal of the contaminated material may protect the consumer, but it costs businesses and the environment a lot more. WHAT CAN BE DONE? Bühler SORTEX faced the challenge of mycotoxin contamination head-on. After discovering a breakthrough 'invisible indicator' of contamination on the spectral scale, Bühler created the LumoVision, an optical sorter that can reduce the aflatoxin level by up to 90% (as indicated by industrial trials). This reduction brings many samples to regulation levels, saving companies from the costs of large-scale material waste and market recall. It works by analysing the colour each kernel fluoresces as it passes under powerful UV lighting in the sorter. It is known that contaminated kernels fluoresce a specific bright green colour, a substance called kojic acid, which is produced by the Aspergillus fungus at the same time as it produces aflatoxin. LumoVision's proprietary, highly sensitive cameras and a powerful LED-based UV lighting system can precisely detect this colour of fluorescence. Within milliseconds of detection, air nozzles deploy to blow contaminated kernels out of the product stream. When dealing with toxins, early intervention is critical. This is not only important in reducing the toxins consumed by pets, but also to lower wastage and the environmental footprint. Without proper cleaning and sorting, poisonous mycotoxins can cause large-scale wastage of materials, mass market recalls, and harm to pets. Dr Gerardo Morantes, Director of Food Safety-Americas Region at Buhler, had the following to say: 'Mycotoxins are a worldwide concern. However, technology made possible by Bühler SORTEX enables a preventative solution, meaning that mycotoxins can be dealt with early, stopping the spread and removing the contamination to meet regulatory standards.' Without intervention, mycotoxin contamination can bare a large cost for businesses, including, brand reputation, market recalls and material waste. With the SORTEX LumoVision, brands can stay profitable, customers can stay happy and pets can stay safe. By Bühler Group

Chain process, constant improvement: extrusion, binders, palatability, and more
Extrusion

4+ MIN

Chain process, constant improvement: extrusion, binders, palatability, and more

By María Candelaria Carbajo

Precision, a key factor in extrusion Extrusion occupies a central place in pet food production, but it is not the only thing that matters: it does not make sense to focus exclusively on it if accurate and integral material and ingredient management is not achieved throughout the whole production process. Being the most common method of producing dry pet food, it involves several operations, such as mixing, heating, kneading, cutting, and shaping. Here the key is to obtain perfect homogeneous mixtures of the ingredients used in the formula. Some criteria for an effective and successful process Nutrition and extrusion Nutritional quality is the main point, which is obvious but impossible to forget. The first and most important thing in a pet food formula must be nutrition, so the final product, regardless of the chosen production process, must be complete and balanced. With this in mind, one must consider how the selected ingredients react in the extrusion process. Depending on its nature, this can be easy or rather challenging. Secondly, we can talk about product uniformity and texture. To pets, consumers and judges of our offers, product palatability is crucial, as no nutrient can nourish without good palatability. Additives and binders We can also mention additives as one more component of pet food formulas that can have various purposes. Some can be: guaranteeing longevity and food safety, maintaining texture and color, and preventing water activity, ingredient deterioration, and oxidation, among others. In addition, they are specially used to increase palatability and flavor, an important sensory characteristic for both dogs and cats. In fact, it's what defines whether or not the pet chooses our food. These can impact first-choice palatability, which means they make it the first food chosen or achieve a continuous choice effect, a preference sustained over time. These types of ingredients added to formulas are widely used. However, that does not exempt them from being controversial in a context in which those who make purchasing decisions prefer to know all the ingredients that their pet food contains and where this type of addition is increasingly rejected, often due to ignorance. Marketing and sustainability For the last couple of years, there are two additional points gaining more and more ground: marketing and sustainability. On the one hand, marketing is a crucial tool to get our product, with a great process and palatability, to reach the right hungry mouths. To design a great product to remain stored in our warehouses is completely pointless. And, on the other hand, considering (or not) the environmental impact can be, nowadays, one of the factors that take off or bury a brand's name. Today's consumers want to buy what takes care of everyone's future.   Different factors, some products, only one goal Producers are deepening their research and experimentation to answer with the best possible quality to new market demands. Currently, we can summarize these needs in the following most significant challenges: Fresh refrigerated meat, neither frozen or dehydrated Higher quality – use of mechanically deboned skeletal muscle and primary organs, not by-products Unadulterated materials Non-traditional, grain-free, or alternative ingredient formulas More food shapes, like croutons or bone shapes, and not just brown and round Higher rates of meat inclusion (30-75%) The truth is, with every new trend, new challenges arise. The greater inclusion of meat, for example, presents, from a manufacturing point of view, a challenge in terms of extrusion. But no matter how big the hurdle, staying on top of trends and meeting customer expectations is most important.   Conclusion The improvement of production practices and, consequently, of the characteristics of final products depends on the processes chosen and the ingredients used. A crucial point, within a sea of ​​innovative technology, attractive proposals, and emerging raw materials, is to remember, depending on the type of food produced, and determine what nutritional benefit we seek to achieve, either in a final product or with the addition of certain additional components. As an industry, we must have the ability to review and attack challenges from all angles, and for successful development, we already know the keyword: innovation. Looking carefully at the path traveled in recent times, we do not doubt that experts from various areas are working to improve and overcome any obstacles in terms of formulation requirements, hardware development, process controls, and specifications of a final product, with the objectives in mind of increasing productivity, minimizing costs, successfully satisfying our customers, maintaining the highest quality standards, eliminating human error, improving efficiency and optimizing security.   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Understanding Explosion-Proof Vacuums: What Sets Them Apart?
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Understanding Explosion-Proof Vacuums: What Sets Them Apart?

Not all industrial vacuums are explosion-proof. Only an industrial vacuum certified as explosion-proof is designed to prevent and contain explosions in potentially hazardous environments. It is vital to know how explosion-proof vacuums differ from other industrial vacuum designs. Knowing these things will help you select the right vacuum for your application, whether the vacuum will be used in a chemical, pharmaceutical, food processing, or manufacturing plant.   How Do Explosion-Proof Vacuums Differ From Other Industrial Vacuums? Both industrial vacuums and explosion-proof vacuums can be used for industrial purposes. But only explosion-proof vacuums can be used for potentially hazardous environments. Industrial vacuums have unique features and components to operate in industrial environments safely. But explosion-proof vacuums have the following features besides those found on most industrial vacuums:   Explosion-proof motors are sealed to prevent sparks and constructed out of materials that can withstand high temperatures and pressures. Grounding and bonding systems prevent the buildup of static electricity, which can cause sparks and trigger an explosion. Hoses and accessories are made of conductive materials that prevent static electricity buildup. Explosion-proof filters are designed to contain combustible materials and prevent sparks.   Explosion-proof vacuums are also certified to specific safety standards through Underwriters Laboratories (UL), CSA Group, and ATEX. A vacuum with these certifications meets exacting safety standards for safe use in potentially hazardous environments.   What are Explosion-Proof Vacuums Used For? Prevention of fire and dust explosions is a serious concern in various facilities. Industrial environments are often at risk for combustible dust explosions, especially in the chemical, pharmaceutical, food processing or manufacturing industries. Dust explosions can kill workers and destroy facilities. The Imperial Sugar Company had a dust explosion in 2008 that resulted in 14 deaths and dozens of injuries. The tragedy drew attention to the destruction possible when combustible dust builds up. Most industrial dusts are dangerous, whether it is flour or sugar dust generated in food processing or chemical dust produced during manufacturing. It's vital for maintenance technicians and building operations managers to inspect for dust buildup regularly, clean equipment at regular intervals, move dust collections outside, and use only vacuum cleaners approved for dust collection in hazardous environments. Explosion-proof vacuum systems clean up explosive or flammable materials safely without causing hazardous materials or dust to ignite or explode. They are commonly used in industrial settings with chemicals, combustible dust, or other hazardous materials present. Keeping things clean, controlling ignition sources, and performing regular preventive maintenance are important steps to reduce the risk of dust explosions. But it is equally vital to inform and train all employees working in the area about the safety risks of combustible dust, hazardous chemicals, and other flammable materials. All personnel have a role to play in mitigating explosion risks. Maintenance personnel need training in the proper use and maintenance of equipment. Managers must be ready to enforce safety policies and procedures. Safety personnel must understand the potential dangers of crafting sound safety policies and procedures. Keeping a plant safe from these hazards is everyone's responsibility.   What Facilities Need an Explosion-Proof Vacuum? Many facilities need an explosion-proof vacuum. Some common applications include: Food processing plants where dust and other combustible materials are present. Chemical and pharmaceutical plants that handle hazardous materials. Manufacturing plants that use chemicals and substances in the manufacturing process. Refineries and oil rigs which deal with flammable gases, liquids, and other hazardous substances. Laboratories that use chemicals, solvents, or other flammable substances.   Different Uses and Applications for Explosion-Proof Vacuums The applications for explosion-proof vacuums are as diverse as the industries that use them. In a food processing facility, these vacuums may clean accumulated dust from food processing equipment, such as mixers, grinders and conveyors. These vacuum systems also can clean plant floors and surfaces, as well as storage and packaging areas. At a pharmaceutical or chemical plant, an explosion-proof vacuum can remove powder and dust from production areas and equipment and clean lab areas where hazardous materials generate dust and debris. In chemical plants, these vacuums can safely remove dust and debris from reactors and vessels used to mix and store chemicals. Manufacturing plants and classified environments alike can use explosion-proof vacuums to clean production equipment, such as lathes, mills and grinders, which accumulate dust and debris during production, even in hidden areas. They also can clean plant floors and surfaces, storage locations, and shipping and receiving areas. In oil refineries and on oil rigs, explosion-proof vacuums can remove dust and debris from heavy machinery and equipment. The vacuum systems can also clean facility floors and surfaces. Laboratories use explosion-proof vacuums to remove hazardous materials, chemicals, and powders. This includes cleaning lab equipment such as fume hoods, biosafety cabinets, and cleanrooms which can accumulate hazardous materials or dust during experiments or testing. The vacuums can also clean lab floors and surfaces, as well as chemical storage and hazardous waste areas.   Next Steps Goodway Technologies offers a complete line of explosion-proof industrial vacuums to pick up hazardous dust and other materials with various chamber and tank sizes. These vacuums are certified by various organizations and are available in wet capacity and dry capacity explosion-proof configurations. Both electric and air-powered models are available. Vacuums with HEPA filtration are available. Vacuums designed for heavy-duty applications are available. Goodway's in-house experts can visit your facility to assess your equipment and determine which explosion-proof vacuum will deliver the best results for the application.   By: Goodway Tech

Pet Food Industry Trends for 2023
Conveying Systems

3+ MIN

Pet Food Industry Trends for 2023

Growth is a great opportunity, but it also requires planning when it comes to how pet foods are conveyed in your facility. How are companies preparing to handle this type of growth at their processing facilities?     In October 2022, Cablevey Conveyors commissioned the independent research firm, Ascend2, to conduct a research study titled Evaluating and Implementing New Conveyor Systems. The 16-page study (download for free) asked 290 food processing professionals in the United States and the United Kingdom to provide their insight on critical considerations when evaluating conveyor systems. In this article, we will review and analyze the findings from 72 food processing professionals that are conveying pet food. What are they doing to prepare for growth? Finding #1: Budgeting for Growth. 85% of facilities processing pet foods are increasing their budget for conveying equipment and maintenance in the next 12 months. 35% tell us that they are increasing significantly the budget needed to meet growth opportunities. Why the increase in the budget? The increase is in response to how much these businesses grew in the past year. Finding #2: Can your workspaces facilitate needed growth? An important consideration of growth is your workspaces and facility requirements. What conveying systems are best for the space that you have available? According to the pet food processing experts surveyed, the #1 conveying system (46%) for maximizing available space is cable and disk conveyors. What are a few questions should you ask when evaluating the right conveyor system to optimize the space at your facility? Do you have enough floor space or ceiling height to accommodate certain conveyor types? Does the layout of the conveying system take into account easy access for cleaning and maintenance, worker safety, and operational performance? Here is a short video that shows a pet food conveying layout. Finding #3: Consider maintenance and downtime when you plan. For pet food, what conveying systems are the most efficient? Cable and disc conveyors lead the pack (by a wide margin) at 54% What are a few questions should you ask when evaluating the right conveyor system when it comes to maintenance and downtime?     Questions to ask: How much time will be spent disassembling and cleaning the system? Will maintenance and downtime costs exceed any savings that you realized when purchasing the system? Finding #4: Don't forget energy efficiency. What contributes to energy efficiency? The size of the motor and the amount of horsepower required to run a conveying system can have a major impact on production costs. What conveying systems is the most energy efficient for pet foods? Cable and disc conveyors are #1 at 44%. Here are two questions to ask regarding energy and efficiency: How much energy will this system use?
Is there a high or a low cut-off point at which this system becomes inefficient? Conclusion The pet food industry is growing and evolving. This research study provides insight into the specifics of how industry professionals are preparing for that growth and making the best decisions for their facilities. The research points to cable and disc conveyors as the superior solution for pet foods. Tubular conveyors help streamline pet food processing and maintain both quality and proper proportions in nutritional mixes, snack foods, and other pet food products, product characteristics important to pet food purchasers. To find out if a Cablevey system is the best solution for conveying your pet food, have the Cablevey Testing Center perform a free test for you. The Testing Center will provide you with the data to help you make the most informed decision for your specific need. This article only covers a portion of the finding from the Ascend2 research study. Download Evaluating and Implementing New Conveyor Systems for more insight into the food processing industry.
  by Cablevey Conveyor 

Is Dry Vapour Steam Good For My Cleaning Needs?
Manufacturing Process

2+ MIN

Is Dry Vapour Steam Good For My Cleaning Needs?

Consider these questions before purchasing or considering a speciality dry steam cleaner: Will you use the steam cleaner in a commercial or industrial environment? What equipment and soils will you be cleaning? What is Vapour Steam Cleaning Used For?   Vapour steam cleaners have been used primarily for general cleaning and sanitising hard surfaces without chemicals. Applications include kitchen and bathroom grout cleaning, restaurants, supermarkets, schools, hotels, apartment buildings, and private homes. In addition, property owners and municipalities frequently use vapour steam cleaners for gum removal. Using a vapour steam cleaner is environmentally friendly and highly effective, and it leaves behind an oil and grease-free surface. The technology has recently found its way into industrial applications. It is likely that a vapour steam cleaner purchased with the intent of using it for one application will soon be used for general cleaning all around the shop as they are great for cleaning up production machinery and many other applications. Food and Beverage Production Dry Baking Production Meat Production and Packing Pharmaceutical production lines Product Packaging lines   Dry Vapour Steam Cleaning vs. Other Cleaning Solutions When cleaning or sanitising a facility or equipment where water needs to be minimised or avoided, and chemical cleaning is not preferred, steam is the perfect solution. Steam cleaning with a vapour steam cleaner is environmentally friendly, extremely effective, leaves no residue, and leaves a surface free of oil and grease. With vapour steam cleaners, surfaces without chemicals can be cleaned and sanitised, while other cleaning solutions that involve chemicals may be harmful to the environment.   How to Choose a Dry Vapour Steam Cleaner High steam temperature: the higher the temperature at the boiler, the higher the discharge temperature. All Vapour steam cleaners lose some temperature between the boiler and the nozzle. Hotter steam significantly increases cleaning effectiveness. See our Dry Steam Cleaning Buying Guide. Stainless steel boiler – stainless steel resists corrosion and limits heat transfer to its environment. Safety devices such as water level sensor, boiler thermostat, pressure switch, safety pressure valve, and dae-aeration valve. The ability to refill the vapour steam cleaner with water without waiting for the unit to cool down first. This feature can save up to 20 minutes on every refill. Large water reservoir. Steam volume control – uses only the amount of steam needed to do the job. Less steam enhances the vapour steam cleaner's ability to maintain temperature. Handling features such as wheels are large enough to make it easy to roll the vapour steam cleaner over rough surfaces or up and downstairs. A good sturdy handle helps here, too. Accessories – does the manufacturer offer the accessories needed for all applications? Warranty – look for a one-year warranty on the machine and a three-year warranty on the boiler.   Next Steps: See our full line of dry vapour steam cleaning products.   By: Goodway Tech

Pet Food Label Modernization is Coming Soon!
Packaging

4+ MIN

Pet Food Label Modernization is Coming Soon!

A final draft of the updated model regulations for pet food and specialty pet food was voted on by the executive committee and will be presented to the full membership on July 31st for a vote.  There are numerous changes to the regulations that will impact the labeling for all pet food, pet treats and specialty pet food and treats. Below is a discussion of some of the main changes that will impact your pet food label design. Please note that small and very small packages with a total printable area of 40 or 12 square inches or less respectively will have different layout requirements due to space constraints Changes to the front of the pack include the requirement for a verbatim intended use statement. This statement must be in the bottom ⅓ of the principal display panel and parallel to the bottom of the panel (front panel for packages that sit upright on the shelf and also on the bottom butt panel for packages that lay flat on the shelf), must be at least as large as the net quantity statement per FDA 16 CFR 500.21, must be in the same color and style font and on the same background color as the statement of net quantity and must be separated from the statement of net quantity and any other label material by the height of the 'N' above and below and by twice the width of the 'N' on either side.  Some examples of the verbatim intended use statements include:  'Complete Dog Food' for foods that are complete and balanced for all life stages, including growth of large size dogs. 'Complete Puppy Food' or 'Complete Food for Puppies' for growth products that include growth of large size dogs.  'Complete Food for Adult Cats' for adult maintenance cat foods. 'Complete Food for Puppies (<70 lb. as an adult)' for growth diets that are not appropriate for the growth of large size dogs. 'Complete Food for Dogs (except puppies >70 lb. as an adult)' for all life stages products that exclude the growth of large size dogs. Another major change is the replacement of the Guaranteed Analysis with a Pet Nutrition Facts section. This change was made to more closely align the nutritional information with the format on human food labels in order to help the consumer better understand what they are buying. The Pet Nutrition Facts is required to be included on all pet foods in a prominent place on the label (but not necessarily on the principal display panel). On most packages (except very small labels), this will be in a box set off by hairlines and will be all black or one-color type, printed on white or neutral background.  The heading 'Pet Nutrition Facts' will be centered in the top row of the box and must be twice the size of the other text in the box. The familiar household unit (cup, can, treat, etc) will be right justified in the next row and must include the weight in grams. A bold line must separate this information from the next row. Calorie content will appear in the next line of the box and will no longer be stated as kcal/kg. It must be stated in kcal/'familiar household unit' and will be left justified. If the calories are determined by a feeding study, the word '(fed)' will appear after the value. Maybe provide an example of a few familiar household units. Underneath the calorie content, indented text will appear indicating the calories from protein, fat and carbohydrates. The Modified Atwater formula is still the correct way to determine the calorie content.      Following the calorie content will be the guaranteed nutrient levels. Protein, Fat, Carbohydrates (calculated value), Total Dietary Fiber and Moisture are the required guarantees for every label. These will be expressed in % and also in grams/'familiar household unit.' If you don't have dietary fiber data for your recipes, now would be a good time to begin testing to obtain these values. If you have additional nutritional guarantees, they may be included similarly to today's labels. Essential guarantees must still follow the order of the AAFCO nutrient profiles and nonessential nutrient guarantees are listed following the last essential guarantee. The verbatim nutritional adequacy statement will still be required and must now live within the Pet Nutrition Facts box so that placement is consistent across all products. Feeding directions must be included on all labels and should be consistent with the intended use statement that is on the principal display panel. There are some other minor changes that may impact your labeling, but the information above captures the most impactful of the proposed updates to the regulations. The implementation workgroup is proposing 6 years for the timeline for labeling in the market to comply with the new regulations. Consumer outreach and education has been a top priority and as more brands launch compliant labels, pet parents will be looking for this new format. This could potentially become part of the buying decision for savvy pet parents. The North River Enterprises team is involved in several AAFCO workgroups helping to develop educational materials explaining the required changes once PFLM becomes a reality.  by Melissa Brookshire

MASS SPIN COATER - Revolutionary patented system
Coating

2+ MIN

MASS SPIN COATER - Revolutionary patented system

The pet has become a true member of the family and the end customer, his owner, is increasingly oriented towards high-quality food in terms of well-being, quality and pleasure. PLP takes up this challenge by developing systems that can translate market needs into real products. The treatment and coating system, patented as MASS SPIN COATER, is the new and revolutionary system for coating and adding additives onto solid products. Through an integrated torsion transducer and a processor of Coriolis force data, the MSC is capable of identifying the mass delivery rate of solid prodcts (pelets, flours , croquettes). This permits a proportional control for adding doses of additives for the process. The MSC guarantees the uniformity of the finish products and thanks to reduced dimensions and weight, installation is made easy at any point of the system, be it on the transport piping in the drop, or at the end of production directly onto the vehicle load.   It is used for applying either powder or liquid additives: - Fat : for adding vegetable oils or fat in general. For adding molasses and other products largely used on the finished products - Enzymes : for adding liquid enzymes and powder enzymes directly onto the finished product, to avoid cross contamination between the various products and to avoid waste due to degradation of the enzymes during the production of feed. - Powder condensation : Fine powders, in an environment saturated with the same, cause serious problems such as explosions and subsequent fires , as well as serious respiratory problems for personnel and, last but not least, damage to the plant. which remain in the production cycle without creating further problems - Humidification: For the treatment of humidification in raw materials with the addition of water and acidifiers with retroactive checks of humidity present in cereals - Treatment after pelletizing : The addition of medicines in the production of feed is normally carried out in the mixing pase with contamination problems and loss of active ingredients due to mechanical and thermal stresses. With the MSC it is possible to add antibiotics, coccidiostats, vitamins etc, whether in liquid or powder form. This process is possible thanks of the utilization of Seal4feed , a filming product from ARDA Innovations product of ARDA INNOVATIONS. by PLP System Source: All Pet Food 

5 Essential Pet Food Manufacturing Equipment Types
Coating

4+ MIN

5 Essential Pet Food Manufacturing Equipment Types

Being able to reliably, affordably and easily feed our pets has been an important part of our ongoing relationships with our pets. In the modern industrial era, several types of pet food manufacturing equipment have played a key role in widely distributing pet food. Let's take a closer look at the essential pet food manufacturing equipment supporting the pet food industry today. 5 Essential Pet Food Manufacturing Equipment Types Today, there are many different types of pet food. This includes a wide range of pet types, from fish to birds to rodents to cats and dogs and many more, as well as many different types of food, including wet food, dry food, canned food, fresh food, and more. Different types of pet food utilize many different ingredients, processes and pet food manufacturing equipment. In this blog post we'll take a look at a few of the most essential processes. A startling 25% of Americans added a pet to their home in 2020. This was an especially difficult year, indicating that many of us rely on our pets for companionship and comfort. During this time, US pet food sales rose 10%, with e-commerce sales rising sharply. Increasingly, pet owners are seeing their pets as family members, which can have numerous benefits, mostly linked to reduced stress and loneliness. With bonds between people and pets growing stronger, an increasing number of pet owners are looking for high-quality and speciality pet foods, including wet food and refrigerated food. However, dry pet food like kibble still remains the dominant type, accounting for 57% of pet food sales. Since cats and dogs are still by far the most popular type of pet, we'll mainly discuss the essential pet food manufacturing equipment for dry dog and cat food. Mixers Industrial mixing is one of the most important types of food processing equipment, including pet food. Large-scale mixers make it possible to mix ingredients quickly, efficiently, and uniformly, processing 5, 10, even 15 tons of material at one time. These mixers are also capable of working with a wide range of materials, including very fine powders to thick liquids and tough solids. For pet food processing, mixers can be important at several points, from mixing cornmeal and other grains to oils and fats, meat-based products, and more. Without large-scale pet food mixers, it would be difficult to process the amount of food we would need to reliably and affordably feed our pets. Extruders Extruders push mixed material, usually a dough or a paste, through a metal die to create uniform pieces. Extruders are important pet food processing equipment because they make it easy to create food that is easy to package, ship, and store. Extruders also create nutritionally uniform pellets, removing the guesswork in balancing protein, fats, carbohydrates, vitamins and minerals. In addition, these pellets are easy to work with, so they can be easily coated with flavorings and fats. Spray Coating Adding fats and flavorings to kibble is important for making the food palatable for pets, but it's also important to ensure that the pets get the right amount of fats, vitamins and minerals in their diet. Spray coating makes it easy to add liquid coatings to pellets. This process is both fast and efficient, so the pellets can move through the process quickly and get to packaging and then on to the customer and their pet. Mist Coating Mist coating takes liquid coating one step further, making it even easier and faster to apply liquid coatings to pellets. Mist coating equipment uses an atomizing system which turns liquid coatings into a fine mist, which evenly coats the material as it falls through the coating chamber. When comparing liquid coating systems, mist coating is one of the most efficient methods, since it provides more even coating, reduces waste, requires less clean-up, and tends to be gentler on the pellets, decreasing breakage and loss. Track and Tracing Track and tracing systems, which can include a wide range of equipment, are essential to all modern-day food systems, and pet food is no exception. By tracking materials and finished products through each process, and then on to retailers and customers, it's possible to detect where contamination exists, and stop contaminated products before they do more damage. Though other processes are designed to kill bacteria and tests are designed to detect dangerous chemicals, no process is 100% effective. When bacteria or other dangers make their way into pet food, track and trace systems can show where the contamination came from, and pull the contaminated goods from the shelf as quickly as possible. by APEC  Source: All Pet Food 

Taking Pet Food to a Premium Level
Extrusion

1+ MIN

Taking Pet Food to a Premium Level

Flexible pet food solutions Pet owners often want to give their pets high quality, premium food, just as they would care for a child's diet. Nutrition, process control and food quality are complex and sophisticated topics and in order to stay ahead in the competitive pet food market, you need reliable technology that enables you to benefit from new business opportunities and create new food formats. With roots that go back to the very start of the food processing industry, GEA is in the privileged position of having over 80 years' experience. We have become true specialists in the areas we are active in, like spray and freeze drying, evaporation, filtration, meat preparation, extrusion and packaging for wet, dry pet food, treats and pet food ingredients. Serving the pet food industry Each solution is tailored to specific process needs, factory conditions and business objectives. We design our equipment to boost process efficiency, while offering safety and flexibility in terms of product development. We have a unique understanding of the pet food market and have installed numerous complete lines worldwide, all developed hand-in-hand with customers.  Our technology covers a multitude of pet food areas, including  Pet Food Ingredients Wet Pet Food Dry Pet Food Pet Food Treats Freeze-Dried Pet Food Whether you need a single machine to boost existing line performance or a complete solution for a new factory, GEA is the right partner for you. By GEA Source: All Pet Food   

Scott Krebs appointed President of Wenger
Extrusion

2+ MIN

Scott Krebs appointed President of Wenger

In this position, Scott will drive strategic objectives and lead the Wenger team in the US, Denmark, Brazil, and all other countries. In close collaboration with the Marel leadership team, he will drive cross-selling of Marel solutions to customers in the Plant, Pet, and Feed business segment. 'I am very excited to welcome Scott to the role of President of Wenger. Scott has more than 30 years of experience in the field of extrusion technology and is well-known and respected for his many great achievements within Wenger, especially leading the successful build-up and growth of Extru-Tech, a company that is part of Wenger. With Scott on board, we ensure a continuation of the successful Wenger strategy and that we continue to strengthen our position and customer relationships in the Plant, Pet, and Feed business segment', says Arni Sigurdsson, Chief Business Officer and Deputy CEO. Scott joined Wenger in June 1991 and has since had a long and admirable career within Wenger, from an entry position as Project Engineer to the most recent executive role of President, Extru-Tech, a subsidiary of Wenger, focused on extrusion systems to produce human food, pet food, aquatic feed, and animal feed products. Scott has demonstrated excellent customer focus, operational and people leadership, and P&L management, and has been instrumental in building and improving the competitive position of Extru-Tech, resulting in more than 50% of profitable topline revenue coming from aftermarket services. Scott holds a bachelor's degree of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Kansas State University, and he lives in Sabetha, Kansas, US, with his family. On this occasion, Marel would also like to extend a special and personal thank you to Jesper Hjortshøj for his dedication and valuable contribution in leading Wenger as interim President since the acquisition in July 2022. Jesper will continue to support Scott and the Wenger team during the transition and return his full focus to his leadership role as VP of Business Development at Marel. A standalone platform for new and attractive growth markets Wenger will operate as a standalone business division and leverage Marel's global reach and digital solutions to grow and expand the business. Marel will provide strategic direction and is committed to invest in the business and manufacturing capacity to drive commercial synergies and accelerate growth. Wenger enjoys a diversified and loyal customer base ranging from blue-chip pet food processors to startup companies in plant-based proteins. Over 60% of Wenger's revenues derive from pet food, where the company has a leading global position, and over 40% of revenues come from aftermarket services. This has resulted in Wenger's healthy profitability with an EBIT margin of 14-15%, strong cash flow and solid return on invested capital. Q3 2022 was the first quarter where the newly acquired Wenger business was consolidated in Marel's segment reporting under the name of 'Plant, Pet and Feed,' which also included Marel's own sales of retail and food service solutions into this market segment. By Marel All Pet Food 

A world-class line in pet food industry
Packaging

2+ MIN

A world-class line in pet food industry

A constantly growing trend: Cats and dogs have become part of the family. But not only them. According to Euromonitor data, pet population in Italy at the end of 2021 accounted for 30 million fish, 13 million birds, 10 million cats and 9 million dogs. The lockdown period played its role while the industrial world didn't wait on the sidelines but, on the contrary, continued competing with an ever-larger offer that paid greater attention to petfood quality, packaging design, and communication. In this scenario, GPI – Geo Project Industries, with cemented know-how in robotics and packaging, developed a plant for a revolutionary governance of the production line: Every phase from depalletization to primary and secondary packaging, to palletization, to flexibly and efficaciously meets customer's requirements. A turnkey solution featuring easily openable/closable display boxes, for capacity of 500 piece/minute, that manages 4 different flavours that can be further increased to 6 and 8 by adding robot isles. Things do not change when it comes to pouches/doypacks, increasingly popular thanks to their utmost practicality and small size, and dry pet food boxes or pouches. GPI paper department designs the ideal packaging upon customer's requirements and grounding on three fundamental criteria: The best product protection, enticing aesthetics to conquer the purchaser, use of techniques and sustainable materials, such as cardboard, for higher respect of the planet and minimum impact on the environment. GPI management says 'We are close to our customers and their pets. When we meet our partners the first sentence is not 'Our machines operate this way' but rather 'What can our machines do for you?'. A tailored approach that has helped us grow in these years in terms of know-how, relationships, and markets.' GPI new machine – studied to guarantee a complete production cycle in the pet food industry – is likely to become an international one of a kind for its very high flexibility in production, and utmost customization upon the goals of the various players of the sector. by GPI Group

Increasing the shelf live with innovative packaging technology
Packaging

3+ MIN

Increasing the shelf live with innovative packaging technology

Connolly's Red Mills is an Irish family business founded in 1908. The company is divided into three divisions: pet food, agriculture, and the core business of horse feed. Red Mills specializes primarily in the feed of racehorses. "When we received inquiries for shipping around the world, we were restricted by the point of shelf live," says Joe Connolly, CEO of Connolly's Red Mills. "As the export business grew, so did the challenge of how to get beyond the island of Ireland. Since the climate in Ireland is damp, we had problems with the shelf life of the product when we went into warmer climates. STATEC BINDER was the company we were closest aligned with, so we discussed this challenge with Josef Lorger," continues Joe Connolly. "To be successful and offer your customers the perfect solution for packaging their products, you have to be flexible as a company, understand the customer's requirements, and be willing to offer customized solutions. This is exactly the strength of STATEC BINDER. That's why we accepted the challenging project from Red Mills to increase the shelf life of their products and started developing the bagging machine," explains Josef Lorger, Managing Director of STATEC BINDER. The SYSTEM-F, a vertical FFS packaging machine, was an excellent choice for further developing this particular challenge. The increased shelf life of the product was achieved by developing a special system that provides nitrogen fumigation during filling. Due to the nitrogen fumigation, the oxygen level in the filled bag is reduced to below 2%. By the additional air suction before closing, the filled and closed bag is perfectly shaped for an equally well-formed pallet. In addition to STATEC BINDER's developments, the bag film for Connolly's Red Mills has also been specially developed. The multi-layer film ensures that the vacuum in the filled bag is maintained and no oxygen enters. "STATEC BINDER's contribution to our company was unique and profound, more specifically in relation to the shelf life issues that we were facing in our export markets. This is where STATEC BINDER, who developed with us our unique NFMS (Nutrient Fresh Management System), has delivered the greatest benefit. Customers can now buy our products with a real shelf life of 26 months, and the products are now delivered across 76 countries," says Michael Connolly, Director of Business Development at Connolly's Red Mills. But it was not only the further development of the SYSTEM-F packaging machine that was a challenge in this project. Due to the limited space available in the existing warehouse, the high-level palletizer PRINCIPAL had no space in its standard version. For this reason, the PRINCIPAL was also adapted for Connolly's Red Mills. The filled bags from two packaging machines are conveyed to the palletizer. In the standard version, the bags would now be transported to an inclined infeed conveyor which is installed in front of the palletizer. However, as the space was too limited, the inclined infeed conveyor was installed underneath the PRINCIPAL. This means that the filled bags are now transported from behind via the inclined infeed conveyor upwards to the palletizer and fed to the palletizer via a tilting belt at the highest point. The bag then moves back into the palletizer and is turned into the correct position for the layer of pallets and pushed forward onto the loading plate. 'STATEC BINDER is delivering customized solutions to us since the beginning of our partnership. The solutions for real problems that really affected our business have facilitated the growth of this business to being 20 times bigger than it was in 1990,' says Michael Connolly. 'STATEC BINDER does an excellent job for us and brings us to markets worldwide,' adds Joe Connolly. You can find more information about the project HERE   By: Statec Binder Source: All Pet Food Magzine

Your Go-To Guide For Stainless Steel Conveyors In Food Processing
Conveying Systems

11+ MIN

Your Go-To Guide For Stainless Steel Conveyors In Food Processing

Automated conveyor systems play a vital role in virtually every stage of food processing, from transporting raw ingredients to packaging finished products. What's more, in the food and beverage industry, hygiene is of the utmost importance. That's why stainless steel conveyors are such a popular choice in this sector (especially for conveying  food).   Stainless steel is easy to clean and disinfect, making it the ideal material for conveying foodstuffs in accordance with FDA regulations. In this blog post, we will explore the use of stainless steel construction conveyors in the food production industry in more detail. We'll also look at some of the benefits of using this type of conveyor and explain how you can keep it clean and sanitary What is stainless steel? Let's start by taking a closer look at stainless steel. This is an alloy of iron, chromium, and, in some cases, other metals such as nickel and molybdenum. The main feature of stainless steel that makes it so suitable for food handling is its resistance to corrosion. This means that it won't rust when it comes into contact with oxygen. Regular steel (carbon steel), when exposed to oxygen, will transform into iron oxide (rust). Rust is porous and can flake off, becoming an excellent source of contamination. Stainless steel, on the other hand, forms a protective chromium oxide layer on its surface that prevents oxygen from reaching the iron beneath. As a result, it is much more resistant to corrosion than regular steel. What's more, stainless steel is also non-toxic and non-allergenic, which is important when you are conveying food products. Benefits of stainless steel conveyors Corrosion resistance is just one of the many benefits of using a stainless steel conveying solution in food processing. Let's take a look at some of the others: No product contamination – Unlike other materials that degrade over time and release particles into the product, stainless steel is inert and won't contaminate the conveyed material. It is also non-porous, meaning bacteria and other contaminants cannot become trapped on the surface. Easy to clean and sanitize – Because of its smooth surface, stainless steel is very easy to clean and disinfect. This is essential in the food industry, where hygiene is of paramount importance. We'll get into more detail about cleaning stainless steel conveyor solutions later on. Doesn't change food flavor – Outgassing is a phenomenon that can occur with certain materials, whereby they release gasses that can change the taste of food. Stainless steel is completely inert and doesn't outgas, so you can be sure your product will not be affected.
Resistant to high temperatures – Stainless steel can withstand high temperatureswithout being damaged. This means it can be used in applications where the product being conveyed is hot. Resistant to low temperatures – Just as stainless steel can withstand high temperatures, it is also resistant to low temperatures. This means it can be used in applications where the product being conveyed is frozen. Of course, these are not the only benefits of using a conveyor system for food made from stainless steel. Stainless steel is also a very strong material that is able to support heavy loads, making it ideal for use in the food industry. Is a stainless steel conveyor sanitary? To start answering the question of whether stainless steel food processing equipment is sanitary, we first need to understand what the term 'sanitary' means. In the food industry, the term 'sanitary' refers to an environment or piece of equipment that is free from contaminants such as bacteria, viruses, and other microorganisms. This is different from the term 'clean,' which simply refers to the absence of visible dirt. A piece of equipment can be clean but not sanitary, for example, if it has been cleaned with a cleaning solution that is itself contaminated. So, are stainless steel conveyors sanitary? The answer is no – no material is inherently sanitary. However, stainless steel is one of the most hygienic materials that you can use in food handling. This is because it is non-porous and non-absorbent, meaning that bacteria and other contaminants cannot become trapped on the surface. It is also made for easy cleaning and disinfection. That said, even stainless steel conveyors can become contaminated if they are not used and maintained properly. It is important to remember that bacteria and other microorganisms are everywhere – on our skin, in the air, and even on stainless steel. If left untreated, these contaminants can quickly multiply, compromise food safety, and cause foodborne illnesses. This is why it is so important to follow good hygiene practices when using stainless steel conveyors. In particular, you should ensure that the conveyor is cleaned and disinfected regularly, even if it is made of a food-grade material. Cleaning and sanitizing stainless steel conveyors Each facility has its own cleaning and sanitizing procedures developed according to the products being conveyed and the level of contamination risk. However, there are some basic steps that you can follow in cleaning and sanitizing your stainless steel conveyor: Remove loose dirt and debris – The first step is to remove any loose dirt and debris from the surface of the conveyor. The reason why it is important to do this first is that you don't want to spread contaminants around when you are cleaning. You can remove loose dirt and debris by brushing, vacuuming, or using compressed air. Pre-rinse – After you have removed the loose contaminants, you should pre-rinse the conveyor with water. This helps to remove any remaining impurities from the conveyor surface. Apply cleaning solution – Which cleaning agent you use will depend on the type of contaminants present and the manufacturer's recommendations. Rinse – Once you have applied the cleaning solution, you should rinse the conveyor with clean water. This helps to remove any remaining cleaning solution and contaminants from the surface. Inspect – Before sanitizing, you should inspect the conveyor to ensure it is clean. In particular, you should look for any areas that may have been missed during the cleaning process. Apply sanitizing solution – The final step is to apply a sanitizing solution to the conveyor. This helps to kill any remaining bacteria and other microorganisms. Once you have applied the sanitizing solution, you should rinse the conveyor with clean water. Note that some sanitizing agents may not need to be rinsed off, so be sure to check the solution manufacturer's instructions. Increase cleaning efficiency It's no secret that cleaning, sanitizing, and maintaining conveyors can be time-consuming. In fact, according to our State Of Conveying 2022 report, 54% of food processing managers and engineers said that cleaning and maintenance are the most challenging aspects of conveying. Reasons for this include: Downtime – When conveyors are taken offline for cleaning, it can lead to significant downtime and lost productivity. Cleaning frequency – The more often a conveyor is used, the more often it will need to be cleaned. This can make it difficult to keep up with the cleaning times and schedule, especially if the conveyor is in constant use. Complexity – Some food product handling conveyors are more complex than others, which can make them more difficult to clean. For example, some conveyors have many nooks and crannies that can be difficult to reach. Fortunately, there are methods you can use to increase the efficiency of your cleaning process. Have you come across clean-in-place (CIP) mechanisms? Clean-in-place systems A CIP system is a method of cleaning that uses special equipment to clean the interior surfaces of the conveyor without disassembling it. CIP systems are often used in the food and beverage industry, as they are an effective way to clean complex equipment quickly and efficiently. Cablevey offers two main types of CIP systems: Dry cleaning – Using brushes, air knives, urethane wiper discs, and special sponges with sanitizers. Dry cleaning is typically used for conveyors that move material that is not wet or sticky. Wet cleaning – Using water jets, sanitizers, and detergents. Wet cleaning is typically used for conveyors that move wet or sticky material. In this day and age, where every minute counts towards productivity, a CIP system can make a big difference. the conveyor type matter? If you choose a stainless steel conveyor for your food processing plant, does the type of conveyor matter? The answer is yes; of course, it does. The material the conveyor is made of is just one small part of the equation. You also need to consider the environment in which the conveyor will be used and the type of product that will be moved on the conveyor. Here are some common food manufacturing conveyors: Belt conveyor Perhaps the most widespread of all conveyors, belt conveyors are generally used to transport light to medium-weight products. A belt conveyor is composed of a belt that rests on two or more pulleys, which in turn rotate on shafts. The pulleys and shafts are powered by an electric motor. The belt on this type of conveyor can be made from a variety of materials. You can get plastic belt conveyors, rubber belt conveyors, and even metal belt conveyors. Not all of these represent a food-grade conveyor, though. Benefits: Good for fragile materials Can transport a variety of products Drawbacks: Not for steep inclines or vertical conveying Not for wet or sticky products If not enclosed, it poses a high risk of contamination Bucket conveyor Bucket conveyors, or bucket elevators, are composed of a series of buckets that are connected to a belt or chain. The buckets lift materials, such as grain, up to the top of the conveyor, where they are discharged into a chute. Even though horizontal bucket conveyors exist, incline conveyor options are more common, as they take up less space and can be used in a variety of settings. Benefits: Low driving power – energy efficient Good for facilities with small floor plans Good for inclines and vertical conveying Drawbacks: Ridiculously difficult to clean and maintain because of a lot of moving parts Pneumatic conveyor The main principle of material conveying in pneumatic conveyors is entrainment. In this type of conveyor, air is used to move materials through a system of tubes. A blower or a vacuum pump can generate the airflow. Benefits: High conveying speeds Low preventative maintenance and cleaning costs Flexible design – suitable for a variety of settings Drawbacks: Extremely hard on conveyed materials – material damage is common It requires a lot of power to control the speed Can be noisy Tubular chain conveyor A tubular chain conveyor is composed of a chain that runs inside a tube. Circular discs are evenly spaced along this chain, creating space between them for the conveyed material to fit into. The discs move along the tube, propelling the material forward. Benefits: Fully enclosed Can be used for inclines and vertical conveying Gentle conveying Drawbacks: Chain is in direct contact with conveyed material – high risk of contamination Difficult to clean and maintain Tubular cable and disc conveyor We saved the best for last. For specific material types, such as breakfast cereal, snack foods, nuts, beans, coffee beans, rice, and similar, tubular cable and disc conveyors are the best option. These conveyors work on a similar principle as tubular chain conveyors, with one major difference – instead of chains and discs, they use cables and discs. There is no direct food contact with the cable, which decreases the risk of contamination. Also, these conveyors are easier to clean and maintain. Benefits: Fully enclosed Gentle conveying – suitable for fragile materials Extremely low risk of contamination Easy to clean and maintain Drawbacks: Not for viscous or sticky materials Which conveyor to choose? A stainless steel conveyor system is only as good as the application it's being used for. Different conveyors are better suited for different tasks. To help you make a better decision, here are the top considerations you need to take into account: Conveyor type – As we've seen, there are many different types of conveyors. Make sure to choose the one that's best suited to your needs. Material type – Not all materials can be conveyed by all conveyors. Some materials are too fragile, while others are too dense. Make sure that the conveyor you choose can handle your material. Conveyor throughput – The amount of material that needs to be conveyed will play a big role in deciding which type of food processing conveyor to choose. Conveyor size and layout – Not every conveyor is suitable for every facility. The size of your facility and the layout of your production line will play a big role in deciding which conveyor to choose. Some other considerations are the cost of the conveyor, the energy efficiency, and how easy or difficult it is to clean and maintain the conveyor. Go for a sanitary design We've already explained how no material is completely safe from contamination. Even if you choose a food conveyor system that's easy to clean, there's always a risk of bacteria and other germs getting into the food. That's why it's important to go for a sanitary conveyor design. A hygienic design minimizes the risk of contamination. It includes: Easy access for cleaning – The conveyor should be designed in a way that allows easy access for cleaning. All parts of the conveyor should be accessible for cleaning, and there should be no dead spots where bacteria can accumulate. No traps in the conveyor frame – The conveyor frame design has to prevent food from getting trapped in it. All food should be able to fall freely from the conveyor, without getting caught in any nooks or crannies. No areas where water can accumulate – The conveyor should be designed to prevent water from accumulating anywhere on it. All wet areas should drain quickly, and there should be no places where water can pool. No fasteners – Welds should be used instead of fasteners to prevent food from getting trapped in them. It stands to reason that deciding exactly which type of stainless steel conveyor to choose for your food processing facility is a big decision. But with the right information, you can make the best choice for your needs. Conclusion Here are the main takeaways from this article: Stainless steel isn't sanitary by default. But it is an excellent material for conveyors because it's easy to clean and doesn't rust. The cable and disc conveyor is the best type of stainless steel conveyor for food processing applications. These food conveyors are fully enclosed, gentle, and have a low risk of contamination. When choosing an industrial conveyor, consider the type of conveyor, the material you're conveying, the throughput, the size and layout of your facility, and the cost. Make sure to choose a conveyor with a sanitary design to minimize the risk of contamination. A sanitary design includes easy access for cleaning, no traps in the conveyor frame, no areas where water can accumulate, and no fasteners. Ready to buy a stainless steel conveyor for your food processing facility? Cablevey Conveyor  can help you find the perfect one for your needs. Contact Cablevey today to get started By Cablevey Conveyor Source: All Pet Food  

Automation in pet food: achievable or unrealistic?
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

Automation in pet food: achievable or unrealistic?

By María Candelaria Carbajo

The main goal? To reduce conflicts and challenges of the pet food production system. Currently, there are several points in the pet food production process where errors often occur which, in most cases, are not identified until the final product is obtained. It is here, precisely, where automation shines the most. Improving accuracy and repeatability, increasing productivity, facilitating scalability, decreasing waste, reducing human error, and improving security are just some of its outstanding benefits. Within this enumeration, it is fair to say that, probably, the most important benefit is product quality consistency, regardless of the shift, employee, or context. In addition to its benefits, and due to its technological nature, automation presents itself as a great solution, at a time when operation and distribution are affected by labor shortages. On the other hand, we cannot forget that automation, as well as practically all trends, derives directly from the human food production industry. This, added to the growing pet humanization, means that automation in pet food is nothing more than a natural consequence of the fact that both industries are increasingly interconnected and merged into very similar processes and raw materials. So, as pet food has become more humanized, equipment transfer from human food processing to pet one has become more and more common. In fact, we're even seeing companies that have historically been in human production now offering slightly modified equipment for the pet industry as well.   Challenges hindering automation implementation So far, we have briefly discussed the benefits that automation can bring, but, logically, not everything is rosy for a technology still in the initial implementation phase. But are there challenges? What are the ones that most companies have to face? Finance and identifying what the company actually needs are just two of the major barriers to automation success. While automation in pet food production is becoming more attractive at all process stages, there are still some challenges to its adaptation and implementation. Financial investment The first challenge to mention is obviously the initial investment required to install any automation technology in the company. If, in addition, we consider the difficulty that arises in contexts of economic instability and inflation as afflicted in several Latin American countries, we understand the fear that emerges when considering an investment of the size required to transfer the operations of a production factory to an automated system. Of course, knowing how to make automation work within a particular company's brand and understanding the benefits is key to being willing to make that investment. "The most common challenge is understanding how to invest your money to get the most return. However, this challenge is lessening as the current job market has made it difficult for many companies to find workers. Automation can address labor shortages making the return on investment much faster.' Pete Ensch, CEO of WEM Automation.   Knowing what the company needs and the best way to achieve it Choosing which vendors to select to implement the right automation for successful operation is a challenge in itself. For this, it is essential to have a certain degree of knowledge about the appropriate instrumentation to adapt to the environment and the specific measures required of the particular company. This specific challenge extends to pet food in all facets, and different areas have different needs that they may or may not know how to satisfy with automation. Stores and consumers Pet food retail businesses are largely fragmented. Some have already been encouraged to experiment with (or are familiar with) automation to some degree. They are ready to use it and, above all, willing to continue to deepen its implementation. However, for their part, a large number of consumers have never heard of terms such as automation or artificial intelligence, so they are very skeptical or unwilling to change the current system which, in one way or another, works for them. This latter group will need much more time and information about the benefits automation and Internet of Things (IoT) systems with embedded AI and machine learning bring to all participants in the chain.   The future of automation in pet food production Everything indicates that pet food is heading towards better quality, safety, and humanization, hand in hand with automation. This technology, according to experts, will continue to become increasingly intelligent for the benefit of food production. Undoubtedly, technology and automation are here to stay.   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Updates to Pet food Labels: A long Time Coming!
Packaging

2+ MIN

Updates to Pet food Labels: A long Time Coming!

When launching the multi-year, AAFCO-led, pet food label modernization effort, the association intended to provide consumers with easy-to-understand information on their pets' food packaging so that they could comprehend the nutritional benefits their pets gained from eating the food or treats and how to best feed their pets and store the remaining food. It sought to do this by creating alignment with the formatting of human food nutrition boxes, provide front-of-packaging pet nutrition cues for consumers, consider the development of handling and storage instructions, and change the analysis requirements for fiber. Industry, including many American Feed Industry Association members, has worked alongside state and federal regulators in the step-by-step process of developing new analysis requirements, packaging narrative and visual prompts to increase consumers' understanding of pet food labels.  For example, nutrition fact boxes, similar in format to what are used on human foods, will state the number of calories per common household unit, such as a cup or can of pet food. The updated facts box format will also include the actual amounts of protein, fat, dietary fiber and carbohydrates instead of the previously used minimum guarantees for protein, fat and crude fiber. These changes will support consumer selection of pet foods to best meet the needs of individual pets.  Pet food manufacturers will also have the opportunity to voluntarily use standardized icons to provide information about best practices for storing pet foods and common handling steps, such as hand washing and separating utensils for serving pet foods. They will also be asked to provide clear language on the lower third of the front of pet food packages to plainly state the intended uses of the food with statements, such as 'Complete food for adult dogs,' or 'Cat and kitten treats.'  By the end of 2024, we expect that some pet food labels may start to include the changes brought about by this herculean effort, but it will take many years before all manufacturers are able to be in full compliance with the required changes.   Educational materials are currently being developed to assist manufacturers, regulators, retailers and veterinarians in their different roles for the promotion and regulation of the new label formats and to assure consumer understanding of the increased information available for determining pet food choices.  So where does that leave us now? The changes passed the AAFCO Pet Food Committee and are awaiting a vote by the full AAFCO membership later this summer. The next big steps will include the demanding task of state-by-state approval of the AAFCO-sanctioned changes, industry adoption of the new label requirements, and retailer and consumer education about the revised labels. It has taken eight years to formalize the changes to pet food labels and now in 2023, a new shark has taken the stage. Move over Left Shark, it's all about 'Baby Shark' now.   by AFIA

Automation trends in pet food packaging
Packaging

4+ MIN

Automation trends in pet food packaging

By María Candelaria Carbajo

However, the packaging sector is the one perceiving the major opportunities and benefits of converting manual processes into mechanized ones.   The man's best friend: a market full of possibilities In this era of pet food driven by quality suitable for a humanized pet, the options on the market have never looked so aesthetic and never had such a promising future ahead of them. To be part of that bright future, packaging production companies are beginning to find alternatives to modernize their products and processes and adopt more sustainable and innovative approaches. Automation is undoubtedly the Queen of all technologies in test and deployment.   Packaging is also in demand Recent growth in changing and challenging demand for different packaging styles demonstrates that there is room for both rigid and flexible versions. Factors from increased ownership to pet humanization are spurring further diversification in products and packaging. 'General demand in pet food is rising at quite a high rate, but this is quite generally known. What is more interesting to us is the increased diversity',  Milou Jansen, Lan Handling Technologies.   Non-stop growth: automation in food packaging Automation in the food packaging process involves robotics for food material handling in the packaging process. Currently, most of the facilities of this type use complex machines throughout the assembly line, compared to a few years ago, when the man was the one in charge of these tasks.   Application in the pet food industry Today, there are robotic solutions for every task that makes up the packaging line, from simple pick and place to complex operations such as sealing or bag making.   Benefits of automation in food packaging Security Automated industrial robots increase workspace protection and safety, thus preventing worker injuries. In addition to reducing risk and proper machine maintenance, we can avoid system errors and breakdowns that can cause not only unforeseen expenses but also stop the production chain. Contamination The packaging stage presents a significant risk of biological, chemical, and physical contamination of food products (by foreign objects in the packaging materials, cleaning compounds, or dirty or broken packaging materials, for example). Using hygienic packaging methods that minimize human contact and other contamination sources is part of the automation benefits. Scalability The use of robotics in the food industry can increase production line productivity considerably, being able to process large volumes at an amazing speed and, at the same time, minimize the need for labor. Flexibility Robot performance and production can be adjusted according to each product requirement. Reduced costs By comparison, in the long run, manual canning is much more costly than automated canning, which requires less labor and little to no regular maintenance to avoid more costly breakages. Result consistency Since the packaging is done robotically, human error in operations, weighing, and precision is avoided. Full traceability Automated food packaging provides end-to-end traceability of the entire production line, providing accurate records of the facilities and processes a food product has gone through. Sustainability Automation can also be a step towards greater sustainability. Yes, machines require energy and raw materials, but by avoiding human error, waste is avoided in large quantities.   Automation trends in food packaging The demand for robotics in the food packaging sector is increasing dramatically, mainly because more and more manufacturers are realizing the convenience and efficiency that these machines provide, so they are adopting them to meet the growing demand. Let's know the most used variants currently: Pick and place Processed foods are often uniform in size and shape, making them easy to handle with a robotic gripper. Pick and place robots lift food products from one place and set them in another, even from a moving assembly line. With the simple action of picking and placing, they can identify, align and place the product simultaneously. The non-robotic alternative would be to use fixtures, which are inflexible to product changes and can take up a lot of space. Raw food packaging This process involves taking raw or processed food products and wrapping them, such as raw vegetables, fruits, seeds, grains, etc. This primary packaging technology specializes in these items generally using paper or polyethylene material that does not chemically react with food and is cost-effective. Depanning Baked or frozen products are mass-produced, and robots are needed to leave them ready for primary packaging. This process typically involves scooping up an entire tray of baked goods with a specialized demolding tool. Denesting This process is often carried out with demolding: the demolding robot takes an object stacked in "the nest" and places it where it belongs. Robots that do this do not deal directly with food but rather sort packaged items for delivery to the packing station to reduce downtime. Boxing Secondary packaging involves taking individually packaged products and grouping them into boxes or containers already sealed. These robots, known as boxing machines or case packers, can be used in a variety of secondary packaging applications, including delicate food handling. In addition, they are also usually in charge of assembling the boxes from cardboard sheets. Palletizing Palletizing systems are the last step in the food production and packaging line. It involves stacking boxes one on top of the other and preparing them for distribution and shipping. This is almost always a tertiary packaging method accomplished by collaborative robots.   The future of packaging automation is positive Food packaging has three main purposes: preserving products, providing information, and attracting consumers. Implementing a smart food packaging solution ensures that products are packaged in the most hygienic, informative, and attractive way possible. The packaging process is often your last checkpoint before your product leaves your production facility, so getting it right is essential, but not just for food safety reasons. Today, it is an instance of the production process that, if done correctly and robotically, can bring great benefits (instead of problems) to the company.   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Pet Food Processors 'Test Drive' Conveyors  at World-Class Facility
Conveying Systems

5+ MIN

Pet Food Processors 'Test Drive' Conveyors at World-Class Facility

Even when people love the look of a car or SUV, most would not complete a purchase before a test drive to confirm how the vehicle performs on the road. Similarly, today an increasing number of pet food processors are realizing the importance of 'test driving' conveyor equipment at OEM test facilities, which use their actual product to ensure the equipment meets processor quality, flow, and cleaning requirements before they make the purchase. In response, some OEMs have invested in state-of-the-art test facilities that allow pet food processors to run product on the same type of equipment they are considering for purchase, while benefitting from expert consultation to optimize their process. 'We encourage pet food processors to test their products [at our facility] and observe the results to ensure it meets their needs. They can ask questions in real time. They can test for fines or degradation. They can see for themselves how the product flows in the conveyor and how easy it is to clean,' says Larry Van Zee, Executive VP, retired at Cablevey Conveyors, a mechanical conveyor manufacturer that serves the pet food, specialty food, coffee, powder, nut, and frozen food markets. In more than 66 countries, the company has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for over 50 years. At its full-service product test center in Oskaloosa, Iowa, the OEM has tested more than 1,900 products, including pet food, beans, rice, grains, cereals, coffee, chocolate, and caramel corn peanut snacks, for some of the largest global brands. All products are run through a tubular disc and cable conveying system to observe the effects and fine-tune the results. According to Scott Berning, Cablevey's Product Testing Manager, there are multiple reasons pet food processors decide to visit the test center. 'Customers may have products that we know will run well on tubular cable conveyors, but they want to see it in operation with their own eyes,' says Berning. 'They want to ensure the product will run properly, and their quality department typically checks as part of their due diligence before purchasing equipment.' Berning adds that when Cablevey's applications department designs and quotes a conveyor and the manufacturer lacks sufficient experience conveying a specific product, the email quote states it is 'pending successful product testing.' Some pet food processors want to evaluate tubular cable conveyors against other conveying options they may also be considering, such as bucket elevators or chain conveyors. Others are already familiar with tubular cable conveyors based on experience and want to show their managers that a similar solution could be implemented at their current facility. Once the pet food processor is at the site, Cablevey product specialists and engineers typically consult with the customer to determine their specific goals and issues to be resolved. From this, they can proceed to design a conveyor with a set of features that addresses specific challenges. 'Our technicians and engineers can diagnose and prescribe a solution whether the concern is breakage, temperature, stickiness, abrasiveness or other issues,' says Berning. He notes that when pet food processors test products at the facility, they are provided full documentation of the results, including a detailed report with video and recommendations. According to Berning, testing for product fragility and damage is usually the primary concern of processors. 'No matter the product, pet food processors want to keep their product intact and avoid damage during conveying,' says Berning.  He points out that tubular drag cable conveyors excel at reducing product damage since the units gently move product through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) are attached to the cable, which push the product through the tube without the use of air. These conveyors can transport delicate, precise blends for a wide variety of food types, and up to 2000 cubic feet per hour of materials in versatile layouts and configurations. Still, quality assurance checks can be essential for processors, even those transporting products that seem hard to damage.Reducing product loss and maintenance is also important to pet food processors.  'Processors want to place their material in an inlet and then have all of it emerge from the discharge with minimal losses,' he says. Since tubular cable conveyors are sealed from end-to-end with product traveling one way in enclosed tubes, there is essentially no product loss and no issue with carry-back.' Ease of cleaning the conveyor is also a top priority of pet food processors. Surprisingly, many processors visit the facility to witness how easily the conveyor can be cleaned. 'People come here from across the United States just to watch me perform a conveyor wet-clean and washdown even though it is something I have to do every day,' says Berning. Traditional alternatives like screw conveyors can be difficult to clean and require time-consuming disassembly, as well as some heavy lifting after each product changeover.  'One processor told me that it took six of his technicians about eight hours to clean their screw conveyor system. They had to pull a big auger out of the screw conveyor, which was dangerous to handle,' says Berning. Tubular drag cable conveyor systems offer easier, safer options for dry and wet tube conveyor cleaning. Equipment such as brush boxes, urethane wipers, air knives, inline sponges, and inline bristle brushes can facilitate multi-step, essentially automated Clean-In-Place (CIP) wet cleaning. The wet cleaning process internally cleans the cable conveyor tube in several steps, starting with a water rinse followed by foaming agent, a sanitizing rinse, and a final water rinse. Once the system is thoroughly flushed out, drying is achieved by attaching urethane wipers to the tubular conveyor's discs, which 'act like a squeegee' to remove any residual water. For those unable to visit the test facility in person, Cablevey now offers the ability to view and respond to product testing live in a 'virtual visit' with a link to real-time video and a Zoom meeting type format - an option developed during the COVID-19 pandemic. With this technology, the tubular cable conveyor manufacturer can host both in-person and virtual visits simultaneously, which is helpful when larger work groups such as quality assurance teams have an interest in evaluating the conveyor. 'In one recent product test, a team of four visited our facility in person while twelve others watched virtually,' says Berning.For those who wish to experience the world-class facility in greater detail, Cablevey has created a 360-degree immersive virtual tour of its product test center (https://cablevey.com/test-your-product/).  Embedded within the virtual reality (VR) experience is product information as well as videos. The video library demonstrates how tubular cable conveyors transport different materials such as pet food, coffee beans, grains, bird seed, tea leaves and breakfast cereals. How-to videos illustrate potential layouts, components, technologies, cleaning, and maintenance options.  With easily accessible, advanced product testing facilities, pet food processors can view and verify in real-time that their investment in new conveying equipment will meet their requirements. Processors who 'test drive' their product in this way will not only enhance their product quality and productivity, but also experience a significant advantage over competitors. By Del Williams -Technical writer based in Torrance, California. - Cablevey Conveyor All Pet Food 
 

Successful control system modernization
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

Successful control system modernization

The most obvious illustration of this is systems that have obsolete electrical components and legacy software that is no longer actively supported by original manufactures. As we move into Industry 4.0, the old standard of each individual machine having an isolated 'island' of automation is being replaced by more integrated automation systems that communicate to each machine, sharing and creating significantly more data than even 15 years ago. With this added data is the desire to connect the plant floor data to business systems. More and more facilities want production orders to come down from ERP systems to process controls, producing real-time consumption data that is utilized to reduce inventory. To stay competitive, many facilities have made the business decision to modernize their legacy machine and controls systems. Typically, this can be done at a fraction of the cost and time of a greenfield project.   Modernizing a control system A control system upgrade can bridge all these gaps by integrating mechanically sound process systems with a modern automation system. At a minimum these projects consist of substantial replacement of obsolete components, sometimes even retaining the original PLC logic. These projects can also be expanded to include high level integration of different machines, adding new machines to an existing system, ERP integration, and ground-up re-writes of logic and operator screens. Modernization projects are known to be complex, especially because engineers are required to work inside an existing framework as opposed to building a system from the ground up. There may be missing documentation or drawings. Additionally, some field modifications may not be included in the drawings. Minimizing production downtime is a significant concern, so the implementation window to get the system back in production is often small. A successful modernization project considers these factors and others during the initial phases of the control system upgrade. Key to any project is developing a deep understanding of the existing system. This is paramount to implementing the upgrade without breaking what is currently in place.   Best practices As a Senior Project Manager at NorthWind, I have implemented many modernization projects throughout my career. In this time, I have found a few tried and true practices that lead to a successful control system upgrade. Customer/Project Management Planning When modernizing any system, a collaboration between customer and Project Management is a must. Through this collaborative approach, a forward-looking plan is made to include functionality, risk avoidance, down time reduction, migration solutions, project phasing, etc. to ensure the project scope is clearly outlined and understood.   Design Trip There is a misconception that modernization will 'break' the current system and lead to significant downtime. Conducting an initial design trip is instrumental for designing a project that takes into consideration the existing system and its functionality and designing a system that will meet the customers scope and needs. Before any modernization takes place a review of pre-existing equipment, electrical, design and functionality is conducted. Any existing drawings and documentation are also thoroughly reviewed. In the event there are no drawings of the existing system, a new set will be created.   Safety Considerations There are misconceptions involving safety considerations: Many people think that safety guidelines are grandfathered in by the date of the original mechanical equipment installation. However, on any substantial electrical modernization project, safety circuits and functionality need to be reevaluated.   Electrical Installation One of the biggest concerns with control system modernization is the amount of time it will take for installation and requalification. Working with an industrial electrician with the expertise to understand how to work within schedule constraints and provide creative, custom solutions to meet outage windows is critical. Installation can be done in phases, during production downtimes, or any other number of solutions to keep downtime at a minimum.   Benefits of modernization Updating hardware and software with better automation control systems can improve plant performance, increase productivity, improve communication between the process information and business systems, provide useful production data, provide alerts to improve response times, increase plant system security and perform system diagnostics. With NorthWind you can achieve an effective modernization project that manages safety, health and environmental risks, get documentation for field devices in the system, and be assured of a more efficient, consistent and optimized operation, with the support of the system for years to come. Contact us today to talk about your system.   By: Blake Bennett – Automatización Source: Northwind Technical Services

Troubleshooting a Flushing Feeder
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Troubleshooting a Flushing Feeder

Low Angle of Repose To start our investigation, we look at the material itself. Is it aeratable and, once aerated, does it fluidize like a liquid? We can evaluate this by measuring the material's angle of repose. Picture a pile of material sitting on a flat surface. The angle of repose is the angle between the flat surface and one side of the pile. Higher angles of repose happen when a material is cohesive and sticks to itself. Lower angles of repose mean the material is more free-flowing and could potentially be floodable. Low-angle-of-repose materials are more prone to flushing out of a feeder than those with higher angles of repose.   Refill Set Points The next place to look? Refill setpoints. When the feeder calls for a refill, the incoming material aerates the material inside of the feeder. This can fluidize this material and flush it out of the feeder. When that happens, the entire line must be paused so the feeder can be properly refilled again. The solution? Raise the set point until there is a nice heel or head of material over the feed screw. This will protect the rest of the material inside the feeder from the charge coming in. Because it is protected, the material inside of the feeder doesn't fluidize. In other words, you can prevent flushing of a low angle-of-repose, floodable material with more frequent, smaller refills.   Material Voids We have looked at issues affecting low-angle-of-repose materials. However, even high-angle-of-repose materials sometimes flood out of a feeder. Two scenarios contribute to this: Ratholing Material bridges Figure 1: Ratholing example   There is also the material bridge scenario. Like a rathole, a material bridge involves a small void. In this case, the void occurs in the shape of a small bridge over the feed screw. When this bridge collapses, the material can flush out of the feeder. In either of these scenarios, a feeder with internal agitation may be needed to keep material from ratholing or bridging. Figure 2:  Internal feeder agitation   The next place to look is with the refill system itself: gravity, pneumatic, or vacuum.   Gravity System In a typical gravity system of a bin with a refill valve at the bottom, a long drop to the feeder can cause the material inside the feeder to aerate and flush out. There are two ways to address this: Move the refill valve (butterfly valve or slide-gate valve) closer to the feeder so the material does not have as far to fall. This is the best option, but may not always be possible. Install a baffle inside the feeder's extension hopper. The baffle can be a piece of angle iron pointed up toward the inlet of the feeder's extension hopper. Or it can be a conical piece of material supported inside the feeder. These will baffle the impact of the material coming into the feeder. However, installing baffles can be tricky—material may hang up on them, and the hopper could eventually become blocked.   Pneumatic and Vacuum Systems In a pneumatic or vacuum-type system, material that has been aerated before entering the feeder can also cause flushing. The solution is to give the material enough time to de-aerate after being picked up and conveyed. A larger refill bin above the feeder will allow the material to de-aerate before it is introduced into the feeder. Figure 3: Refill bin above a feeder   Is the material only flushing with the first refill? Filling a feeder with a floodable material for the first time can cause the material to flood out of the feeder. Three ways to prevent flooding in this situation are: Incorporating a center rod inside the feed screw to take up the void in the feed screw spiral or helix. Using a side discharge, which gives the material a wall or end cap to overcome before it is fed out. Using a discharge plunger to stop the discharge of the feeder during the initial refill, then opening the discharge of the feeder the rest of the time. This is ideal for extremely floodable materials. Figure 4: Helix with center rod   Clogged Filtration System Another place we need to look at is the filtration system of the feeder. If the feeder has a blinded-up dust sock, the air inside the feeder cannot move out as new material comes in. Air will always take the path of least resistance, so if one exit is plugged (dust sock), the air will find its way out through the discharge point of the feeder—and it will bring the material with it.   Downstream Effects Finally, what is downstream of the feeder? Are we feeding into a pressurized or vacuum-type system below the feeder? The vacuum may be strong enough to pull the material out of the feeder before the feeder has a chance to weigh it. If this is the case, investigate isolating the feeder from the downstream vacuum with a vented rotary airlock or a smaller screw conveyor.   Reach Out for Help Hopefully, these scenarios have given you some ideas of what to look at if you experience a flushing or flooding feeder. Feel free to give an applications engineer a call to help troubleshoot your system or, better yet, have a technician come out. This small investment can prevent significant losses of revenue from downtime and product waste.   By: Todd D. Messmer - Weighing and Feeding Product Manager Source: Schenck Process  

STATEC BINDER GmbH: High-performance products for high-standard customers
Packaging

2+ MIN

STATEC BINDER GmbH: High-performance products for high-standard customers

With its flexible and customer-oriented packaging technology, the Austrian company is represented on the international market, placing itself among the leading suppliers of high-performance open-mouth bagging machines. The wide-ranging product portfolio offers customized solutions of the highest quality for products used in a variety of industries. The PRINCIPAC, CERTOPAC, ACROPAC, and CIRCUPAC open-mouth bagging systems are designed for polyethylene (PE), woven polypropylene (PP), and paper bags with a filling weight of 5 kg to 50 kg. The high-performance segment is complemented by the SYSTEM-T FFS (Form-Fill-Seal) machine for bag processing from tubular film and the SYSTEM-F vertical FFS machine for bag processing from the flat film. The broad product range of STATEC BINDER is rounded off by robotic, high-level, and portal palletizing systems. The PRINCIPAL-H, PRINCIPAL-R, and PRINCIPAL-P palletizers are characterized by their high efficiency and adaptability. High-performance net weighers and bag closing systems ensure precise weighing and dosing, as well as a secure closure of bags.   Meeting customer needs globally Starting from the food sector to the petrochemical industry – with over 1,700 machines installed worldwide, STATEC BINDER looks back on numerous positive references. The company counts small firms as well as large corporations, represented on all five continents, among its existing customer base. Thanks to proven technology as well as continuous developments and optimizations, STATEC BINDER serves as an internationally recognized partner to many. After 40 years of experience, the company stands for absolute reliability, characterized by precision and constant innovation.   Customer service as a success factor Customers all over the world put their trust in STATEC BINDER every day. Expert consulting services, a high level of service competence, and support for any concern provide reasons for this. Customer service is characterized by highly trained employees and online service with real-time support. The fullest satisfaction of the customers has the highest priority. STATEC BINDER stands for… High-performance bagging and palletizing of bulk goods Machines and systems of the highest quality Flexible and customer-oriented solutions Absolute reliability, innovation, and precision Global customer service More than 40 years of experience Over 1,700 machines installed worldwide   Further information can be found on STATEC BINDER WEBSITE Source: Statec Binder

KSE ALFRA Equipments: The perfect fit for every plant
Dosing

2+ MIN

KSE ALFRA Equipments: The perfect fit for every plant

A high precision dosing and weighing system is crucial to produce quality products. KSE's ALFRA equipment has over 90 years of experience in food and related industries, ensuring optimum production flexibility in your plant while maintaining high consistency of quality and safety.
These equipments incorporate solutions to dose both macro and micro components for ingredients with different densities and flow characteristics.
Raw material dosing: Precise component measurements
The quality of animal feed essentially depends on the precision of dosage and weighing of the components of the formulation. ALFRA equipment is designed to measure each component with maximum precision.
Micro-component dosing: The most precise measurement of the smallest components With ALFRA equipment, the smallest amounts of components are measured with extreme precision to ensure that micro-dosing and weighing are no longer the bottleneck in the factory. Automating the micro-dispensing process eliminates the time-consuming (and error-prone) task of manual dispensing, ultimately improving quality consistency, process control, and health and safety performance.
  We invite you to learn about ALFRA equipment for micro-dosing:   ALFRA BDS: The ALFRA Box Dosing System is a modular and scaleable platform that is designed to completely automate the preparation of micro ingredients for animal feed production in boxes.   ALFRA FCCDxy: The FCCD safely doses rarely used ingredients that can spoil if they remain in the silo for too long. It uses unique exchangeable containers with dosing slides, giving efficient and contamination-free dosing of even small quantities of materials. Ingredients from up to 24 containers can be combined automatically.   ALFRA FCDxy: Combining high throughput with outstanding accuracy, the ALFRA FCDxy features our unique dosing slide, which ensures that dosing and weighing is no longer a factory bottleneck. Uniquely, it eliminates labor-intensive and error-prone hand dosing – and the alternative of a separate machine for small amounts – by handling from 50 gram right up to 100 kg in a single machine.   ALFRA KCD: is designed for dosing and weighing dry powders, granulates and pellets. The dosing and weighing system combines high throughput with excellent accuracy.     KSE was founded in 1973 as a small electrical installation company in the agricultural sector. Over the years, it has specialized in dosing and weighing systems and intelligent automation software for the feed industry. They focus on continuous innovation, passed down from generation to generation. This sector is its core market. Personal contact, excellent service and a passion for the powder and granules processing sector are the keys that have allowed them to grow from being a small company to an international company with activities all over the world. LEARN MORE about their equipment, services and solutions.

By: All Pet Food

Introducing Statec Binder worldwide
Packaging

1+ MIN

Introducing Statec Binder worldwide

For more than 20 years, Eximconsult has supported and advised clients in Latin America, finding the most appropriate solution for each client. They also provide post-sale support and hope to become a strategic partner. Therefore, we would like to introduce you to Mariano Weller, our representative for Latin America. Mariano has worked for 7 years at EXIMCONSULT, representative of STATEC BINDER for Latin America, and he tells us about this cooperation About Statec Binder  STATEC BINDER looks back on a long tradition. For more than 40 years, the company, which is based in Gleisdorf (Austria) near Graz, has been successfully applying its experience in packaging technology worldwide. Thanks to constant further development and optimization of proven technologies, STATEC BINDER has taken the lead with new, innovative packaging concepts and is thus considered one of the leading suppliers of high-performance open-mouth bagging machines. The name STATEC BINDER stands for absolute reliability coupled with precision. www.statecbinder.com https://www.statec-binder.com/en/ About EXIMCONSULT We are a group of professionals present in Latin America with more than 20 years of experience in bagging in open-mouth bags, FFS, palletizing, strapping, cold hooding (stretch hooding) and  (thermoshrinking) endorsed by renowned leading companies in the whole LATAM region. We are present with our clients from the most varied industries such as fertilizers, petrochemicals, sugar, ceramics, glass, household appliances, paper, animal feed and many others to help them find the best solution for their end-of-line packaging needs.www.exim-consult.com by All Pet Food  

Grinding: A fundamental point in the manufacture of extruded dry food for cats and dogs
Grinding

4+ MIN

Grinding: A fundamental point in the manufacture of extruded dry food for cats and dogs

By Ludmila Barbi T. Bomcompagni

The grinding process consists of reducing and standardizing the particle size of raw materials, increasing the contact surface, and consequently improving steam and water absorption during the extrusion process, favoring dough cooking. All these aspects affect the texture and uniformity, avoiding partially cooked hard particles in the product. Granulometry is influenced by the configuration of the mill and the parts that compose it. Before entering the mill, the presence of sieves and magnets will prevent foreign materials from reaching equipment, damaging parts, and impairing grinding quality. At the mill exit, to ensure the grinding quality, it is necessary to monitor the granulometry, which can be affected by perforated sieves or worn hammers, which will contribute to lower grinding efficiency and quality. Better steam and water absorption in extrusion, as a result of quality grinding, improves the efficiency of starch gelatinization, the process of transforming granular starch into a viscoelastic paste. Quality grinding and cooking allow better kibble expansion, formation, and structure. In general, product expansion is directly related to texture, being the products with the highest expansion, the most crunchy ones. Some of the parameters used to assess the degree of cooking of dietary ingredients that are subjected to extrusion are density and water absorption rate. Foods with high density and low water absorption are signs of poorly expanded products, with inadequate starch gelatinization and less nutrient utilization (Camire, 2000). The density of the expanded products is an important characteristic because, even indirectly, in addition to the expansion index, it indicates the degree of transformation of the starch granule. In the drying process, heat transfer is responsible for liquid evaporation, present in the food, and mass transfer by water movement from the food interior to its surface, and from there to the environment. Therefore, drying is linked to both environmental and intrinsic conditions of the material being dried, which influence evaporation and water molecules diffusion rates, respectively. Therefore, a kibble with good expansion and a uniform structure allows air to pass through it evenly, drying it properly, unlike a product that was compacted because it did not have an adequate process. Even the kibble expansion and structure, also interfere with the process of applying the liquid. The croquettes must have the capacity to absorb fat since their efficiency depends on the size and porosity of the extrudate. A well-extruded product with a good structure provides better penetration and retention of the liquid coating. Cereals (rice, corn, and wheat) are the most widely used starch sources in extruded dry food for dogs and cats. Some studies have shown that, if correctly extruded, cereal starch has an apparent digestibility greater than 95% for cats (DE OLIVEIRA et al., 2008) and 98% for dogs (CARCIOFI et al., 2008). However, starch digestibility can be affected by factors such as starch composition and physical form, protein-starch interactions, cell integrity, and the physical form of the feed. BAZZOLI (2007) evaluated the influence of milling of rice, corn, and sorghum on the apparent digestibility coefficient (ADC) of nutrients and fecal score in diets for dogs and found that there was a difference and interaction between carbohydrate sources in different millings. Mean starch and non-extractive nitrogen (ENN) ADCs were similar for the maize and sorghum diets, and higher for the rice-based diet. For maize and sorghum, coarse grinding had a negative effect, with values ​​lower than those of diets prepared with fine and medium grinding. Still according to BAZZOLLI (2007), regarding the fecal score, there was no ingredient effect either, only grinding. The evaluation of the contrasts shows that the higher the granulometry, the worse the fecal score for the three starch sources, and the worst score, being obtained with milled rice in a coarse granulometry. The evidence shows that the higher the granulometry, the worse the fecal score of the diets, a fact that is probably due to the decrease in the starch gelatinization index, which results in less dry matter in the feces and a worse score. In cats, KIENZLE (1993) found that the ADC of starch in a diet containing coarsely ground raw corn was 72%. When the corn was cooked or finely ground, the ADC of the starch was 100%. Starch digestibility alters and largely determines the postprandial blood glucose wave and the insulin response of the animal. In this way, the faster and more complete the digestion, the faster and more intense the triggered curve. This is an aspect that must be taken care of when thinking about food for animals with diabetes mellitus, obesity, pregnancy, cancer, and advanced age, which need greater control of the glycemic curve. Therefore, we conclude that grinding is a key point in high-quality product development. It must be standardized, according to the reality of each factory, in addition to taking into account product purpose and life stage or state of health of the pet that will consume the food.   Authors: Luana Pucca, Ludmila Barbi y Erika Stasieniuk Source: All Pet Food Magazine

The leading Extrusion Seminar in Pet Food and  Aquaculture is Back
Extrusion

1+ MIN

The leading Extrusion Seminar in Pet Food and Aquaculture is Back

In conjunction with the Universidad Autónoma de Baja California, Extrutech is ready  to offer a in person seminar of high academic value. The seminar will count with theorical and practical activities which will be announced in due course that same day, and are included within the contract. The seminar will be held at the Hotel Coral and Marina, located at Carretera Tijuana-Ensenada Km. 103 N.° 3421, Zona Playitas, 22860 Ensenada, B.C., México, (a few steps from the UABC Pilot Plant). The Hotel offers preferential rates, exclusive for those attending the seminar, prior reservation providing the code: "Extru-Tech Seminar 2023". These RESERVATIONS can be made until Friday, March 17th and are subject to availability. All seminar attendees must be duly registered in advance. Spaces are limited! So, we invite you to contact your Coordinator Isabel Gajardo if interested on attending About Extru- Tech Founded in 1985, Extru-Tech® has installed numerous extrusion systems worldwide designed for the production of human food, pet food, aquatic feed and animal feed products. Extru-Tech® also maintains the reputation of supplying the extrusion industry with superior quality replacement parts. Extru-Tech® currently produces and markets one of the industry's most complete lines of extrusion processing systems. In addition, they offer a full line of ancillary equipment and customized equipment solutions for specialized processes To know more about Extru- Tech we invite you to visit the company´s WEBSITE. Source: All Pet Food

Boost Profit with Gentle Conveying Without Air
Conveying Systems

6+ MIN

Boost Profit with Gentle Conveying Without Air

To convey such delicate food product, processors should avoid conveyors that may force the fragile material through stressful phases during transport that could impact its integrity, while still meeting high throughput requirements. Given this need, some food processors are reconsidering conveying fragile, high-value products using high-velocity air power through tubes, bends, or sweeps before it is unceremoniously dumped into bins or containers. In the coffee industry, for example, processors go to great expense to roast whole beans. However, the beans can be damaged by high-velocity air conveyance, compromising flavor and aroma, according to Gary Schliebs, a Process Engineer and Director of Plus One Percent…Engineered Solutions, a consulting firm that works in the food industry and markets food industry conveyor equipment globally. When a whole macadamia nut is broken, its value can drop by half. Instead of a premium price for whole nuts, damaged nuts are often sold at a substantial discount, and often crushed for use in cooking or processing further upstream in the food industry. 'Many high-value food products can be fragile and need very gentle handling. Otherwise, whole forms can be broken, crushed to bits, and even turned to powder. This significantly lowers the value of the product, and damaged portions may need to be removed or disposed of to prevent perceived quality issues that could prompt customers to turn to other brands,' says Schliebs. 'In some cases, more than 10% of delicate product can be damaged by high-velocity air-power systems. The cost to the industry is compounded because the damage often comes at the end of the process, after considerable value has been added, only to have it degraded by a poor choice in the selection of transfer conveying equipment,' adds Schliebs, who frequently consults on food engineering equipment design, plant layouts, and process flows. The Limitations of Air Conveyors A wide range of fragile, high-dollar-value food products can be prone to excess breakage when conveyed at high velocity by airpower, such as in pneumatic and aeromechanical systems. Pneumatic conveyor systems utilize air by creating air pressure above or below the atmospheric level. These systems use filters that require regular replacement. The two main types of pneumatic conveyors – dilute phase and dense phase – differ by speed and pressure, and both can be configured as a pressure or vacuum system. In dilute phase conveying, the food product is suspended in the air as it is transported through the conveying pipe at extremely high velocities of typically 3,400-5,000ft/min. While the product usually has minimal breakage during straight pathways, most systems have bends and sweeps where it can be forced through constricted areas, quickly change direction and be damaged. In such cases, high-dollar value food often can be too fragile.     Dense phase pneumatic conveyor systems, where the product is not suspended in air since it is heavy or abrasive, function at lower velocity than dilute phase. However, with air speeds of about 700-1,500ft/min., delicate food items are still susceptible to breakage at bends and sweeps. While aeromechanical conveyors have a different method of conveyance, these enclosed, high-capacity mechanical systems can also degrade delicate product. With these systems, a wire rope with evenly spaced discs within a tube travels at high speed, running in sprockets at each end of the conveyor. This generates an internal air stream traveling at the same high velocity as the discs that carry product along in the tube. However, these conveyors may also force vulnerable materials through stressful phases during transport, which could impair their integrity. 'Any fragile or friable food product conveyed at high velocity is prone to damage, particularly if it changes direction or exits with impact. This can be the case with both pneumatic or aeromechanical conveyors,' says Schliebs. A Gentler Approach Boosts Profitability According to Schliebs, a gentler alternative to protect sensitive, high-value food products is to utilize tubular cable conveyors. These systems move product through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) are attached to the cable, which push the product at low speed through the tube without the use of air, preserving product integrity and minimizing waste. 'Food industry manufacturers can decrease product damage down to 1-2% with a slower process like a Cablevey Conveyors tubular cable system. With it, the product is gently transferred at low speed, so there is minimal to no damage,' says Schliebs. Cablevey Conveyors is an Oskaloosa, Iowa-based premium, specialty material moving, mechanical conveyor company that has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for almost 50 years, and is in more than 66 countries. 
In the food industry, the conveyors are utilized for products such as nuts, cereal, coffee, snacks, pet food, beans, and seeds. The systems can convey up to 2000 cubic feet per hour (56m3/hr.) of flakes, pellets, shavings, crumbles, granules, regrind, chunks, parts, prills, and powders with numerous layouts using multiple inlets and outlets. Since the material is carried between the flights, it is also much easier to safely convey some sticky or easily compacted materials in a tubular cable conveyor than in air-powered conveying systems, where such materials can form plugs. 'With pneumatic or aero-mechanical conveying systems, any soft or sticky material, like dried fruit, can smear and adhere to surfaces, particularly at bends and sweeps that change direction, which is not an issue with tubular cable conveyors,' says Schliebs. According to him the tubular cable conveyor's modular construction can also help reduce product damage by enabling it to slide out on a gentler gradient, rather than simply drop out, as is more typical with conveyors utilizing air. 'To minimize product damage, it is important for food industry manufacturers to not only transfer gently, but also get product in and out of the conveyor safely and gently as well. That is more achievable with a conveyor like Cablevey that allows product to slide down rather than drop out the end,' says Schliebs. In fact, most tubular cable conveyors have interchangeable components that allow the conveyor to be easily expanded or reconfigured to change the length, conveying path and the number of inlets and outlets. These modifications are more complex and time-consuming with a pneumatic conveying system because it has more components and electrical connections  Also, another bonus of the Cablevey systems is that the 'footprint' can be quite small compared to other conveyor systems, and that really helps with tight and compact manufacturing areas. 'Because of the 'bespoke' design of each Cablevey system for customer specific requirements, we can tailor the design to be very 'non- intrusive' in the work area and not hinder access for people and maintenance, as other systems can. This is a real bonus for safety, access and saving floor space, which is another cost to manufacturing,' said Schliebs. Less energy use, less noise  Since pneumatic systems convey product at high velocity, this typically requires larger, power-hungry motors that run fans, blowers and rotary valves. In a dense phase system, a pressure tank requiring compressed air consumes additional power. In terms of noise level, pneumatic conveying systems also generate considerable noise. Aero-mechanical systems, running at high speed, generate considerable motor and disc noise as well. Given that smaller motors are used, tubular cable systems are quieter overall and utilize much less energy. 'A low-speed tubular cable system is quiet enough to easily have a conversation around it while it is running,' says Schliebs. 'In regards to energy, it utilizes about one-tenth that of pneumatic systems. For dense phase models, the electricity savings by using a tubular conveyor can be sizeable, with 1-year ROI in some cases.' 
  by Cablevey Conveyor

Special and nature-friendly packaging
Packaging

2+ MIN

Special and nature-friendly packaging

Innovation, technology, quality, sustainability, and safety are the stars of its developments, where its main activity occurs in the Latin American and Brazilian pet food segments. Its product line includes the flat bottom Box Pouch, Stand up Pouch, Shape Pouch, and 4 seal formats. The main benefits of Soulpack packaging are: Its modern design, which enhances the product. Closure with Zipper or Velcro Ⓡ, which maintains food properties. Easy opening system that cuts straight. Handle to facilitate transportation. The pet food industry is a fast-growing segment, as is the change in pets' eating habits and their owners' behaviors. Soulpack invests in technology to accompany the market and maintain packaging efficiency and performance, but it does not stop thinking about its commitment to nature. Therefore, seeking excellence in packaging combined with sustainability is essential. Its processes are designed to avoid negative impacts on the environment. All development stages respect that value, from the correct usage of natural resources to the production inputs disposal. Soulpack's environmental management allows it to produce various packaging types with conscious resource usage. "We believe that sustainability is the future and, for this reason, we also have environmental initiatives through our packaging," says R&D Manager, Emerson Silva. Committed to this value, we have developed two new packages, presented at CIPAL 2022: 100% recyclable packaging with a high barrier Structure: PE + PE / Monomaterial Characteristics: High barrier against grease, humidity, and oxygen. Use: Human and animal food Format: Box Pouch, Stand-Up Pouch, 4 seals, and others Printing: flexography and gravure Accessories: laser cutting guide, internal zipper, front zipper, velcro, and others. Biodegradable packaging Structure: PE, PET, BOPP, KRAFT PAPER, and others Characteristics: Biodegradable containers, with technology that accelerates degradation converting the containers into humus for use in agriculture or in biogas to generate energy (according to ASTM 5511). Use: Human and animal food Format: Box Pouch, Stand-Up Pouch, and others Accessories: Laser cutting guide, internal zipper, front zipper, and others. Soulpack is proud to be a supplier of great clients that work to guarantee nutritious, formulated food to maintain animals' health and well-being. Contact us to find out more about Soulpack's special packaging, by WEB or EMAIL by Soulpack Source: All Pet Food 

Dosing slide vs. screw feeder
Dosing

5+ MIN

Dosing slide vs. screw feeder

It is a challenge to find the most optimal solution for the silo discharge system within a specific process installation. In many cases, it is a question weighing up a dosing slide against a screw feeder. To make a responsible choice, insight into the operation and qualities of both the dosing slide and the screw feeder is required. Activation The dosing slide consists of a fixed upper lower grid and an upper grid that moves back and forth during the dosing process. This ensures that the product in the silo is loosened by means of a product-friendly activation. The dosing slide moves the product without transporting it. This means that the product flows straight in a vertical direction, by use of gravity. In contrast to a screw feeder (in which the material is extruded in one direction), no energy is supplied which means no product damage or compaction occurs. The simple design of the dosing slide makes it a particularly durable discharge system. A dosing slide can be in operation for decades. Mass flow The discharge system determines, to a certain extent, the silo's geometry and therefore also the flow image of the product inside the silo. It prefers to not place the discharge system in the middle of the silo funnel, to reduce the risk of product bridging in the silo. A dosing slide generally offers a much larger discharge surface than a screw feeder. The screw feeder's discharge surface is determined by the relatively small diameter and length of the screw itself. The larger discharge surface of the dosing slide ensures an equal discharge flow where mass flow occurs in the silo (the FIFO principle). For a given storage capacity (in case of an equal funnel triangle), less building height is also required. Dosing range An important feature of the dosing slide is the enormous dynamic flow range. The ratio between the minimum and maximum flow rate is easily 1:1000 (from grams to kilograms per second), with a dosing accuracy of approximately 2 grams. With a screw feeder, the dynamic flow range is no better than 1:20. An increase in speed not only translates into an increase in capacity, but also into an increase in slippage. It is true that placing a second screw under the main screw reduces the flow to, for example, 1 % of the maximum flow, however, the investment costs for materials and especially the control system will strongly increase. In addition, starting a pull-out screw at low speed requires an extra strong motor with a frequency controller. This extra power is necessary I order to provide the breakaway torque. This requirement does not apply to a dosing slide. Dosage precision With a dosing slide, minimum dosage quantities approach 0 grams; with a dosing screw, this quantity is determined by the volume in one turn of the screw. Once the dosing screw's discharge opens a screw compartment, this compartment flows out completely. In addition, there is the risk of the product's continuing to flow (primarily if the product has the tendency to become fluid). It is, of course, possible to install a shut-off after the dosing screw for more precise dosages, but the next dosage then amounts to at least that quantity of material that the shut-off held back. By contrast, a dosing slide closes immediately and completely. The dynamic flow range results in the dosing slide's being able to provide both rapid and precise dosing. With a dosing slide/scale combination, the limiting factor to precise dosage is the scale, not the dosing slide. For this, a weigher-in-weigher can be helpful. This offers the possibility of dosing both 50 g and 100 kg from the same silo in a single batch weighing system with the precision of a few grams within flow ranges up to 5 kg. Controls A dosing slide requires a greater investment than a dosing screw, but with the deployment of six or more dosing slides under a silo block, it is cheaper than using six dosing screws with shut-offs. This is because dosing slides (whether this be 4, 6 or even 24 dosing slides) are all powered by one single hydraulic cylinder. This single cylinder activates a framework to which the dosing slides can be linked at will. The power consumption of a dosing slide is extremely low. For example, it is possible to dose up to 50 kg/second with a 3 kW motor. For this same amount of effort, a dosing screw requires at least a 25 kW motor. Furthermore, every dosing screw requires its own power unit and frequency controller.   Discharge characteristics The controls for a dosing slide are more intelligent and, consequently, more complex than those of a dosing screw (for a screw, flow is proportional to RPM, within certain limits). A dosing slide, however, allows for variation in the percentage of opening, stroke length and frequency. For certain applications, the shape of the vanes can also be adjusted (more or fewer progressive openings). This allows the achievement of optimum discharge properties for the material to be dosed.   Image 1: Dosing slides have a fixed lower grid and upper grid that moves back and forth during the dosing process.   Image 2: A platform of dosing slides is operated by a single drive motor.   Image 3: A dosing slide in operation.   About KSE Partner in optimizing production processes Increasing complexity forms the biggest challenge for animal nutrition manufacturers; more recipes, a growing number of ingredients, additions that are difficult to dose and higher quality standards contribute to this trend. For over 50 years, KSE has been supplying future proof solutions to stay ahead of the trend in the form of modular machinery and smart software that fit together perfectly. We create flexible processing solutions that enable a responsive production process. Automation, accuracy and contamination control are at the basis of our future-proof innovations. Our aim is to not only improve the production process, but also to make a significant contribution to increasing margins and achieving targets. Together we create the solutions with the best results! For more information about KSE click HERE.   By KSE Source: All Pet Food 

Protect Against Pet Food Recalls with the  Right Conveyor System
Conveying Systems

5+ MIN

Protect Against Pet Food Recalls with the Right Conveyor System

With the threat of contamination from harmful pathogens such as salmonella, listeria, and E. coli a continual concern, pet food processors are seeking to protect not only the public but also their companies' bottom lines from the massive costs, reputational damage, and greater regulatory scrutiny associated with recalls. The goal is a safe, clean, sanitized working environment. According to the FDA's Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA) Final Rule for Preventive Controls for Animal Food, 'Every facility that produces animal food with a hazard requiring a preventive control must have a recall plan.' (https://www.fda.gov/food/food-safety-modernization-act-fsma/fsma-final-rule-preventive-controls-animal-food). The FSMA Final Rule for Preventive Controls for Animal Food has various key requirements. Among these, covered facilities must establish and implement a food safety system that includes an analysis of hazards and, if necessary, risk-based preventive controls. The rule sets requirements for a written food safety plan that includes details about the facility's hazard analysis and resulting preventive controls. Given the increasing number of outbreaks and recalls traced to post-processing contamination of foods, it is no surprise that the Preventive Controls Rule requires manufacturers to implement a food safety plan with the goal of preventing sanitation deficiencies. The rule covers sanitation practices for food-contact surfaces, preventing microbial and chemical cross-contamination, and monitoring potential environmental pathogens for critical equipment like conveyors. As a result, quality assurance teams are paying more attention to the type and design of conveyance systems used to help meet pet food safety standards. This includes identifying potential harborage points where debris and pathogens can collect, as well as implementing best practices to save on costs to clean equipment, perform regular testing, and maintain the environment.  'Every day we are asked for recommendations about the sanitary design of equipment,' says Justin Kerr, founder of Factor IV Solutions, LLC, a food safety consulting firm that has worked with hundreds of food processors and harvesting operations throughout North America. 'With conveyors, ideally there should be minimal harborage points, they should protect products from the environment, and be easy to clean.'  Kerr says Factor IV Solutions assists food processors to develop Sanitation SOPs (SSOP:  Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures) related to conveyors that include regular verification testing of food contact and non-food contact surfaces. However, given the risks of contamination, the potential for recalls, and the additional costs associated with regular cleaning and testing, it's advisable to select a conveyor that eliminates many of the potential risk factors. Selecting a Conveyor System  In the pet food processing industry, open conveyor systems like bucket elevators and belt conveyors can be more vulnerable to contamination. With open systems, products can be exposed to pathogens, contaminants, or moisture in the surrounding environment. Product can also spill onto the plant floor and make its way into drains. Consequently, processors that use such conveyors must maintain strict environmental controls including constant swabbing, testing, and quality assurance.  Closed conveyor systems, on the other hand, effectively seal off products from the outside environment. Even then, it is still necessary to control the environment. Although there are several types of closed systems, one popular example when conveying high-value foods is tubular drag cable conveyors. These systems gently move products that are prone to breaking or crumbling through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) are attached to the cable, which push the product through the tube without using air. The coated cable ensures that no debris accumulates within the strands of the cable, as the cable is totally sealed.  'An enclosed conveyor like the Cablevey provides a controlled environment that reduces the risk of exposure to contaminants and pathogens from outside the system when properly maintained,' says Kerr. 'Because it is closed, it is less susceptible to aerosols and over spray from adjacent lines.'  Oskaloosa, Iowa based-Cablevey Conveyors is a specialty conveyor company that has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for over 50 years, with installations in over 65 countries. The company's product can be as small as powdered material or as large as whole potatoes, and is increasingly used to convey pet food, coffee, cereal, nuts, produce, and specialty foods. 'When we conducted trials and verification testing, we found that tubular cable conveyors maintain greater repeatability cleanliness over a longer period of time than open systems due to the controlled environment within the enclosure,' says Kerr. Additionally, Kerr notes that closed conveyors significantly reduce potential harborage points for contamination.  'Tubular drag cable conveyors are very simple in construction, without standard joints, threaded bolts, and plastic-to-metal connections,' says Kerr.  Superior Cleaning Kerr points out another advantage: the enclosed conveyors also enable a 'wet cleaning' process without wetting the surrounding areas, in which the systems can be quickly and effectively flooded with water and sanitized without disassembly. While not all pet food processing materials are suited to wet cleaning, such as hygroscopic materials that readily absorb and retain moisture, the process minimizes potential contamination for other types of food. The wet cleaning procedure begins with a water rinse followed by foaming agent, a sanitizing rinse, and a final water rinse. Once the system is thoroughly flushed out, drying is achieved by attaching urethane wipers to the tubular conveyor's discs, which act like a 'squeegee' to remove any residual water. 'Within the tubular system, all wash factors can be repeatably controlled – water chemistry, temperature, physical action, and time – so every surface is equally cleaned,' says Kerr. He notes that clear tubes are available that offer the additional benefit of visual inspection or verification. Since a complete and thorough cleaning can be accomplished without disassembly of the system, the entire process only takes 20-90 minutes, depending upon the layout, product, and desired level of cleanliness. This can substantially reduce disruptions and downtime during production changeovers and eliminate the need for additional dedicated conveyor lines. Regular cleaning can be automated through the plant's distributed control system.  'A benefit of Cablevey is the repeatability and verification of surfaces cleaned and the ease of maintaining them,' says Kerr. 'You can do verifications against cleanliness and hold [the cleanliness] over a greater period of time.'  When a pet food processor wants to ensure that a conveyor will meet its sanitation requirements, equipment suppliers like Cablevey often allow quality assurance teams to perform tests prior to purchase.  'Sometimes customers come to our test lab so they can run product and conduct swab tests before and after wet cleaning and review the results for themselves,' says Morgan Bailey, Communication Specialist at Cablevey Conveyors.  In the pet food processing industry, the stakes are high when it comes to preventing safety issues. With the threat of contamination from harmful pathogens always a concern, processors are seeking to protect both the public and their companies' bottom lines from the massive costs associated with recalls. As a result, quality assurance teams are analyzing the type and design of conveyance systems more closely.  Enclosed conveyors that are capable of automated wet cleaning can help mitigate risk and prevent many safety issues. These conveyors provide an extra level of protection by keeping debris and pathogens from collecting. They also save on costs by eliminating the need for manual cleaning. As processors continue to seek ways to improve safety, enclosed conveyors will become an increasingly popular choice. by: Del Williams, Cablevey Conveyors All Pet Food 

CPM Never Stops Evolving: New Colors Coming for CPM equipment
Grinding

1+ MIN

CPM Never Stops Evolving: New Colors Coming for CPM equipment

"The color change represents a step toward unifying our brand across the globe," said Maarten Visser, General Manager of CPM Americas/EMEA. "As CPM grows, our brand must evolve with it. We want our customers worldwide to associate the CPM name with the highest quality processing equipment available anywhere." "The new glossy white, accented with shiny black-gray, gives the equipment a sleek and modern new look. What's inside, Visser said, will not change at all". All types of CPM equipment are included in the upcoming color change, but existing orders will not be impacted. Equipment with the colors will be in the market later this year.   About CPM - History   The origin of CPM can be traced back to California's Napa Valley, where, in 1883, the Toulouse & Delorieux Co. manufactured presses, crushers and stemmers for winemakers. In 1931, the company created the first pellet mill, the 30 HP Flat Bed with stationary flat die, and we became California Pellet Mill (CPM). In the years that followed, we created more pellet mill models with additional features. In the 1980s, we greatly expanded our product offerings through the creation of Roskamp Champion with the acquisition of the Roskamp Roller Mill Company and Champion Hammermills. In 2002, Beta Raven, a leading supplier of feed mill automation and ingredient scaling systems, joined the team. To learn more about CPM products, click HERE. Source: CPM

Packaging variety is not an issue… if you have the right solution
Packaging

5+ MIN

Packaging variety is not an issue… if you have the right solution

The majority of pet owners will tell you that their pet is considered a member of the family; but it is only relatively recently that this familial status has been reflected in the way we feed them. Go back 10-15 years and all you would find on supermarket shelves would be a limited number of food varieties in standard 400g tins, with multipacks all containing the same variety. Fast forward to the present day and it is fair to say that the pet food industry has undergone a renaissance. Owners are now spoiled for choice as they face walls of exotic flavours, made from premium healthy ingredients, prepared (it appears) by Michelin-starred chefs, packaged in innovative containers and backed by multi-million Euro advertising campaigns. This incredible level of variety and product differentiation maybe good for the owners (and of course their pets), but it creates a logistical nightmare for the producers' manufacturing and packaging operations. Not only do they have to cater for a wider choice of flavours and packaging formats, but they also have to create mixed packaging arrays that deliver the all-important dietary variety. 'It's a pain point,' explains Wim Kruikemeijer, Area Manager Northern Europe and Global Petfood Manager at Cama Group. 'Many people no longer want to feed their cats or dogs the same flavour every day, so there has been an incredible pull from the market for greater variation. This is good for the animals too, as it delivers greater dietary variety. As a result of this, many of the premium pet food suppliers are looking to mix flavours and then package them in shelf-ready cartons – with as many as six flavours in each carton. If this is undertaken manually, it is an incredibly labour-intensive task." 'There has also been a major shift away from the typical 400g tin,' he adds. 'The humanisation of pet food has resulted in more premium-look-and-feel packaging – on a par with human food packaging – with single-portion servings of fresher food gaining significant headway in this crowded market. Compounding these widely varying demands is a growing decline in plastic acceptance, which is seeing a move back to metal and recyclable packaging, albeit in varying sizes. Manufacturers have certainly got interesting times ahead and, as a result, so do the packaging technology companies.' In a typical wet pet food operation, the meat is prepared, sterilised and packaged before being quarantined for up to a week to catch any quality issues before going to market. After the quarantine period all the flavours are collected, mixed offline and then packed into secondary cartons and boxes. This secondary packaging is either fully automated, semi-automated or, in many cases, completely manual. 'For one plant we support, the first step towards their wider automation was a semi-manual process for creating and closing the cartons,' Kruikemeijer explains, 'but this is just one example of the way that companies can move towards automatic packaging processes. Our technology allows companies to match their aspirations and take gradual steps; it totally depends on the customer and how they want to achieve their automation levels.' Cama is in the perfect position to help pet food companies – both large and small – to realise greater efficiencies through the automation of packaging operations. 'We've been supporting this industry for over 15 year now,' Kruikemeijer elaborates. 'We have helped many companies across the globe absorb the impact of changing market dynamics. We've seen the natural progression of packaging, starting with cans, onto trays, into pouches and now back to cans again. We've also addressed the multi-flavour issue thanks to tightly integrated and highly flexible automation infrastructures and in-house-develop robotic pick-and-place systems. Indeed, this industry is not unlike the coffee industry, in which we are a market leader, with its huge variety of packaging concepts." 'The pet food industry – like the many other sectors we serve – is always laying down packaging challenges that centre around the need for flexibility coupled to efficiency,' he adds. 'We are in a fortunate (and deliberate) position in that we invest at least 5% of our turnover in research and development, and it is this investment that helps us help our customers. Cama also has a unique portfolio of technologies that covers the breadth of packaging concepts and packaging formats. Thanks to this spread, we can offer best-fit solutions, rather than a compromise based on a limited offering. In fact in many cases we suggest two or three packaging concepts and then work with the customer to define the strategy and technology that fits their needs precisely." From a technology perspective, Cama's Breakthrough Generation (BTG) solutions are setting the standard in secondary packaging. The BTG approach comprises modular, scalable frameworks that offer easy entry and access, coupled to a hygienic machine design. Within this framework, contemporary automation solutions, including advanced rotary and linear servo technology, can be tightly coupled to in-house-developed robotics, to deliver the all-important flexibility and adaptability required by modern packaging operations. 'Cama, as a company, is highly flexible and offers the capability and mindset to think outside the box, not just as a machine manufacturer,' Kruikemeijer explains. 'We're more and more thinking like a line-side operator or maintenance engineer, imagining how we can make our machines even easier to use and maintain. We are capable of listening very carefully to the customer and what keeps them awake. This is part of our uniqueness. Sometimes you need to learn from the customer and then think almost like a child. 'Is it too complicated?', 'Can we make it simpler?' and 'How do we keep it practical?' 'We have multiple successes under our belts, from some of the world's leading brands… and lots of small local ones too,' Kruikemeijer concludes. 'They all have the same challenges, just on a different scale. The future will centre around sustainability and this will be compounded by shorter product lifecycles, so flexibility is paramount if an end user is to get the best possible return from their automation investment. The whole of industry is undergoing the same type of paradigm shift, and we see it as a personal responsibility to make sure our customers can all stay ahead of the game.'   By: Cama Group

Pet Food: High quality cuisine for your pet
Extrusion

4+ MIN

Pet Food: High quality cuisine for your pet

Pet food ingredients GEA technology plays a vital role in the preparation of high-quality ingredients for pet food. Microfiltration and ultrafiltration are used for the purification, fractionation and concentration of essential pet food components and flavorings from meat and plant extracts. Nanofiltration is sometimes incorporated to achieve better separation and concentration of key ingredients. The integration of reverse osmosis and evaporation provides an energy efficient, optimal dewatering step to prepare purified ingredients for economical spray drying.  Manufacturers need to create ingredients of high quality with specific flavor characteristics. To meet these requirements our spray dryers and FILTERMAT® dryers are designed to operate at low temperatures, with a wide range of products, even those containing high concentrations of oils and hydrolyzed proteins, while preventing product deterioration during processing. GEA spray dryers produce powders that are optimized for extruded or pelletized products. Meat preparation technology for wet, dry and raw pet food Whether you need an automated meat preparation line, or a single machine that offers flexibility and versatility in batch production, GEA has the technology to help you. We have dedicated equipment for grinding, mixing, batching and handling. And equipment that combines cutting, mixing and emulsifying in one. This is complemented by automation and packaging solutions in line with the latest retail trends.  Dry pet food extrusion The deep knowledge of technologies and processes learned from the world of food combined with the trend of humanization that is spreading in the world of pet food has led our technicians to the development of cooker extruders able to produce products with the highest levels of digestibility and nutrition. Our cooker-extruders combine the delicacy of cooking in a vaporization tank with the power and sanitization of the heat treatment of the extrusion, allowing us to obtain products that meet the most stringent quality requirement.  We design and manufacture tailor-made extrusion lines for the production of any kind of dry pet food such as kibbles, pillows and various kind of treats. Our flexibility and knowledge of technology allows us to offer machines with high production capacity, solid and durable and able to adapt to any new product development or market need. Freezing solutions for pet food Before freeze drying the raw meat, cooked meat or kibbles need to be frozen. This is done by using Individual Quick Freezing (IQF) technology developed by GEA. Our full line of IQF tunnel freezers are designed to provide your bulk product with superior frozen quality. They are characterized by hygienic design, high yield and minimum energy consumption. The full and gentle fluidization during the freezing process ensures safe product handling and preservation of the product shape, colour and texture. IQF tunnel freezers can be configured to match the specific pet food application and customer requirements so that they are perfectly integrated into the processing line for pet food production. Freeze drying solutions for pet food Freeze drying is a form of dehydration in which pet food has its intrinsic moisture removed through sublimation. This preserves the overall structure and size of the final product, including its vitamins, proteins, flavors and colors. GEA scope of supply includes processing solutions for a variety of pet food products including freeze dried raw meat, cooked meat, kibbles, snacks and treats. The freeze-drying technology for raw pet foods allows them to keep their original properties, texture and uncooked appearance.  GEA's RAY™ technology a highly efficient and economical batch freeze drying process. It has negligible power loss (less than 0.1%), low energy consumption, uniform drying, high sublimation capacities and a modular design. Small RAY™ cabinets can be de-iced in just 10 minutes whereas larger units benefit from the GEA's Continuous De-Icing System (CDI) to further reduce downtime. Pet food packaging solutions Packaging plays a critical role in the distribution, preservation and presentation of pet food. Differentiating your product on the shelf can be as important as the product's taste itself. GEA offers thermoforming equipment and vertical form fill and seal equipment that helps you meet today's operational challenges such as variety, process flexibility, uptime, reducing the cost per kilogram and per pack, food safety and the environment. Start to finish pet food solutions Whether you need a single machine to boost existing line performance or a complete solution for a new factory, GEA is the right partner for you.   Multipurpose line for extruded dry pet food We design and manufacture tailor-made extrusion lines for the production of any kind of dry pet food such as kibbles, pillows and various kind of treats. Our flexibility and knowledge of technology allows us to offer machines with high production capacity, solid and durable and able to adapt to any new product development or market need. By GEA  Source: All Pet Food   

Continuous Coating: High retention time
Coating

2+ MIN

Continuous Coating: High retention time

The coating of pet food croquettes is an important phase of the process, as the external covering of a croquette is the initial contact with the animal as well as the main point of reference that the customer will trust.   The coating phase must be carried out to: Obtain color homogeneity in all croquettes Reduce oil loss and greasy look and feel Improve the distribution and homogeneity of palatant and flavoring additives. Reduce disinfection problems in the coating process   CONTINUOUS COATING BENEFITS Pro: High-level of homogeneity (CV) can be obtained even with the addition of low amounts, being more flexible and kind with the production and the product itself.   Requirements for a successful application:   Performing croquettes dosing: The dosage must be carried out using continuous gravimetric weighing systems, not volumetric. The variation of the incoming product flow must be adjusted and stabilized by the proportioner to have a uniform output. Covering: The team must be as gentle as possible with the product but should also guarantee good mixing homogeneity. The retention time is essential when high amounts of oils are added, and should not be less than 60 seconds. Atomization: Continuous atomization is a real challenge, especially when the product flow varies. Standard nozzles are always exposed to dirt and blockages. PLP recommends SMOG Technology for perfect atomization in any condition and viscosity. *Typical diagram of a continuous coating installation   In addition to the points mentioned above, there is another very important factor during the coating process, which will result in a more homogeneous final product:   HOLDING TIME Homogeneity is also related to the absorption of fat by croquettes. As for the process, this can be increased thanks to the combination of heat and croquette retention in the mixing phase in the covering.   The MT series is equipped with heating chambers that maintain a controlled temperature inside the machine, while the retention time is increased by: Adjustment of the angles of the vanes Adjustment of the speed of the rotary axes Internal shock absorbers   RETENTION GATE PLP has developed an automatic check gate, located at the outlet of the machine. It is suitable for stopping the croquette flow and releasing it when product accumulation reaches a certain level inside the machine. Thus, it significantly increases the retention time, up to 180 seconds inside the MT machine.   For more information visit the PLP Systems  WEB or contact this EMAIL.       Source: PLP Systems

US startup aims to transform pet food with lab-made chow
Laboratory

3+ MIN

US startup aims to transform pet food with lab-made chow

Most pet food includes animal protein, which requires the slaughter of animals and is ultimately a source of planet-warming gases. Rich Kelleman's Colorado-based Bond Pet Foods, however, is aiming to sidestep both pitfalls by making those same proteins in a biotech process. His inspiration comes in part from his own disgust over the treatment of livestock on its way to the food supply. He was also shocked when he read a study showing that pets in the US consume as many calories sourced from animals as France's population, which numbers more than 65 million. Livestock's impact on climate change added to his resolve, as raising animals for food is responsible for a whopping 14.5 percent of human-linked greenhouse gas emissions, according to UN data. But vegetables alone aren't necessarily enough nutrition for cats and dogs. Kelleman was convinced by research that if a company could 'crack the code' for lab-grown pet food there would be a market for it. 'For dogs and cats, it has to be palatable, but it doesn't have to look like a fully formed steak or breast,' Kelleman told AFP during a visit to the startup. 'It's not about the mouth feel; the sizzle; the taste, and the texture that have to be so precise for people to embrace it.' In development, Kelleman's startup drew blood from a pedigree chicken, extracted DNA from the sample and inserted it into a microbe. The resulting microbe was added to a fermenter to produce lab-grown animal proteins. 'It sounds like a weird, strange process, but it is something that has been around for quite a while,' Kelleman said. – Nutty, with a hint of cheese – His dog, Rumples, seems to enjoy it. And an AFP reporter given a sample noticed its nutty flavor that includes notes of parmesan cheese. But the company has many hurdles to cross in its quest to become the new normal in pet food. First is the price, because even environment-loving 'dog moms' watch their budgets when it comes to the cost of kibble. Using fermentation tanks has enabled Bond to cut the cost of protein to $5 per kilogram (2.2 pounds) from $100 per kilogram. Chief technology officer Tony Day says the price can be driven even lower. It is expected to take at least two years, though, of tests and evaluation to assure regulators that the kill-free pet food is a safe and viable. Bond is aiming to sell their proteins to pet food makers by the second half of 2023. A crucial question is whether the lab-grown pet food passes the smell test with humans concerned about the well-being of their animal friends. In a park not far from the startup in the Colorado city Boulder, dog owners were interested but wary. 'I'd like to think I could give my dogs real meat protein without harming the planet,' Rochelle Loughry said while watching her two Australian Shepherds. 'In theory it looks good, but we should know if, in the long term, the benefits are the same as with real meat,' said another dog owner Jason Ackermann. Meat in pet food often arouses fierce debate. Greg Okin received raging criticism from both conservatives and animal rights activists for his academic study of pet protein consumption, which helped inspire Kelleman's startup.  'I think the fear was that I was telling people kill their cats and dogs, or not feed them, which is not what I was saying at all,' said Okin, a professor at the environment institute at the University of California, Los Angeles. 'I got a lot of hate.' Julie JAMMOT
 

Benefits of meat treats and snacks for dogs
Extrusion

3+ MIN

Benefits of meat treats and snacks for dogs

ANDESFOODS, produces food and snacks for pets that meet all the nutritional requirements, processes and quality standards that canines need, with 100% human-grade ingredients, that is, as a food for people would be produced. Within our developments , one of these products are toys, snacks and edible treats, made from meat.  Its elaboration uses meat of natural origin obtained from the skin of bovines. Through a careful process we select our raw material verifying that its origin and suppliers are certified, guaranteeing a high quality standard. The rigorous cleaning, washing and drying process implemented in our plant avoids any risk of microbiological contamination. In addition, during all phases different quality controls are carried out that guarantee the safety of our products. The result is healthy and fun products, in various shapes, sizes and flavors that our pets love and also help them entertain themselves. In order to please all dogs, even the most demanding, we incorporate rich flavors and other ingredients that are commonly used in the production of food for human consumption, that are safe to be used in dogs as well, and that become in a very good option for our pets. Additionally, these snacks provide a series of benefits for our dogs and even for our relationship with them: Satisfies the instinct to chew: Canines have a great need to chew on objects, especially in the early stages when their teeth and gums are developing, for that reason we frequently find furniture, shoes and other belongings broken by bitten. To quench their instincts and prevent them from biting what they should not, snaks and meat treats are a practical and inexpensive solution for our dogs. Improves oral health: When biting, the meat exerts a mechanical effect on the teeth that helps to clean the tartar that is formed by the accumulation of dental plaque after eating food. Humans remove this plaque with daily brushing, however, this is an uncommon practice in pets, so it is necessary and helpful to use these chew toys to help their oral health. The use of baits, frequent dental cleanings at home (with veterinary toothpaste and brush) and regular visits to the veterinarian ensure good oral health for our pets. Reduces stress and anxiety: Some dogs develop stress and anxiety because they spend many hours alone or without attention from their love, for example while they work. Toys, snacks and meat treats are ideal for entertaining canines for hours, who are looking to devour the meat immediately. Just as when we give entertainment toys to children, we must take precautions and above all follow the recommendations of the manufacturers of treats and snacks for pets. It is recommended to choose the appropriate size, depending on the breed and age, the toy should be larger than the size of its muzzle to avoid choking. Additionally, it is recommended to discard if it has not been used within 24 hours, since being in the ground regularly, it may be subject to contamination. As we see, offering a meat toy to our dog can bring several benefits in addition to being a very fun option for our 4-legged friends! by AndesFoods

Controlling Mycotoxin Contamination in Pet Food
Laboratory

10+ MIN

Controlling Mycotoxin Contamination in Pet Food

The prevention of mycotoxin contamination in the grain components of animal diets is not only an essential goal, but also an immense challenge that requires the combined efforts of pet food manufacturers, their supply chain partners, and the laboratories that test their products. Both the urgency and the difficulty of this shared task lie in the chemical properties, physical characteristics, and complex interactions with environmental factors that define mycotoxins as a persistent and notoriously elusive threat to the wholesomeness of grain-based pet food ingredients. HOW MYCOTOXINS OCCUR IN THE SUPPLY CHAIN AND WHY IT'S SO HARD TO KEEP THEM OUT Mycotoxins are poisonous chemical compounds produced by molds. Their occurrence spans every growing region in the world, every phase of the pet food production chain, and the entire gamut of whole grains and grain byproducts from corn, barley, and soybeans to corn gluten meal, wheat middlings, and distillers' dried grains with solubles (DDGS). A global survey conducted between 2004 and 2013 uncovered mycotoxin contamination in over 76 percent of 25,900 samples of grains and grain byproducts destined for animal diets.¹ These statistics reflect the omnipresence of the soil-and airborne molds that generate mycotoxins as well as the difficulty of controlling all of the factors that favor mold growth. Toxigenic molds are most likely to proliferate in grains that are damaged by insects, hailstorms, or drought stress or exposed to high temperatures and moisture levels. Infections can occur both before and after harvest. Grain stored in damp, dirty, or poorly ventilated areas in silos, mills, or transport vehicles is at particularly high risk for mold infection. Once these fast-growing molds gain a foothold in a storage or production facility, there are few good alternatives to removing  the materials that harbor their toxic metabolites. If mycotoxin concentrations exceed FDA guidelines, entire lots may need to be discarded. FDA rules generally prohibit grain dealers and pet food manufacturers from blending highly contaminated ingredients with clean grain to reduce mycotoxin content to acceptable levels. While mold reduction strategies such as drying and irradiation can help limit the spread of contamination, they're much less effective at destroying the mycotoxins that have already formed. As a result, significant levels of mycotoxins can lurk unseen in lots with no visible mold growth. Heat processing is also likely to leave a substantial proportion of these highly stable chemical compounds intact. Some types of processing actually increase mycotoxin content. For example, the processes that create DDGS and many other grain byproducts tend to concentrate mycotoxins in those ingredients.² Detoxification methods such as ozone and organic acid treatments as well as feed additives that bind to or degrade mycotoxins in an animal's gut also come with limitations. All of these methods are relatively costly. Some may also reduce nutrient content or form toxic residues. RAISING THE BAR IN HAZARD CONTROL The mycotoxins that most commonly occur in grains are aflatoxins, deoxynivalenol (DON), fumonisins, ochratoxin A (OTA), the T-2 toxin and zearalenone (ZEA). The most toxic mycotoxin, aflatoxin B1, is the most carcinogenic naturally occurring substance known. Even in doses low enough to be measured in parts per million (ppm) or, in some cases, parts  per billion (ppb), these toxins are potent enough to cause acute illness in susceptible animal species. When consumed in very low doses over the long term, they can result in chronic health problems, including cancer, food refusal and weight loss, organ damage, neurological disorders, and decreased resistance to disease. In the European Union, all six of these mycotoxins as well as the HT-2 toxin are subject to maximum or recommended limits. At present, FDA mycotoxin guidelines are confined to aflatoxins, DON, and fumonisins. (See Table 1.) As a growing number of pet food companies have already realized, compliance with current guidelines may fall short of full coverage of the risks surrounding mycotoxin- contaminated pet food. Mycotoxin sensitivity can vary significantly across age, species, breed, and general health status. Yet with the exception of rabbits and horses, the FDA guidelines that apply to pets don't account for these differences. The guidelines also fail to address another important consideration. Grain ingredients typically contain a mixture of mycotoxins. Mycotoxins that commonly occur together often interact with each other in ways that can dramatically increase their toxicity. Consequently, the negative effects of ingesting a mixture of two or more mycotoxins can be significantly greater than those of consuming each component of that mixture separately. Examples of highly toxic combinations include pairs of chemically similar mycotoxins such as DON and nivalenol and the T-2 and HT-2 toxins. For customers whose pets may have a heightened sensitivity to mycotoxins as a result of advanced age, frail health, or the genetics of their breed, even trace levels of these mixtures are a cause for concern. In response to these risk factors, many companies not only test ingredients for a full range of mycotoxins but  also maintain tighter restrictions of their levels than those proposed by current regulatory guidelines. To confirm raw materials meet their quality and safety specifications, these companies often require supply chain partners to provide a certificate of analysis (CoA) that includes a detailed mycotoxin profile, which will then be checked against test results from their internal or contract laboratory. With the passage of the Food Safety Modernization Act, comprehensive laboratory data are playing an increasingly vital role in documenting the geographical source of pet food ingredients and verifying the observance of industry-standard safety practices across the supply chain. In addition to helping ensure regulatory compliance, this information serves as reassuring evidence of product safety for pet owners. Frequent monitoring of raw materials benefits every member of the supply chain by not only minimizing the economic and legal risks of contamination, but also demonstrating a proactive approach to hazard control. Routine checks of mycotoxins levels can lead to significant process improvements in storage, milling, and manufacturing facilities. Timely discovery of an uptick in contaminant levels may point to problems such as a leaky water pipe, dirty storage bins, or inadequate attention to rotating stock that indicate the need for internal practices that will help prevent future outbreaks. THE CHALLENGES OF OBTAINING ACCURATE TEST DATA The success of these stricter safety measures hinges on  the quality of the mycotoxin data generated by a company's monitoring program. Without a strategy based on a clear understanding of the complexities involved, the goal of accurately estimating mycotoxin concentrations in large grain loads can prove difficult to reach. One of the most important factors a testing strategy must account for is the uneven distribution of mycotoxins in grain lots. Mycotoxins tend to occur in tiny, widely scattered pockets of damp or damaged grains. A sample collector  who takes a single scoop of grain from the top or side of a load runs the risk of either missing the contaminated kernels completely or gathering materials that contain concentrations of mycotoxins that far exceed the average values for the whole lot. GIPSA-recommended sampling procedures compensate for these risks by calling for a representative sample that consists of incremental subsamples from multiple locations in the lot. GIPSA also advises collecting a minimum of 2 to 10 pounds of grain, depending on the size of the load, and using proper sampling equipment, such as a hand or mechanical probe for stationery grain or a pelican or diverter-type sampler for a moving stream.³ To minimize the chance of variable test results, the entire process should be carefully documented and followed to the letter by all employees. The reliability of the test results also depends of the robustness of the test method. One of the major obstacles to accuracy is the difficulty of detecting and measuring ppb levels of mycotoxins in a complex organic matrix. Grains and grain byproducts contain a diverse array of nutrients and plant chemicals that may interact with the sensitive antibodies that immunoassays use to detect mycotoxins, producing false-positive or false-negative results. Methods that call for purifying the sample before measuring the mycotoxin levels can help minimize these matrix effects. However, methods that require a lengthy, intricate sample preparation process can increase the chances of procedural errors. Whatever their cause, the repercussions of false negatives and false positives are extremely costly. Accurate mycotoxin data are critical to a company's ability to identify which shipments of grain should be rejected and which batches of raw materials need to be treated or discarded to prevent the spread of contamination. The wrong call could lead to losses of valuable resources, time, and raw materials or, in a worst- case scenario, a finished product that contains unsafe levels of mycotoxins. THE VALUE OF A COMPREHENSIVE, TARGETED TESTING STRATEGY Once a company has established consistent, correct, and repeatable sampling procedures, it should develop a testing system that not only satisfies the technical demands of quantifying mycotoxins, but also fits its business priorities. Whether the sample consists of whole wheat or corn screenings, the test method should be officially validated for that particular commodity. At the same time, the test must accommodate the company's budget and deliver accurate test data where and when they're needed. Massachusetts-based test developer VICAM, A Waters Business, offers a range of GIPSA- and AOAC-approved test kits that are specifically designed to empower pet food companies and their supply chain partners to implement practical, cost-effective frequent monitoring programs. The core of its portfolio is a range of quantitative methods that can be used to determine the exact concentration of mycotoxins in raw materials at critical control points in the production chain. In addition to providing manufacturers and grain dealers with convenient and reliable onsite testing options, VICAM equips analytic laboratories with advanced instrumental methods that afford their pet food industry clients with the highest level of confidence in their mycotoxin data. IMMUNOAFFINITY  COLUMNS The most powerful, versatile, and comprehensive solution set in VICAM's portfolio is its line of immunoaffinity (IA) columns. The company offers a variety of columns that are officially approved for determining mycotoxins in a wide range of feed ingredients, including corn, barley, corn bran, condensed distillers solubles, corn flour, corn gluten feed, corn gluten meal, corn meal, corn screenings, corn/soy blend, distillers' dried grains, DDGS, sorghum, soybeans, and wheat. Used to purify and concentrate samples for analysis by fluorometry  or laboratory instruments, IA columns optimize the value of representative sampling by maximizing the recovery of mycotoxins while removing matrix interferences. This method further reduces the chances of false negatives and false positives by eliminating complex, error-prone procedures. Coupled with a portable fluorometer, VICAM's IA columns  can be used to check mycotoxin levels in incoming shipments, to efficiently prescreen samples for instrumental analysis,   and to monitor raw materials in storage and grain processing facilities and pet food manufacturing plants. This cost- effective rapid method requires no special training and provides accurate ppb measurements in less than 15 minutes. To confirm raw materials meet the most exacting product specifications, VICAM recommends combining IA column cleanup with liquid chromatography (LC). The exceptional sensitivity of sophisticated instrumental techniques such as high performance and ultra performance liquid chromatography (HPLC and UPLC) with optical detection and LC with mass spectrometry (MS) detection enable highly reliable and precise measurements of very low levels of mycotoxins in complex grain matrices. There's an IA solution for every major mycotoxin of concern: AflaTest® DONtest™ HPLC FumoniTest™ OchraTest™ T-2test™ HPLC ZearalaTest™
IA columns are also available in fast-flow wide-bore versions to accelerate sample throughput. To help laboratories further boost their efficiency while responding to their clients' concerns about highly potent mycotoxin mixtures, VICAM offers several kits that simultaneously determine ppb levels of two or more mycotoxins in a single test run. AflaOchra™ HPLC (aflatoxin/OTA) AOZ® HPLC (aflatoxin/OTA/ZEA) DON-NIV ™ WB (DON/nivalenol) T-2/HT-2™ HPLC (T-2/HT-2) Myco6in1+® for LC/MS/MS (six major classes of mycotoxins) These  multi-analyte  kits  offer  multiple  advantages: Faster time-to-results Higher throughput Reduced spending on lab consumables and  hazardous  waste  disposal Decreased hands-on time Smaller environmental footprint The multi-analyte method that delivers the greatest efficiency gains and the most detailed and authoritative mycotoxin data is Myco6in1+ for LC-MS/MS. Validated by the European Committee for Standardization (CEN), this high-powered instrumental method accurately detects and quantifies 12 different mycotoxins, including aflatoxins, ochratoxin A, fumonisins, deoxynivalenol, zearalenone, the T-2 and HT-2 toxins, and nivalenol at or below the strict guidance levels set by EU regulators. QUANTITATIVE STRIP TESTS VICAM's quantitative strip tests combine the speed, affordability, and ease of use with the assurance of accurate numerical measurements. While less precise than instrumental methods, this rapid test is a solid alternative when economical access to real-time data is the most critical factor. No special skills are required for sample preparation or interpreting the test. The test solution develops in as little time as 5 minutes, and results are clearly displayed on the digital screen of a portable optical reader. Strip tests are an appropriate choice for laboratory and onsite applications that require rapid, informed decision making, including: Determining the acceptability of shipments at buying points; High-throughput laboratory screening; and Routine monitoring and quality control checks in storage facilities, mills, and manufacturing plants The line enables untrained users to detect and measure five highly significant mycotoxins at levels that meet rigorous safety standards. Aflatoxins: Afla-V® (ppb levels) DON: DON-V® (ppm levels) Fumonisins: Fumo-V® (ppm levels) Ochratoxin A: Ochra-V ™ (ppb levels) Table 1. FDA action and guidance levels for mycotoxins in pet food   MANAGING THE COMPLEXITIES OF MYCOTOXIN CONTROL Pet food industry stakeholders are well aware of the risks that mycotoxins pose to their financial performance and brand reputation. While many companies are stepping up their investment in the critical task of mycotoxin management, the very nature of these contaminants can complicate their efforts to balance the benefits against the costs. Nevertheless, mycotoxins can be cost-effectively quantified and controlled. As a first step toward accomplishing that goal, companies should develop a knowledge-based strategy that integrates consistent attention to mycotoxin levels with scientifically sound, industry-proven sampling and test methods. References 1. 1G. R. Murugesan, et al., 'Prevalence and Effects of Mycotoxins on Poultry Health and Performance, and Recent Development in Mycotoxin Counteracting Strategies,' Poultry Science, 2015. doi: 10.3382/ps/pev075. 2. Luciano Pinotti, et al, 'Mycotoxin Contamination in the EU Feed Supply Chain: A Focus on Cereal Byproducts,' Toxins, February 15, 2016. 3. USDA Grain Inspection Handbook — Book I Grain Sampling,  https://www.gipsa.usda.gov/fgis/handbook/gihbk1_inspec.aspx (accessed By Vicam

Middleby Acquires CP Packaging, Expands Offerings in Packaging Innovation
Packaging

1+ MIN

Middleby Acquires CP Packaging, Expands Offerings in Packaging Innovation

Based in Appleton, Wisconsin, CP Packaging has annual sales of approximately $15 million.'C tomers with industry leading sanitation, faster production throughput and reduced operating costs. This acquisition further expands upon our ability to provide customers with integrated full-line solutions, while significantly strengthening the packaging equipment offerings in our food processing portfolio,' said Tim FitzGerald, Middleby CEO. 'There are meaningful synergies amongst our packaging brands and our food processing platform, as we leverage our long-standing customer relationships, established global distribution and manufacturing capabilities.' The Middleby Corporation is a global leader in the foodservice industry. The company develops and manufactures a broad line of solutions used in commercial foodservice, food processing, and residential kitchens. Supporting the company's pursuit of the most sophisticated innovation, the state-of-the-art Middleby Innovation Kitchens showcases and demonstrates the most advanced Middleby solutions. In 2022 Middleby was named a World's Best Employer by Forbes and is a proud philanthropic partner to organizations addressing food insecurity. For more information on Middleby and the company's brands please visit www.middleby.com . For more information on CP Packaging and its advanced packaging technologies is available at cppac.com. Contact: Darcy Bretz, Director of Corporate Communications

Main uses of automation in pet food production in 2022
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

Main uses of automation in pet food production in 2022

By María Candelaria Carbajo

Automation can bring great improvements and benefits in tasks such as:   • Exact dosage of multiple additives (dry or wet) • Optimum control of the overall operation • Product moisture control for more profitable production • Reduction of waste products during startup and shutdown • Quick and dynamic formula change for more flexible production   Advances in the automation of the pet food production process   Time optimization Current automation allows the creation of considerably more efficient processes of instances such as filling, weighing, unloading, and mixing. Process time optimization may require a substantial initial investment, but the potential for short- and medium-term profitability gains is even more significant. It's mathematical: working more efficiently allows us to produce more in less time. In general terms, we can say that the most important thing is to improve the instance of processing time of the bottleneck, to meet the time of the upstream or downstream processes, and even improve them. Scale system improvements The weighing instance can be faster without sacrificing accuracy, but how? Finding the right scale and weighing strategy! For example, with a continuous mass flow weighing system, ingredients can be accurately measured without pausing the process. Or, if conveyors are used due to height restrictions, materials can be weighed and measured simultaneously with the movement. Finding the correct scale and weighing strategy can help dramatically improve efficiency while reducing product defects. In many cases, it is even possible to weigh ingredients without introducing an additional step. Automation of microingredients The manual addition of small quantities of ingredients is a temporary solution that can become, without our realizing it, a permanent part of the food production. Additionally, it is also an inefficient and inaccurate technique that can result in errors, defective products, and workplace hazards and can even make batch tracking difficult and formula tampering. Automating this task of the production process ensures uniformity and eliminates possible delays and dangers that manual addition entails. Since this automation would measure ingredients accurately, the formula doesn't rely on hand-added spoonfuls, and therefore there is less room for error and waste. Reprogrammable controls When mixing times change, microingredients are added, or processes change, the computer monitors and track those changes. This means, in many cases, rewriting the logic using the manufacturer's proprietary code, which requires a specialized technician. Instead, with a programmable logic controller (or programmable logic controller), with a user-friendly interface. Big Bag unloader Using a Big Bag Discharger instead of individual bags allows for lower packaging and material costs while improving efficiency and reducing workplace hazards. This automation can help save time and money significantly and is quite simple. Implementing it requires a safe and resistant unloader to facilitate the dispensing of ingredients. Connection between data The limit of automation platforms is given by the information collected and analyzed, which means that the more sensors there are at critical points, the smarter a system can be. Today, processors can accumulate facts and data in almost every area of the production process. Combining such data in an external analysis system provides us with valuable and powerful information to make better decisions. Data analysis gives us the power to decide in real-time based on real data.   In general terms, the main benefits of automating production may be particular to the pet food market. However, they are mostly shared by various industries:   • Improve accuracy • Optimize repeatable processes • Increase productivity • Facilitate scalability • Reduce waste • Reduce human error • Improve security • Processing and consistency of product quality   The conclusion is simple: there is no question that automation is bringing significant changes to the pet food industry. Technological advances are helping to integrate different systems, tasks, operations, and processes more efficiently, precisely, and profitable today, both in the short and medium term.   Source: All Pet Food

Industrial transport
Conveying Systems

8+ MIN

Industrial transport

Before beginning to describe the different types of transports, that exist nowadays in industries, with their advantages and disadvantages, it is important to understand the meaning of transportation: transportation is the means by which objects, products, materials, people or data, are moved from point A to point B. Transport is part of the logistics and material handling of a company, and is carried out in all activities of the value chain, but it does not add value, but rather the opposite: it has associated costs. For this reason, it is very important that the materials transportation is as efficient as possible, with the main objective of optimizing the product value chain. When talking about transport, it is necessary to consider different important points to determine which is the most appropriate system that adapts to the company situation and needs, for example: Product specifications Production line requirements Cleaning, safety and hygiene requirements Lay out and plant spaces Risk of dust explosion With product specifications we refer, first of all to which product is to be moved, the particle size, temperature, humidity and density, whether it is easy or difficult to flow and if it is or not abrasive. Other product characteristics are its angle of repose, rearrangement and inclination. Related to the second point, it is essential to define what is the required capacity, if the transport will be continuous, batch, intermittent and its hours of operation. Additionally, it is important consider the product care, either because it is fragile, has a high degree of explosiveness, it emits gases or because it can be corrosive. After this brief introduction, we will focus on some of the different types of transport that exist today, we will describe their main characteristics, advantages, disadvantages and applications, mainly in Pet Food, Aqua Feed and Animal Feed industry, considering the raw materials and the final product.   Tubular Conveyors Tubular conveyors move the products by means of teflon disc that are joined by a taut cable that pulls the movement, the whole set is inside a continuous tube avoiding cross contamination. ​ Main advantages are: it is an extremely clean equipment, easy to maintain, efficient (low energy consumption), it preserves the homogeneity of the product and there is a wide range of capacities and sizes, it is the ideal type of transport when it comes to delicate products that must maintain their structure protecting them, it is a safe system for food. We must highlight the great flexibility to the plant spaces that the tubular conveyor has, allowing to connect a load and a discharge in different industrial buildings, with angles and inclinations that other conveyors do not have the capacity to do. The disadvantages of tubular conveyors are: they are not suitable for abrasive products, their high cost and in special cases, when distances are long, is it necessary to install two or more equipment in series. As mentioned above, these systems have an excellent application for the finished product of Pet Food, Aqua Feed and Animal Feed industries, because it is transported in a delicate way, maintaining the structure of the pellet. It can also be used for the movement of raw materials, as long as they are not abrasive. With the installation of the tubular conveyor, the manufacturer ensures excellent performance and a high-quality final product.   Z Conveyors The second equipment to be analyzed is the Z conveyor, it is named for its zeta shape, although also, depending on the layout of the plant, it can be designed in a C shape or with different inclinations for loading, lifting and unloading materials; these systems stand out for being systems with high transport capacities and that achieve very wide routes of long distances. The advantages of these systems are: equipment that adapt to the plant space with vertical and horizontal arrangements, low maintenance cost and avoid cross contamination of products. The disadvantages that these systems have are: the high investment cost, depending on the material of the buckets, the risk of wear when the product is abrasive and, in some cases, the high to medium levels of energy consumption. These equipment are mainly used to transport granular and solid materials, being suitable for the transfer of animal feed.   Bucket Elevators Bucket elevators are very high-capacity conveyors, used today in the industry, mainly for lifting and ​ transferring raw materials from one site to another. When it comes to finished product, these equipment are not recommended due to their high degree of breakage. The elevators have, as traction of movement, a band or a chain where the buckets are joined, there the material is loaded and transferred to the corresponding unloading point. Its two main advantages are: its large capacity and its relatively low investment cost (in relation to other conveyors analyzed in this article). As negative points, bucket elevators have: little flexibility, difficult maintenance and do not prevent cross contamination of products or materials.   Pneumatic Conveying (dense phase) Another well-known and widely used transport is the dense phase pneumatic, where the force of the air acts for the movement (it is used for flowable products). The transport is divided into two types: Pressurized: used mainly to transport fragile or abrasive materials, at low speeds and long distances. The movement is generated from the 'push' of compressed air that forces the material to move to the destination point. ​ Vacuum: in this second case the distances are short. A vacuum is generated by means of a pump and "sucks" the product to transfer it. The main advantages of these equipment are: tightness, so that no waste of the material or emissions are expelled into the environment, the handling of the product is soft and delicate, so the product is damaged very little and it´s flexibility to the layout of the plant. Among the disadvantages of pneumatic transport, we find that not all products can be transported, there are limitations with the size of the particles, the maximum transport capacity and in some cases the distances, finally, the energy consumption is not less and the wear suffered mainly by the curves of the system. For the transport of raw materials, it is not profitable due to the cost of the equipment, while for the final product it is usually used by companies, despite the small damage that the croquettes suffer.   Pneumatic Conveying (diluted phase) Continuing with pneumatic transports, we have the diluted phase transport. It is a more direct method and the materials move dissolved along with the air flow. Like the previous case, these systems are also divided in two types: ​ Pressurized: a high volume of compressed air is supplied at low pressure to generate the movement of the products. It is commonly used to get the product from a one point to multiple destinations. Vacuum: it works in the opposite way; with a pump the vacuum is generated to carry out the product. A great advantage that the transport has is that important distances are achieved with wide flexibility, high transport capacity and its investment cost is accessible, while its negative aspects are its large consumption of electricity and there is a risk of cross contamination of products or raw materials. They are used for bulk raw materials where the breakage is not relevant. This break occurs because the materials are suspended in the air and in contact with the pipe, generating friction that affects its homogeneity. Therefore, when we refer to the transport of animal feed kibbles, it is not a recommended system.   Screw Transport The next transport to analyze is the screw transport, it is one of the simplest that exist today in industries due to its easy manufacturing process and its accessible price. The screws are fed through one or more mouths and the material is moved to the discharge (s) by means of the screw. The screws are very useful for the discharge of silos in the dosage on scales, where the variable flight is usually used to avoid the compaction of the product. However, when we talk about the transport of animal feed kibbles, the screws are not recommended because it can damage them, generating breakage of kibbles and dust, for this reason the screws are not recommended for the final product. However, they are considered for the move of raw materials, although the short distance from one point to another is considered as a limitation. The advantages that can be mentioned of these systems are: their low investment cost and simple installation. While the disadvantages that stand out is its null flexibility for being a robust system, as mentioned above the high probability of breaking the transported material, in many cases its difficult maintenance and its low capacity.   Belt Conveyors Belts Conveyor are the most common types, as is screw transport. The movement occurs on the belt, which moves thanks to the rotation of the rollers where it rests. Although the operation seems to be simple, today there are great innovative technological developments. The positive aspects of these equipment are: versatility and adaptability to a wide range of products with great transport capacity, according to the technological level it is considered as a low-cost equipment, significant distances traveled are achieved and it has a low consumption of electrical energy. Furthermore, by including "floating" sections on load cells and belt speed control, it is possible to measure and gravimetrically control the flow of product to be transported. As all the equipment mentioned above, this one also has disadvantages, for example damage to the rollers and belt, possible slippage, misalignment and it is not a very flexible system. Currently several industries use these systems for transportation, however, it is necessary to consider when raw materials are transported because the air can be polluted and when finished products are transported there can be cross contamination.   Chain Conveyors Another interesting transport to consider when planning an investment project is the 'redler' or chain conveyor, the traction is from the chain that moves the modules for the move of materials. The most notable advantage is its high transport capacity and the distances that can be achieved. While among its disadvantages are the frequent replacement of the sprockets due to their high wear, their high energy consumption, their almost zero flexibility and only slight inclinations can be applied. Its use for the transfer of animal feed pellets is questioned because product can accumulate between the chains, which would generate a source of bacteriological formation, in addition to the high probability of breakage of the pellets. Not everything is negative in these transports, because when raw materials must be moved, it is one of the most recommended and used systems for industries having an accessible price. We will make a conclusion with ponderation of each of the analyzed transports considering the points seen and the following assessment: We can conclude that, after analyzing each of the main aspects and characteristics of the different conveyors with their advantages, disadvantages and applications in the animal feed industry, among the most suitable and recommended systems are the Tubular and Z Conveyors. Despite the differences, they all have a good score, so it is key to understand the purpose of their installation, each of the points studied must be considered, its necessary to evaluate the cost / benefit ratio and determine which system is indicated for the existing necessity.   At Clivio Solutions we are at your entire disposal to evaluate and recommend the appropriate type of transport for each of your needs, it will be a pleasure to help you. We await your inquiries by email or by WhatsApp at +54 -9-2352-540040.   Source: Clivio Solutions  

Instant Insights into Pet Food and Ingredients with Portable On-Site Analyzers
Laboratory

4+ MIN

Instant Insights into Pet Food and Ingredients with Portable On-Site Analyzers

Pet Food production shares many of the raw materials with the much larger feed markets and as such has been subject to the same fluctuations in cost and supply due to unstable global markets for core ingredients and geopolitical crises. The last two years have seen production and supply chain issues due to COVID-19, and the 2022 Russian aggression in Ukraine has further affected the global commodity market with record prices in 2022 for many pet food ingredients. Additionally, the pet food market has its own dynamic forces such as changing consumer trends in formulations and added value ingredients such as exotic protein sources or new healthful ingredients. A quick look at available pet foods will find products for all life stages, grain-free or novel protein formulas such as salmon or duck, and many other options. Like other feed producers, pet food manufacturers are challenged to create recipes for a multitude of aquaculture feeds utilizing many different ingredients, often sourced globally, to balance the palatability and proper nutritional profile at the lowest price point. Formulating feed recipes on a least-cost basis is not a simple task. On the quality side of the equation, pet food ingredients are natural products with inherent variability in composition based on growing environments, variety, processing, and storage conditions. Wheat bran can vary from 14-17% protein, as an example, while fish meals can range from 60-75% protein depending on type and season.  The combination of variable raw material costs and quality with the requirement to produce many defined recipes with specific nutritional profiles places unique challenges on pet food producers. The pet food industry was one of the early adopters of NIR technology, and most pet food manufacturers are already familiar with the benefits of using NIR instrumentation technology to test ingredients for nutritional composition. This technology is commonly used in laboratories via benchtop instruments, but these instruments tend to be expensive and require skilled operators. In terms of cost, NIR analysis is less expensive and faster than wet chemistry methods in general, with similar or better precision. For example, the cost of routine proximate analysis is only about one-third of the cost of wet chemistry, and the analysis is typically completed in less than a minute. The benefits of frequent analysis can be seen throughout the pet food value chain. Incoming raw ingredients can be monitored to ensure they meet contract claims, providing evidence for claims where the quality is below specification and valuable data to take advantage of when quality is higher. Pet food producers can use this information to adjust formulations based on commodity or ingredient prices and still maintain proper nutritional specifications for the various final pet food recipes. Final compound pet food can be monitored at production to ensure labeled specifications and closely monitor moisture content to adjust the drying ovens. Moisture is a critical component for pet food as high moisture product leads to spoilage and short shelf-life issues, while low moistures affect palatability and increase raw material costs. For most manufacturing plants, the savings from precise control of moisture can pay for a NIR program in weeks or months with a large ROI. However, the actual value of frequent NIR testing can only be realized by easy, on-site testing throughout the product chain. As technology has advanced, NIR has left the confines of the laboratory and become portable and accessible to pet food manufacturers in many locations in their facilities. NIR is about putting more information into the hands of the plant managers so that they can have complete insight into all stages of their process With the cost of bench-top instrumentation ranging from 40 to 100K dollars and a concurrent requirement for a clean and stable environment and well-trained operators, many pet food manufacturers are looking for reliable instrumentation that is portable, rugged, and able to accurately analyze proximate parameters. An additional requirement for the next-generation solutions is that they must also be implementable at every point in the manufacturing process (raw material through final product) with an ease of use and cost that positively affects the efficiency and consistency of production.  Portable NIR devices have been on the market for some time, but many have not delivered the performance, reliability, and ease of use required for intuitive on-site analysis. With the earliest examples of handheld NIR technology, the biggest issue was the poor transferability of calibrations from robust benchtop instruments to the portable platform. With next-generation spectrometers, such as those implementing MEMS technology, it is possible to eliminate these issues and transfer calibrations reliably. FT-based MEMs spectrometers also deliver accuracy and performance comparable to much more expensive benchtop units, even when faced with challenging conditions. One recent study examined the performance of a portable MEMS-based NIR analyzer from NeoSpectra by Si-Ware with an industry-standard benchtop FT-NIR analyzer for soymeal analysis. Figure 1 shows that the portable handheld NeoSpectra scanner performs as well as a benchtop instrument for protein, oil, fiber, and moisture analysis.   Figure 1. Calibration statistics from a soymeal calibration created on a current benchtop FT-NIR and a NeoSpectra by Si-Ware Scanner analyzer. Reprinted with permission from Klevtech Consulting. As the data above show, new portable FT-NIR analyzers can provide the insight required by pet food manufacturers to standardize consistent feed quality while minimizing raw material costs in an end-to-end quality program from ingredients to the pet food mill. Cloud-based intuitive mobile apps bring smartphone ease of use to the operator, and cloud-based software aggregates and summarizes reported data for powerful insights into the operation.  The next-generation portable NIR instruments are ushering in a new era of pet food analysis with affordable on-site analysis in easy-to-use handheld devices. by NeoSpectra by Si-Ware All Pet Food   

Q&A with Karl Seidel, Marketing Director of Cablevey Conveyors
Conveying Systems

3+ MIN

Q&A with Karl Seidel, Marketing Director of Cablevey Conveyors

The findings reveal there is a high level of automation in food processing, with most companies operating multiple conveyor lines, yet mixed satisfaction related to the diverse types of conveyor operating systems: We sat down with Karl Seidel, Marketing Director at Cablevey to ask about the survey results. What was the goal of this survey? Basically, we were seeking to discover what is working and what is not. Where can conveying technology improve and what else can we be doing to help companies achieve their goals and be successful? How many people participated in the survey? We reached more than 200 professionals within the food and processing industries including production managers, engineers, and executive managers. They represented multiple product categories including snacks (55%), frozen foods (42%), breakfast cereal (32%), nuts (31%) and coffee (30%), followed by other product types such as pet foods, seeds, beans, specialty grains, hemp and powders. Were there any surprises? Our service technicians and consulting engineers deal with food processing firms on a daily basis, paying plant visits or conducting tests. We were aware that the vast majority, 83% of companies surveyed, have installed multiple conveyor lines within their facilities. A fourth of respondents operate more than 25 conveyor systems across business units, so the industry is highly automated. What stood out in this report was the fact that energy consumption and maintenance issues were cited as the main drivers for conveyor selection and purchase decisions, not throughput, as you might imagine or even the initial purchase price of the system. Why these two features in particular? I believe these responses illustrate the critical thinking and long-range planning by plant managers and operators. As energy costs continue to increase and as companies strive to meet sustainability goals, energy consumption becomes a more critical factor in the long term. And labor shortages mean everyone is working a bit leaner. Lengthy or complex cleaning processes not only cause significant downtime, but they can also require a lot of labor. A conveyor system that is easy to clean and maintain helps save time and improves efficiency. In fact, 56% of survey respondents reported maintenance issues as the top reason for installing updated conveying systems. If maintenance issues were a chief source of dissatisfaction, what was the greatest source of user satisfaction? Many respondents tied user satisfaction to material damage, a critical challenge for those in the food industry for several reasons. Material damage is tied to product quality and appearance, as well as waste, and wasted products directly impact profitability and sustainability both. Relative motion and 'free fall' tended to introduce the greatest levels of material damage. Companies can reduce or minimize breakage by following best practices for conveying fragile materials. Cable/disc conveying was reported as the top choice to preserve product integrity for fragile materials. Beyond maintenance and energy consumption, what were major factors related to conveying that concerned survey respondents? After energy consumption, cleaning, and maintenance, other key considerations included product specifications, layout and available space, facility requirements, product volume or throughput, dust, and the noise level of the machine. Outside of conveying, what are some of the pressing concerns in the industry? We had 53% of respondents identifying supply chain issues as the most pressing industry challenge. And related to this, 39% cited product shortages as another major issue. On the upside, the industry is growing. Ninety-one percent of respondents reported business growth in the past year. Automation and particularly, the efficacy of the conveying system has a significant impact on an organization's bottom line. A substantial portion or 40% of survey respondents who reported being 'extremely satisfied' with their conveying systems experienced growth of over 20% last year. While only 13% of those less satisfied or unsatisfied with their current conveying system experienced that same growth. Who is more likely to make a change then? The dissatisfied customer? Actually, an overwhelming majority of all respondents (86%) evaluate their conveying systems at a minimum, every six months. And those most satisfied with their conveying systems are most aggressive with their evaluation timetable, with 46% evaluating their systems every month. Increasing the frequency of your evaluation process can be a key factor to maintaining peak performance. And collaboration is key. These evaluations should and often do involve in-house engineers, outside consultants, maintenance personnel, and local equipment representatives. There is a lot of insight to be gained by copying those following best practices and experiencing the greatest degree of success.              Source: Cabevey Conveyor By All Pet Food 
 

Great expectations: Manufacturing high quality pet food to please even the most finicky consumer
Extrusion

6+ MIN

Great expectations: Manufacturing high quality pet food to please even the most finicky consumer

Dogs onboard the SS Normandie, a 1930s luxury French cruise liner, were offered a five-course menu, including a vegetarian option which their owners could choose for them. These pampered pets had their own private kennel, communal water fountain, fixed deck times, an onboard veterinarian and pet-sized life jackets. This historical factoid reveals an unchanging insight: that owners see their pets as one of the family and want what they define as the best for them when it comes to their health and wellbeing. What has changed: this sentiment and aspiration now extends well beyond the 'leisure' classes given that companionship-seeking is on the rise and more people have access to disposable income. This is not only pushing up pet ownership but also the desire for high quality pet foods and snacks. Lifestyle changes driving growth in the dynamic pet food industry The growing trend towards the humanization of our pets – which simply means that owners see them more and more as human and not animals – is the greatest driving factor in the pet food industry, particularly in the emerging markets. 
Several key lifestyle and socioeconomic trends, which are expected to deepen, are encouraging pet ownership, such as:  longer life expectancy delayed marriage & child rearing reduced fertility rates increased social atomization Long valued for the affection they happily give and receive, pets are contributing to peoples' overall health, wellness and happiness – and in some cultures they even confer status. The extent to which pets have become so important is reflected, for example, in the number of cat cafés that have popped up – first in Asia and now around the world. In Taiwan, for instance, more single people are living in small apartments and unable to buy their own pets, escaping their solitary life by visiting cat cafés where they can enjoy giving and receiving a little affection while partaking of a coffee, tea or snack.  Pet food sales have grown most in the emerging markets of Asia and Latin America in recent years. And around the world, small dogs are in particular demand, with a 25% rise in global population between 2013 and 2018. However, cats are becoming increasingly popular because busy, on-the-go lifestyles mean more people prefer to spend their spare time relaxing at home; and because felines are more independent and require less outdoor activity, they are a more practical choice for many. Fitting perfectly into these lifestyle changes is the greater availability of pet food sold online. Competitive pricing, loyalty discounts, free-shipping and delivery and personalization options, are a dream for pet owners, particularly those in urban areas. In the U.S., for example, e-commerce for dog and cat food grew by 10% between 2016 and 2018. Pet food product and format trends Pet owners' preferences are diverse, however high-meat, high protein content options as well as single meat source and nutrient-dense choices are popular, as are 'free-from' assurances and clean-label products made from the finest quality ingredients, including human-grade pet food. The environmental footprint of products is another aspect consumers are keeping an eye on which is driving the use of alternative proteins, such as insects. The first insect-based dog food in the UK went on sale in early 2019, preceded by similar product launches in the U.S. and mainland Europe. Transparency and traceability are also greatly appreciated, particularly in the shadow of albeit rare, yet life-threatening contamination scares and recalls.  According to Euromonitor International, producers should consider the following when developing pet food products: Focus on innovations that entice pet owners Increase product segmentation to cater to specific breeds, according to age and lifestyle  Move towards premiumization and the use of high quality products with functional ingredients that promote good health or boost energy Link products to nationality/culture by using locally-sourced ingredients Introduce new textures and formats that are more lightly processed or natural Most pet food, including treats – particularly for dogs and cats – belong to one of three categories: wet, dry or raw. Meat, meat byproducts, cereals, grains, vitamins and minerals are the most common ingredients. Greater focus on pet health and wellness has resulted in explosion of new formats, such as: Purees, liquids and pastes: allows pet owners to hand feed their pets to foster more intimacy Soups and broths: appeal to fussy cats Gently baked products: ideal for owners looking for more lightly processed and easy to digest options. Require longer cooking times but at lower temps Cold-pressed: food is pressed and cooked quickly at a low temperature to preserve more nutrients. Provides pets with a raw and completely natural diet, and in a convenient dry food format Freeze dried: moisture is removed from ingredients without the application of heat, preserving the most nutrients and qualifying it as raw pet food, in a convenient, dry format Efficient GEA technology for producing high quality pet cuisine With more than 80 years of experience in the food processing industry, GEA offers efficient processes and technologies for both automated and batch pet food processing. Our human-grade food solutions support manufacturers already at the ingredient level up to plant installation and includes technologies for dry, wet and raw pet food production, as well as packaging – ensuring products are attractive, have a long shelf life while minimizing transport costs. GEA meat preparation technologies prepare ingredients for wet, dry and raw pet food processing. We offer dedicated equipment for pre-crushing, grinding, mixing, batching, emulsifying, pumping and handling, as well as machines that combine cutting, mixing and emulsifying in one. In use since the 1950s, extrusion remains the most common production method of dry pet food, with products generally achieving a shelf-life of 10 to 12 months. GEA dry pet food capabilities (e.g. pillows, kibbles, dental sticks and biscuits) covers flour handling, as well as meat preparation and the entire extrusion process, encompassing drying, flavoring and cooling, as well as final product handling and packaging, including thermoforming and vertical form fill and seal equipment.  In line with consumer demand for more lightly processed and natural pet food, freeze dried kibble, snacks and protein bars can be categorized as 'raw pet food' given the temperature remains below 40 Celsius (100 degrees Fahrenheit). Freeze drying halts the biological action of decay, thus preserving more of the natural enzymes and vitamins in these foods. They also retain much of their original, uncooked appearance, making it not only an appealing but also a tasty and nutritious option for pets. Likewise, freeze dried foods are lightweight, have a long shelf life and can be stored at room temperature. Manufacturers can also add a 'kill step,' known as high-pressure processing or high-pressure pasteurization (HPP), which some opt for, thus avoiding any issues with bacterial contamination. Humanization and pet nutrition: finding a middle ground It is well-established that pet owners are increasingly scrutinizing labels to ensure their pet food choices are meeting their expectations for high quality and functional ingredients. And yet, they often do so filtered through the lens of their own tastes and health sensibilities. This can make it challenging for manufacturers to create clean label products that also have scientifically proven health benefits for pets.  Since 2018, the Food and Drug Administration in the U.S., for example, has warned of a connection between heart disease and dogs that are fed grain-free diets. The focus, as most vets will agree, should be on whether or not a pet food product provides complete versus supplemental nutrition. As more scientific research becomes available, it stands to reason that pet owners will reach for products from brands that can back up their claims and products with scientifically-based studies on pet nutrition. Source: GEA Technologies by ALL Pet Food 
 

Cablevey® Conveyors Announces New Logo and Website
Conveying Systems

1+ MIN

Cablevey® Conveyors Announces New Logo and Website

Celebrating 50 Years of Serving Its Customers For the past 50 years, Cablevey Conveyors has been moving leading brands forward with best-in-class conveyor technologies. This moment is a celebration of the past and a promise to the future as it looks forward to the next generation of technology, and the people who will guide it. "Cablevey has much to celebrate about its first 50 years with many notable achievements," said Brad Sterner, CEO. "The company has created groundbreaking conveying technology, installed tens of thousands of systems in 66 countries around the world, and created a great company for our employees and community in Oskaloosa to be proud of." "As we prepare for the next 50 years, it's the perfect time to launch our new brand, new website, and a new commitment to build on the successes we've had together in creating systems known for product integrity, energy efficiency and low total cost of ownership," he said. About Cablevey® Conveyors Cablevey Conveyors is a global specialty conveyor manufacturer that designs, engineers, assembles, and services tubular drag cable and disc conveyor systems. With customers in over 65 countries, the company specializes in moving materials for food/beverage and industrial powder processors that seek food-grade conveying performance with clean, fast, energy-efficient, and cost-effective systems. Learn more at www.cablevey.com Source: BusinessWire by All Pet Food

Lifland- Iceland’s top feed factory rises from the sea
Extrusion

3+ MIN

Lifland- Iceland’s top feed factory rises from the sea

Tailoring the design When Thorir Haraldsson decided to modernize his operation, he knew he needed an engineering partner he could trust. 'I contacted a number of suppliers,' explains Haraldsson, Director of the Lifland animal feed mill, 'and ANDRITZ was the only one able to come to our site to design, deliver and commission a complete process line factory from the ground up. No one else had all the capabilities I needed.' The ANDRITZ team arrived in Grundartangi, on the coast of an inlet just north of Reykjavik. Together with Haraldsson, they discussed the barley, wheat and vitamin formulations Lifland intended to use. Raw material storage, silo sizes, and cooler systems were all defined, and ANDRITZ proceeded to design a state-of-the-art feed facility, including all of the elevators, conveyor systems and ancillary equipment necessary for a fully integrated factory. The Rise of a Modern Feed Mill When the team of engineers and electricians arrived from Denmark, Lifland had constructed a new quay in Grundartangi harbor from crushed lava stones, and less than a year later, in October 2010, the completed plant was inaugurated with a celebration of 400 visitors, including several government ministers. Together, Lifland and ANDRITZ built Iceland's largest feed mill, capable of producing 12 tons of feed per hour. With the help of training and commissioning assistance from ANDRITZ, Lifland's technicians were soon producing at full capacity. An advanced double cooler system made it possible to change recipes in minutes -a significant advantage for processing a broad range of feed products for Icelandic horses, cows, sheep, pigs, broilers, and layers. By the end of the first year, Lifland had produced a full 24,000 tons of feed. Fortunately, Haraldsson had the foresight to request a facility with sufficient space to expand, and in 2015 an additional process line was designed and installed. Other fine-tuning and upgrades were done simultaneously on the first line, which had been operating around the clock, five days a week. 'This meant that any maintenance work had to be completed on the weekends,' says Haraldsson. 'With the second line, we can now produce almost twice the volume while working just two 16-hour shifts per week.' Thanks to the combination of high performance, low energy consumption, and rapid changeover times, the Lifland fac­tory's products are now extremely competitive in terms of price and quality. The new line is used primarily for broiler and layer feed, while the first line continues to change recipes for additional products including, most recently, cattle feed. 'I'm very pleased with how this partnership worked out,' concludes Haraldsson. 'When I first stood here and pointed to where I planned to build, the ANDRITZ staff looked at me and said, 'But it's just the sea! Where is the land?' Here we are today in that same spot, producing 40,000 high-quality tons per year in the middle of a fast-growing new seaport. It's a very exciting time.' Source:  ANDRITZ All Pet Food

Frezze Drying Solutions for Pet Food
Drying

3+ MIN

Frezze Drying Solutions for Pet Food

All pet owners want the best for their family friends, and rising affluence in many parts of the world has fueled the popularity of freeze-dried food for dogs and cats as a premium product. This has been particularly apparent for raw food which is increasingly seen as a healthier alternative to cooked products, retaining its natural nutrition, with lower salt and without additives. Dried pet food has enjoyed great popularity for many years, however, freeze drying is increasingly seen as a viable option for the premium market. Freeze drying removes almost all the moisture from the product under extreme vacuum conditions (down to as low as 3-5%). This significantly increases the shelf life and allows drying at a very low temperature when compared with other dried food allowing manufacturers to create new products that can be stored unopened, at room temperature, for years, without spoiling. As the product is exposed only to low temperatures, freeze drying retains more of the nutritional characteristics of the food, for a healthier product. Freeze-dried raw pet food Raw meat pet food (Biologically Appropriate Raw Food (BARF)) is also becoming popular. Users report many benefits from feeding their pets raw food including: improved digestion, better dental health, easier weight control, shinier coat, reduced allergies, stronger immune system and fewer behavioral issues.       Although many accept the benefits of raw feeding, the inconvenience of handling and storing raw food can put some pet owners off. Freeze-drying the food, however, provides a fast and simple alternative. The drying process does not cook or heat treat the food, so it is still raw. The product can be reconstituted simply by adding water. This makes the food much easier to handle both for retailers and consumers and is particularly useful for owners who travel with their pets. What's more, most pets enjoy the taste of freeze-dried raw food, even those who are fussy eaters. Types of freeze-dried pet food A wide range of dog and cat food and treats can be freeze dried. These include: raw chicken, beef, turkey, etc. (95% meat, natural or minced and formed); cooked meat; kibble; snacks – such as biscuits and mixers; and special treats including protein bars. Kibble is usually 5-15% meat with vegetables, cereals, grain and relevant vitamins and minerals.  GEA technology, pilot plant and test facilities GEA supplies equipment and complete lines for the preparation of pet food products including cutting, mixing, emulsifying, and forming; freezing and freeze-drying; and packaging. GEA know-how helps customers develop efficient, sustainable, high-quality manufacturing systems with maximum flexibility and the minimum effect on the environment.  The RAY® Pilot plant provides extensive test facilities for manufacturers to develop new products and perfect freeze-drying processes. This allows accurate data to be gathered and important process parameters to be optimized before the process is seamlessly scaled up to industrial-level production. GEA's engineers and technicians work closely with customers throughout the testing process to help them bring new products to market quickly and profitably.     For More information visit GEA Website HERE by All Pet food 
 

Pet Food Processors: Tubular Drag Conveyors Double the Volume
Conveying Systems

6+ MIN

Pet Food Processors: Tubular Drag Conveyors Double the Volume

Pet food processors have long sought a safer, more energy-efficient means to convey product with less spillage, breakage, or downtime due to necessary cleaning and maintenance. Although tubular drag conveyors have offered these desired attributes compared to belt, bucket, or pneumatic systems, many in the industry selected these traditional options to move higher volumes or larger-sized products. Now, however, 8' diameter tubular drag conveyors have become widely available that essentially double the volumes of smaller 6' units. This provides comparable volumes and pricing to conventional industrial systems and enables the transport of much larger product sizes than previously possible. Tubular drag cable conveyors gently move product through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) are attached to the cable, which push the product through the tube without the use of air. These conveyors excel in transporting delicate, precise blends for a wide variety of food types in versatile layouts and configurations. 'Today, 8' tubular drag cable conveyors can move up to 2,000 Ft³ and 80,000 pounds per hour depending on the bulk density of materials. The units can transport product as large as whole potatoes and midsized grapefruit, and are increasingly used to convey pet food, cereal, nuts, and whole fruit,' says Clint Hudson, Engineering Manager at Cablevey Conveyors, a mechanical conveyor manufacturer that serves the pet food, specialty food, coffee, nut, powder, and produce markets.  Optimizing Food Processing According to Bob Owen, Director of Product Performance at Cablevey, the primary reasons why industry professionals are turning to the higher volume tubular drag cable conveyors include improved power use, safety, product preservation, product quality, and production uptime. 1. Power Consumption As energy prices continue to rise, pet food processors are paying more attention to reducing the power required to convey materials. Within plants, the motors needed to convey large volumes of food materials can vary greatly in power consumption. At the high end are pneumatic conveyors that utilize air to move product at high velocity through an enclosed line by creating air pressure above or below the atmospheric level. High-volume pneumatic conveyors generally require larger, power-hungry motors up to 20-50 HP or more that run fans, blowers, and rotary valves. At the mid-range of power consumption are belt conveyors and bucket elevators. In a typical conveyor belt system, a belt forms a closed loop and stretches across two or more pulleys with a drive pulley that enables it to rotate continually. Bucket elevators move material using buckets attached to a rotating belt or chain. The buckets pick up material, move it to an endpoint, discharge material, and return to the starting point to pick up a new load. To convey a similar, high-volume amount of material, belt conveyors and bucket elevators would typically utilize approximately 25 HP motors, says Owen. At the low end of power consumption are 8' tubular drag cable conveyors, which would usually use a 7.5 HP motor to move a comparable, voluminous amount of material.  'The drag cable pulls the solid circular discs (flights) attached to the cable at low speed through a loop, which requires less energy than conventional methods. The ample size and number of the discs on 8' units enable conveying a similar amount of material as traditional belt, bucket, or pneumatic units,' says Owen. 2. Safety Open systems such as bucket elevators and belt conveyors are common in the pet food industry but have substantial drawbacks in terms of the potential for contamination. With either type of system, any product that is left uncovered can potentially expose it to contaminants and moisture in the surrounding environment. Open systems also allow product spillage onto the plant floor, which can present a slip and fall hazard if not promptly addressed. Unlike open systems, closed systems like tubular drag cable conveyors and pneumatic units effectively seal off product from the outside environment and any potential contamination from that source. The enclosed nature of the systems ensures no dust escapes that could lead to an unsanitary and potentially dangerous coating of dust on the floor or process equipment. The result is a safer, cleaner, dust-free work environment and reduced risk of dust explosions if the product is in powdered form. The enclosed systems also eliminate the inherent risk of slip and fall incidents due to product discharge onto the processing area floor. 3. Product Preservation Enclosed conveyors prevent the product loss intrinsic to open systems such as belt or bucket utilizing units. Once food product is in the enclosed tube, it cannot fall out, and no powdered product is lost in the form of escaped dust. Preventing product loss can offer considerable benefits to the food processor's profitability with surprisingly quick ROI in some cases. In the example of an international pet food manufacturer processing dog kibble, a bucket elevator was allowing excessive product loss due to spillage. 'When the pet food manufacturer switched to an 8' tubular drag cable conveyor, they minimized product spillage and reported a 1-year ROI for the system,' says Owen. 4. Product Quality For product that is delicate or presents a higher value in undamaged form, preserving product integrity is important. However, the rough mechanical action of scooping/dumping product from buckets can cause incidental damage, lowering value. So can the high-velocity conveyance of pneumatic systems through vertical/horizontal tubing, turns, and sweeps, which can batter product during the process.  In contrast, tubular cable conveyors offer a gentler alternative. When the systems move product through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop, the solid circular discs attached to the cable push the product at low speed through the tube without the use of air, preserving product integrity and minimizing waste. 'After a cereal manufacturer turned to a high-volume tubular cable conveyor it was able to reduce product damage,' he says. The premium for processing high-value products whole and unblemished can be even greater for some products like nuts. 'One food processor that used almonds in its recipe was only able to sell its product for 40 cents a pound if the almonds were damaged. The same product sold for $4 a pound if the almonds were whole and undamaged,' says Owen. He notes that the processor chose to use a tubular cable conveyor to minimize product damage and optimize the sales price. 5. Production Uptime To reduce production downtime, pet food processors also increasingly expect conveyor systems to be designed for easy cleaning and maintenance. In this regard, bucket elevators are particularly difficult to clean in preparation for production line changeovers. To clean them, each bucket must be time consumingly removed and cleaned inside and out to remove accumulated residue. Belt conveyors are usually cleaned with scrapers, but this can still leave product residue that must be removed with a more thorough method. If not cleaned properly, the food product conveyed must be discarded due to contamination, which equates to lost profit. Or worse, consumers could be harmed, resulting in costly recalls, damage to brand and reputation, or even potential litigation and liability.  With closed conveyors, cleaning is also a mixed bag. Pneumatic conveyors can still be relatively time consuming to clean and sanitize if any manual procedures are involved. With regard to maintaining cleanliness, tubular drag cable conveyor systems generally offer more options for dry and wet tube conveyor cleaning. These include brush boxes, urethane wipers, air knives, inline sponges, inline bristle brushes, and multi-step, essentially automated Clean-In-Place (CIP) wet cleaning. 'Using more automated forms of cleaning like inline wipers, sponges, and air knives or CIP wet cleaning can result in hours of additional production uptime after every product change, compared to conventional manual methods,' says Owen.  Pet food processors are generally more familiar with traditional belt, bucket, or pneumatic systems than with tubular drag cable conveyor systems. Previously, processors had selected these familiar systems when they required higher capacity. Today, however, 8' tubular drag cable units can basically match the high-volume output of the traditional systems but with significant advantages in power consumption, safety, product preservation/quality, and production uptime. For more info  visit https://cablevey.com  By Del Williams - Technical writer based in Torrance, California. Source: All Pet Food
 

Premier Tech invests $33M for the construction of a new facility in Montgomery
Packaging

3+ MIN

Premier Tech invests $33M for the construction of a new facility in Montgomery

Through this major investment, Premier Tech Systems and Automation is creating its headquarters for the United States, strengthening its presence in America, and therefore reconfirms its commitment toward its customers and the American market.  The construction of this 165 000-square-foot facility began early spring 2022 and will further improve the overall experience for American customers — through the design and manufacturing of innovative end-of-line packaging and palletizing solutions that help increase capacity and optimize manufacturing facilities in the nutrition, industrial, organic and agriculture market sectors. This stronger American presence will enhance the customer experience, easing project execution through proximity for on-site visits and factory acceptance tests. This bright, clean, and safe new installation will include air conditioning and a technical floor allowing equipment to be fully tested according to the actual production parameters required by customers. There will also be an innovation, research and development area as well as a training centre. This facility will serve as a customer solutions hub for the American market, as well as a spare parts distribution centre, which will accelerate the delivery of spare parts for customers in the US. The operations will start gradually as of March 2023 and the moving will be completed at thebeginning of the summer.  'The design of our new facility will allow an increase in production capacity that will sustain our future growth. It will also allow us to better serve the American market,' according to André Noreau, president and chief executive officer of Premier Tech Systems and Automation. 'Team members will have a world-class manufacturing environment and this new construction will become the cornerstone of equipment manufacturing and customer solutions in the United States.'     'We are grateful for a global company like Premier Tech who has committed to invest in Montgomery and deepen their roots with innovative end-of-line packaging and the creation of new jobs for our community,' said Montgomery Mayor Steven L. Reed. Since the launch of the modernization plan in 2020, 55 jobs have been created and 78 have been secured at the current Montgomery site — for a total of 133 production and office team members. The configuration of this new facility could foster further investments that would help double the workforce by 2028. 'We are so honored that Premier Tech has expanded since selecting Montgomery as one of their homes in 28 countries all over the world,' said Montgomery Chamber Chair Cedric Campbell. 'Partnership and teamwork are key to this kind of economic growth, and we are grateful for the impact this kind of investment will have on the entire region.' 'We are proud to welcome Premier Tech to its newest facility in Montgomery County. Its investment showcases that Montgomery is on the world stage for innovation and technology,' said County Commission Chair Doug Singleton.  This construction in Montgomery aligns with Premier Tech's commitment to modernize its installations in the United States to enhance the customer experience across the country, strengthen its local footprint by creating jobs and support its growth. Another 12-million-dollar investment is underway for a manufacturing infrastructure project in Salt Lake City as part of this installation modernization initiative.  by All Pet Food

Are Pet Food Tube Conveyors Safe And Sanitary?
Conveying Systems

6+ MIN

Are Pet Food Tube Conveyors Safe And Sanitary?

In 2021, the global pet food industry reached $110.53 billion and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 5.11% until 2029, when it will be valued at around $163.7 billion. Even though it was expected that the COVID-19 pandemic would have a negative impact on the pet food market – as it had on practically every other global market – the opposite occurred. The pandemic led to an increase in pet ownership as people looked for companionship and turned to pets for emotional support. In addition, with more people working from home, they had more time to take care of their pets and pay attention to what they ate. Overall, the global pet food market experienced an increase of 4.75% in 2020 compared to 2019. It is safe to say that pet ownership is at an all-time high. According to The American Pet Products Association, there are over 90 million households across the United States that have at least one pet. Most of these pet owners are no longer interested in traditional pet foods. They seek healthy ingredients and demand higher transparency when it comes to nutritional labels. What's more, they are willing to pay extra for them. These trends do, however, raise some questions regarding safety and sanitization in pet food production. Safety and sanitary regulatory compliance in the pet food industry In the food processing industry – whether that is pet or human food – the safety of the product (food safety) is of paramount importance. A contaminated food product can result in recalls, severely affecting the company's image and revenue. However, when it comes to the human and pet food industries, the liabilities go beyond mere recall and replacement costs. There is a potential for loss of life, which was the case with the Peanut Corporation of America's (PCA) 2008 tragedy. Nine people died, and over 700 others developed food poisoning due to salmonella contamination, which is a testament to what can happen when safety and sanitation policies are not strictly enforced. The pet food industry also had its share of unfortunate events, where pets have died as a result of contamination or wrong ingredient mixes ending up in the marketplace. Since 2011, however, with the passing of the Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA) – the largest food safety reform in the United States in the past 70 years – far stricter food grade regulations were put in place by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) concerning the pet food processing system. As such, there's increased pressure on pet food manufacturers to pay closer attention to safety and sanitation. Pet food processing organizations need to shift their focus away from reacting to any foreign material contamination and look toward preventing it before it happens. It's for this reason that safety, sanitation, and easy cleaning are among the highest priorities when it comes to pet food conveyors. Pet food material conveying challenges Here are some of the most common safety and sanitary challenges that a pet food manufacturer might face: Product breakage and line changeovers
One of the industry's most common issues is product breakage and degradation when animal feed is transported through pet food conveyors. Several factors influence material degradation, including high conveyor speed, suboptimal inlet design, temperature changes, product shearing, and friction-induced separation. The immediate results may translate into wasted pet food products and higher production costs. It can also lead to a higher risk of cross-contamination of the conveying materials, particularly in the event of line changeovers. When pet food manufacturers run different materials on the same lines, they need to clean and sanitize the feed conveyors between all changeovers to prevent contamination. Sacrificing a bit of speed and overall production in favor of somewhat slower tube conveyors will help in minimizing many of the issues associated with product breakage. A tubular disc and cable conveyor has a more sanitary design overall and is easier to clean than other systems like a vibrating conveyor, roller conveyor, auger conveyor, infeed conveyor, chain conveyor, bucket elevators, pneumatic conveyors, and many other types of traditional conveyors. Maintaining the right nutritional mix
It's also critical for pet food manufacturers to keep the right nutritional mix. Doing so consistently can prove to be a challenge with most conveyor systems. With ingredients having different densities and granularities, separation can lead to proportional inaccuracies. However, Cablevey's cable and disc drag conveyor systems are better suited than buckets, pneumatics, spiral conveyors, vacuums, horizontal motion open conveyor belts, and other systems for moving material blends without altering the ratios designed by the nutritionist. Cleaning cable and tube conveyors
The majority of production facilities use bucket elevators for their bulk handling. However, these systems are not exactly hygienically designed, meaning that they require extensive interior and exterior cleaning. As a result, you will have a lot of downtimes, particularly during line changeovers. On the other hand, Tubular drag conveyors are excellent for food-grade applications because they comply with all of the FDA's sanitation requirements and specifications. Tubular cable and disc conveyors move bulk materials using high-strength, one-piece polymer discs. These are attached to polymer-coated 304/316 stainless steel cables that slide within stainless steel tubing, moving materials through the product stream gently, quietly, and dust-contained. At the end of every conveying cycle, the discs remove any material fines or waste product from the tubing. Any material clinging to the disc and cable assembly will also be removed. Ultimately, however, every facility will develop its own cleaning protocols. These will be based primarily on the sanitation regulations and challenges posed by the materials used. The material's reaction to water will indicate whether wet or dry cleaning would be the appropriate choice. Wet or dry cleaning accessories can be quickly attached to the cable, allowing for fast and thorough cleaning of the system. This will help greatly in minimizing downtime between changeovers. Cablevey conveyors offer both wet and dry tube conveyor cleaning options. Dry Cleaning This internal tube cleaning option is applicable for 4-inch, 6-inch, and 8-inch system sizes and configurations and involves several pieces of equipment. These are: Air Knife – This is a line insert strategically located to blow compressed air and eliminate any accumulated fines off of discs. Brush Box – Another line insert that will brush off accumulating fines off discs. Sponge Disc and Sanitizing Cleaner – This is a disposable sponge disc with an applied cleaning agent that's run through the entire system once and discarded. Urethane Wiper Disc – Finally, this is a disc insert that wipes away any particles and accumulated fines. Wet Cleaning Wet cleaning is a fast and easy multi-step internal tube conveyor cleaning process. It is applicable for all the system sizes and configurations, just like the dry cleaning option. Here are the steps to wet cleaning in a tubular drag system: Water Rinse – Once all material has been discharged from the system, water will be introduced to rinse out the inside of the tube and all other components. Foam Agent – Second, a foam cleaning agent is introduced into the tube, cleansing all internal parts. Sanitizing Rinse – A sanitizing rinse will run through the entire system, flushing out any remaining debris, contaminants, as well as the foaming agent. Final Water Rinse – Lastly, a final rinse of hot water will flush out everything, including the sanitizing rinse, ensuring that the system and its components are all production-ready. Conclusion Pet food production facilities must adhere to stringent sanitation and safety regulations, just like human food production facilities. The right conveyor system will go a long way in ensuring compliance. Tubular drag conveyors are an excellent choice for pet food handling because they are easy to clean and maintain. They also minimize the risk of contamination, helping you keep your facility running smoothly and efficiently. Cablevey pet food conveyor systems are perfectly suited to move all pet food materials and mixes. Our pet food conveyors can also be engineered to service any part of the production process, making them the top conveyor choice for facilities that worry about finding a conveyor that fits their unique spaces. Contact us today for more information on our pet food conveyor systems and to discuss your production needs with one of our experts. We look forward to working with you! by Karl Seidel - Cablevey Cnveyors

Cantilever Shaft Design for Kemutec KEK® Centrifugal Sifters Improves Powder Processing Hygiene and Ease of Operation
Manufacturing Process

2+ MIN

Cantilever Shaft Design for Kemutec KEK® Centrifugal Sifters Improves Powder Processing Hygiene and Ease of Operation

Innovative design, which has been implemented on virtually every model of KEK® Centrifugal Sifters, features an easy-to-remove hygienic screen basket and paddle screw assembly, a hinged oversize end door, and bolted flanges for dust-tight operation. The sifters also operate quietly without vibration. The cantilevered design improves efficiency with its clean, simple features that are operator friendly – no tools are required for stripping down and cleaning – along with the time saved during an inspection, cleaning, and maintenance. The units also contain easily removable sifter screens for inspection and cleaning, and easy access via the oversize end door, which opens in seconds. There is zero leakage or contamination from the oversize end door. The sifters are ideal for feedstock policing, scalping, dedusting, conditioning, and deagglomerating; but can also be used in unique applications, such as de-packing, fruit dumping, inline sieving, gas purging, and explosion containment. Pending suitability, these sifters are available with white nylon sifting screens, stainless steel wedge wire, or woven wire screens. They are built to handle the most arduous, heavy-duty applications where access for maintenance is severely limited, such as toxic and radioactive processes. Also, optional screen protectors eject incoming extraneous objects, which could damage the sieving mesh. For further improvement of the sifter's hygienic capabilities, the units can also include clean-in-place spray facilities, inlet section access door, and additional inspection doors on the sifter body. The design is also available on KEK® models K300C, K650C, K800C, and K1150C (the largest cantilevered sifter with capacities of up to 80 tons per hour). "Schenck Process has established itself as the bulk materials, handling providers trust most throughout the process industries by creating a culture of constant innovation, and always looking at how our extensive product portfolio can better serve customers", said Karin Galloway, Executive Director of Sales – Kemutec North America. "The Kemutec KEK® Centrifugal Sifter line with unparalleled hygienic and ease-of-use standards exemplify that commitment." To view KEK Centrifugal Sifters in action, click HERE   Source: Schenck Process

Efficient and Safe Production of Pet Food
Dosing

5+ MIN

Efficient and Safe Production of Pet Food

The production of pet food requires efficient production lines with high availability rates and reproducible quality. This only works with optimal system technology and processes that are designed to meet the specific requirements of the product in question. This article shows what else is important. Pets have not only been popular companions since the Corona pandemic; in Germany alone, almost every second household has some sort of pet. As a result, the demand for high-quality pet food is increasing, and this is happening worldwide. 'The USA, Europe and Asia are still growing markets in terms of pet food, and this means that we are in demand as plant manufacturers,' says Ingo Pütz, responsible for global sales at Zeppelin Systems in Rödermark, describing the market situation. In addition, the technological demands on plants and components are growing, as Pütz explains, 'Pet food formulas now consist of 20 to 50 different raw materials, each of which has its own unique properties.' This can be extruded material that is mixed in particularly gently or a moisture-sensitive raw material that has to be conveyed in a very dry state. Smooth production therefore requires not only knowing the properties of a wide range of products, but also understanding the process down to the last detail. 'Ultimately, the consumer must be able to rely on the feed always having the exact composition as well as the same shape and consistency. The feed must neither stick nor crumble,' says Pütz, describing the difficult balance. Flexibility in plants is a necessity In general, the production quality requirements for pet food are similar to those of human food. Among other things, this means eliminating or minimizing cross-contamination, easy to clean, maintaining clean production and compliance with hygiene standards. And as with food for humans, pet food is subject to special scrutiny and requires, for example, extremely accurate measurement technology. Moreover, in pet food, new formula concepts are being developed to meet the needs of individual animals, whether young, old, prone to obesity, wheat intolerant, etc. At the same time, manufacturers must be able to deal with changing raw materials – for example, some raw materials used to be available as powders, but are now marketed as granules. Raw materials may also vary from region to region. These variations can, for example, affect different bulk densities, which in turn affects handling. Manufacturers therefore require a very high degree of flexibility in their plants. It must be possible to adapt them without major conversions. High reliability and availability of the plants, which run around the clock, are a given.
Coordinated plant processes Zeppelin Systems accompanies almost every processing stage in pet food production. This starts with raw material intake, through filling into the silos, grinding technology, up to recipe-accurate dosing including inline screening machines upstream of the mixers and gentle dense phase conveying. Drying and coating processes have to be integrated just as much as systems for dust removal, temperature control, quality assurance measures, and concepts for explosion protection. A striking feature of developments in recent years: Plants are being operated ever closer to their peak performance without diminishing any accuracy. 'This can only be achieved by keeping an eye on the entire raw material handling process. We master all process steps and the respective process and measurement technology. That's why we can offer comprehensive, perfectly coordinated solutions from a single source,' Pütz explains further. Kibbles without break At first glance, the individual process steps do not appear complicated, yet the processes are changing. For example, gentle pneumatic conveying of dry feed now plays an increasingly important role. Neither the animal lover nor the producer wants to find crumbs in the feed. With Dense-Tec conveying and sometimes extended lines, conveying succeeds without destroying the structure of the raw materials. Dense-Tec is mainly used in the pet food industry as a continuous conveying system, because the individual process steps, such as cooling or coating, are also mainly carried out continuously. Precise dosing of even the smallest quantities When weighing and dosing very small quantities, such as vitamins, components in the 2-3 kilogram range have to be added evenly distributed throughout mixtures weighing several tons. 'We have developed innovative manual and automated solutions especially for these small components,' reports Pütz. For example, Zeppelin Systems offers customized solutions ranging from components for batch weighing to differential scales including controls. For handling liquids, on the other hand, volumetric systems or gravimetrically operating components such as liquid scales and mass flow meters are used. 'It is crucial that the dosing and weighing is done accurately contamination-free,' Pütz lists additionally. 'After all, ingredients are being scrutinized more and more critically by consumers.' High demands on hygiene and quality Hygiene requirements have also increased in the pet food sector and are now oriented toward the food industry. 'For example, we have long relied only on stainless steel in our plants,' says Pütz 'Batches have to be traceable just as they are in human food. This is where the process management system we developed helps.' This logs every change in the recipe and allows all raw materials supplied and batches delivered to be traced. All production data, batch records, etc. are archived and can be retrieved at any time. Accordingly, there is greater focus on control, automation and documentation. This gives the consumer peace of mind. Summary and outlook Regional differences require country- specific solutions. Since production follows the customer, plant engineering know-how is needed directly on site. Zeppelin Systems is globally oriented, which ensures nationwide support. Moreover, digital services, such as remote access to the plants, are now part of everyday life. Another topic of concern to the pet food industry is energy use and efficiency levels. This is particularly important for large plants with higher conveying capacities, for example, 40 to 60 tons per hour. 'We supply solutions that allow more output from the plants. For example, we replace mechanical conveyors with pneumatic ones because they deliver faster and display higher performance with larger volumes. They also work more energy- efficiently, can cover greater distances, and require less maintenance,' says Pütz, listing one example, but concluding with a completely different yet decisive factor for success: 'Our customers don't really care how their process works; they want process reliability and high plant availability. We ensure this with on-site service, but also with intelligent automation technology and a wide range of sensors that safeguard the process. by Ingo Pütz ist General Manager Sales Food Processing Plant at Zeppelin Systems GmbH

What´s behind the bags for our loved dog, cat or horse?
Packaging

2+ MIN

What´s behind the bags for our loved dog, cat or horse?

But there is a lot more behind it. The process alone, from filling the animal food bags to the actual delivery of the goods can be very extensive. At STATEC BINDER, we know perfectly what it means, when it comes to packaging and palletizing - because that is exactly our daily business. With over 40 years of experience in the field of packaging and palletizing technology and over 1,600 successfully installed machines worldwide, we can confidently say that we provide our customers with the best possible know-how and advice. For many customers, weighing, packing, sealing, and delivering their actual goods on a pallet is a very complex process, especially when it comes to working with a high number of bags per hour. But with your reliable partner STATEC BINDER at your side, this section of the production process will be successful. Our wide product portfolio allows us to meet the needs of our customers in a variety of industries while also offering an excellent customer service program. On the one hand, there is the PRINCIPAC, one of the world´s fastest bagging machines with up to 2,000 bags per hour; and on the other hand, the CERTOPAC, which is ideal for bagging animal feed up to 1,500 bags per hour. The ACROPAC model was developed by STATEC BINDER for small and medium-sized operations with lower production capacities and is suitable for bagging up to 600 bags per hour. Our high-performance palletizer PRINCIPAL-H, with a capacity of up 2,400 bags per hour, completes an all-round high-quality and efficient palletizing process with a nice and stable layer pattern. With our robotic palletizer PRINIPAL-R, of a high-tech version, up to 1,400 bags or boxes per hour can be achieved. With STATEC BINDER, you stay on the sunny side - because as a reliable partner, we faithfully support our customers even after the systems have been installed. With the 1-6-11 program, we have made it our promise that our customers will receive excellent after-sales support. Perfectly coordinated service appointments and spare parts deliveries, customer training, the Remote Maintenance System & Support, and always being at the state-of-the-art through optimization & modernization round off our customer service. At STATEC BINDER, we place great emphasis on customer-oriented solutions, excellent advice, flexibility, and know-how. Together with our customers, we look for custom-fit solutions for their circumstances and their products. As an international packaging and palletizing specialist based in Austria, we are here for our customersaround the globe. Are you interested? You can find more information about our product portfolio or our company HERE By Statec Binder Source : All Pet Food 

Remote access for industrial control systems
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Remote access for industrial control systems

This tool is particularly helpful in servicing control systems through a network connection. By connecting to the system's programmable logic controllers (PLC), Human Machine Interface (HMI), and other Ethernet compatible devices, integrators can efficiently monitor, troubleshoot, and fix an issue without physically traveling to the site. Employers can control many quality services via remote access, such as: troubleshooting, remote startup, remote monitoring, software upgrades or additions, proportional-integral-derivative (PID) tuning (adjust the PID controller), User Interface (UI) additions, and other improvements to the customer's automated system. Service technicians have access to tools and software solutions that many manufacturing plants may not have, and these can be utilized remotely to enhance the service experience. This article discusses best practices for establishing remote access, services provided using a remote connection, and help determine if remote access is correct for your plant.   Best practices for establishing Remote Access When establishing remote access to a plant's control system for the first time, there are several guidelines to follow from both the integrator and the plant's side. The first step to connecting remotely is to obtain permission from the plant's IT department to access the virtual private network (VPN). The integrator provides the plant's IT department with a list of authorized technicians who will provide service and support for the plant. The plant's IT department will set up user accounts for those authorized technicians. If applicable, non-disclosure agreements will be signed.   Safeguards for a secure connection Integrators use a VPN for connecting to the plant's control system Plant IT has an isolated network for the VPN Routine system backups Utilize virtual machines (VM) Remote Access – Technical Service and Support   A major benefit for establishing remote access to a plant's control system is the ability to quickly be connected for service and support. In the event there is a problem with the control system, such as a production sequence is out of order, a burner is not reaching a high enough temperature, or a conveyor is not moving fast enough, plant maintenance personnel can contact an integrator for technical support. A service technician is speaking directly with the plant personnel. By working together, problems are solved faster, immediate feedback is provided, questions or concerns are addressed, and this is an opportune time to provide plant personnel some system training. With remote access available, service technicians are able to support plants quickly and efficiently. With prior remote access established, a technician can be connected to a plant within 15 minutes of calling about an issue. This quick connection time allows for troubleshooting to begin immediately, while reducing plant down-time. Remote access allows the service technician to monitor the system live to catch any intermittent problems. Control Systems can be remotely accessed and watched for a specific problem or issue over a number of hours or days. Then when the problem occurs, the service technician can isolate what caused the problem, what conditions were present when the issue occurred and provide a solution. Another benefit to remote access is being flexible within the time frame of system maintenance. Service can be provided around rigid time and production schedules, as remote access can occur at any time during the day. This eliminates waiting until regular business hours to contact support and then having to make travel arrangement to get a technician on site. Remote access can also serve as an extension of the customer's maintenance and continual improvement departments.   Remote Access – Control System Startup Some Control System modification and addition projects can be started up remotely. The benefits to a remote startup are similar to remote access service. Time (travel and onsite) Money (costs of travel, rental, accommodations, etc.) Resources Help can be offered immediately, the customer only has to pay for labor time to fix an issue, fixes can be provided around rigid production schedules, and additional resources can be utilized. Remote Access can also be used in conjunction with onsite startups to provide additional training and which helps build on more complex ideas and unique operating situations. And lastly, with the restrictions of travel and health concerns surrounding Covid 19, quarantine restrictions and safety protocols can be eliminated if remote access is used. Remote Access can provide a quick, affordable solution for control system maintenance. Remote Access saves travel time, accommodation costs, and costs associated with down-time. Remote access provides the customer with immediate help and resources any time day or night and remote access can also be used to monitor intermittent problems. Remote Access can be utilized not only for start-ups, service, and maintenance, but operational training as well. NorthWind's Service Team provides remote service and support for all control system issues. Form more information about NorthWind click HERE.   Author: Jake Taylor - Service Manager Source: NorthWind's Technical Services

A Global and Diverse Market at Interzoo 2022
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

A Global and Diverse Market at Interzoo 2022

One example of this was the presentation offered by Amanda Simoes, who revealed that around 22 % of dogs and 37 % of cats in Brazilian households were purchased during covid 19 pandemic. She predicts that by 2026 demanding for pet Food and pet care products in Brazil will rise 140 percent. Another country session showed the west European market is continiuing to offer lots of opportunities. Aleksandras Becevicius of Euromonitor International explained how the market developed during the pandemic and how it's now doing during the conflict in Ukraine . He explained the the premium food sector had developed positivey, however for the next five years will remain the meium-priced segment. The analyst also reports an upswing in online sales during the pandemic, and he forcasted further growth in this market altought the products and services would  change and adapt to the post pandemic period once again. Aleksandras also provided a report of the scandinavian pet market. According to Euromonitor , this market is growing faster than in other European country and its proving to be a very resistant to any crises. He believes exeptional trends are the growing segment of premium products, as well as owner's trends to hiuminise their pets. Smart, Healthie and Organic – An Industry keeping peace Over the past few years, trends such us digitalization, preminization and sustainability have gone mainstream and let to huge growth in manufacturer's ranges. At Interzoo, established brands and startups were present, and neary 4000 new products and highlights for dogs, cats, small mammals and some other creatures. Current lifestyles and humanization of pets has led to new types of pet Food and health. Pet Health is increasingly becoming a key issue and custumers also want ingredients and packaging to be sustainable. Consequently the market has new pet food products with unusual recipes that combine scientific findings with sustainability and animal health. Not all dogs are the same and that goes for cats as well. The importance of alternative source of proteins, higher welfare meat and organic vegetables is growing. Artificial additives are no longer required, as pets also have a sensitive digestive system. Diets are becoming more viried. In addition to wet and dry food, there is a growing trend for ice cream and a mixed of meat, fruit and vegetables. As a result, even animals  with dental problems can eat food without experiencing any pain.     Special inmmune system boosters following illness or very stressful periods are also available. Vitamins , immunoglobulins or hemp promise to reach our pet´s batteries. What do digitalisation and technology have to do with keeping pets? Pioneering creative companies are developing digital solutions to make the lives of man and pet easier. For example, there are automatic app-based feeders with cod packs that dispense meals for cats alone at home. Consequently , pets can be looked after just as professionally as humans.     Consumers have long realized organic products don´t mean going without. The pet market is also reflecting this trend more and more. Regionally sourced ingredients and short transportation routes in the name of sustainability are a real benefit. Dog harneses made of natural materials , microbiological odour and stain removers , extra -light paper filters , recycling food waste and turning it into pet food are all planet friendly options and improve quality of life. by All Pet Food 

Think Plastic Brazil – A window to the world of Packaging
Packaging

2+ MIN

Think Plastic Brazil – A window to the world of Packaging

Undoubtedly, an event to take into account for the food industry, and above all for all of us who are immersed in the growing pet food industry. Upon arrival at the event, we were kindly hosted  by Gabriel Rajão, Public Relations of Think Plastic Brazil , who introduced us to several very interesting Brazilian companies involved on  the packaging of different types of feeds & foods, but the pet food segment was the star of its portfolio of packaging solutions The new intelligent and sustainable solutions were the focus of the scene and the members of every company spent some time to explain us about it. The All Pet Food team took advantage of the visit to learn about Think Plastic Brazil, which is defined as a non-profit organization that aims to bring Brazilian companies that transform plastic to different international markets, being packaging one of the items they work the most  in different areas, being the segments of Animal Feed and Pet food of greatest importance and strength That´s why All Pet Food  interviewed Carlos Moreira Planning and Projects Manager of Think Plastic Brazil, who invited the entire audience to participate in the World Plastic Connection Summit to be held from 7-10 November 2022, where there will be an emphasis on the pet food sector, in both the Brazilian and Argentine markets On the other hand, Cristina Sacramento, Market Development Specialist at Think Plastic Brazil, gives us a brief reference to the organization and opens a window for all pet food and feed producers to look into the  different packaging alternatives depending on their needs and type of product We invite you to enjoy the inteviews by: All Pet Food

State of Conveying Industry Study Reveals Food Processing Industry Outlook
Conveying Systems

4+ MIN

State of Conveying Industry Study Reveals Food Processing Industry Outlook

Cablevey® Conveyors, a global specialty conveyor manufacturer for the food/beverage and industrial processing industries, has released results from a new, proprietary survey conducted among food processing companies. The report, The State of Conveying: New Research for the Food Processing Industry, highlights market trends, preferences and challenges related to conveying systems, as well as top marketplace concerns. The findings reveal a high level of automation with most companies operating multiple conveyor lines, yet mixed satisfaction related to the various types of conveyor operating systems.  Key survey findings related to conveyor systems: •    Multiple Lines—83% of companies surveyed operate 6 or more conveyor systems in their facilities with 26% of companies operating more than 25 conveyor systems across business units.  •    Conveyor Preference—Among the seven types of conveying technologies survey respondents reported using within their facilities, users were split on the technology most often used, when compared to the technology that generated the most user satisfaction. Respondents reporting using vacuum, pneumatic and cable/disc conveyor technologies most often, in that order. However, cable/disc conveyor systems generated the highest customer satisfaction scores in the study.  •    Material Damage – User satisfaction was tied by many respondents to material damage, a critical challenge for those in the food processing industry where the appearance and quality of the end product at times can be damaged by some conveying systems. Relative motion and 'free fall' tended to introduce the greatest levels of material damage; cable/disc conveying was reported as being the top choice to avoid this risk.  •    Conveyor Challenges— 54% of survey respondents reported cleaning and maintenance as top challenges related to conveying systems, followed by the corresponding down time associated with these tasks (33%). In addition, 56% of survey respondents reported maintenance issues as the top reason for installing updated conveying systems.  •    Selection Factors—Energy consumption and ease-of-cleaning were reported tied as the top factors in the selection process for a new conveyor. Minimization of maintenance came in as the second most critical criterion; initial purchase price was relatively far down the list at #5. •    Evaluation Schedules – 85% said they evaluate their conveying system performance at least every 6 months. Sixty-one percent shopped or purchased a new system within the past 12 months. Top findings for the food processing industry: •    Industry Growth—91% of respondents reported business growth in the past year.
•    Supply Chain—53% of respondents identified supply chain issues as the most pressing industry challenge. Related to this, 39% of respondents cited product shortages as another major issue.
•    Agility – 40% of respondents pointed to shifting changes in consumer demand as a challenge, noting the need for agility and rapid response to the market. Cablevey contracted with independent outside research firm Ascend2, to reach more than 200 professionals at food processing firms including production managers, engineers, and executive managers. The most prevalent product categories being conveyed in the processing facilities included snacks (55%), frozen foods (42%), breakfast cereal (32%), nuts (31%) and coffee (30%), followed by other product types such as pet foods, seeds, beans, specialty grains and hemp.   High-Speed Conveying Systems Critical to Reach Production Goals 'What really stood out in this report was the fact that energy consumption and maintenance issues were cited as the main drivers for conveyor selection and purchase decisions,' said Brad Sterner, Cablevey CEO. 'While we're pleased to see that our cable/disc technology was ranked as the best performing platform to address these concerns, it points out that any automation system, including conveyors, can constantly strive to improve performance and help companies meet both production and sustainability targets.' 'In order to provide food security to a rapidly growing population, suppliers and operators must work together to streamline operations,' Sterner continued. 'The number of high-speed, sanitary conveying systems already in place within food processing facilities demonstrates the critical role they play to help achieve manufacturing goals.' The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) estimates food production needs to increase by 60-70% to feed a global population of 9.3 billion in 2050.  For the detailed copy of the survey results, visit The State of Conveying - Cablevey® Conveyors About Cablevey Conveyors Cablevey Conveyors is a global specialty conveyor manufacturer that designs, engineers, assembles and services tubular drag cable and disc conveyor systems. With customers in more than 65 countries, the company specializes in moving materials for food/beverage and industrial powder processors that seek food-grade conveying performance with systems that are clean, fast, energy-efficient and cost-effective. For more info, call toll free: 1 (800) 247-3344; Fax: +1 (641) 673-7419; email: [email protected]; or visit https://cablevey.com . by Cablevey Conceyor All Pet Food 
 

NeoSpectra by Si-Ware Partners with AB Vista’s Aunir to Offer Customers Affordable NIR Calibration Choices for In-Field Analysis
Laboratory

4+ MIN

NeoSpectra by Si-Ware Partners with AB Vista’s Aunir to Offer Customers Affordable NIR Calibration Choices for In-Field Analysis

MENLO PARK, CA - NeoSpectra by Si-Ware, the creator of NeoSpectra material analysis solutions built on single-chip FT-NIR spectrometers, today announced a partnership with AB Vista's Aunir, a global leader in the development and supply of near infrared reflectance (NIR) spectroscopy calibrations. For the first time, the partnership will give customers subscription-based access to all Aunir INGOT NIR calibration models on the NeoSpectra LabStore to empower in-field analysis and decision-making across animal feed, feed ingredients, flour, and milling, pet food, aquafeed, forages, animal by-products, plant breeders, and other specialty products.  NeoSpectra by Si-Ware will implement the full Aunir INGOT NIR calibration database on the NeoSpectra LabStore. The NeoSpectra platform has the first and largest LabStore in the market, offering thousands of calibration models to users from trusted partners around the globe such as labs, researchers, and universities. Today, the INGOT calibration library is the world's most extensive with more than 500,000 analyzed samples and over four million data points. The partnership will provide portable NeoSpectra Scanner users with additional top-tier choices in NIR calibrations across a multitude of industry applications. NIR analysis is a quick, accurate, and reliable method to measure the nutritional, chemical and physical properties of ingredients and products. Together, Aunir and NeoSpectra by Si-Ware will give users the autonomy to choose the right calibration model to make important business decisions in real-time. Users will be able to measure the integrity of raw materials and ensure their finished product meets specifications. In addition, NeoSpectra Scanner users will have access to the very latest calibrations across various markets and finished products through Aunir's automatic calibration updates when subscribing via the NeoSpectra LabStore. 'Our partnership with Aunir is exciting for our customers,' said Ralph Hewitt, Vice President of Global Sales at NeoSpectra by Si-Ware. 'Historically, NIR users had to build their own calibration models, purchase them for a high price, or search for a partner that had a calibration model that worked with their platform. NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's partnership with Aunir gives them the power to choose which calibration model is best for their business. We will not only offer the models at an affordable price but enhance customer confidence in their business decisions knowing their portable NeoSpectra Scanner uses state-of-the-art calibrations from a leading global developer like Aunir.' For over 40 years, Aunir has collected data for its INGOT database with a primary focus on measuring and analyzing moisture, protein, oil, fiber, ash, starch, and sugar levels in animal feed, feed ingredients, forages, pet food, milled flours and more. The calibrations represent a range of geographies, growing seasons, and environments for reliable results from most sample types. The Aunir INGOT calibration database and models will be available for NeoSpectra Scanner users to browse and subscribe to in the NeoSpectra LabStore at the end of April. 'Now more than ever, customers are faced with a variety of challenges and important business decisions, particularly to improve their margins and reduce costs while maintaining the best possible product,' said Chris Piotrowski, AB Vista's NIR Services Director. 'Portable NIR analysis puts the power of in-field decision-making in the hands of our customers, and our partnership with NeoSpectra by Si-Ware will make that possible in a way that is cost-effective. Customers will be able to subscribe to our INGOT database calibrations via the NeoSpectra LabStore, which will be a game-changer for accurate measurement in the field and their return on NIR investment.' About NeoSpectra by Si-Ware  NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's all-in-one, universal material analysis solution platform, built on a family of single-chip FT-NIR spectrometers, enables businesses to bring the lab to the field and makes the concept of analyzing anywhere with high return on investment a reality. Combining portable analyzers that have unprecedented performance and accuracy with the NeoSpectra LabStore, a secure place to discover and download test methods developed by FT-NIR technology experts such as laboratories, researchers, universities, and companies, NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's solutions deliver instant insights to industries such as agriculture, food, life sciences, and others. NeoSpectra by Si-Ware is headquartered in Menlo Park, California, with research and development centers in Paris, France, and Cairo, Egypt. For more information, visit www.Si-Ware.com.
 
About AB Vista, Aunir and INGOT AB Vista is a global feed additive business bringing pioneering products and technical services to the poultry, swine, ruminant, and aquaculture sectors. Since its launch in 2005, the company has become a highly respected global player with top three market share positions in its core segments. The business uses its innovative product research, technical services, and nutrition expertise to gather global insights that can be used to provide new ways of thinking to feed compounders, integrators, and pre-mixers. With over 25 years' experience in the NIR field and a global network of laboratories able to analyze feed samples, AB Vista provides the tools and expertise to allow its customer to better balance their ingredients. AB Vista is headquartered in the UK, with regional offices located in the USA, Brazil, Singapore, Spain, India, China, Germany, Netherlands, and Finland. www.abvista.com.  Contact: Katie Padilla, [email protected] All Pet Food 

FAMSUN Pet Food Plant Solution: Creating Life’s Simple Happiness at Industrial Scale
Extrusion

4+ MIN

FAMSUN Pet Food Plant Solution: Creating Life’s Simple Happiness at Industrial Scale

Living in a world that becomes ever more complicated and accepting that the pandemic will be part of today's life for years, many people help themselves become happy again by connecting with simple things like cats and dogs.
 
Life accompanying beloved pets brings many benefits to pet owners: from physical health to mental wellbeing. That is why the population of pet owners rises continuously amid COVID-19. And that is also the reason why FAMSUN and pet food producers worked hard to bring modern industrial pet food production systems around the world in the past years - serving the needs of millions of pets and pet owners and protecting what's good in life through health, nutritious and tasty pet food. Innovation: Driving changes for better Pet parents today care more about the nutrition, health, and well-being available for their pets. For example, nutritious and fresh-ingredient food such as high fresh meat products is a popular splurge item. Many owners are willing to pay extra for innovative choices that can solve allergies, picky eating habits, immune issues. Some are willing to pay extra for 'green' products that are sourced and produced responsibly and are aligned with their family sustainable actions. At FAMSUN, we move fast to innovate and provide competitive, sustainable, and tailored pet food processing solutions that help producers and investors to seize new market chances and become differentiated in the marketplaces. Our experts of FAMSUN R&D institutes in the USA, Denmark, and China, who have dedicated themselves to the pet food industry for decades, are constantly working on innovations to increase pet food plants' capability and make them process smarter, more efficient, and more sustainable. FAMSUN has been researching high and ultra-high fresh-meat pet food production technology for years. In 2019, we succussed launched the dry pet food line with up to 70% fresh meat on the market. Since then, our experts have worked on improvement to meet the higher addition demand – and 2021 marks the breakthrough of our solution with several 90%-meat pet food processing lines starting operations in China, Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and South America. FAMSUN develops specialized equipment such as FE series single-screw extruder, R series twin-screw extruder, CYPZ vacuum coater, etc. for pet food production. These machines are flexible to meet different customized pet food formulas, and the base materials of all product-contact surfaces or parts are food level. FAMSUN CYPZ vacuum coater, especially, allows producers to differentiate their products at the line end through applying different functional liquids onto the food pellets, be it oil/fat to improve energy, flavors to improve palatability, or functional improvers to achieve health. By introducing FAMSUN innovative and exclusive technologies such as quick-start, waste-controlled preconditioner, intelligent dryer, clean energy machines, and digital services of Manufacture Operation Management (MOM), Manufacture Executive System (MES) and traceability system, as well as advanced Lean Manufacturing and Pull Production concepts, FAMSUN modern industrial pet food solutions provide producers the most possible ways accessing to efficient, responsible, and excellent operations. At FAMSUN, food quality and safety are the two most essential elements in its solutions. From raw material receiving and fresh meat liquid preparation to product packaging and delivery, every process, equipment, and part of its machines and systems are specially designed to meet the two criteria. We also provide tailored cleaning and disinfection guidelines for every plant to drive biosecurity practices in the pet food industry. Integration: Turning complex into simple As an integrated solution provider and a technology partner in the farm-food industrial chain, FAMSUN offers a package of technologies and services from consultation, design, civil construction, manufacture to logistics, installation & commissioning, training, and service to its customers. With end-to-end systematic consideration, design, and execution, producers only have to learn how to operate and manage an advanced modern plant to its best performance and explore its capability to develop and produce competitive products. In addition, FAMSUN's digital and intelligent services and collaborative innovation help drive simplicity and excellence in the whole plant's operation and management. So far, FAMSUN has delivered more than one million annual production capacity to over 150 pet food producers, including Gambol Pet Group, PureNatural in China, Maxipet in Portugal, AVI-Products in South Africa, BioAlimentar in Ecuador, etc. These producers manufacture over 500 pet food brands to help millions of pets live longer, healthier, and happier lives with their owners. Together, we can nourish, spark and protect what's good in pets and create pieces of simple happiness in life at scale. By Famsun Source: All Pet Food 

NeoSpectra by Si-Ware and NutriControl to Provide Customers with Improved Solutions for Accurate In-Field Materials Analysis
Laboratory

3+ MIN

NeoSpectra by Si-Ware and NutriControl to Provide Customers with Improved Solutions for Accurate In-Field Materials Analysis

MENLO PARK, CA -  NeoSpectra by Si-Ware, the creator of NeoSpectra material analysis solutions built on single-chip FT-NIR spectrometers, has announced a partnership with NutriControl Analytical Solutions, a leading laboratory network based in the Netherlands serving the animal feed, dairy and food sectors. The partnership leverages NutriControl's industry-leading calibration experience to provide users of NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's portable NeoSpectra Scanner with quick, accurate materials sampling capabilities for a broad range of applications, including animal feed, food quality and pet food, empowering users with improved quality assurance and on-demand decision-making.  This partnership expands the applications available to customers in NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's NeoSpectra Lab Store, a secure place to discover and subscribe to calibration models that are developed by NIR experts such as laboratories, researchers, companies and universities. From the NeoSpectra Lab Store, NeoSpectra Scanner users will now be able to subscribe to the calibration lines needed to perform accurate analysis across industry applications such as agriculture, food, life sciences and others. 'We're excited to partner with NutriControl on this endeavor and pair their NIR calibration expertise with our user-friendly portable technology,' said Ralph Hewitt, vice president of global sales at NeoSpectra by Si-Ware. 'Our team is dedicated to developing industry partnerships that strengthen our product accuracy, provide customers with the most options in the calibration lines they use, and introduce tangible benefits to our end users. Reliable calibration is essential to achieving fast and accurate materials analysis, and we feel even more confident in the accuracy of the results from our NeoSpectra Scanner by working with proven calibration partners like NutriControl.' NutriControl develops NIR calibration lines and NIR cloud services that can be leveraged to analyze feed, grains, dairy products, silages, pet food and many other raw materials. The company's calibration lines are based on a significant amount of classical wet chemical tests, benefiting NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's global customer base by providing the necessary amount of variation for accurate use across multiple geographies.  'Our customers have long understood the need for accurate materials analysis, and now more than ever, they are searching for portable solutions to conduct real-time sampling and accurate measurements,' said Jörgen van den Ende, managing director at NutriControl. 'Through our collaboration with NeoSpectra by Si-Ware, we now have the opportunity to implement our calibration lines on a portable system that will bring value to all global users.' About NeoSpectra by Si-Ware  NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's all-in-one, universal material analysis solution platform, built on a family of single-chip FT-NIR spectrometers, enables businesses to bring the lab to the field and makes the concept of analyzing anywhere with high return on investment a reality. Combining portable analyzers that have unprecedented performance and accuracy with the NeoSpectra Lab Store, a secure place to discover and download test methods developed by FT-NIR technology experts such as laboratories, researchers, universities, and companies, NeoSpectra by Si-Ware's solutions deliver instant insights to industries such as agriculture, food, life sciences, and others. NeoSpectra by Si-Ware is headquartered in Menlo Park, California, with research and development centers in Paris, France and Cairo, Egypt. For more information, visit Si-Ware.com.
 
About NutriControl NutriControl is an independent commercial laboratory that operates in the feed, food and dairy markets. It is a part of the Royal Agrifirm Group, a cooperative of approximately 10,000 Dutch farmers and growers with over 3,000 Agrifirm employees. NutriControl is ISO-17025 accredited and has around 100 laboratory employees conducting more than 900,000 tests a year using more than 300 different methods. NutriControl is engaged in NIR technology since 1980 and is a global player in the field of NIR service, with a broad product portfolio. It has its own dedicated NIR department, which supports approximately 2,000,000 NIR-predictions a year for their worldwide customers. Through years of experience in the NIR field, NutriControl has a huge and unique database, with which high quality calibration lines are developed and maintained. For more information, visit www.nutricontrol.nl.  Contact: Katie Padilla, [email protected] All Pet Food   

FISO 24378:2022 Feed Machinery Published
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

FISO 24378:2022 Feed Machinery Published

March 1, 2022 This document was prepared by the Technical Committee ISO/TC 293, Feed machinery, developed by ISO/TC 293/WG1 (terminology), in which more than 40 members from China, USA, Germany, Switzerland, Iran, Pakistan, the Republic of Korea, Canada, etc. worked together for nearly six years. The project leader and workgroup convenor was Weiguo Wang, professor of Henan University of Technology, China. The Feed machinery terminology standard harmonizes terminology used by manufacturers globally and will supply the basic terms for developing other feed machinery standards and the global feed industry users. Professor Weiguo Wang speaking on the Third Plenary Meeting of ISO/TC293 on 20th Oct. 2021.   About ISO/TC 293 Standards are the international language of business. The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) develops and publishes international standards with global expert input. The feed industry, as an important part of the food chain and responsible for producing safe, high-quality animal feed to support safe, animal-derived foods, also needs a common language to facilitate international trade and help ensure the manufacture and delivery of safe, reliable products. Initiated by industry experts in China, the Technical Committee ISO/TC 293, Feed Machinery, therefore, was established in 2014. The scope of this committee includes standardization of single feed machines, processing systems and complete production lines. The participating (voting) members of the Technical Committee ISO/TC 293, Feed Machinery represent 14 countries: Canada, China, Denmark, France, Germany, Iran, Republic of Korea, Pakistan, Romania, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Observing members represent 14 countries: Argentina, the Czech Republic, Finland, Hungary, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Mali, Malta, Peru, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden and Uzbekistan. The ISO/TC 293 currently is administered by the China National Technical Committee on Feed machinery and is developing standards in the areas of terminology, safety and the hygiene of feed machinery.   New standards proposed The Technical Committee ISO/TC 293, Feed Machinery held its third plenary meeting of ISO/TC293 on 20-21 Oct. 2021 to discussed critical issues to enhance the feed machinery and feed manufacturing industries. The hybrid event, with the in-person meeting at FAMSUN Group, Yangzhou, China, was officially opened by Professor Fengcheng Wang, ISO/TC 293 Chairman. He welcomed over 30 delegates from the participating countries of China, Canada, Germany, Iran, Pakistan, Switzerland, Turkey, and the United States, and its two connection organizations: ISO/TC34/SC10 Animal Feed Technical Committee and ISO/TC34/SC17 Food Safety Management System Technical Committee. Professor Wang reviewed the work and the progress of ISO/TC 293 since the second plenary meeting, thanked the workgroups for their collaboration and contributions during the pandemic. Delegates discussed the proposed topic and scope of the international standard project of "Safety requirements for feed machinery", the work plan of the international standard project of "Cross-contamination control of feed production lines", and the 'Recommendations on drafting international standards of dust-explosion-proof for feed processing systems' that proposed by delegates from FAMSUN Group. 'We will encourage the world's most outstanding experts – as many of them as possible – to join us in the ISO/TC 293 and offer their opinions on behalf of their country's industry in the coming years,' said Pengfei Zhang, Chief of the Chinese delegation and Vice President of FAMSUN R&D Institute. 'The greater the international participation, the stronger the feed machinery standards will be, and the better they will contribute to the global food future,' he said. Source: Famsun Group

Why the Future of Sustainable Packaging in Pet Is Bright
Packaging

5+ MIN

Why the Future of Sustainable Packaging in Pet Is Bright

Attendees benefitted from speakers, workshops, tools and collaborative sessions, all designed to help the pet industry take greater strides toward decreasing its overall waste footprint. Danielle Jezienicki, director of sustainability of Grove Collaborative, a San Francisco-based retailer of sustainable home solutions, gave the keynote for the event, which was held Feb. 22-24. At her company, which has been a certified B Corp. since 2014, they've asked themselves questions like: What does it mean to be a sustainable company? How can we measure whether our business is a force for good? Grove Collaborative is currently 100 percent plastic neutral, meaning every time a consumer receives plastic from them, they remove the same amount of ocean- and nature-bound plastic waste from the environment. Yet the company has set a bolder goal: to be 100 percent plastic free by 2025. Jezienicki shared her company's roadmap for reaching this goal, admitting that they are not yet entirely sure how they will become plastic free. 'If you know how to reach your goal, it's not ambitious enough,' she said. Jezienicki said she believes sometimes companies hesitate to commit to ambitious sustainability objectives because they don't immediately have all of the answers. She encouraged attendees to ask themselves: 'Where can your products be a force for positive impact?' Cherish Morrison, senior category manager, Mud Bay Brands and sustainability, said she appreciates the opportunity to hear from other companies, and especially those outside the pet industry, about the strides they have made as well as the challenges they have faced. 'Grove Collaborative has set a high bar, which many of us attending found very inspiring,' Morrison said. Mud Bay, which has 60 stores and counting in Washington and Oregon, was part of PSC's Flex Forward pilot program. Flex Forward was launched in partnership with Earth Animal, Pet Food Experts and almost 200 independent pet retailers. The pilot program for the in-store recycling of plastic pet food and treat bags ended in February 2021 and collected more than 8,000 pounds of packaging. PSC has been conducting recycling trials and, in mid-February this year, received its feasibility report back from sustainability focused consulting firm Circular Matters. The report included full feasibility of all recycling systems/options, financial modeling, environmental impact modeling and supplier interviews. Melissa Bauer, director of strategic initiatives and sustainability for PSC, said they will be diving further into the report soon, and she offered attendees a glimpse of the findings, including some exciting numbers. Bauer said that, with participation from independent and large specialty pet retailers, Flex Forward could potentially collect 4.5 million-plus pounds of pet food and treat packaging annually. The pilot program was very well received by staff and customers at Mud Bay. 'It was a great opportunity to help the PSC guide our industry on what is a reasonable path forward, greater recycling options for current packaging or optimizing our current recycling resources by using better packaging materials (that are easier to recycle) and by reducing our packaging overall,' Morrison said. 'If the Flex Forward program is made available as a permanent program, it will have the support of our company and our customers.' In addition to the progress made with its Flex Forward program, PSC had more big news to share with attendees. PSC announced Packaging Pledge, an initiative aimed at encouraging companies to adopt sustainable packaging by 2025. 'We are very excited to be moving the pet industry forward with a clear and aligned sustainable packaging initiative, developed in collaboration with many industry experts,' Bauer said. 'This ensures we are all on the same path and share the same goals. Although each company's packaging situation is unique, the overall goal will be to move the pet industry to 100 percent recyclable, refillable or compostable packaging by 2025. PSC will serve as a partner to all signatories and provide the support and tools they need to reach their packaging commitments.' Pledge enrollment will officially be open in July, but PSC is interested in launching with a few first followers, and companies can reach out to PSC for more information. For many, the workshops were a highlight of UnPacked, giving event participants greater awareness of the resources that are available to help them develop effective plastic packaging strategies. 'After attending the Plastics IQ Demo workshop, I learned all about the free tool they offer to help with packaging transitions,' Morrison said. 'This brought a tremendous sense of relief knowing that such a tool exists to help us meet our packaging reduction and improvement goals.' Learning about available tools was also beneficial to Christine Mallier, sustainability and community relations manager for manufacturer Petcurean Pet Nutrition in Chilliwack, British Columbia, Canada. 'I enjoyed the sessions around new tools and technology for making science-based decisions and goals for sustainable packaging,' Mallier said. 'This science-based approach completely aligns with Petcurean's approach to pet food. We've already implemented some of these sustainable packaging options—such as our Tetra Pak cartons for our wet food collection—and are excited to expand upon this for existing and future packaging decisions.' The event also featured sessions on packaging-related legislation in Europe and North America. 'I look forward to taking some of the key learnings, such as the sessions on EPR (extended producer responsibility) legislation and the impact in the USA and Europe, and implementing them into the work I do at Petcurean,' Mallier said. The Future of Packaging in Pet The success of this year's UnPacked, which had nearly 350 registrants, is a positive indication for the future of sustainability in the pet industry. PSC was formed in 2013, and since then, packaging has risen to become one of the top sustainability priorities of the industry, Bauer reported. 'First, we saw packaging strategies focused on reducing packaging, or lightweighting,' she said. 'In the last 12 months, we [have seen] momentum significantly gaining towards recyclable packaging, and we're starting to see really exciting movement as brands and retailers begin to explore opportunities for refillable or bulk solutions. We hope that companies that want to be part of this movement will join us and receive the support and resources they need through the PSC Packaging Pledge.' Next year, Bauer added, the organization looks forward to hosting a 10-year anniversary party to celebrate the accomplishments of its sustainable business community and 'the incredible advancements of sustainability at large within the pet industry.' by Carrie Brenner -PPN

Benefits of modern batching systems
Dosing

8+ MIN

Benefits of modern batching systems

Batching systems play an important role in product quality and plant efficiency for pet food and treat processors. Equipment design can ensure product uniformity, consistent product flow, and efficient changeovers from batch to batch. There are a number of common options for batching systems in pet food and treat applications, and processors must consider several factors when looking to upgrade their facilities. Evaluating batching systems 'When considering an automated batching system for pet food ingredients, it is important to look at several factors which will influence the type of batching system recommended and optimize ingredient cost savings and overall ROI,' said Sharon Nowak, business development manager, Coperion K-Tron USA Food & Pharmaceutical Industries, Sewell, N.J. 'The top three for consideration include batch accuracy required for the specific ingredient, desired batch times, and overall plant design considerations including height limitations, space requirements, and support structures for the batching system.' 'It's a little different for everyone,' added Matt Lueger, vice president of sales, NorthWind Technical Services, Sabetha, Kan. 'But the big factors that we typically see are accuracy, traceability and flexibility. Most customers not only want a system that consistently produces a quality product, but also tells them what went into each batch without restricting their ability to continually change their ingredients or recipes.' Pete Ensch, chief executive officer, WEM Automation, LLC, New Berlin, Wis., agreed on the importance of traceability for today's processors. 'The batch system needs to incorporate lot code traceability,' he said. 'Pet food producers' value is directly linked to their track record of producing safe quality food. In the event that something goes wrong, you need the ability to quickly track the problem and contain it. Traceability needs to be automated and working in the background. Beyond the safety side, traceability also helps to control inventory management and control, and can be linked back to your ERP to help automate purchasing. This keeps production flowing and controls cost.' Other factors to take into consideration include throughput, types and quantities of product that need to be conveyed, and quality and repeatability. 'At the end of the day, you need a batching system that can accurately weigh out your ingredients and consistently mix them,' Ensch explained. 'Pet food has some unique challenges in that there are many different ingredients with a variety of densities and flow rates. Several of the raw ingredients, because of the nature of protein, have a significant amount of variability. Equipment and controls need to be able to handle the de variety. All of the downstream processes like extrusion and drying perform better if you provide them a consistent, quality input.' Batching options Modern batching systems are designed with factors such as accuracy, reliability, traceability, flexibility and food safety in mind. 'Due to the increased food safety regulations and requirements to adhering to exact ingredient percentages in a given pet food recipe, the use of high accuracy LIW [loss-in-weight] batching using gravimetric screw feeders is quickly becoming the most reliable batching device of choice,' Nowak said. 'LIW batching utilizing Coperion K-Tron high-accuracy screw feeders provides a significant accuracy and process time advantage over traditional GIW [gain-in-weight] batch techniques. LIW batching is used when the accuracy of individual ingredient weights in the completed batch is critical or when the batch cycle times need to be very short. In addition, LIW feeding affords broad material handling capability and thus excels in feeding a wide range of materials from low to high rates.' Regardless of feed rates, LIW batching can offer accuracy, speed and variability benefits over traditional GIW methods. (Source: Coperion) 'There are several different types of batching systems,' added Joe Lewis, marketing, Sterling Systems & Controls, Inc., Sterling, Ill. 'These include semi-automatic hand prompt/add batching systems, semi-automatic self-contained 'kitchen type' batching systems, and automatic batching systems.' Utilizing different systems and features allows pet food and treat processors to fine-tune the batch process from start to finish. Options include manual or automatic batch delivery, various ingredient storage methods, and integration to the ERP system to communicate production schedules and ingredient usages. 'Most modern batch controls have dozens of features, but a couple of useful ones for pet food are an order grid and automatic bin level checking,' Ensch said. 'An order grid includes order number, formula name, the amount of material to be produced, the required date, destination bins and comments. The grid can have orders entered direct or interfaces with your ERP system. Automatic bin level checking has the system check bin levels of each ingredient in a production run prior to starting the batch. The system will alert the operator of any insufficient ingredients. 'Another useful feature is production usage tracking and inventory management with lot code tracking,' Ensch added. 'This allows the batch system to track material used for each production run, batch, and track respective lot codes for ingredients. Statistical process control (SPC) charting is one more feature that's great for fine-tuning the batch process. A system tracks the production data to the level to produce statistical process control charts. Being able to understand when a system is in control or out of control and having the data to either troubleshoot it or reduce variation for greater accuracy can change your business.' Product quality  There are several ways in which batching systems can impact product quality. 'Vacuum conveying systems help to provide the right amount of ingredients or final products to the next processing or packaging step,' said Andrea Bodenhagen, communication and content manager, Piab Vakuum GmbH, Butzbach, Germany. 'Thanks to the closed system, it also provides a dust free environment and protects the product from contamination. While the pet food industry is often still using mechanical or manual material handling, vacuum conveying systems are state of the art in the pharma and food sector. Pet food manufacturers, therefore, benefit from the long-term experience of Piab in these sectors as well as all the developments that have been done for these industries to keep the original product quality during the conveying process.' 'Batching systems play a significant role in the overall product quality of pet food and treats,' Lueger said. 'Not only in the accuracy and consistency of the ingredients that make up the product, but also in the visibility of what went into the product in the event of a quality issue. Batch reports and historical trends can go a long way toward preventing future product quality issues.' Jim Gaydusek, sales director, United States and Canada, Cozzini LLC, Chicago, agreed that batching systems have an important role to play in consistency and product quality. 'One of the greatest benefits is consistency from batch to batch,' he said. 'Auto management of recipes removes much of the human factor and reduces processing error. Scales accurately weigh the ingredients to ensure the proper weight(s) get added and the HMI [human-machine-interface] can sequence through the processing steps according to the program.' Plant efficiency Batching systems can also impact plant efficiency for pet food and treat processors. 'In addition to improving product quality over traditional manual weighing methods, the automation of the material handling/product transfer as well as the batching can greatly affect overall efficiency,' Nowak said. 'The use of automated dispensing systems, which can also integrate pneumatic conveying systems for material transfer, can greatly reduce the amount of human interaction as compared to manual methods of weighing and transfer. This maximizes social distancing and adheres to strict COVID guidelines of safety. 'Properly weighing and accurately delivering the ingredients without manual intervention can result in a number of process advantages, including overall food safety, fewer mistakes, better accuracy, lower bulk costs, improved product quality and savings in manufacturing costs,' he added. 'Eliminating manual batching reduces scrap costs, increases efficiency and throughput,' Lewis noted. 'Automatic systems can be customized with multiple scales for speed of batch production without sacrificing accuracy or quality, resulting in fast high batch rates and accuracy of weighments. Dust containment and collection options for automatic batching systems improves safety and operator efficiency.' Processors must be able to track and trace each ingredient throughout the process to ensure quality and safety and, in the case of a product issue, pinpoint exactly where and what went wrong. (Source: Coperion) To maximize overall efficiency, factors such as system design and sequencing must be taken into account. 'You want a system that moves from one batch to the next seamlessly and with little idle time between batches,' Ensch said. 'Some of this is system design, things like having holding vessels, surge bins and multiple scales so that you can weigh up ingredients before the mixer; optimizing cleanout times between batches and changeovers; the use of high and low bin level indicators and automated routing to make sure the batching system is never starved for ingredients. The system must manage all the timing, so the batching process is nearly continuous in nature.'  New advancements Batching systems continue to evolve to meet changing needs and requirements. Modern batching systems now have huge advantages over their predecessors in a multitude of areas. 'Over the past decade the number of different types of formulations and the raw ingredients used has grown exponentially,' Ensch said. 'This has made batching systems larger and more complex. Having a blending control system that has formula-based scaling and mixing parameters is extremely helpful. The trend of higher protein pet food has also increased the content of fibrous protein ingredients, which have the much greater variation. Formulations contain many ingredients and there is a need for a batch system that can measure major, minor and micro ingredients with very low dispersions like vitamins and minerals.' 'There have been a significant number of design improvements to batching systems for pet food and treat processing,' Nowak said. 'They include improvement in weighing technologies and batching controls, improvements in overall design of equipment to improve cleanability and food safety while minimizing downtimes, improvements in feeder design options ideal for difficult flowing materials, and improvements in feeder technology to alleviate pressure/vacuum influences on the feeder output.' Advancements in technology have also vastly improved traceability of ingredients. 'The amount of technology that is utilized to track and trace ingredients continues to evolve,' Lueger noted. 'From simple bar-coded lot numbers on bags to RFID [radio-frequency identification] tracked totes/IBCs [intermediate bulk containers] and hoppers on tracks or AGVs [automated guided vehicle]. Innovation and technology gains continue to support traceability regardless of size, equipment configuration, system capacity, etc.' By Richard Rowlands & Matt Lueger  Northwind Technical Services - Pet Food processing 

Advantages Of Tube Conveyors For Pet Food Manufacturers
Conveying Systems

6+ MIN

Advantages Of Tube Conveyors For Pet Food Manufacturers

Designed for bulk material handling over long distances, conveying systems have helped tremendously in streamlining processes, improving safety, as well as cutting down on manufacturing and labor costs. Today, you can find conveyor systems in almost every industry – from mining, agriculture, automotive to food processing, and, of course, the pet food manufacturing industry. Pet Food Production Trends As of 2020, the pet care industry had surpassed $179.4 billion at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 5.2% despite the COVID-19 pandemic, or perhaps even because of it. Various reports stated that the demand for pets practically skyrocketed because of the pandemic. It is a well-known fact that pets minimize the feelings of loneliness and depression that were particularly common during the COVID-19 pandemic. It's also important to mention that the pet food industry is growing about three times faster than packaged food industries. One major factor influencing this rapid growth mainly revolves around the customers' increasing awareness and concern about their pets' health. Other factors include: The rising trends in nuclear families. We are adopting more pets.  Pet humanization. Premiumization.
The pet food market share can be further classified by pet type, product type, and ingredients, among several others. Dogs are the fastest growing market share based on pet type (cats, dogs, birds, fish, and others). Dry food is also expected to grow in dominance for dogs, whereas for cats, it is wet/canned food. Aside from dry and wet food, other product types include snack food, veterinary pet food, organic, and others. Tube Conveyors Tube conveyors are, as their name suggests, material handling systems that largely consist of a sealed tube through which the material is conveyed. They are often used in processing more fragile materials because they can protect the product from potential damage, such as collisions and exposure to high-velocity airflow. Tube conveyors come in two main forms: Cable and disc tubular conveyors – This conveyor uses a stainless steel cable encased in nylon to drag solid circular discs along the tube. These discs gently push the material forward through the tube. Chain and disc tubular conveyors – Similar concept, except the cable is replaced with a chain that runs through the tube. The chain gently pulls the solid circular discs along, which pushes the material forward, similar to cable and disc conveyors. Tube Conveyors vs. Bucket Elevators Pet food manufacturers have plenty of options and solutions for using conveyor systems in their facilities. Most often, bucket elevators are used to transport food during processing. Yet, when it comes to bucket conveyors, there are several limitations and potential risks that need to be taken into consideration. Sanitary design and compliance are good examples. According to the food-grade regulations set by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA), and the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), pet food manufacturers are required to clean their conveyor systems regularly. There are many types of ingredients and materials handled and moved through these systems at different stages of the production process. All of these materials must adhere to the same sanitary requirements as human food products. By their very design, bucket elevators are prone to causing spills, have limited layout options, require more space and maintenance. Bucket elevators are harder to clean and sanitize when compared to a tube conveyor system. Enclosed tubing is typically made of stainless steel that is naturally corrosion-resistant. This steel may also incorporate a special finish that will make it easier to clean. Other alloys will have different properties from this point of view. Cablevey conveyors use both alloy 304 and 316, which have excellent anti-corrosive properties. Tube Conveyor Benefits Better Material Handling
When dealing with pet food, it's important to remember that some pellets are fragile products. Fish food, in particular, is especially prone to product breakage, which affects salability and packaging. Tube conveyor systems ensure that any product breakage will be kept at a minimum throughout the manufacturing process. Maintaining Proportions
Building the right nutritional mix is a huge factor for pet food manufacturers to gain a considerably larger market share. As mentioned earlier, premiumization is a determining factor for the growing pet food industry, meaning that providing consistent product quality can make or break your profit margins. There have been reported cases when an incorrect mix of ingredients resulted in pet deaths. However, maintaining the right proportions can be a challenge since ingredients can have variable densities and granularities. This can lead to separation issues and affect proportional accuracy. Cablevey's cable, disc and tubular drag conveyor system wins over buckets, pneumatics, vacuums, and other systems in this regard. This system moves material blends without actually changing the ratios designed by the nutritionist and employed by the manufacturer. Eliminating Spillage and Product Loss
Cable and disc tube conveyors are enclosed systems that have minimal wear on long-lasting parts. Fugitive dust is kept at a minimum while also eliminating any spillage and product loss. The system also reduces the possibility of cross-contamination, which is relatively common with other transportation systems. And by using the included wiper disc and (optional) air knife, tubular conveyors can also be self-cleaning. Flexible Design
Cablevey Conveyors also offer a great deal in terms of customization. Our tubular drag conveying systems come in different diameters such as 2″ (50.8mm), 4″ (101.6mm), 6″ (152.4mm), and 8″ (203.2mm) for different needs. Additionally, they feature a series of highly flexible and modular components that can cater to all sorts of factory floor requirements. These will help facilitate easy access and maneuverability throughout the factory. These components include the following: Drive Units – Cables are pulled through a drive unit by an electric gear motor. Depending on the exact layout, the cable can enter and exit through either tube port so as to be in line with the specific system layout. Funnel Outlets – Used to discharge materials from cleanouts and rotary discharges, Cablevey's funnel outlets come in various sizes and connection types to fit each plant's own needs. Inspection Sections – Made out of food-grade plastic tubes, inspection sections allow you to inspect the conveyed product and observe the cleaning process. These inspection sections can also be installed vertically or horizontally, depending on your needs. Sweeps – Cablevey's sweeps can change their travel to any desired direction and area available in different radius dimensions and many different angles to fit restricted spaces. Compression Couplers – They hold the tubes together in perfect alignment for the discs to have a smooth path. Their food-grade rubber gaskets also ensure that no water, air, or dust will enter the system. Inlet – The inlets come in various lengths and slopes to accommodate different needs and material flows. If desired or needed, multiple inlets can be used on the same system. Turnarounds – Turnarounds contain a sprocket to move the discs and cable around the system smoothly with applied tension. Discharges – The discharge mounted on the system can either be open or closed, allowing materials to pass through or exit the conveyor at that point. Brush Boxes – Cables and discs pass through the Brush Box, removing any remaining particles. Low Maintenance and Even Lower Costs Tube, cable, and disc conveyors often use smaller drives than bucket elevators or tubular chain and disc conveyors. This translates to less noise pollution and less power usage, keeping operating costs low. In terms of maintenance, tube systems require only periodic inspections of the discs, cable couplings, and other components. If a disc becomes damaged, pet food manufacturers only need to replace that disc without having to replace the entire cable system. And being a self-tensioning device, constant manual cable tension adjustments are not required as with other systems. Conclusion While plenty of conveyor manufacturers create systems for pet food processing, not all of them offer the same efficiency, gentle use, and sanitary conditions as Cablevey. Our pet food conveying equipment is perfectly-suited to move all sorts of pet food materials and mixes, regardless of their composition and fragility. What's more, you can customize it to fit your unique needs and facility requirements while also enjoying the convenience of less downtime and maintenance at a minimum cost. Contact us if you'd like to know more about how our systems can help your pet food manufacturing facility. by Karl Seidel - cablevey Conveyor All Pet Food

Cablevey Conveyors debunking misconceptions about tubular drag conveyors
Conveying Systems

6+ MIN

Cablevey Conveyors debunking misconceptions about tubular drag conveyors

In the pet food processing industry, walking onto the production floor with conveyor tubes winding this way and that, in and out of machinery can seem to visitors like they have stepped into a Dr. Seuss book or Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory movie. For example, at a glance even industry veterans can be challenged to distinguish whether the conveyor tubes they see are screw (augur), pneumatic, vacuum, aeromechanical, tubular drag chain and disc or tubular drag cable and disc, unless they are the plant engineer or maintenance crew. In fact, many specifiers, architects, engineers, and other professionals lack substantial technical or hands-on experience with such conveyors. This knowledge gap can result in extreme consequences when delicate pet food or precise blends must be reliably conveyed but instead, costly product destruction or inaccurate blends occur. Misconceptions about tubular drag cable and disc conveyors will be the focus of this assessment, addressing six widely held viewpoints in the industry. Tubular drag cable conveyors gently move product through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) are attached to the cable, which push the product through the tube without the use of air. These conveyors excel in transporting delicate, precise blends for a wide variety of pet food types in versatile layouts and configurations. Misconception #1: These Conveyors are the Same as a Screw System 'One of the most common misconceptions is that tubular drag cable and screw conveyors are identical, which is far from the case,' says Karl Seidel, marketing director of Cablevey Conveyors, a mechanical conveyor manufacturer that serves the pet food, specialty food, coffee, powder, and nut markets. Screw systems, also known as auger conveyors, typically utilize a helical blade that moves granular materials within a tube. However, augurs can cause product damage and compromise blends. So, the units tend to be an option when material integrity is not critical, such as when conveying food waste. Seidel notes, 'The key difference to look for is that augurs convey material with a helical screw. The transfer speed is directly proportional to the rotation speed of the screw. On the other hand, tubular drag cable conveyors transfer material between two discs pulled by a sealed cable and are designed to protect delicate products and blends.' Misconception #2: Conveyors Are Not Designed to Protect Blends and Mixes When transporting a blend of pet food product or supplement with a conveyor system, maintaining a consistent mix ratio is essential, whether a coarse mix, fine powder, or larger variable-sized amalgams of different weights and shapes. However, conventional conveyor systems are not specifically designed to precisely transport pet food blends without changing the mix ratio. Various product material weights, sizes, and shapes can shift and disperse in open systems like bucket conveyors, and vibration can cause the blended product to shift throughout transport. Vacuum and pneumatic systems can cause smaller lightweight particles in a blend to move at different speeds than heavier or larger particulates, resulting in significant blend restructuring when the product reaches its discharge point. In contrast, tubular drag cable conveyors are engineered to maintain precise blend ratios, which can be important to pet food industry professionals such as nutritionists and quality control experts. As an example, according to Seidel, the company's engineers have resolved the issue with a completely enclosed, compartmentalized tubular conveyor system. 'Not unlike an endless succession of train cars, each space between solid circular discs holds a predefined volume of product. Based on the manufacturer's specifications and requirements, engineers can calculate the optimal speed of the system, the most appropriate tube angles, and the proper construction design to guarantee their blended product remains consistent from input to discharge, even at high volumes,' says Seidel. His company has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for 50 years in over 66 countries. Misconception #3: Conveyors Cannot Carry Moist, Hot, or Frozen Material Tubular drag cable systems like Cablevey's convey pet food materials in a wide variety of forms and states including whole, powdered, pureed, chopped, moist, hot, and frozen with throughput rates up to 80,000 pounds per hour. The systems can convey material with high moisture content when some water is being conveyed along with the product. While the tubular conveyors are constructed of plastic components, the standard units are designed to operate at 180° F (82° C) with a high-temperature option up to 230° F (110° C), so can receive the product from ovens, fryers, or dryers, according to Seidel. Even frozen products can be conveyed, although it is important that the temperature is controlled along the path, so no melting occurs with water freezing later in the system.   Misconception #4: Conveyor Footprint and Expansion Limitations in the pet food industry do not consider tubular conveyors because they mistakenly believe that the systems cannot fit within their facility's available space or accommodate its layout, which may include significant inclines or elevation changes. However, this is not the case. Modular systems like tubular drag cable conveyors are an excellent option for complex layouts that could require curves or changes in direction, according to Seidel. 'Tubular conveyors do not have to be installed at 90 degrees and can use angles so can go in between, around, above or below existing equipment or other obstacles. That is important for existing facilities that may not have the flexibility to move something out of the way,' says Seidel. In addition, tubular conveyors are quite space efficient. Seidel notes that to conserve space, the conveyor turnaround and its inlet can stand on end, so it is only one foot across instead of three. If conveyor discharge occurs best using gravity, tubing can be run through walls and discharge out of the building roof, which saves interior space. Misconception #5: Cleaning Requires Dismantling and Extended Downtime Between product changeovers, many traditional conveyor systems must be disassembled, cleaned, or soaked, and then reassembled – a labor and time-intensive process. However, this is not necessary for tubular conveyors. With tubular conveyors dry, wet, and in-line cleaning options are available, according to Clint Hudson, Cablevey Conveyors Engineering Manager. Among dry options, brush boxes and air-knives can clean the cable. Brushes and wipers can wash the tubes. To sanitize, a sponge soaked in sanitizer can be used without getting the system fully wet. For the most thorough cleansing, the cable conveyor's wet cleaning process internally washes the tube in several steps, starting with a water rinse followed by a foaming agent, a sanitizing rinse, and a final water rinse. Once the system is thoroughly flushed out, drying is achieved by attaching urethane wipers to the tubular conveyor's discs, which 'act like a squeegee' to remove any residual water. Misconception #6: Conveyors are Indoor Installation Only It is a misconception that tubular conveyors are only installed indoors. In fact, it is common to see portions of equipment extending outdoors. This may occur when conveying product from outside to inside such as when unloading raw material from a truck or railcar or loading finished product into similar transport. Materials may also travel from a feed mill to a production or packaging room which may be ten feet or even one hundred feet away. According to Hudson, when some of the equipment is utilized outdoors, and when the company is moving a moist product, it can be helpful to wrap the tubes in heat tape to prevent moisture from condensing or freezing in the tubes. The conveyor manufacturer can also provide a range of accommodations to account for the effects of wind, dust, rain, insects, and direct sunlight. While first impressions of tubular drag cable and disc conveyors can evoke images of Dr. Seuss or Willy Wonka's chocolate factory, the equipment has been carefully designed and engineered for industrial performance, reliably conveying delicate pet food products and blends in a variety of conditions. With an understanding of the true potential of these conveyors, industry professionals will be well-positioned to take advantage of the systems' abilities to decrease downtime and increase quality production. Source: Cablevey Conveyors

TOMRA food safety solutions for rendered meals, pet food products
Grinding

2+ MIN

TOMRA food safety solutions for rendered meals, pet food products

All these food safety factors have a direct impact on the cost and payoff of raw materials — including commonly used pet food proteins like beef, poultry and rendered meals — and, subsequently, the reputation of brands. Strict food safety standards set by the Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA) make it imperative for pet food brands and ingredient suppliers to safeguard their products; employing modern processing and food safety technologies is one way to go about this. To this end, TOMRA Food has highlighted which of its systems help produce safe rendered ingredients for pet food and finished pet food products. According to TOMRA, optical sorting offers renderers and pet food producers a leg up on conventional inspection methods, such as metal detection and x-ray systems. For example, the TOMRA 5C sorter can identify and reject foreign material in rendered meals before it reaches the pet food manufacturer. This 'final control' approach for rendered meals can also regulate ash content and enhance the final quality of a protein meal, the company said. For dry pet food manufacturing, the TOMRA Nimbus system can be used to identify foreign material and detect cross-contamination. The system's specific pet food software can store recipes, then use those set parameters to measure each piece of kibble and determine if it is a part of the right batch. The TOMRA 5B is best suited for pet treat and wet pet food processing. This system can prevent foreign materials from being included in final pet treat packaging, and also measures for consistent size, form and color of each treat. In wet pet food, the TOMRA 5B can be set up for in-bound ingredients to check for foreign materials in frozen protein ingredients. TOMRA suggests placing this system between the breaker or grinder and the mixer to prevent foreign materials from entering the mixer. The TOMRA 5B can identify stones, hard and soft plastics, metal, wood, glass, rubber and bone, and eject unwanted materials before the protein moves downstream. Aside from helping manufacturers meet rigorous food safety standards and protect their reputations, TOMRA noted its optical sorting equipment can also benefit sustainability and profitability for rendered protein suppliers and pet food manufacturers. The company's sorting solutions can protect value-added products from being wasted by identifying out-of-spec attributes further upstream, which protects the processor's investment in its ingredients, processes and environmental impact. 'Non-conformances with our customers have reduced dramatically, and we see very, very little waste or foreign bodies in our material,' said Craig Harrison, site manager for TOMRA. 'Our current customers have seen the difference in the finished product and there's lots of interest from additional customers enquiring about buying our material.' By Jordan Tyler - Pet Food Processing

May River Capital Acquires Cablevey Conveyors - Market Leader in Specialty Conveyance Serving the Food and Beverage, Pharmaceutical and Chemical Markets
Conveying Systems

3+ MIN

May River Capital Acquires Cablevey Conveyors - Market Leader in Specialty Conveyance Serving the Food and Beverage, Pharmaceutical and Chemical Markets

Chicago — January 10, 2022 – May River Capital, a Chicago-based private equity firm focused on lower middle market industrial growth companies, announced today that it has acquired Cablevey® Conveyors, a global manufacturer of tubular drag conveyor systems based in Oskaloosa, Iowa. Cablevey is a market-leader in enclosed conveyance systems, with installations in more than 65 countries. The company's technology is known for food-safe, efficient and low-energy consumption performance for some of the most demanding applications in the material handling sector. 'Cablevey's focus on solving conveyance application challenges using our proprietary cable drag technology, and the resulting dramatic growth has positioned the company as an anchor asset to build a larger conveyance platform,' said Cablevey CEO Gary Hall. 'The additional investments now possible with May River allow us to continue to increase market share with existing and top tier customers in our core food and beverage sectors, including tree nuts, coffee and pet food, as well as expand in other growth markets like pharmaceuticals.' 'Gary and I could not be happier for the employees, the Oskaloosa, Iowa, community and customers of Cablevey, and we are thrilled to partner with the May River team,' said Cablevey President Phil Hall.  'We look forward to further building upon Cablevey's 50-plus year history of developing and bringing new product innovations to market, such as our new 8' drag conveyance system that adds tremendous value to those who rely on Cablevey to deliver clean, fast and cost-effective conveying solutions.' 'It's truly a privilege and opportunity to lead a business like Cablevey and the dedicated Cablevey team,' explained Brad Sterner, who will succeed Gary Hall as Cablevey CEO.  'Gary, Phil and I are looking forward to working through the transition as we collectively turn our attention to the next phase of the company's growth.' Sterner will continue as Executive Chairman of Advanced Material Processing (AMP), a May River 'sister' platform specializing in material processing equipment for regulated end markets. This 'sister' relationship will offer potential synergies with Cablevey that include many shared customers in the food, pharmaceutical and chemical end-markets. 'We are excited about the specialty conveyance sector and attractive high growth end markets served by Cablevey and the highly complementary AMP process equipment platform,' explained May River Partner Steve Griesemer. 'As the handling and process industries continue to expand, leading end users in the food and beverage, pharmaceutical and chemical verticals seek to align with innovative partners that can be counted upon to deliver market-leading solutions. Cablevey will serve as a strong foundation within the material handling segment for delivering high-impact solutions to these global, blue-chip customers.' Hall said the timing of the announcement is meaningful, as the acquisition closed on December 22, the exact date of  the company's 50th anniversary. 'Achieving such a significant milestone serves as a reminder of our commitment to our employees, customers and community,' added Hall. 'In fact, Cablevey will continue to operate in Oskaloosa and contribute to our local Mahaska County economy as we have every day for the past 50 years.' Winston & Strawn served as legal counsel to May River. NCP Inc. served as financial advisor and Belin McCormick served as legal counsel to Cablevey Conveyors and its shareholders.   About May River Capital
May River Capital is a Chicago-based private equity firm focused on investing in lower middle-market, industrial growth companies. May River Capital invests in high-quality industrial growth businesses, including precision manufacturing, engineered products and instrumentation, specialized industrial services, and value-added industrial distribution services. For more information, please visit mayrivercapital.com. About Cablevey Conveyors
Cablevey Conveyors is a global specialty conveyor manufacturer that designs, engineers, assembles and services tubular drag cable and disc conveyor systems. With customers in more than 65 countries, the company specializes in moving materials for food/beverage and industrial powder processors that seek food-grade conveying performance with systems that are clean, fast, energy-efficient and cost-effective. Learn more at www.cablevey.com. by All Pet Food

The pet industry and the fourth industrial revolution: Internet of things (I.O.T)
Manufacturing Process

5+ MIN

The pet industry and the fourth industrial revolution: Internet of things (I.O.T)

By José Fernando Raizer

However, INDUSTRY 4.0 is not just about automation. In the "Smart Factory" the team interacts with others and also with the human being. It had its origins marked in 2011 by the government of Germany, with the launch of the concept of "HIGH TECHNOLOGY STRATEGY" which, through decentralized processes, use of automation, information technologies and controls, intended to make factories more competitive German women practicing the following: INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY - TO PRODUCE MORE AND BETTER, WITH GAIN IN EFFICIENCY AND REDUCING / ELIMINATING HUMAN INTERFERENCE. COSTS REDUCTION. THE FASTEST EVOLUTION OF THE PROCESSES. STRATEGIC ADVANTAGES - MORE AGILITY TO ANTICIPATE NEW TRENDS. The trend is that there will be a reduction in manual tasks, and certainly a change in the profile of Factory 4.0 employees. THE PROFESSIONAL NEEDED FOR INDUSTRY 4.0: Multidisciplinary and restless With self-learning initiative New labor relations: relaxation of labor laws Gig economy': self-employed workers Technical knowledge Emotional intelligence Analytical view Adaptability We can exemplify and try to summarize what "Industry 4.0" is using the figure of a pyramid with 6 Levels or levels, ranging from Level 1 - FACTORY FLOOR - CONTROL, ACTIVATION, AUTOMATION AND TELEMETRY, to Level 6 - Interaction with the ERP, which is the management software of the company, as a whole. There are six levels of interaction, starting at the Base (LEVEL 1) with "Drives, Instrumentation and Telemetry", which provide data for LEVEL 2 - Monitoring, Control and Production Operation, and which together with the inputs of the SOPs and Regulations The instructions establish quality assurance and service (LEVEL 3). LEVEL 4 (CERTIFIER REGULATIONS) does (record-evidence) automatically everything that external Certifiers require, practically eliminating paper records. LEVEL 5 is the monitoring of the Plant that produces the information to CONTROL (Act on) the conditions that result in certain desired Performances: KPI: key performance indicators. OEE - Overall Equipment Efficiency (OVERALL EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCY / Effectiveness). OPE - General effectiveness of the process (EFFICIENCY / GLOBAL EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PROCESS). DMS - DOWNTIME MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Essential to establish the General Efficiency of the equipment. Over time these acronyms will disappear ... don't worry ... I don't want to take the charm off these beautiful new made-up acronyms, but these 4 performance indicators have already been included in REPORT 613 by Ralston Purina Company for over 70 years. Those who are reading this article and during their career had to complete Reports 613 (General efficiency of equipment, processes and lost time and their causes); Report 61 (Hour H.); Report 406 (Maintenance) and Report 21 -Security, but you know what? ... we didn't have internet and the level of automation was non-existent ... batch and manual dosing, with push buttons. As instrumentation in the process, we had rotating levels, the frequency converters had not yet emerged; instead we use variable diameter pulley belts. The Internet in the early 60s and 70s was still very far in the future, machines did not communicate with each other and neither with us ... and that is why we produced a lot of paper. LEVEL 3 that now shows the pyramid in the illustration (Quality control and assistance to IN) were made with consultations to the "IP" = Internal Procedure); Quality control manual; Engineering and Accounting Procedures Manual. Four stacks added together would form a stack almost half a meter high ... I can't forget to also mention the Standards for Ingredients and Finished Products, and the Complete Sales and Distribution Manual ... But I must sadly point out that despite having Ethernet in the factory, the vast majority of small and medium-sized PET factories do not even have these Operation Manuals, limiting themselves to the mandatory GMP Manual. Forgive me for this "back to the past", but today it is much easier to put the factory in "Industry 4.0" mode. It's just a matter of wanting to do it. Returning to the indexes: OEE- (Overall Equipment Effectiveness) Overall effectiveness of the equipment: It is the measure of 3 factors: AVAILABILITY PERFORMANCE QUALITY Availability: is the amount of machine uptime during a scheduled period (availability = uptime / scheduled time) Quality: is the number of good quality units produced (without rework or defects) divided by the total number of units produced during a scheduled run. (quality = good units / total units) Performance: is a measure of the performance of the machine in relation to its design capacity. The equation to calculate the OEE is: OEE = D x Q x P Still at level 5 of the pyramid: DMS (downtime management system) - (Lost time management system) - It is part of the "OEE" - Collect data and help identify the causes of production inefficiency. KPI (KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATOR) - (INDICATOR - PERFORMANCE KEY) The main function of a KPI is to measure the performance of A SECTOR, A COMPANY OR A STRATEGY.   What is the difference between KPI and metric? Despite the similarity, do not confuse KPIs with metrics (MEASURES). Metric is everything that can be measured, metrified. In other words, this is data that may or may not be relevant to your business decision-making process. These data, by themselves, do not indicate whether an action or strategy is achieving the expected results. CHANGE ALREADY HAPPENING ... From "General Equipment Effectiveness" (OEE) to General Process Effectiveness (OPE = General Process Efficiency or EFFECTIVENESS). The OEE is designed to present a picture of the performance of the machines, the OPE broadens the perspective to explain what is happening around the machines. Fundamentally, the PEO is responsible for one element that is missing from the OEE: the human being. What is the OPE? (OPE = overall EFFICIENCY of the process) The OPE is responsible for the full range of variables and steps that affect a manufacturing process; It is an end-to-end account of the value stream. Basically, the OPE integrates the data of the machine with the responsibility of what happens around the machines. It is a representation of human action and machine performance. Previously, one of the tools used for this was the MTM -Methods, Times and Movements ... as you can see, nothing very new in the 'Eastern Front ... (mention of the First World War). It is obvious that if we have implemented the 5 LEVELS of the pyramid, then the communication with the ERP (Company Control Software - Level 6) will bring fantastic benefits in the administration of the business. Purchasing and logistics will have timely information for all decisions that contribute to the competitiveness of the Company; The results of the analysis will be ready for the Formulator immediately after they have been obtained (Low Cost Formulation); Inventory Control / Accounting will have a better ability to contribute to customer service logistics in addition to facilitating the delicate task of "Pricing" and the resulting control of contribution margins by product .... If your company is not yet on track to achieve Industry 4.0 status, I suggest you step up. HUG AND SUCCESS!!! Source: All Pet Food

How can I grind more efficiently and with a smaller particle size standard deviation?
Grinding

3+ MIN

How can I grind more efficiently and with a smaller particle size standard deviation?

Series milling, in the simplest terms, is size reduction achieved in steps or stages. It usually incorporates two grinding machines: hammer mills and roller mills. The primary goal of step milling is to reduce the cost of producing one ton of finished ground product. Additional benefits may include better control of particle size distribution (more uniform grinding with fewer oversized and less fine particles), less heating of the product and subsequent loss of moisture, a reduction in maintenance cost per ton of ground material, potentially a finer finished product, and greater flexibility in the grinding circuit. Step milling process can employ two hammer mills, just one  hammer mill and a roller mill, or two roller mills. If you want to use a single machine, your step milling circuit will involve batch processing, that is, grinding a coarse batch, resetting the machine for finer particles, and processing again. Circulation grinding can be an alternative way to stagger grinding without the use of multiple equipment. You can use multiple sets of rollers in the roller mill, or a continuous operation of a roller mill or hammer mill with a screening stage to return oversized materials for reprocessing. Circulation grinding offers the potential to reduce energy and improve particle size control, but does not add more flexibility than the traditional two-machine grinding system. Step milling or traditional series milling also allows the flexibility to continue milling product while maintenance or part replacement is performed on the other equipment. A second approach, and one that is employed in various feed mills, is the use of two "series" mills, one that performs a pre-break / break and the second that achieves the desired particle size. Advantages of this type of circuit include lower grinding costs, finer finished products, a more uniform particle size, and a greater capacity of the total grinding system. The main disadvantage of this type of system is the higher capital / investment costs required to purchase and install. In most cases, the investment in the additional equipment pays off in 6 to 12 months with the energy savings of the grinding circuit alone. Additional benefits, such as increased life of wear parts, spare parts, and equipment life, are a huge plus in addition to such energy savings. If you want to further improve your energy efficiency and reduce operating costs, the recommendation is to screen between stages: removing larger materials before secondary milling or reprocessing these large materials to the initial equipment. Using two roller mills and one screen can allow you the flexibility to remove out-of-spec product and increase throughput between machines. The step milling approach produces this energy reduction, which means that less energy is required because the materials are reduced more gradually over a slightly longer period of time. By doing the same amount of work (grinding) over a longer period of time (two or three gradual grinds instead of an instant grind), the total power requirement is reduced. The roller mill offers significant energy savings compared to a hammer mill when processing material in the coarsest particle size ranges. With these characteristics, the use of the roller mill as a pre-breaking or pre-breaking device can offer substantial savings in a typical grinding circuit. This combination of finer feed and higher hammer mill efficiency not only reduces energy cost when grinding, but also reduces other operating costs, including maintenance and parts. In some cases, existing hammermills require increased capacity; the addition of a roller mill can increase the hammer mill capacity by as much as 40 to 50%, without changing the average particle size of the grind.   Source: CPM

Farmina & Cablevey: Together, striving for excellency!
Conveying Systems

3+ MIN

Farmina & Cablevey: Together, striving for excellency!

Guided by genuine care  for animal well-being and by acknowledgement of the unwavering love and support they provide as pets, Farmina came to be as a result of Dr. Francesco Russo's lifelong passion and craft in 1965, in Italy. The company has since dedicated its resources and energy to developing its narrative in the way most suited to the values it embodies. Built upon extensive and meticulous research, Farmina offers a wide array of options when it comes to animal nutrition, including specifically balanced formulas meant for professional dog and cat breeders, a niche which involves the highest levels of precision and planning. Aside from that, they offer extensive customer support in the form of a consultancy service that creates specific dietary plans for different pets. Farmina's accolades really speak for themselves: from published articles in Cambridge's British Journal of Nutrition and flourishing partnerships with world-renowned animal care institutions such as Napoli's Federico II  University of Animal Nutrition and Feeding, it becomes clear that Farmina is a name of high regard. With a highly-qualified group of specialists, veterinarians, zoologists and animal nutritionists, coordinated alongside the most structured research methods and highest-quality available equipment, success becomes only natural. In a process with as many variables as pet food production, what sets Farmina apart from the competition is not a single factor, but rather several different factors working together. One of these elements is the continuous improvement of technology and plant infrastructure; as the product can only be as good as the equipment allows. In their tireless striving for excellence and improvement, Farmina came upon another company regarded for their striving, but in the field of material transportation: Cablevey Conveyors The Cablevey tubular drag conveyor is an essential element to any high-standard food processing operation, as its cable and disc technology is capable of transporting any kind of material with virtually no breakage or waste. It can be specifically fitted to any product or plant layout, is highly adaptable, produces a very low amount of sound, runs on a small energy consumption, has very little downtime due to simple and sparse maintenance, is self-cleaning  and completely sealed-off from foreign contaminants in the environment. With a working capacity ranging from 3,000 lbs/hour (1,361 kg/hour) to up to 80,000 lbs/hour (36,267 kg/hour), it can move material of any granularity, frozen, frosted, coated, delicate or powdered with food-grade cleanliness standards, all whilst reducing particle breakage to numbers below 1%. Located in Oskaloosa, Iowa, Cablevey has been in the business for almost five decades and works with over 900 types of products in 66 different countries. Many of the world's largest food companies have chosen Cablevey due to its high efficiency, adaptability and food grade operation. Brands such as Nestlé, Premier-Grandfoods, Affinity Special Dog, Royal Canin, Unilever, Purina, Starbucks, Hercosul, JDE and many others all use Cablevey Conveyors. All these companies have high standing among their respective fields, and this is a trait they share with Farmina. The levels of excellence achieved could only be reached through the careful selection of materials and equipment. A globally-renowned brand name is born when a company takes it upon themselves to create the best product they possibly can, sparing no resource or effort. The search for quality should be tireless, and that is both the most essential component and greatest challenge of the process. Farmina's sheer dedication to their craft is what really makes them unique, placing them among some ot the greatest brands of all time. by Cablevey Conveyor Source: All Pet food 

Soulpack is recognized with a gold trophy in a prestigious Brazilian packaging award
Packaging

3+ MIN

Soulpack is recognized with a gold trophy in a prestigious Brazilian packaging award

Soulpack Team: On the left Alexandre Silva, center Emerson Silva, on the right Caio Schlickmann.   Since 2001, the ABRE Award (Brazilian Packaging Association) has established and recognizes the innovations of Brazilian packaging in a dynamic industry that works tirelessly and has as a strategy the improvement of its packaging either through materials science, manufacturing and printing technology, design for a better experience and functionality, and the pursuit of efficiency and sustainability. In this year of 2021, 362 packages were entered. Of these, 70 were awarded and Soulpack received the gold trophy in the market category. There are several criteria that each package presents to be a winner, always pointing to how it impacts innovation and the development of the sector. The package builds bridges, accesses, messages, value and impact. Innovation for the packaging industry is its way of positioning itself and transforming itself with society, in line with its development and the evolution of its purpose. Soulpack, leader in Box Pouch, develops packaging with technological differentials, among them, the laser cutting guide system, with internal zipper. The award-winning package combined the matte finish with a design associated with the color of the kraft paper and visual identity referring to the sustainability of food production, through certifications, to the manufacture of containers produced in green PE, sugar cane, thus satisfying the needs of its customers. Sustainability is already a cross-cutting issue in the sector, it is no longer a technical term, an area within the company, but it is a pillar of business development. It is also no longer about which is the best material, but which is the best solution for people, for companies and society, fulfilling functions that range from protection, security, to the expiration date, which plays an important role. in question sustainable. In terms of quality, safety, resistance and printing, the packaging to use is the Box Pouch. Soulpack's sustainable products are developed with high-quality raw material and have better resistance to ensure the useful life of the product. They have barriers that ensure smoothness, and crunchy texture, aroma and protect against mites, fungi and others. They take up less space in transport, logistics and storage. Functionality in addition to ergonomics and structure, practical opening and closing system, with an internal zipper that maintains the properties of the food after being opened and a sustainable appeal, the Box Pouch packaging draws the attention of tutors who also care about the environment environment. In addition, it incorporates the desire for a life with healthier habits, including pets. Therefore, the combination of an innovative and sustainable packaging, combined with a line of products with natural ingredients and exclusive certificates, guarantee a unique option in the gondola and in the pet food market as a whole. In addition, seeking excellence in packaging, combined with sustainability, our processes are designed not to harm the environment. We respect all stages of development, correctly using natural resources until the correct disposal of production inputs. Soulpack's environmental management makes it possible to produce different types of packaging with the conscious use of resources.   Learn about some of these practices - Planting and cultivation of 350 native tree seedlings to add to nature, reducing the environmental impact in an entire area and in the surroundings of Soulpack; - System for collecting and using rainwater for various processes, with emphasis on the fire prevention system. In addition, the search to maintain high water efficiency for personal and productive use; - Own generation of sustainable solar energy through photovoltaic panels; - Reuse of chips for the manufacture of tiles, siding and ecological ridges, plastics, reducing the impact on the environment, by 100%, in the production of industrial waste. He thought of Box Pouch. He thought Soulpack!   Source: All Pet Food

Pet Food processing requires thorough Conveyor "Wet Cleaning" to ensure food safety
Conveying Systems

3+ MIN

Pet Food processing requires thorough Conveyor "Wet Cleaning" to ensure food safety

To meet strict compliance standards, such as the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, pet food processors now utilize ATP testing to monitor equipment surfaces for microbial growth. Add to this the need to minimize cross contamination of products or ingredients with allergens after production changeovers, and more processors are realizing that the traditional means of cleaning conveying equipment may not be sufficient to meet today's rigorous compliance requirements. In the pet food processing industry, when conventional conveyors need to be disassembled, cleaned, and reassembled to reach all exposed internal surfaces, potential downtime can extend to days. If this proves too onerous, some processors dedicate separate conveyor lines to specific products, which increases capital equipment costs, labor, and the production space required. As an alternative to speed the process, pet food processors are turning to tubular drag conveyor systems, which gently move product through a sealed, enclosed tube using a drag cable and circular discs pulled through on a loop -- ideal for delicate items. Because tubular cable conveyors are enclosed, these systems can be quickly and effectively flooded with water, flushed, rinsed, cleansed, and thoroughly sanitized without disassembly – a process called 'wet cleaning.' For pet food processors, this 'wet clean' approach significantly improves food safety compliance and system reliability. The technique, in fact, thoroughly flushes out any potential trace allergens from conveying equipment that could be used for multiple products. Since a complete and thorough cleaning can be accomplished without disassembly of the system, the entire process only takes 20-90 minutes. This can substantially reduce downtime during production changeovers and eliminate the need for unnecessary additional dedicated conveyor lines. For pet food processors conveying a specific product, regular cleaning can be set to run on an automated basis. To resolve potential food safety and downtime issues, a growing number of pet food processors are replacing pneumatic conveyor systems with tubular cable conveyor systems with automated wet cleaning capability, such as those from Cablevey Conveyors. The Oskaloosa, Iowa-based conveyor manufacturer has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for 50 years and is in more than 66 countries. The system can convey up to 2000 cubic feet per hour of materials with numerous layouts using multiple inlets and outlets. The cable conveyor's wet cleaning process internally cleans the tube in several steps starting with a water rinse followed by foaming agent, a sanitizing rinse, and a final water rinse. Once the system is thoroughly flushed out, drying is achieved by attaching urethane wipers to the tubular conveyor's discs, which 'act like a squeegee' to remove any residual water. To automate the cleaning process, Cablevey can help to integrate the conveyor with pet food processors' distributed control systems (DCS). By automating the cleaning, the system is essentially self-cleaning, so it is convenient to let it run through the cleaning process as employees take care of other tasks. Clear tubes can be chosen as an option for the conveyor system to provide greater visibility into the cleanliness of the equipment and the cleaning process as it occurs. For added food safety, processors can choose to add a unique inspection option that enables the running of a small, lighted camera system internally through the tubes, with video viewable on a smartphone via an app. Usually, this level of inspection is performed on an as-needed basis to further verify or document cleanliness. This clear tube system is transparent except where the clamps are, so pet food processors food packagers and processors can visually check at any time, and the internal camera system enables seeing 'every nook and cranny from the inside'. This, along with regular ATP testing, provides processors with the confidence that they are reliably meeting all necessary QA and food safety standards. Compared to air conveyor systems, the approach can also run significantly more product an hour with less downtime and less potential breakage. For the pet food processing industry, the wet cleaning capability is advantageous when dealing with a wide variety of products. As processors respond to the need for greater safety, flexibility, and efficiency, tubular conveyors with the ability to wet clean are an important tool to consider.   Author: Del Williams, technical writer based in Torrance, California. Source: Cablevey

Key Technology designs sorting solution for Pet Food Processors
Dosing

2+ MIN

Key Technology designs sorting solution for Pet Food Processors

 The sorter is designed to identify and remove foreign material and product defects to eliminate cross-contamination, improve product quality and safety, and minimize labor. The solution can be configured for various pet food formats and products, including kibble, chews and treats that are dried, dehydrated or freeze-dried. The VERYX sorter can be installed at the end of a production line to ensure final product quality, or upstream near raw receiving to inspect ingredients for a wide range of products, including wet pet food formulas. The VERYX sorter can detect color, size, shape and structural properties, with the capability of removing defective products or ingredients, plastics, glass, paper and other foreign materials. 'Our vibratory conveyors and mechanical grading systems have had a strong presence in this industry for a long time – almost every leading pet food brand around the world relies on our equipment, and we understand their unique needs,' said Marco Azzaretti, director of marketing at Key Technology. 'Now that these processors are seeing the value of digital sorting, we've leveraged our pet food application expertise to develop VERYX for these applications. Consumers are demanding higher and higher quality pet food, and VERYX can help manufacturers elevate their product quality to the level of human grade while improving the efficiency of their operation.' VERYX sorters are equipped with optimal cameras, laser scanners, lighting, ejection systems, product handling and software tailored to each customer's needs. The laser scanners and cameras provide images that are twice the resolution of previous sensor technology, which increases its ability to find small foreign material or defects. The solution also offers a 360-degree view of each piece of product. The sorter can also be fitted with proprietary Pixel Fusion™ technology by Key Technologies, which can combine data from multiple cameras and laser scanners to provide a clear identification of difficult materials or products. This tool also enables the company's FMAlert™ tool to notify operators of critical quality problems so corrective action can be taken quickly. It also helps with documentation of quality events. Key Technology includes its Discovery™ software suite with every VERYX sorter, which collects, keeps and analyzes data in real-time. This software can help manufacturers identify patterns and trends to improve operations from raw materials to sorting. VERYX can be integrated with Key Technology's vibratory and mechanical grading solutions applicable in pet food processing environments. The company's material handling solutions are designed for sanitation with fully-welded frames, nickel-plated finishes, oil-free drives, optional pan covers and other hygienic features. By Jordan Tyler – Pet Food Processing

Matsuda & Cablevey Conveyors: Dedication and Reliability
Conveying Systems

2+ MIN

Matsuda & Cablevey Conveyors: Dedication and Reliability

With three production plants located in different Brazilian states, Matsuda Pet's dedication is its unifying quality common to each of its undertakings, from its several specialized pet food lines to the detailed entries in its weekly blog regarding animal health, pet nutrition and the pet food industry. Matsuda Pet moves forward with great regard for the legacy of the late Jorge Matsuda, a great businessman and philanthropist responsible for decades of steering the company in the direction of its prosperous growth. The Matsuda Group's decades of practical experience in the production of agricultural supplies were made evident by Matsuda Pet's rapid growth, whose high-quality products speak for themselves. Even though they are thoroughly dedicated to product quality, Matsuda Group still pays great attention to social aspects, sharing returns with the local community through actions such as donating to Casa Transitória Irmã Dulce, an institution in which recovering cancer patients receive care, and also through donations of tons of dog food to several non-profit animal shelters In the year 2020, Matsuda Pet inaugurated a new production line which doubled the company's pet food yield, a process in which Cablevey was a fortunate collaborator, furnishing the project with state-of-the-art conveying solutions. In 2021 Matsuda Pet has once again chosen Cablevey, this time incorporating cable and tube technology to overhaul and perfect the existing production lines. Cablevey offers a customizable, versatile, economical, clean, silent and compact alternative to machinery such as bucket elevators, screw conveyors, vibratory conveyors and many others. Without a shadow of a doubt, Matsuda Pet has chosen the best possible solution, a result of their great care in assembling the most advanced possible production process. When selecting the finest technology for your plant is a concern, one can't help but notice Cablevey is always present. Just as the Matsuda Group's 70 years of experience have been paramount to Matsuda Pet's development of extremely refined nutrition options for dogs and cats, Cablevey's 50 years of experience are the driving force behind our continuous improvement of the conveyor system which serves over 1,000 products in 66 countries. From Nestlé to Unilever to Mondelez to Cargill, Cablevey is a common factor among great names in the industry, and Matsuda Pet was able to pick up on this fact. With profound respect and commitment to its clients, Matsuda Pet has continually invested its effort in optimizing production, maximizing quality and prioritizing customer satisfaction. by Cablevey Conveyor 

Why Only Remove Foreign Material from Dry Kibbles when you can also prevent Cross- Contamination
Grinding

2+ MIN

Why Only Remove Foreign Material from Dry Kibbles when you can also prevent Cross- Contamination

At best, the failure to separate different kinds of dry pet food products can cause buyers to doubt the manufacturer's quality controls and turn to a rival brand. At worst, a dog or cat with food allergies might be harmed by consuming a food-type not listed in the product's ingredients. The risk of cross-contamination is greatest when processing lines switch from one product batch or recipe to another. For this reason, some processors take the precaution of dumping the remnants of one kibble batch before switching to the next. Others simply hope for the best, thinking there's nothing much they can do about this. Neither approach is ideal, of course. For one thing, the habit of regularly discarding kibbles, sometimes in great quantities, is a costly waste of saleable stock. For another, the fast-spreading premiumization of the pet food market means that shoppers are becoming less willing to accept products which are visibly imperfect. And for another, something can now be done about this. In fact, everything can be done about this: in the last couple of years, TOMRA Food, the world-leading manufacturer of optical sorting machines, has introduced to the pet food industry a new and totally effective solution to the problem of cross-contamination. This solution is Biometric Signature Identification (BSI) technology, originally designed and developed to ensure the safety and quality of foods for human consumption. TOMRA's BSI+ scanner is uniquely capable of 'seeing' the biometric characteristics of all objects in the product stream, enabling the sorting machine to detect and eject unwanted materials even if they are identical to acceptable kibbles in size, shape, and color. This means it is now possible to prevent every single piece of unwanted kibble from getting to the end of the processing line. The BSI+ scanner's sorting platform is also capable of detecting and ejecting foreign materials from the product stream. This is essential, because the biscuits residue used as an ingredient in dry kibble can too easily be mixed-up with fragments of plastic or cardboard from wrappers and boxes. And it doesn't matter whether it's cross-contaminated product or foreign material - if a pet food buyer finds either in their bag of kibble, they're likely to switch to another brand. So now it's possible to guard against both threats, foreign material and cross-contamination - and without having to throw away saleable product Written by Lars Povlsen - Sales Manager Petfood Source: All Pet Food 

FAMSUN Pet Food Webinar Focuses on Processing Solutions to Grow Business in Headwinds
Coating

3+ MIN

FAMSUN Pet Food Webinar Focuses on Processing Solutions to Grow Business in Headwinds

As pet parents spend more time at home, they care more about their pets' health and the food they eat. Instead of feeding them with byproducts and parts of animals that humans do not eat, pet owners increasingly prefer buying high-quality and differentiated food to improve pet nutrition, health, and wellbeing. Trending products are pet foods that contain a higher portion of quality meat, and innovative products that can solve allergies, picky eating habits, dietary issues. Consumer demand trends create new opportunities for industry players and new investors to innovate, diversify, improve or expand their productions for growth and development.  Although the pet food industry is booming, there are serious issues that pet food producers have to face in the new normal of post-pandemic. The industry is at the risk of severe material and labor shortages as supply chain disruption worse. Production cost inflationary pressure surges with input prices rising amid the historically high energy and raw material costs. In this context and backed by its global R&D Institutes, Pet Food Business experts, and Sales & Service teams from different regions of the world, FAMSUN held a webinar on pet food solutions at UTC+8:00 of September 30, 2021, and provided the latest insights, new research progress, and improved production practices to support customers grow business in headwinds. Three keynote speakers go straight to the topics that pet food processors are interested in most.  Reducing wastes are the most possible pointcuts to cut costs and improve profitability in a factory. Barry Howard, Vice President of FAMSUN USA Design & Engineering, has over 36 years of experience in pet food factory solutions, focused on Insights on Lean Manufacturing, Lean Factory Layout and Biosecurity. He identified eight deadly wastes generated from transport, inventory, motion, waiting, overproduction, overprocessing, defects, and skills in a factory, and the solution to eliminate these wastes with lean tools.  In terms of food safety in pet food, site, process design, factory design & layout are parts of the key elements in manufacturing safe foods. Barry also introduced how FAMSUN's biosecurity factory solution controls the movements of people, equipment, materials, air, and moisture or condensation in the factory. With the latest zoning design concept, it is possible to prevent recontamination and ensure Food Safety in pet food.   The topic Extruded Pet Food Processing Technology brought by Robert Strathman, President of FAMSUN USA Design & Engineering focused on knowledge and research progress on pet food processing technologies and the data of best production practices. Pet food product & process fundamentals such as bulk density, starch gelatinization, palatability, kibble durability, aesthetics, and shelf life were talked about most in his presentation. In dry pet food processing technology, he focused on pre-conditioning and extruder processes. High meat pet food is the trending product currently. Robert introduced the most efficient processing technology of high meat pet food, the challenges in processing, and the impact of meat inclusion on production performance The coating is an indispensable process in pet food production. It allows producers to diversify their products and provide a nutritional, functional, and differentiated experience for pets. Jimmy Wang, an expert of FAMSUN Asia R&D Institute, introduced FAMSUN CYPZ Vacuum Coating Equipment - the company's latest coater that specialized in adding value for pet food products. The machine is featured by consistent and efficient coating and high hygienic standards to produce high quality and food safety. Its successful application stories include the coating production in pet food factories of Japfa, Pure&Natural, FullPET, etc.    Over 70 registers from Europe, Africa, the Middle East, and South Asia participated in the interaction sesión online. They discussed with FAMSUN experts the actual production issues and were well answered. If you have missed the webinar on September 30, you can contact the FAMSUN account manager in your region for the rebroadcast link of this webinar. You are also welcome to follow us in the coming FAMSUN Pet Food Solution webinar series, which FAMSUN plans to host for the convenience of customers in different regions with updated topics and information. Welcome to join us.  Visit www.famsungroup.com   for more information. by Famsun Group Source: All Pet Food

Identifying critical system data with High-performance graphics
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

Identifying critical system data with High-performance graphics

    The control system's human machine interface (HMI) is the connection between an operator and each machine. HMIs provide processing data for operator and maintenance personnel to interact with the equipment. Traditional HMI graphics that are full of color, moving components, and detail are visually impressive but inefficient as the colors and animations detract from the actual data needed. Plant operators and maintenance personnel must quickly identify critical process information and high-performance graphics (HP graphics) allow them to do just that. By understanding HP graphics and how they help operators identify critical information, companies can confidently make the shift to new technology.   High-Performance graphics vs traditional HMI graphics: Visual Differences HP graphics reduce troubleshooting time by highlighting pertinent information. While maintaining a visual representation of the equipment and system, HMIs provide a user with helpful alerts and status information. In traditional graphics, the proliferation of color is distracting. HP graphics reserve bold colors and movement only for instances when attention is needed. For example, if a receiver refill is disabled and the receiver is below low level, the low-level indication is visible, but the banner will be gray instead of yellow. This color change allows the operator to better focus on critical information.   How to transition an HMI to HP Graphics It's possible that some personnel will not be initially accepting of the new graphics. The biggest push back when upgrading to HP graphics generally comes from operators that have been working with traditional HMIs for a long time and are used to a lot of color and detail on the screen. The grayscale color scheme brings a misconception that the new HP graphics will make it harder to understand what is happening in the system. However, with more muted tones, alerts and warnings are very easy to spot, providing the user a very readable HMI.   HMI alerts and alarms that benefit from HP graphics include: System Status Device Faults Low Feed Rate Ingredient Setpoints Trends Process Variables Batch Details   Implementing HP graphics on the plant floor NorthWind has moved to HP graphics as a standard for all projects. With this change, we have maintained the same overall feel, while providing a more readable HMI. Our HOA banners, menu bar, and feed point objects maintain similar aspects to our old graphics package but are now more visible when data is most critical.       A lot of the changes incorporate the intentional use of color and adding dynamic visibility – displaying exactly what information the user needs to see at the critical moment. To further ease troubleshooting, reference points are built into the HMI, PLC, and electrical drawings, allowing personnel to quickly find the information they need. NorthWind trains and supports customers through the transition to HP graphics – from the startup process to complete integration. We also transition existing HMIs to HP graphics for a streamlined user experience across the entire manufacturing plant. At NorthWind, we're all about data. The efficiencies gained with the new graphics are everything we're about – accurate process data in the most usable form.   Source: Northwind Technical Services LLC  

JBT Proseal: Meeting the pet food quality challenge
Packaging

2+ MIN

JBT Proseal: Meeting the pet food quality challenge

A recent report from Transparency Market Research has predicted a CAGR of 6% in the global pet food market over the next decade, reaching an expected value of US$168.3 billion by 2029. Increasing consumer demand for premium quality products has led manufacturers to use high quality materials and ingredients while streamlining  production techniques and processes, with the corresponding need for appropriate quality packaging to reflect this premium image. The comprehensive Proseal tray sealer range has the flexibility to perform in a wide range of disciplines, including Gas Flush Modified Atmosphere Packaging (MAP), Vacuum MAP with lid control and Skin Packaging. In particular, the company's advanced sealing systems ensure absolute control and integrity of the seal between the lid and the tray, a vital requirement for applications that incorporate a substantial controlled-retortion-process or other High Pressure sterilization processes after sealing.  The tray sealers also include several Proseal-developed features that help to maximize performance, reliability and efficiency, such as the company's pioneering Eseal® energy saving technology, ifilm™ intelligent film monitoring, and ProTect™ RFID access login system that provides full audit trail visibility and layered security. In addition, Proseal's AP60 linear conveyor tray sealing system is able to provide bespoke automated solutions for high speed applications and demanding production conditions, based around individual customer production processes and requirements. Among the system's many features, the length and width of the indexing conveyor can be customized to accommodate de-nesting and filling requirements. Full or partial vacuum systems can be incorporated to enable post seal processes such as retort or High Pressure Processing (HPP), and X-ray inspection systems and checkweighers can be included after sealing for enhanced quality control. The AP60 also offers seamless integration with third party process equipment including depositors, multihead weighing applications and CIP systems with sealing speeds of up to 240 packs per minute. Furthermore, Proseal's AP60 benefits from shared technology across the Proseal machinery range. Options can be specified and retro-engineered, allowing a more flexible approach to each distinct application. All Proseal machines offer a user-friendly interface and easy to maintain design, with a rugged and hygienic food industry approved construction geared to full washdown protection. "As the pet food market continues to expand, we are keen to provide solutions for companies requiring a significant upscale in their production of core products in new packaging formats, which can be met on one machinery platform," says Tony Burgess, Head of Sales and Control Systems, Proseal. "The flexibility of our technology and the wide variety of machines available, including fully integrated conveyor systems, mean we can offer a full turnkey production line solution which is key for this particular market. We are delighted that our expertise can help companies to achieve a point of differentiation in the competitive pet food sector."   Learn more about Proseal's packaging solutions.   Source: JBT Corporation

Extrusion in pet food, process parameters to achieve the best results
Extrusion

7+ MIN

Extrusion in pet food, process parameters to achieve the best results

From an engineering point of view, extrusion is a continuous molding and firing process that proceeds by the action of friction and shear forces on a superheated fluid, at high pressure, contained between a sleeve and a movable thread that expels it in a supported and controlled by an orifice of a determined size, generating at the exit of the equipment an expansion and molding process that is completed by a cutting system that provides the final desired size to the cooked mixture. Extrusion is a clean process, it uses very low amounts of water, it is very energy efficient and of very high productivity, it has an extra advantage that the mechanical development of the machinery is robust and durable. Conforming all this an accessible, well-known, durable and very efficient technology to produce large volumes of balanced feeds. There are extensive specialized articles on types of extrusion and how to assemble them in a plant in the best way, I refer them to those articles since it is not our purpose to treat the process of selection and installation of equipment but how to use it in the most appropriate way once we have it ready at the plant. From an operational point of view, extrusion must simultaneously comply with these attributes of the product and the production process Working flow in ton / h of dry matter Product safety Product dige1)stibility Appearance: shape and size Hardness and Palatability   Work flow The work flow of an extruder is the great concern of plant and production managers. While it is true that the maximum flow rate of a given extruder is determined by its design, it is also true that to reach the maximum design flow it is necessary to control certain process parameters, the ones that have the most impact are: Die exit area: it is the number of holes in the die that determines the available exit area, if this area is very low the internal pressure rises and can produce refluxes that destabilize the extrusion, in extreme cases there are reverse flows that make the flour comes out through the extruder inlet and not through the die. It is recommended for pets to work in the range of 200mm2 / ton to 400mm2 / ton. The lowest values ​​for products with high protein content, the highest heats for products with high starch content. Wear level of the extruder threads and their sleeves: to guarantee friction and shear it is necessary that the extruder does not present wear on its parts in contact with the product. In addition to reducing energy transfer, wear severely reduces the carrying capacity of the thread, generating backflow and instability. It is recommended that the clearance between the thread and the sleeve does not exceed the range of 3mm to 6mm depending on the type of extruder and its configuration. A more practical approach indicates that the extruder tip should be replaced every 3 to 4 months if the machine is used at maximum flow for about 20 hours a day. Product safety The extrusion process handles extreme pressure and temperature conditions, so the product that comes out of the extruder is usually considered sterile. In order to adequately monitor the pressure and temperature conditions inside the extruder barrel, very robust and expensive probes are needed, which in any case have a large number of failures. Therefore, it is recommended to monitor the temperature of the conditioner. There is scientific evidence that above 71 ° C in the presence of a minimum of 18% humidity, pathogenic bacteria are completely eliminated in the conditioner. This temperature is much simpler to measure. A key point in this parameter is to eliminate cross contamination, both by dry flour that has not yet passed through the conditioner and by flour residues that are usually projected from the conditioner. For this problem, it is recommended to work at a steam pressure not exceeding 1.5 BAR. On the other hand, all possible leaks of powders in the system that are easily sucked by the pneumatic transport system at the exit of the extruder must be sealed, which has the appropriate conditions to develop microbiological contamination and re-contaminate the product. Product digestibility Although the digestibility of the product is largely influenced by the digestibility of the protein sources used in the formulation, it is true that the digestibility of carbohydrates is regulated almost exclusively by the extrusion process. Native (raw) starch is not usable by the digestive system of dogs and cats, but gelatinized starch is, a cooking process that is exclusively handled by the extruder. An indirect measure of the digestibility of the product is the degree of gelatinization of the starch at the exit of the extrusion system, which should not be less than 85%. Another parameter that impacts on digestibility, due to a question of accessibility, is the degree of expansion of the product, which is also controlled in the extruder, if the product is very compact, it is difficult to chew and digest, reducing not only digestibility. chemical but also biological. To guarantee an adequate degree of expansion, it is advisable to work on the exit area, conditioning temperature and humidity level in the extruder / conditioner and a quality measure, which is the density of the product. Die exit area, not to exceed 400 mm2 / ton in economical products, reduce as protein and fat content increases to increase expansion. Conditioning temperature, it is recommended to work at a minimum of 93 ° C to guarantee the rapid gelatinization of the starch. % humidity in the conditioner: the total level of humidity in the conditioner must be at least 24% to allow an adequate expansion of the product. Density: all the above parameters can be controlled in a simple way with a single measurement in the extruder that is the density of the product at the exit of the equipment, this parameter is suggested not to exceed 400 g / L at this point in the process to guarantee adequate digestibility of the product. Appearance: shape, size and color Although they are parameters that are defined during the food development process, they are operationally controlled in the extrusion system. The shape is fundamentally related to the wear of the extrusion dies, if they are made of a high hardness material (55 to 60 Rockwell C) they tend to last approximately 5000 ton of production before they wear out, softer materials wear out much more quickly. The size is also influenced by the wear of the die, but fundamentally it is controlled by the cutting speed of the extrusion system. The higher the cutting speed, the smaller the product size. An additional parameter that can influence the size of the product is the speed of rotation of the thread, in extruders with a variable frequency drive that allows handling different speeds, it is verified that increasing the speed of the thread increases the expansion and therefore the size. Hardness and Palatability The hardness of the product is closely related to its texture, and this property has a direct and very important impact on palatability. The texture is the internal structure of the croquettes, their spongy shape product of the expansion. The arrangement and size of the expansion bubbles determine the type of hardness (texture) of the food, which can be measured with a texturometer, or empirically by pressing the croquettes. It is well understood that hard products are less palatable, mainly for dogs. In the case of cats, they prefer crunchy products, but not hard, all these parameters can be conveniently measured with a texturometer. A microscopic analysis of the interior of the kibbles is also recommended to verify the size and spatial arrangement of the expansion cells (bubbles). It is not easy to define a group of parameters to suggest for these measurements, and the limits must be constructed for each particular case. If it can be said that the densest products tend to be harder and have a very closed texture that is not suitable for chewing and the expression of odors and flavors that reduces the palatability of the product. Another impact of the closed texture on palatability is that very dense croquettes with a very compact cell structure have problems absorbing surface liquids, which is why they have a negative impact on the process of applying fats and flavorings, reducing the palatant effect of these two. ingredients. One of the parameters that has the greatest impact on the texture of the product is the configuration of the extrusion thread, since this configuration governs the amount of mechanical energy that is transferred to the product during cooking. Mechanical high-energy settings are best suited for low-starch, high-fat products, and vice versa. It is complex to be able to make cheap and premium products with the same thread configuration, even more so when fresh meat is included in the premium products. As can be seen from this short list of parameters, extrusion has a huge impact on quality, sensory characteristics, and industrial performance. Beyond the extrusion technology available, properly calibrating both the mechanical and operational parts of the extruder gives us the ability to significantly modify the characteristics of the product and the general result of the operation. Keeping the parts free of wear, calibrating the temperature sensors and flow meters, regulating the humidity of the product, controlling the thread configuration properly, have proven to be the parameters that most impact on achieving adequate quality and stable and efficient operation.   Source: All Pet Food

GEA launches its new xTru Twin 140 extruder completing its range of highcapacity output equipment
Extrusion

2+ MIN

GEA launches its new xTru Twin 140 extruder completing its range of highcapacity output equipment

The new top-of-the-range machine is equipped with an advanced profile; powered screws provide users up to 40 percent increased capacity with the same efficiency, quality and footprint as previous models. Additionally, this high-capacity technology can be applied to the other models of the GEA xTru Twin extruders too – models 70/92/112 – and retrofitted to older machines to increase their capacity without changing the floorplan of the factory.
The GEA xTru Twin extruders offer the flexibility to produce a wide range of products including: cereal-based snack pellets die-cut, 2D, 3D, multilayers, square shape, punched and direct expanded; breakfast cereals; dry pet food; and any other extruded food product. The latest xTru Twin 140 has a production capacity of over 3 tons of pellets and 10 tons of pet food kibbles an hour.
More capacity but same footprint ... same machine!
To achieve the additional capacity GEA engineers have used their experience and know-how to increase the crosssectional area, rotation speed and pitch of the screws on the new machines while maintaining the extruder footprint and screw length. This also allows customers to upgrade existing machines without buying a new one or changing the plant layout.
Increased quality, hygiene and safety
Other key features of the GEA xTru Twin range include: A high-speed premixer for perfectly hydrating flour; a large, curved mixing vessel that facilitates good water absorption and adhering to the requisite hygiene standards; a vertical forced feeding screw to control the dough's movement into the cooking screw; a powerful, variable speed motor with a safety clutch; a high-torque, double cascade gearbox that ensures excellent power reserves and safety. With its co-rotating, fully intermeshing twin screws, a modular barrel assists in properly cooking cerealbased dough.
Driven by customer demand
GEA embarked on the process of developing the new technology in response to customers' requests and the market's need for a single, high-capacity machine capable of producing a wide range of innovative food shapes.
Thanks to this new technology's flexibility, customers can develop new products and get them to market quicklyand profitably. The upgraded GEA xTru Twin 92 high-capacity extruder offer users up to 40 percent higher capacity with the same efficiency, quality and footprint.   The new xTru Twin 140 extruder completes GEA's high-performance extruder range. Aditional information GEA Snack Pellet Processing Brochure GEA pet Food Processing Brochure   Source: Gea Group  

Pet Food - What are the real effects of extrusion?
Extrusion

5+ MIN

Pet Food - What are the real effects of extrusion?

By Luciana Chippano

In this article we analyze what are the effects of extrusion on the different nutrients with more presence in food to deepen our knowledge about this technique. We have used the extrusion method in the pet food industry for almost 70 years. Almost 95% of the production is carried out in this way. Even so, the production process that it entails requires certain processes that must be correctly synchronized to achieve consistency and quality in each batch produced. The truth is that, as it is a process that involves heat treatment, extrusion can have both beneficial and detrimental effects, if done in the wrong way, on the final product. Some of the effects that are sought through this process are the increase in palatability and the elimination of undesirable nutritionally active substances and the improvement of digestibility, among others. On the other hand, some of the most likely negative effects are the reduction of the quality of the proteins due to, for example, the Maillard reaction, a poorer palatability and the loss of thermolabile vitamins. The reason this method is so widely used is because of its versatility in blending, detoxifying, sterilizing, and texturing a wide variety of foods and ingredients used in food formulas. As we know, the combination of humidity, pressure, time, temperature and mechanical shear is the key to the process. So let's analyze the effects of the extrusion process on Pet Food.   Effects of extrusion on starch Pet food formulas typically contain up to 50% starch, which is derived primarily from grains. The starch found in cereal grains is organized in concentric layers of semi-crystalline or amorphous regions in the endosperm. Extrusion cooking can cause the swelling and breakage of the cereal granules, the modification of the crystalline spectra, the increase of the solubility in cold water, and the reduction of the viscosity of the starch and the partial or complete release of amylose. and amylopectin. When the extrusion process is carried out with a low moisture content, the starch granules can be partially transformed by the application of heat. This results in loss of crystal structure and granular shear, leading to the formation of a homogeneous phase called starch melting or gelatinization. This gelatinization affects the viscosity of the mixture and the food and, consequently, the physical and chemical characteristics of the extrudates. High screw speed (400 rpm) during pet food production has been shown to reduce viscosity. During the extrusion of starches, factors such as temperature, the level of humidity before extrusion, the content of amylose and lipids, can lead to structural modifications of the starch granules. However, these changes may differ between cereal and potato starch. Gelatinization has been shown to improve faeces and tapioca starch digestibility, but no effect on the digestibility of wheat starch, for example, has been seen. Other studies have shown that retrograde starch (AR3) in certain foods is easily fermented in the large intestine, producing short-chain fatty acids; but not all retrograde starches are equally fermentable, and in these cases an improvement in intestinal health is seen, a reduction in transit time and an increase in the weight of animal feces.   Effects of extrusion on lipids   The nutritional value of lipids from sources such as tallow, poultry fat, vegetable oil, and marine oil can be affected during extrusion as a result of hydrogenation, isomerization, polymerization, and lipid oxidation processes. The rate of oxidation is affected by many factors, such as the type of fat and its content, humidity and the degree of expansion. Fat unsaturation increases the challenge of proper preservation. In addition, some trace elements such as iron, and the use of biological antioxidants can play an important role in post-extrusion oxidation. In various studies, no effect on digestibility has been seen in cases where lipid complexes were formed during extrusion. For their part, inactivated lipase and lipoxidase, when present in food, result in less fatty acid oxidation.   Effects of extrusion on protein   The protein component of pet food usually constitutes between 25 and 70% of the dry matter. The effects of extrusion on the protein component can be beneficial or detrimental to the nutritional characteristics of foods. As for the positive effects, mild denaturation of proteins can make them more susceptible to enzymes and thus improve their digestibility. Undesirable effects of heat treatment include the destruction and racemisation of amino acids, the destruction of bonds between peptides and extra-peptides, and a number of other chemicals. Various studies found that the digestibility of crude protein in dog and cat food is not affected by the extrusion process. In fact, if done correctly, extrusion improves the degree of inactivation of protease inhibitors in wheat flour and thus increases the digestibility of legume proteins. In addition, the effect of processing various plant and animal protein sources on digestibility in dogs has been studied, and it was stated that diets with extruded feed, even with different vegetables as protein sources, provided adequate levels of protein and amino acids. digestible.   Effects of extrusion on vitamins   Many vitamins are sensitive to chemical treatments. Its stability depends on the chemical structure of each vitamin in question and can be reduced or modified by exposure to heat, light, oxygen, moisture and minerals. Vitamins differ greatly in structure and chemical composition, so their stability during extrusion is variable. However, the known extrusion effects are more negative than in other cases, mainly for vitamins of group B, A and E. In pet foods, extrusion cooking has been shown to be detrimental to vitamin concentration, with oxidation being the main degradation mechanism. The temperature of the extrusion process can be a decisive factor for the retention of vitamins, since it has been found that in an extrusion with temperatures between 130-135 ° it leads to greater losses than with temperatures of approximately 107 °.   Conclusion   Extrusion is a process extensively known by the industry, but still complex, which involves interrelationships between the parameters of the process and the product that affect the reactivity of nutrients and, consequently, the quality of the final food. The most important process variables are temperature, residence time and humidity, and in this article we have discussed the research done on the most important components of pet food. As a manufacturer, you now have this information available to improve your extrusion processes, avoid harmful effects and provide pets with a product of better nutritional quality and palatability.   By: All Pet Food

PLP Systems pilot plant for continuous coating
Dosing

2+ MIN

PLP Systems pilot plant for continuous coating

There was a key change once a continuous coating test plant was developed in our company that can reproduce the full capacity of the industry demands, to minimize the difference in results between a laboratory test compared to actual production. This internal continuous coating test plant is used for: Technological innovation of PLP and know-how to compete in the market with the application of pellet coating. Customers looking for creative applications are available to perform testing and developing new products for your pet food by coating them with powders or flakes such as spices, vegetables, cheese, flavors, nutritional agents, etc. Too to coat semi-moist or baked pet food. Customers who want to test PLP technology before purchasing the system can perform the test of the complete coating line.     The pilot plant can be adapted for different products with a production capacity from 300 kg / h to 15 ton / h, managing different densities. It is equipped with a precise gravimetric continuous dosing of the main product (croquettes) carried out by means of a weighing tape or a weighing thread. Dosing of liquids by pump and flow meter and dosing of powders by weight loss feeders. All controlled by the automation and proportional dosing adjusted by frequency control drives. The test plant can be integrated with 3 different PLP coating technologies: DRUM ROTARY; COVER WITH DOUBLE AXLE BLADES; MASS SPIN COATER.   ROTARY DRUM       The latest development over the more traditional rotary drum, this machine is specially recommended for semi-wet products, small extruded or granulated pellets and lower production capacity. The special corrugated shape of the drum increases the rotation of the product, at the same time protects it from damage and reduces waste inside the machine, making it a perfect machine to be used in food application or with special kibbles for pet food.   CONTINUOUS COVER WITH DOUBLE AXLE PADDLES     It is our most widely used machine for standard pet food production and has received the majority of R&D improvements during the last years. There are different models that can cover all required production ranges with high liquid inclusion rates or fats. The focus of the machine is the retention time and this is achieved by regulations of speed independent of the axles, internal dampers and automatic check valve in the output of the product. The retention time in standard pet food production it can reach up to 200 seconds.   MASS SPIN COATER     Compact continuous cover used to add micro liquids up to 1%. The MSC integrates a continuous precision weighing technology, based on Coriolis forces. Thanks to a nozzle special is able to obtain a perfect homogeneity even when the inclusion rates are less than 0.1%.   Source: PLP Systems

Maximum flexibility with a single screw extruder
Extrusion

4+ MIN

Maximum flexibility with a single screw extruder

More than ever, today's consumers view their pets as members of the family. Just as a father or mother wants the best food for their children, pet owners want the same for their pets. The humanization of our pets has been the turning point that has generated the greatest change in how we see and how we relate to these new members of the family. Millennials, without a doubt, are the most influential in all these changes because they are more informed and are much more demanding, especially when choosing food for their pets. They not only hope that the food meets all their nutritional and quality expectations, but also that their pet will enjoy their food a lot. If they observe that their pet does not like the food, not only do they not buy it again, they also share their experience by word of mouth and viralize it through social networks, affecting the manufacturer's sales. Although the Latin American pet food market is generally characterized by a higher level of consumption of affordable and premium foods, the consumption of super premium foods has been gaining strength as a result of consumers being more informed and, therefore, they increasingly demand better quality ingredients and sources of nutrition with greater nutritional contributions, in addition to more sophisticated ingredients. There is no definition of a super premium food, but what is certain is that pet foods that are marketed as super premium use increasingly complex ingredients. On the label it is usually crossed with the selection of raw materials, concepts such as organic, holistic, 100% natural and ketogenic, among others. But, in addition, the offer is expanding to much more sophisticated levels towards extruded foods with high levels of addition of fresh meat, with a very large variety of protein of animal origin such as chicken, salmon, turkey, duck, rabbit, lamb among others; and in the case of vegetables such as berries, apple, carrot, chard, peas, etc. As well as food for certain health conditions of pets such as obesity, sensitive skin, allergies, diabetics, neutered, gastrointestinal, liver, urinary problems, others. In this diversity of products, there are super premium grain-free or grain-free foods, which, despite having no real nutritional reason for having this condition, are produced simply because consumers seek them. Manufacturers often combine this genre with some of the sophisticated raw materials they offer such as those mentioned above. Manufacturing super premium foods, whether with or without grains, can pose significant challenges at the production level. Achieving a nutritionally complete meal requires a greater number of ingredients to obtain the proper balance, particularly with regard to amino acids and essential fatty acids. Extru-Tech has developed state-of-the-art technology to produce high-quality, aseptic foods that meet the nutritional requirements of pets and the high expectations of owners, and has extensive experience working with the largest and most important North American pet food producers. In practice, it is often thought that formulating one type of food or another, reaching all segments and using a wide spectrum of raw materials, has to do only with a formulation issue. But the truth is that the problem is much more complicated than that. The more complex the formula, we find that not all extruders on the market are capable of processing them properly and delivering a food of high nutritional quality, where the croquettes have the texture, hardness and above all the palatability that the owner of the pet expects to find, when it gives the food to its gift. There are two extrusion technologies. One is single screw and the other double screw. Much has been written about the differences between the two technologies and it is true that they do. However, you have to look at both extrusion systems from different angles to know which one is best when deciding on the investment. - When analyzing the differences in the production of food for human consumption, without a doubt, the twin screw extruder has great advantages and greater flexibility over that of a screw. - In the production of pet food and aquaculture food, today there are no significant differences in terms of product quality between Extru-Tech technology with its single screw extruder and those with double screw. What's more, it has great advantages such as: From an investment cost point of view, single screw extruders are cheaper. The cost of production in a single screw extruder is also lower, since it uses a considerably smaller motor, even producing in some cases, greater production capacity with the same product quality. The cost of maintenance and spare parts is also notably lower in single screw extruders. -Variety of products At Extru-Tech we have the technology to produce a wide range of foods in the same single screw extruder, for example:  Pet food • Croquettes from 1 to 4 colors and multiple shapes simultaneously. • Bi-colored and marbled foods. • Food from inexpensive to super premium with the addition of high levels of fresh meat • Short and long semi-wet treats or prizes of 1 or 2 colors  Aquaculture Feed • Floating, slow and fast sinking • Shrimp foods • Micro pellets from 0.7 mm diameter upwards With Extru-Tech technology and technical support, you will be assured of producing the best quality and most palatable foods in any category, with the lowest production, operation and maintenance costs on the market.     Source: Extru- Tech

Maintenance evaluation of your factory
Manufacturing Process

5+ MIN

Maintenance evaluation of your factory

By José Fernando Raizer

It turns out that this second case mentioned inevitably leads to the first case. This is devastating, especially in an extrusion factory. In an operation that has expensive, heavy equipment, with higher technology such as a PET FOOD / AQUAFEED factory, the result of this "policy" (or lack of ...) is increasing costs of factory expenses, and production stoppages that can drastically reduce the% use of machines available time. And this is critical for the extrusion process ... There is no use doing 10 tons per hour of production in an extruder if it works only 50 or 60% of the time ... As if the excessive number of exchanges for the large product portfolio and the necessary cleaning of the system were not enough, a damaged equipment causes "Emergency Maintenance", and this translates into loss of production capacity, Non-Conformities, and even loss of sales ... In most cases, the Maintenance Department (when it exists) is evaluated by several visible criteria: Time lost in Production due to emergency maintenance, Cost of labor in Maintenance, Cost of spare parts and equipment, Expenses derived from Maintenance. Unfortunately, these last two items can be arbitrarily cut to show "good results" that can be sustained for short periods without much difficulty. In the long run, the lack of proper maintenance will increase the cost of production and hurt Customer Service ... Once I took over the management of a factory that had not had an effective Preventive Maintenance program for some years, and in addition to the insufficient number of employees in Maintenance, for a time the previous administration had even cut the cost of lubricants. They did it to show low costs in the sector, due to the dispute that existed between the factories ... I made the mental association of this factory with a rebel "old woman" in her youth, who had already suffered three heart attacks ... I was just trying to "climb a ladder" (carrying production volume) and the old woman got caught in the middle out of the way, sitting and gasping ... Things went wrong, the equipment broke down in sequence, customer service was terrible, and our morale as a company before them was below ground level. But worst of all was the fact that we were not meeting the sales volume budget, and when the field team was charged for this, the response was: 'What is the selling point? The factory cannot deliver… 'And then came a litany of individual complaints… It took me about a year to put things in order, and with no doubt I had to extrapolate - a lot - the budget of maintenance expenses, until I replaced some equipment that was in terrible condition, in addition to the point of repairs ... (Investments in assets fixed).   What is preventive maintenance? These are equipment repairs within a written PLAN, taking into account: a-) Reliability index of each machine. b-) The technical recommendations of the equipment manufacturers. c-) Points raised by those responsible for the inspections on a regular basis (preventive inspection orders), and which as a whole aim to prevent the equipment from having to be subjected to EMERGENCY interventions that generate unscheduled production stops.   What is the lubrication program? "The Ideal Lubrication Program" is one that certifies, with the minimum of resources and expenses, that each piece of equipment that requires lubrication receives the RIGHT LUBRICANT, THE RIGHT QUANTITY, and WITHIN THE RECOMMENDED TIME INTERVAL ".   THE MAINTENANCE / LUBRICATION SCHEDULE There are machine maintenance and lubrication control software, some so expensive, comprehensive, and feature-packed that they would be better suited for preventive inspection of a Boeing 767 ... But for those of you who do not have the time or the maintenance staff and assistants to implement such software, here is a 6 STEP, low cost and low resource / time advice from the Production Manager, using Excel calculation worksheets. 1-) Make a detailed list of all the equipment in your factory. 2-) Prepare an Excel table to eventually print in ISO A0 format (1189 mm x 841 mm) - divide it into rows and columns. 3-) In the first column put the list of all your teams - it will happen that a complex team will require some additional lines just for this. Ex: On extruder: add lines for bearing sub-element, line for shaft / alignment sub-element, thread and liner wear sub-element, gearbox oil change sub-element , etc. 4-) In the second column, the heading is the indication of the frequency of verification, lubrication, alignment, etc. of each team and sub-element (D = daily, S = weekly, Q = biweekly, M = monthly, BA = biannual, A = yearly) 4-) Make another 52 columns, each one corresponding to a week of the year. 5-) With the equipment manufacturer's manual in hand, mark with an 'X' the weeks in which the equipment must be lubricated / inspected. Example: In the CONDITIONER item, sub item BEATERS, the frequency of verification of wear and the angle is annual, so in this particular line, there will only be 1 (one) 'X' indicating in which week of the year you will do this - at least. Add the items for the factory buildings to the table ... 6-) If you do not have a Maintenance Supervisor (this is very common), put this chart in your office and the spreadsheet on your computer, and face yourself the task of commanding and monitoring this lubrication and preventive maintenance program. Make a model of maintenance ORDER: it will be used for preventive and corrective. If you perform maintenance without a work order, you will not be able to control the performance of your staff in terms of spending hours, and even request more personnel resources for your Director if you have "Maintenance Hours Overdue". In short: use the Machine Manuals, and not just to find the code for a bearing that has broken down ... This advice from a 6-step lubrication and preventive program in Excel may seem outdated to some, but the reality is that most PET FOOD plants deal with it. It is quite different from the one seen in multinationals, which have complete maintenance teams to carry out controls.   Author: Fernando Raizer

Pet Food Packaging: all the solutions
Packaging

2+ MIN

Pet Food Packaging: all the solutions

Dry Pet Food packaging can be carried out using:   an open mouth bagging machine a vertical packaging machine a big bag packaging machine   Pet food packaging machines: which one to choose? The ideal packaging machine depends on: the bag type the bag size the production requirements (capacity and speed) Pet Food bagging machine for preformed bags: Automatic open-mouth bagging machines are used for packaging Pet Food in medium or large bags. The IABA series is designed for medium production capacities with bags of 5 to 30 kg, and consists of: IABA 600 S: up to 10 BPM IABA 800 S: up to 15 BPM UNIVERSAL 1200: up to 20 BPM. Ideal for medium to high production capacities. featuring high packaging speeds and a wide range of packable formats. IABA 600 D: up to 30 BPM. Automatic bagging machine with double filling station. Ideal for high production capacities.   These bagging machines can fill flat or folding preformed bags The MF POUCH 3000 bagging machine is used for: High production capacities High levels of flexibility in terms of bag type and size Small sizes (from 300 g to 5 kg)     The MF POUCH 3000 is recommended for those with particular packaging aesthetic requirements. The bags can be of different types, with various closures, and can be graphically customised. Semi-automatic Big Bag bagging machine The semi-automatic big bag bagging machine is used for sizes ranging from 500 to 2000 kg. It can be equipped with a net weight or gross weight scale. The net weight MF Big Bag PN Pet Food bagging machine is ideal for medium to high production capacities. The gross weight MF Big Bag PL bagging machine is ideal for medium production capacities.   Complete Pet Food packaging systems In many cases, the market demands aren't limited to a packaging system alone. MF TECNO offers comprehensive Pet Food packaging systems. Our product range includes conveyor systems, scales, bagging machines, palletisers, and wrapping machines. The shrinkwrappers and boxing machines fall within the category of secondary packaging systems. The following image shows a complete 20 BPM system with 10 kg bags, consisting of: a Tipping Bucket Elevator an MF 54 vertical packaging machine an MF PRC 1000 6-Column Palletiser an MF WRAP 35 rotating platform wrapping machine   Pet Food Production   Not only packaging, but pet food production as well. Our group company MIAL has been building animal feed and pet food extrusion plants for over 50 years.           Source: MF TECNO

TOMRA Food publishes New E-BOOK for Pet Food Processors and Ingredients Suppliers
Manufacturing Process

3+ MIN

TOMRA Food publishes New E-BOOK for Pet Food Processors and Ingredients Suppliers

Leuven, Belgium, April 20, 2021 – TOMRA Food has published an eBook to help pet food processors and ingredients suppliers counteract the threats posed by aflatoxin, foreign materials, and cross-contamination. The six-page publication explains how many businesses could be doing more to ensure their production standards, protect their customers' reputations, and safeguard their customers' beloved pets. The new eBook starts by asking: 'Are you 100% sure the pet food you're producing is safe?' This is a topical question just months after global news stories reported that more than one hundred dogs in the U.S.A. had died after consuming a well-known brand of pet food contaminated with the naturally-occurring poison aflatoxin. Soon after this, routine sample-testing for aflatoxin in dog foods led the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to instruct 18 pet food brands to recall their products. And as the eBook warns, 'If safety failings can happen on this scale in the world's most sophisticated consumer market, they can happen in any nation where pet food is produced.' The three big threats to pet food safety and quality are widely prevalent. Potentially lethal aflatoxins can originate in fungus in plants such as corn, peanuts and tree nuts that are used as pet food ingredients. Foreign materials can too easily get into the product stream during the rendering of by-products and the preparation of other pet food ingredients. And dry kibbles can easily become cross-contaminated when processors switch, as some frequently do, from one product batch to the next. In addition to the need to ensure food safety, flawless product quality is also imperative. The eBook spotlights how global demand for high-quality pet food increases as pet owners in developing nations begin to earn more disposable income and shoppers in developed nations drive the premiumization of pet food containing near-human-grade ingredients. This is an opportunity for pet food producers because premium products command premium prices. The eBook explains that new technologies are making these market demands easier to meet. This is because TOMRA Food recently introduced advanced optical sorting solutions to the pet food industry and the renderers of by-products from animal ingredients. This has been made possible by recalibrating machines previously designed and developed to ensure the purity of foods for human consumption - machines capable not only of detecting-and-ejecting materials from product streams according to their color, size, and shape, but also according to their structure and biological characteristics.   About TOMRA Food
TOMRA Food designs and manufactures sensor-based sorting machines and integrated post-harvest solutions for the food industry. We innovate the world's most advanced analytical technology and apply it to grading, sorting, and peeling. Over 12,800 units are installed at food growers, packers, and processors worldwide for confectionery, fruit, dried fruit, grains and seeds, potato products, proteins, nuts, and vegetables. The company's mission is to enable its customers to improve returns, gain operational efficiencies, and ensure a safe food supply via innovative, useable technologies. To achieve this, TOMRA Food operates centers of excellence, regional offices, and manufacturing locations within the United States, Europe, South America, Asia, Africa and Australasia. TOMRA Food is a member of the TOMRA Group that was founded on an innovation in 1972 that began with the design, manufacturing and sale of reverse vending machines (RVMs) for automated collection of used beverage containers. Today TOMRA provides technology-led solutions that enable the circular economy with advanced collection and sorting systems that optimize resource recovery and minimize waste in the food, recycling and, mining industries and is committed to building a more sustainable future. TOMRA has 100,000 installations in over 80 markets worldwide and had total revenues of 9.9 billion NOK in 2020. The Group employs 4,300 globally and is publicly listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange (OSE: TOM). For further information about TOMRA.    Source: TOMRA Food

Innovation on the Pet Food and Treat Production with Twin Screw Extrusion
Extrusion

6+ MIN

Innovation on the Pet Food and Treat Production with Twin Screw Extrusion

The The planned expansion is based on the global increase in pet adoption, increased awareness of the importance of nutrition for animal health and a continuing trend to view pets as one more member of the family. These patterns have created great opportunities for pet food producers, especially in specialty markets. These include premium, natural, grain-free, organic, or protein-enriched food niches, as well as wellness niches that focus on skin care and allergy management, digestive health, and urinary tract, puppy and kitten care, or senior pet nutrition. Within these niches, there are also micro-markets for specific activities or breeds of dogs and cats. These opportunities, combined with the emergence of new technologies, enable the levels of creativity and innovation unheard of for pet food and treat manufacturers.   Twin Screw Extrusion Opens a door to New opportunities Not too long ago, the common practice for pet food production aiming for cats and dogs was to mix basic grains with water, process them in a single screw extruder and coat the finished product with oil, essential and tasty nutrients. The increasing sophistication of the market and the emergence of more studies supporting the importance of nutrition for dogs and cats - together with the trend towards a humanization of pet food - have led to the adoption of Twin screw extrusion technology replacing single screw extrusion. This change is explained by various reasons. Twin screw extruders enable complex, high-level processing tasks with precise control of mix intensity and product quality. The twin screw platform offers a greater degree of process flexibility thanks to independent screw speed and production functions, along with the ability to perform several different processing functions at the same time. We can have a much better control of the processing parameters (including inputs of heat, shear or mechanical energy) improving the quality and consistency of products, as well as protecting volatile ingredients to preserve their effectiveness. The gradual introduction of new ingredients for pet food manufacturing has shown that twin screw extruders can competently process a wide variety of raw materials and mix formulations that are difficult to process in single screw extruders without the aid of equipment. or additional readjustments. Today, market demands go well beyond the previous "meat-like" requirement. Ingredients in pet food and treats can include vegetables (squash, beans, carrots, or broccoli), alternative proteins (yeast, nuts, algae, or insects), and fruits (blue and lingonberries, melons, or apples). Feed with a high meat content is also very popular. Other areas of opportunity reside in nutraceuticals for pets, capable of providing nutrients, vitamins or medication in an animal-friendly format, as well as meat substitutes. While these new products can ensure high profit margins, they require scalable and reliable processing with precise process control to protect the integrity of sensitive ingredients. For this reason, the twin screw extruder has become an indispensable tool for pet food manufacturers who want to meet the demands of those "pet parents" looking for premium pet foods and treats with clear labels, healthy ingredients, advanced nutrition and miscellaneous attributes that mimic the quality and visual appearance of human food.   Development of New Products for specialized Markets It is important that producers take into account the niche market they are targeting before developing their products to design ones that are attractive according to the preferences of pet owners. In today's marketplace, pet food and treats are expected to offer animal welfare benefits, healthy ingredients, and quality protein sources. Niche products have additional requirements that require testing, evaluation and refinement of recipes and ingredients during the R&D process. A conventional R&D center will handle design, laboratory testing, prototyping, small-scale batching, and industrial simulation. In this process, the twin screw extruder offers the flexibility to quickly change production parameters (screw configuration, barrel length, residence time, shear, expansion) and process controls (liquid and vapor injection, flow channels). heating and cooling) to quickly adjust the properties of the products. This also allows tests to be completed with the least possible residue, which is an important factor when working with high-quality ingredients, vitamins or nutraceuticals. Furthermore, while real-time operating conditions can be monitored from the operator panel, all data is logged for future review and analysis. Twin screw extruders often have features that make it easy to access the product and clean (Clextral has automatic barrel opening) to, in addition to saving time, allowing developers to effectively test various recipes in each rehearsal session. This flexibility will also benefit manufacturers when products are moved into a real production environment, as it will allow the processing of several different products on the same production line and extruder with minimal downtime for product changes. A key advantage for supplying products to small niche markets.   From the Laboratory to the Production line After a product has been developed in the test center, scaling is a critical step to ensure that the product derived from the extruder on the production line exhibits the same attributes as the product derived from the R&D unit. Therefore, the design of the extruder is an important factor. Clextral extruders feature proven homothetic designs to ensure predictable scaling. Producers should rely on the specialized knowledge, experience, technical assistance and training provided by their extrusion equipment suppliers to optimize product quality and consistency on the production line. These extrusion experts are continually testing and improving processes and recipes to support their customers, so they should be seen as key players on the development team.   Preconditioners improve Product Quality and increase Production Preconditioners have long been used to increase extruder output by pre-processing the grain and initiating the gelatinization of the starch. This process decreases the required residence time within the extruder for a higher production volume with less wear and tear on the equipment. Today, preconditioners are used to offer additional benefits: • Initial mixing of all ingredients to ensure uniform distribution and hydration before extrusion. • Improved thermal energy transfer to the product to preserve its nutritional properties. • In the case of products with a high meat content, the introduction of the meat in the preconditioner provides a longer residence time for mixing with the dry ingredients in order to ensure the homogeneity of the products.   Twin Screw Extrusion Technology can meet present and future needs Twin screw extrusion offers numerous advantages for pet food producers, as this technology provides a complex mixing and processing system for the production of sophisticated products within a hygienic, flexible and infinitely repeatable platform. In addition, considering that the market is constantly evolving, the twin screw extruder can be easily reconfigured for the processing of new products that meet consumer expectations. Key benefits: Greater consistency in production and product quality control. Maximum productivity thanks to continuous processing, more agile startup and shutdown between faster product changes, and advanced automation. Unbeatable flexibility with the ability to process a wide variety of raw materials. Optimized environmental impact thanks to saving water and energy. Simple and easy maintenance and cleaning.   How to Succeed in Specialty Pet Food and Treat Markets It is important to study trends, consumer wishes, and competition to determine those products that the pet food market demands at all times. A healthy food or treat does not guarantee success if it does not satisfy the needs or attract the interest of the consumers to whom it is directed. With the twin screw extrusion platform, producers have flexible development and production tools capable of optimizing their processes and facilitating their adaptation to changing market needs. This technology not only enables producers to capitalize on emerging trends and opportunities, but also ensures their reactivity to succeed in the Pet Food market. Author: Hadrien Delemazure - Feed Extrusion Expert  Source: Clextral Inc.

The Complete Guide To Industrial Conveyors
Conveying Systems

10+ MIN

The Complete Guide To Industrial Conveyors

In 2020, the global conveyor market was estimated at $7.73 billion. By 2026, this value is expected to increase up to $10.07 billion. Short production cycles, advancements in e-commerce (especially due to the global health pandemic), and an improved international flow of goods all contribute to the growth of the conveyor market. The globalization of the economy is a direct result of the automation that conveyors bring. If your business needs a new, faster, and more reliable way of transporting items (raw materials, goods, or products) within the same facility or area, industrial conveyor systems are the right solution. The complete guide to industrial conveyors will present you with the basics of what you need to know about these systems, how they work and how they are used, and how you can select the best type of conveyor for your organization.   Conveyor Systems: Definition Intralogistics is the process of managing the flow of information and material goods inside a production or distribution facility. Conveyor systems are an important segment of intralogistics. They serve to transport bulk products, raw materials, goods, or any other type of materials from point A to point B that are usually located in the same area or even building. The industries that benefit the most from conveyors include: Mining industry Warehouse and logistics Agricultural industry Aerospace industry Chemical and pharmaceutical industries Food processing industry Packaging industry Beverage industry Automotive industry Bottling and canning industry, and more The main reason why industries have almost completely switched to automated material handling and transport is that this enables them to move vast amounts of material and continuously operate. Compared to workers who need rest, conveyor systems don't need much downtime due to maintenance and cleaning. They can run almost non-stop, which means the production numbers of your facility will skyrocket.   The System Breakdown How does an industrial conveyor system work, anyway? Depending on the type of material it is handling and its purpose, different conveyors, work differently. Nevertheless, all of them have a few basic components they cannot function without Drive There are three most common drivers (power sources) for conveyor technology: Motors Gravity Manual drive Industrial systems are typically powered by motors. The most prevalent motors for conveyors are three-phase AC motors, perfect for systems that continuously run in one direction. Single-phase comes with starting windings and capacitor delays, which are not suited for conveyor systems. Most facilities utilize 440V motors because, with high voltage, there are lower transmission losses over the grid. However, not all conveyors need to be powered by electricity. Manual and gravity-based systems are usually centered around rollers. Rollers inside a frame allow workers to push an item from one point to another if the frame is horizontal or slide it down an angle if the frame is tilted. These conveyors do not require any energy to function and are a good fit for packaging processes, where large, non-fragile items are moved around.   Mode of Transfer The main difference between conveyor types is the way they move materials. This can be done in any number of ways or combinations determined by the production facility's goals. You will often run into the following methods of transporting goods: Belts – made from various materials that rest on a steel frame that supports them and the items they're moving. Chains – endless chains move thanks to sprockets at each end of the trough. Buckets – containers attached to belts, cables, or chains that move the material along. Cables – moving materials with the help of a coated, flexible, stainless steel drag cable with discs attached to it. Pneumatic – moving materials thanks to compressed air (positive conditions) or a vacuum (negative conditions). Screw or auger – a helical blade called an auger, typically placed inside a tube, that rotates and moves the material. Aero-mechanical – the material is driven at high speeds on evenly spaced discs. These are just some of the examples of how conveyors transport materials. Which one is most suitable for your business depends on a series of factors we will cover in a bit.   Support An industrial conveyor system would not be able to operate without many of its support mechanisms. It needs the proper frames to hold the belts, chains, sprockets, buckets, and similar components. It also requires cleaning or maintenance features.   Controls Lastly, industrial conveyors are controlled in various ways. Some operate only in one direction, while others can reverse direction if needed. All conveyors should be outfitted with emergency stop buttons and safeguards in case of an accident.   Conveyor Applications What are industrial conveyor systems used for? We already mentioned that their primary purpose is to move products or materials. These systems can also store and buffer materials if the process requires it. Here are the main applications of an industrial conveyor system: Moving Materials Standard transport. If there is a need to move the same type of material from the same starting point to the same endpoint over and over again, there is no point in forcing workers into these repetitive motions that might damage their health. The movements of forklifts can also be reduced by installing a conveyor that will cover this distance and take over the transport. Heavy load transport. Some items cannot be moved due to their size and/or weight. Special conveyor systems are built for materials that are too large or too heavy for a worker or forklift. Assembly conveyor. Working on an assembly line requires a conveyor to move an item as workers perform their tasks. These conveyors are frequently used in a wide range of industries, especially in the automotive sector. Protection from damage or injury. Some items are not too heavy or too difficult to move. However, performing repetitive movements, such as transporting a product from one location to another, represents a danger to workers' health. Conveyors can achieve the same in less time and with much less muscle strain involved. Also, some products or materials are too fragile to be moved by hand or forklift. Human error is a significant factor in why businesses suffer losses in the manufacturing process. To reduce this risk, it is good to introduce conveyors as a safe way to transport easily damaged products. Bulk material transport. Gravel, sand, iron ore, coal, and similar are not easy to transport no matter what your options are. The right type of conveyor can prevent many headaches when it comes to moving materials in bulk. Complete automation. In the end, perhaps you are aiming to automate your business from head to toe. If there are no workers involved in some segments of your production, conveyors and robots, go hand in hand. If robots deliver products to the conveyor or receive them from the conveyor, it is easy to control the production and adjust it for just the right output you need.   Storing and Buffering Product storage. If there is a demand for product storage before the next production step, specific conveyors can accommodate this. Accumulation bank. An accumulation bank is also called a buffer. This is a flexible type of storage that manages the flow of production. A buffer can either be increased or decreased depending on the demands of the process. Conveyors can also allow workers to sequence and resequence products between processes. Organizing products into batches and prioritizing them increases productivity.   Types of Conveyor Systems Based on this outline of conveyor basics, it is rightful to assume that there are various systems. So, what are the different types of industrial conveyors? Let's explore the seven most common conveyor types.   Aero-Mechanical Conveyors Aero-mechanical systems are made from a steel tube with a circulating rope running through it. Evenly spaced discs along the rope carry material, creating an airstream by moving at high speeds inside the tube. These speeds generate a centrifugal force that ejects the material once it reaches its destination. These conveyors can operate vertically or horizontally and are quite flexible. They convey materials at high velocities, depending on their application, and are easy to clean. At the same time, these velocities lead to compromised material integrity. If the goal is to reduce material breakage in such a system, the speed should be slow and steady. Aero-mechanical conveyors also require rope-tensioning, making them difficult for maintenance.   Auger (Screw) Conveyors Auger is a helical blade (a screw) that moves granular or liquid materials by rotating, usually inside a tube. The rate at which the material is transferred is directly related to the rotation speed of the auger. It is one of the first conveyors to be invented since ancient Greeks used it to transport irrigation water. Screw conveyors are good at transporting semi-solid materials, like food waste, municipal solid waste, animal feed, meat, boiler ash, aggregates, and similar. They are also easy to clean and maintain because they don't have many moving conveyor components. Unfortunately, auger conveyors can compromise blends and lead to material breakage. Their efficiency isn't as high in steep inclines, and it cannot be used in spaces that require multiple planes.   Belt Conveyors Belt conveyors are arguably the most common type of conveyor, found in practically every sector. They have two or more pulleys and a closed loop of material (the belt) that rotates around them. A motor can power these pulleys to move the belt and its materials in the right direction. There are two main types of belt conveyors: For bulk materials, such as coal, salt, grain, ore, and sand For general materials, such as boxes, solid items, and packages Belt conveyors are not used only in industrial settings. They also transport luggage at airports, food at restaurants (such as sushi conveyor belts), and even skiers at mountain resorts. Belt conveyors can also be enclosed to prevent loss of material and contamination.   Bucket Elevators Bucket conveyors move flowable bulk materials (grain, fertilizer) upwards in multi-sided containers. The most significant downside of bucket elevators is that they have a lot of moving parts which are difficult to maintain. Aside from the buckets, this system also includes a belt to carry the buckets and a power source to drive the belt. It can also come with accessories for loading the buckets, receiving the discharged material, and similar. These conveyor systems have low driving power and are therefore quite efficient. However, bucket elevator components require high maintenance expenses, and the equipment is challenging to clean.   Cable Conveyors Cable material handling systems include a cable, usually one made of stainless steel. If they are enclosed, tubular cable conveyors minimize contact with food materials and preserve material integrity. To transport the material, solid discs are attached to the cable. They push the material through the tube. Cablevey tubular cable systems have low energy consumption because their motors are typically 5 HP (up to 7.5 HP). They can move material at angles, vertically, horizontally, or in tight sweeps. They have removable parts, making them easy to maintain. The main advantage of tubular cable systems is that they eliminate the factor of material degradation. They provide a dust-free environment and allow for consistent blending. They are ideal for the following materials: Nuts Snack foods Pet food Breakfast cereal Coffee Frozen food Specialty seeds Beans Powders Biomass Fluff plastic Industrial hemp, and more   Chain Conveyors These conveyors are made from an endless chain supported by sprockets. Chains can have special attachments to them for carrying specialty loads. Transporting heavy loads is the main use of chain conveyors (very wide or very long items such as pallets, industrial containers, and grid boxes). In the automotive industry, chain conveyors transport vehicle parts through paint plants. They can also be found in the pharmaceutical industry. The difficulty with chain conveyors is that the sprockets need frequent replacement, which leads to prolonged downtime. Chains themselves are easy to maintain since individual links can easily be replaced. However, they are not easy to clean. They are not suitable for fine, powdered materials because they can accumulate in the links and lead to the breeding of bacteria. These systems also require a lot of power consumption.   Pneumatic Conveyors There are four basic components to a pneumatic system: An air source A material feeding device A conveyor line An air-material separator Pneumatic conveyors are great for moving dry bulk materials through a vacuum (negative conditions) or air pressure (positive conditions). They transfer material through a tube (fully enclosed line) that reduces the chances of material loss. Fine, dry powders that are fluidizable are the best materials for pneumatic conveyors. Granular or pelletized materials are also acceptable. Here is what you can transfer via these systems: Sugar Coal fines Starch Wheat flour Sands Food products Metal powders, and more The advantages of air pressure or vacuum conveyors are that they require low maintenance and are flexible. Unfortunately, they are not the most energy-efficient. They also significantly damage delicate material – up to 10% of the conveyed product can be damaged by this system.   Conclusion An industrial facility would not be able to function efficiently without material handling equipment. Conveyor systems can be found everywhere: in the chemical, pharmaceutical, automotive, aerospace, mining, bottling and canning, printing, packaging, and many other industries. A reliable system for transporting products and materials inside a distribution center or production facility is crucial for industrial processes. An industrial conveyor needs a power source to drive it. This can be electricity, gravity, or it can be manually driven. It can have a range of different modes of material handling, such as belts, rollers, buckets, cables, chains, etc. An industrial conveyor system also needs a support framework and controls for turning it on and off, adjusting its options, and potentially stopping it entirely in an emergency. Conveyors are not only beneficial for moving materials but also for storing and buffering them. Special types can also sort items. The most prevalent conveyor types are: Aero-Mechanical Auger (Screw) Belt Bucket Cable Chain Pneumatic To choose the right one for your company, you need to take into account several factors: what materials you're transporting, the floor space available, how much money you're willing to spend on power consumption, whether your conveyor will be a part of any assembly lines, how vital material integrity is to you, and so on. Designing the right conveyor layout can be an arduous task. If you'd like some help and are interested in tubular cable conveyors, why not reach out to Cablevey, a conveyor system manufacturer. Our experts will be glad to meet your business needs and help you lead your organization into the future of conveying technology! Source: Cablevey Conveyors

Boost Pet Food Value and Profit with Gentle Conveying Without Using Air
Conveying Systems

6+ MIN

Boost Pet Food Value and Profit with Gentle Conveying Without Using Air

Tubular Cable Conveyors can significantly reduce product damage, energy use, noise, and maintenance. Pet Owners pampering their Dogs, Cats, and animal friends more than ever today, quality and presentation are being scrutinized. As a result, only tasteful whole product is desired--not crumbs, bits or powder. In today's competitive marketplace, unpresentable, broken Pet Food will be taken as a cue for low quality product, unsuitable for cherished pets, who are often treated like family members.To avoid turning off customers, product that is excessively broken or powdery must often be reduced, removed or filtered out, since this may be missed or rejected by the animals. Dealing with broken Pet Food product after production only adds to processing costs and reduces profit. 'Many high-value products can be fragile and need very gentle handling. Otherwise, whole forms can be broken, crushed to bits, and even turned to powder. This significantly lowers the value of the product, and damaged portions may need to be removed or disposed of to prevent perceived quality issues that could prompt customers to turn to other brands,' says Gary Schliebs, a Process Engineer and Director of Plus One Percent. Engineered Solutions, a consulting firm that works in the Food Industry and Markets Food Industry Conveyor equipment globally. 'In some cases, more than 10% of delicate product can be damaged by high velocity air-power systems. The cost to the industry is compounded because the damage often comes at the end of the process, after considerable value has been added, only to have it degraded by a poor choice in the selection of transfer conveying equipment,' adds Schliebs, who frequently consults on food engineering equipment design, plant layouts, and process flows. The Limitations of Air Conveyors In the Pet Food Industry, a wide range of fragile, high dollar value food products can be prone to excess breakage when conveyed at high velocity by air-power, such as in pneumatic and aeromechanical systems. Pneumatic Conveyor Systems utilize air by creating air pressure above or below the atmospheric level. These systems use filters that require regular replacement. The two main types of pneumatic conveyors – dilute phase and dense phase – differ by speed and pressure, and both can be configured as a pressure or vacuum system. In dilute phase conveying, pet food product is suspended in the air as it is transported through the conveying pipe at extremely high velocities of typically 3,400-5,000ft/min. While the product usually has minimal breakage during straight pathways, most systems have bends and sweeps where it can be forced through constricted areas, quickly change direction and be damaged. In such cases, valuable feed often can be too fragile. Dense phase Pneumatic Conveyor Systems, where the product is not suspended in air since it is heavy or abrasive, function at lower velocity than dilute phase. However, with air speeds of about 700-1,500ft/min., delicate food items are still susceptible to breakage at bends and sweeps. While aeromechanical conveyors have a different method of conveyance, these enclosed, high-capacity mechanical systems can also degrade delicate product. With these systems, a wire rope with evenly spaced discs within a tube travels at high speed, running in sprockets at each end of the conveyor. This generates an internal air stream traveling at the same high velocity as the discs that carry product along in the tube. However, these conveyors may also force vulnerable materials through stressful phases during transport, which could impair their integrity. 'Any fragile or friable food product conveyed at high velocity is prone to damage, particularly if it changes direction or exits with impact. This can be the case with both pneumatic or aeromechanical conveyors,' says Schliebs. A Gentler Approach Boosts Profitability According to Schliebs, a gentler alternative to protect sensitive, high-value pet food products is to utilize tubular cable conveyors. These systems move product through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) are attached to the cable, which push the product at low speed through the tube without the use of air, preserving product integrity and minimizing waste. 'Food Industry manufacturers can decrease product damage down to 1-2% with a slower process like a Cablevey Conveyors tubular cable system. With it, product is gently transferred at low speed, so there is minimal to no damage,' says Schliebs. Cablevey Conveyors is an Oskaloosa, Lowa based premium, specialty material moving, mechanical conveyor company that has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for almost 50 years, and is in more than 66 countries. In the Food Industry, the conveyors are utilized for products such as pet food, nuts, cereal, coffee, snacks, beans, and seeds. The systems can convey up to 2000 cubic feet per hour (56m3/hr.) of flakes, pellets, shavings, crumbles, granules, regrind, chunks, parts, prills, and powders with numerous layouts using multiple inlets and outlets. Since the material is carried between the flights, it is also much easier to safely convey some sticky or easily compacted materials in a tubular cable conveyor than in air-powered conveying systems, where such materials can form plugs. 'With pneumatic or aero-mechanical conveying systems, any soft or sticky material can smear and adhere to surfaces, particularly at bends and sweeps that change direction, which is not an issue with tubular cable conveyors,' says Schliebs. According to Schliebs, the tubular cable conveyor's modular construction can also help reduce product damage by enabling it to slide out on a gentler gradient, rather than simply drop out, as is more typical with conveyors utilizing air. 'To minimize product damage, it is important for food industry manufacturers to not only transfer gently, but also get product in and out of the conveyor safely and gently as well. That is more achievable with a conveyor like Cablevey that allows product to slide down rather than drop out the end,' says Schliebs. In fact, most tubular cable conveyors have interchangeable components that allow the conveyor to be easily expanded or reconfigured to change the length, conveying path and the number of inlets and outlets. These modifications are more complex and time-consuming with a pneumatic conveying system because it has more components and electrical connections. Also, another bonus of the Cablevey systems is that the 'footprint' can be quite small compared to other conveyor systems, and that really helps with tight and compact manufacturing areas. 'Because of the 'bespoke' design of each Cablevey system for customer specific requirements, we can tailor the design to be very 'non-intrusive' in the work area and not hinder access for people and maintenance, as other systems can. This is a real bonus for safety, access and saving floor space, which is another cost to manufacturing,' said Schliebs. Less energy use, less noise Since pneumatic systems convey product at high velocity, this typically requires larger, power-hungry motors that run fans, blowers and rotary valves. In a dense phase system, a pressure tank requiring compressed air consumes additional power. In terms of noise level, pneumatic conveying systems also generate considerable noise. Aero-mechanical systems, running at high speed, generate considerable motor and disc noise as well. Given that smaller motors are used, tubular cable systems are quieter overall and utilize much less energy.'A  low speed tubular cable system is quiet enough to easily have a conversation around it while it is running,' says Schliebs. 'In regards to energy, it utilizes about one-tenth that of pneumatic systems. For dense phase models, the electricity savings by using a tubular conveyor can be sizeable, with 1-year ROI in some cases.' For more info visit Source: Cablevey Conveyors

Scrap, waste and rework!
Manufacturing Process

6+ MIN

Scrap, waste and rework!

Waste, defects and rework: It is usually a 'nightmare' in food processing, here we suggest how to minimize and control it. When we talk to our customers about their most important problems in the production processes in food processing, almost all of them mention one or more: waste, defects and rework. InfinityQS® quality management software is designed to help manufacturers know exactly what to expect… so there are no unpleasant surprises. It's so true that waste, defects, and rework are the nightmare of today's manufacturing. Because if you don't control your processes, these problems will cost you money and headaches. Often times, despite your best efforts, poor quality products eventually find their way into the hands of your customers.   With so many competitors in every market segment, one of the biggest differentiators is quality. In any organization, you must implement quality in a standardized way to ensure that metrics are met, and objectives are achieved. Simply put, it´s essential to consistently maintain the highest quality and deliver the highest quality levels 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. That's why InfinityQS quality management software systems are vital to today's manufacturers. The stakes are high, but the cost of the solution for scraps, defects, and rework doesn't have to be.   QUALITY as a Priority!   InfinityQS´ COO, Doug Fair, says on his blog: "...Are Quality Control Methods 'Mission Critical at Your Organization?" that: 'companies that make quality a priority in their manufacturing create a huge market advantage, have reduced operating costs, allowing them to lower prices to be more competitive or keep prices unchanged and earn additional profits. When quality is a mission critical, companies experience fewer failures, fewer warranty claims, greater customer loyalty ... and higher sales...' When companies make quality a priority, they can easily reduce waste, defects, reprocesses. In essence, this is all about the ability to make quality work for you. By using statistical process control, through a quality management software system (as offered by InfinityQS and its Partnet, Clivio Solutions), you have the best chance of keeping at bay the demons of manufacturing.   Control Processes A quality management solution can reduce waste by helping your operations team detect critical out-of-spec dimensions. The earlier you detect these problems, the less wasted materials or recalled products you will have to deal with. InfinityQS quality management solutions provide the tools you need to detect process problems quickly. Let's face it: you can't stop waste if you can't find it. Too many companies use guesswork to figure out why the product is not up to scratch. But with the InfinityQS cloud-based quality management system -- the Enact® Quality Intelligence platform - which is offered and supported by Clivio Solutions, you can identify how to reduce waste in manufacturing and significantly reduce costs in all its operations. Fighting waste is a never ending battle. Enact® gives you the power to accumulate historical and aggregated data on processes, products, lines and even sites, which in turn gives you the ability to track trends and variations that generate waste, even for processes and products that are within the limits. Specifications. As a result, InfinityQS customers have saved many millions of dollars by reducing waste. As Steve Wise, Vice President of Statistical Methods at InfinityQS, writes in his Manufacturing Challenge blog series: "...Generally speaking, management doesn't really care about waste; what matters to them is the profit. Well, to be fair, they do care; but they don't want to deal with it if they don't have to. As long as they are making money, they simply won't have time to spend worrying about waste. And so these 'hidden factories' continue to exist... ".   The Hidden Factory What is the "hidden factory" It consists of the "alternative solutions" that an organization creates: small one-time solutions (usually additional steps or additional parts that do not really belong in a product) which solve the problems that operators encounter with processes and lines of manufacturing. "...But in today's - highly competitive - market - with falling profit margins and high failure price, all organizations must take a hard look at waste. They need to expose the hidden factory and take care of its processes. It is the result of improved manufacturing quality..."   Beyond inspections When you test quality only on the finished product or at the final production stage, you may run into staggering amounts of waste and scrap, poor quality products, or rework time. Enact® enables automatic notifications and tiered quality controls. That way, operators and quality personnel know immediately if a process, machine or product is out of specification, then they can fix the problem before it causes damage. Enact® allows a 'big picture' view of whether processes are running smoothly or need attention. When you see a problem, it's easy to drill down into the details of real-time alerts and trade status for better troubleshooting and faster resolution. The main purpose of inspections and samples, or sample-based inspection plans, is to capture defects before they leave the plant. InfinityQS through Clivio Solutions allows manufacturers to look "upstream" for the root causes of these problems and detect (and eliminate) them.   Working upstream If you can't figure out where things are going wrong, you will likely end up waiting until even more "added value", and more costs, are attached to the product. Then, just at the last minute before it is shipped to the customer, what should you do? Do you throw it away or take it out of stock. ? On the other hand, when you do manage to catch something upstream, it's just one component you need to discard, rather than the entire batch. But you need to know what to do when you find that defect upstream. Using statistical methods, which are the core of InfinityQS' quality management software products, will help you pinpoint where the problem is (the root cause) and help you determine what you can do about it. This is the strength of statistical process control. And this is what Clivio Solutions can help you with.   Solutions If you can focus on uncovering root causes and eliminating source variation, you can eliminate many of the additional costs that creep into your production processes. These costs are often the result of people trying to fix something quickly or make the best of a deteriorating situation. But the key to all of this is that your organization cannot be blind to excess waste, defects, or rework. Rather, you must acknowledge the problems and put a quality team on the case. There is no reason to leave money on the table while ignoring or hiding problems. Don't be fooled: none of this is "the cost of doing business." It just isn't. Businesses must recognize what their problems are, where they reside, seek smart solutions, and then the bottom line will reflect their efforts. There is nothing to fear. InfinityQS quality management software solutions are designed to lead you to quality excellence, supported by the professional and industry expertise of Clivio Solutions. You will be surprised to know how simple and economical it is to implement InfinityQS quality management software with the support of Clivio Solutions. We await your inquiry.   For more information you can contact: Engineer Francisco Pantoni Source: Clivio Solutions          

New Product - PAYPER presents new high-output FFS bagger
Packaging

2+ MIN

New Product - PAYPER presents new high-output FFS bagger

PAYPER has recently launched a new FFS bagging machine capable of filling up to 2,600 bags/hour. This bag filler, which is now the highest performing member of the FFS ASSAC-family, is called U20. It handles bags from 5 to 50 kg and works with tubular PE or Aluminium roll film with PE laminate and is especially suitable for bulk solids in granules. The ASSAC-U20 is specially designed for free flowing products such as plastic pellets, fertilizer prills, etc. Common demands when bagging this kind of products are output capacity, precision and reliability and the U20 meets all three. Five decades of experience and collaboration with the industry make PAYPER a trustworthy partner. Any new project is developed in close cooperation with the client and is tailor-made to suit each individual need. The ASSAC U20 is a flexible bagging solution that can be adapted to different requirements by adding modules such as Automatic roll film change; ATEX certification; Anti-corrosion kit; Cleaning system; Corner sealing system for optimal bag shape or a Movable platform. Additionally, a Metal-detector, Check-weigher or Ink-printer can be added to the line to customize the entire system for the user. Read more HERE   ASSAC-U20. PAYPER's newest FFS bagging machine – 2,600 bags/h   Bagging-line with PAYPER's new FFS bagger, 'ASSAC-U20' with a capacity of 2,600 bags/h. Features automatic roll film changer, metal detector and check weigher.   Automatic film roll changer fitted to PAYPER's new FFS bagging machine 'ASSAC-U20'.   PAYPER's high-speed FFS Bagging System, 'ASSAC-U20' with automatic film roll changer.   Fuente: Payper

Pet food Production: 3 Factors for Optimizing Extrusion Economics and Efficiency
Manufacturing Process

5+ MIN

Pet food Production: 3 Factors for Optimizing Extrusion Economics and Efficiency

The extrusion and drying phases of pet food production create three challenges that must be balanced with production efficiencies and economics: Managing the moisture levels in pet food to support consumption preference. Optimizing production capacity to achieve efficiency and economics. Consistently producing safe, high-quality food with an adequate shelf life. As extreme thermal conditions during extrusion and drying processes reduce moisture levels during pet food production, the result can be an adverse effect on consumption preference. And while simply adding more moisture or lesser drying during processing may seem like a logical solution, additional moisture can negatively affect shelf life stability of the finished product. Achieving the proper balance of moisture content, kibble throughput/production capacity and pet food quality can support safety and quality parameters, without sacrificing production efficiencies. This article examines approaches to achieve such a balance of quality product, efficient production and economics. Increasing production capacity and efficiency While optimizing moisture levels in pet food kibble can be a complex and delicate process, studies show there is an opportunity to increase production capacity and/or improve energy efficiency. Achieving one or both of these production objectives can result in improved economics for the pet food producer.  As a research-based organization, Trouw Nutrition, a Nutreco company, conducts studies to evaluate innovations that support safe, high-quality pet food and production economics. A good example of this research comes from a commercial pet food study. A study measured how adding a combination of buffered and non-buffered organic acids with surfactants in the conditioner at two different inclusion rates impacted production parameters. Two dosages of Fylax® Forte-HC liquid were added at the preconditioning stage while maintaining production conditions. As illustrated in Table 1, applying the product with the dryer temperature set at 120◦C showed a significant increase in throughput while reducing the moisture percentage and water activity (AW). The results of this study demonstrate an opportunity for pet food producers to lower the temperature or increase the dryer throughout speed, thus reducing energy use and/or improving the efficiency of the production process. Improved production efficiencies can also be seen in a second study. In this study, the production speed was accelerated to 11,000 kg/h, the dryer temperature was set between 105-110◦C and AW was at a maximum of 0.70, in accordance with the producer's quality standards. The results presented in Table 2 show a maximum increase of 0.08 in AW and a 2.81% increase in moisture. Even though the AW and moisture levels were higher, the Fylax Forte-HC liquid's mould control properties proved effective. The study showed shelf life was increased by 72% at the lower inclusion rate compared to a control treatment. And at the higher inclusion rate, the results were even more dramatic–shelf life increased 171% compared to a control treatment. These beneficial effects can largely be attributed to a patent-pending technology – ActiProp® – included in Fylax ® Forte-HC liquid. The inclusion of ActiProp is aimed at helping achieve quality kibble and production efficiencies by inhibiting mould growth, prolonging shelf life, protecting the nutritional value of petfood, retaining kibble's moisture content and improving production capacity. In addition to the studies noted above, further studies conducted in commercial production facilities around the globe have shown consistent results. In fact, when the dryer temperature was reduced by 14◦C, the percentage of moisture increased while the AW value remained below the target of 0.60 (Table 3 and Figure 1). Supporting safety and shelf life As the commercial environment may require pet food to support a shelf life up to 24 months, assuring pet food longevity and kibble quality can pose stability challenges. A mould inhibitor should be added during preconditioning to help assure shelf life. Again, the propionic acid included in ActiProp® technology can play a role in supporting shelf life. After the extreme environment of the extruder, adding a mould inhibitor blend with a stable and highly concentrated blend that offers a minimum of 95% retention of propionic acid can ensure a prolonged effect throughout the kibble's shelf-life. The mould inhibitor discussed above (Fylax® Forte HC liquid) has been proven to withstand the high temperatures of extrusion. During preconditioning, the homogenous distribution of added moisture and organic acids can be supported by surfactants and emulsifiers which reduce water's surface tension. This reduction allows the moisture and organic acids to penetrate more deeply into kibble particles, thus increasing the total fixed water in kibble and resulting in a lower free water level. Understanding how these processes work during feed production informed developers' decision to add ActiProp® technology to Fylax Forte-HC liquid. The technology's propionic acid, and emulsifiers along with a buffering agent work together to achieve a prolonged effect that can stand up to the extended shelf life requirements of commercial environments. The phytochemical compounds along with the propionic acid in the ActiProp ® technology have proven to deliver a synergistic effect.   Effective application is essential Even the most sophisticated Pet Food production technologies will not deliver the desired results if dosing or application are not aligned with the production environment. With this in mind, Trouw Nutrition developed dosing equipment to allow for accurate, safe and continuous dosing of a mould inhibitor during pet food production. Dosing equipment attuned to the variances within the production environment ensures that the blend of buffered and non-buffered organic acids and surfactants is effectively distributed. As every production environment is unique, it is important that equipment is adjustable. Dosing equipment developed by Trouw Nutrition mixes the mould inhibitor with water used in the preconditioning process and then the product is continuously sprayed onto feed materials in the preconditioner.   Investing in consistent production performance There are several benefits associated with optimizing moisture penetration in pet food kibble. These benefits include unform starch gelatinization, better starch availability and improved palatability of the finished pet food. An adequate product properly applied can help pet food producers achieve the ideal balance of moisture levels in kibble while potentially reducing the amount of energy consumed during the extrusion and drying phases. As studies show, all of these production efficiencies can contribute to improved production economics. Author: Trouw Nutrition  

Trends and Challenges in Pet Food and Treat Packaging
Packaging

4+ MIN

Trends and Challenges in Pet Food and Treat Packaging

As consumers shop for their pets, food and treat packaging can make or break their purchasing decisions. That's because packaging provides immediate and often visible evidence of a company's efforts to improve food safety, appeal to current consumer demands, and create a more sustainable future. Find out the food and treat trends that are driving changes and challenges in packaging. Sample packs for snacking The rise of snacking among consumers is carrying over to their pets. Many owners are still working from home in some capacity, so they're able to spoil their pets with snack breaks or use treats to keep pets occupied during conference calls. More time at home also means more time to sample new products. But owners may prefer not to buy a large package of a particular treat if they aren't sure about the product's safety or palatability. They might also be looking for ways to offer their pets more variety. Treat manufacturers can help with the decision process by bundling together different types of chews or treats for pets to try, or they can package individual items in small, sample-sized packaging. These formats are easy for owners to grab-and-go while at the store, and they're perfect for dropping into gift packages and subscription boxes. Smaller batches, single servings It's not just the treats that are getting single-serve, convenient packaging — pet food manufacturers are beginning to package pet food in smaller portions. It's common for manufacturers to package wet, fresh, and frozen food in individual pouches, but now brands like Purina are doing the same with kibble. For pet owners, smaller package sizes have many advantages: Preventing obesity: Owners who struggle with how much to feed their pets can benefit from purchasing pre-portioned food. Maintaining freshness: Buying a 25-lb bag of food for a 5-lb dog may seem more cost-effective, but not if the food spoils and goes to waste. In general, it's best to use up dry food within about a month of opening, and small batches make it easier for owners to do so. Packing for adventures: Small packages are easy to pack up and take along when going on a hike or road trip with pets. There's likely to be a growing demand for smaller portions as consumers plan to include their pets in post-pandemic travel. Premium quality and safety More than 40% of dog and cat owners buy premium pet food. And a premium quality product deserves premium quality packaging to protect and preserve the contents. Clear, colorful designs and features that make the packaging easy to open and use also indicate to consumers that they're buying a premium product. However, about half of pet owners who buy premium pet food are unhappy that they can't properly close the bag after opening. Pet food stays fresh longer if stored in its original packaging. But if the bag gets damaged while opening or pet owners struggle to reseal it between feedings, they risk compromising freshness by leaving it open or pouring the food into a separate container. So developing packaging that's not only easy to carry and open but reliably resealable is a key focus area for manufacturers, especially for premium products. Sustainability Sustainability continues to be an influencer of consumer behavior, even when it comes to pet care. Three-fourths of pet owners say environmental issues have swayed their pet care purchases and decisions, including (for 40%) what food they feed their pets. And nearly 75% of pet food purchasers say they feel more positively about brands that take steps to make packaging more sustainable. The challenge for manufacturers is that sustainability often conflicts with other packaging trends. Environmentally-friendly packaging materials may not deliver optimal quality, durability, and food safety features. And smaller or single-serve packaging may add to the waste problem rather than solving it. One solution is to continue to improve package recyclability, provide clear recycling instructions, for consumers, and encourage participation in recycling programs. Last year, Pet Sustainability Coalition, Earth Animal, and Petfood Experts launched the Flex Forward program to do just that. The goal of the program is to find ways to break down flexible pet food packaging and reuse it to develop other types of pet products, like beds and toys. Through a return-to-retail program, retailers collected well over 5,000 lbs of used pet food and treat packaging for this purpose. Another solution is to switch to reusable packaging, Open Farm is taking the lead on this, as the first pet food company to partner with Loop. Consumers can order the brand's food in stainless steel tins, which they return after use for cleaning and refilling. Free at-home pickup makes it easier for consumers to do their part. Pet care trends may shift again as the pandemic passes, but demands for convenience, safety, and sustainability are likely to shape pet food packaging for years to come. Source: Global Pets Source: Food Industry Executive

Energy Efficiency and Sustainability in Pet Food production
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Energy Efficiency and Sustainability in Pet Food production

By María Candelaria Carbajo

In recent times, sustainability has been the subject of the agenda for many countries and organizations, especially regarding what production processes imply. And it is that caring for the environment is increasingly important: we have realized that we only have one. In this article we discuss the environmental impact of our industry and its production processes. First, what is energy efficiency basically? Energy efficiency as the efficient use of energy. A process or element is said to be energy efficient when it consumes less than average amount of energy to perform. Energy efficiency seeks to protect the environment by reducing energy intensity. What is the general context? Environmental concerns and the depletion of fossil fuels are forcing the development of policies to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Energy efficiency is a topic of great debate especially in developing countries. The industrial and manufacturing sector (whatever the end product) has a significant responsibility for environmental pollution and the use of its resources, especially in the depletion of fossil fuels and carbon dioxide emissions. This is why, a few years ago, the implementation of energy efficiency strategies began to be evaluated. This is because the food industry, both for humans and pets, is booming and growing, so it is necessary to drastically optimize the use of resources in order to meet demand with a degree of controlled environmental impact or, at least, acceptable. Sustainability is imposed throughout the industry Let's remember that sustainability is one of the most booming trends in the pet food industry. In a 2019 report by the Pet Sustainability Coalition, it was reported that 91% of industry professionals already anticipated an increase in demand for sustainable pet products, and 50% expected demand to grow rapidly. Sure enough, his predictions were correct. Sales of snacks for pets from sustainable production and consumption grew 70% from 2015 to 2019. Energy efficiency in the Pet Food Industry According to the research team of Dr. Peter Alexander from the University of Edinburgh, in recent years the emission of greenhouse gases related to dry feed production represented between 1.1 and 2.9% of total agricultural emissions, which is equivalent to between 56 and 151 tons of carbon dioxide. Worldwide, between 41 and 58 million hectares of agricultural land is dedicated to the production of raw material for pet food, a percentage of between 0.8 and 1.2% of the world total. The production of pet food represents 5 to 11 km3 of fresh water use, which is between 0.2 and 0.4% of the water used for agriculture. Approximately 70% of the greenhouse gas emissions associated with the production of pet food comes from animal products, including meat and by-products. In the case of the use of water, approximately between 50 and 60% is related to agricultural products within the production process of pet food. According to a survey by Emmy Koeleman (2019), 30,000 pet food factories distributed around the world manufactured more than one billion tons of feed. Of this exorbitant amount, 10% goes to pets and fish, 40% for poultry, 30% for pigs and 20% for ruminants. While how much Pet Food production contributes to climate change is still a somewhat broad estimate, the same team calculated that dog food may be associated with higher greenhouse gas emissions and land use than dog food. cats. In the same way, they affirm that premium quality food, both for dogs and cats, can cause a greater environmental impact. Premium brands contribute 3.3 times more to climate change compared to conventional cat food and 2.3 times more than conventional dog food. Dog food accounts for 1.6 times the emissions emitted from the cat food production process. In 2017, PLoS ONE published an estimate on the environmental impact of the pet food industry, which shows that the ingredients of dog and cat food represent approximately between 25 and 30% of the impact caused by the meat industry in the U.S. Likewise, the same value of greenhouse gases is assigned to the treatment of meat (muscles) used for human consumption, as well as for by-products destined for our industry. It is important to emphasize that our industry makes a great contribution with the use of by-products, since it is avoided that parts of animals of high nutritional value are wasted. What can be done to improve the sustainability of the industry? Although, when looking at the numbers and statistics, we are a bit far, as an industry, from having numbers of pollution or emission of tolerable gases by the environment, something can always be done, since you have to start with something, right? This is the case with DSM Animal Health and Nutrition, which launched the We make it possible initiative to promote compliance with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. "By 2030, we seek to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions by 30%, reach up to 75% to use renewable sources for energy, and increase our energy efficiency by 1% per year." David Nickell, vice president of sustainability and business solutions for DSM. Summary While we are still making unsustainable use of resources and, consequently, an excessive increase in climate change, many companies in the Pet Food Industry have already started to make efforts to improve efficiency and reduce pollution. Starting with small acts such as setting SMART objectives to achieve a certain energy efficiency, analyzing the consumption of each production process, or changing the lighting to LED already begin to make a difference. The first step to achieve substantial and sustainable changes is to become aware of the seriousness of the matter, and from our side, we try to provide reliable and updated information to make it available to everyone. Source: All Pet Food

Pet Food Plant Operations Manager’s Evaluation
Manufacturing Process

7+ MIN

Pet Food Plant Operations Manager’s Evaluation

By the way, I didn't mention the position of Factory Manager or Production Manager; perhaps the correct word would have been "Manager". The scope of assignments varies by company, but these assignments do not deviate from the essentials. 1) But why evaluate an Operations Manager? • The first, but not necessarily the main reason, is that the final results of a factory operation depend on the team that works there. And the team is a reflection of the manager. • FORMAL and periodic evaluations keep the entire team operating as a cohesive unit, focused on the objectives of effective operation, with the best productivity, quality and the lowest cost. • Formal evaluations eliminate subjectivism. When the practice of these evaluations is extended to the other levels of Supervision, the results of a successful professional performance outweigh the possible upsets and sweeps that sometimes unfortunately occur. • Formal and regular evaluations make what I call 'Orphan Syndrome' disappear. I explain: It is impressive to see that a large number of managers suffer from this syndrome, simply because they do not receive adequate feedback on how their performance is going. I'm not talking about possible praise for actions that have worked. I have never seen a Manager or Supervisor who can do without a formal, periodic, sincere and constructive evaluation of how her work is generating results. This feeling is part of human psychology. It is more common that they receive only two types of Feed-Back: a) "The cost of the operation is high." b) "We received a serious complaint about our product" It may happen that the cost is within target and adequate for the intended operating standard, but the sales volume and pricing policy are not ... in other words, they may be selling little and poorly. • Formal and periodic evaluations serve as the basis for granting bonuses in a certain periodicity regime. and they also serve to replace employees strictly on the basis of their performance, without subjectivism. 2) HOW TO EVALUATE? • You may have noticed that I repeated the phrase 'FORMAL AND PERIODIC EVALUATION' several times. It was not an accident. Formal and periodic evaluations should be part of the policy and consequently of the company's procedures, and my best suggestion is that they be done QUARTERLY, rain or shine. If this is not the case, the "Orphan Syndrome" instead of improving or disappearing it gets much worse. • When I say 'Formal', I mean the fact that it must be in writing, in an appropriate company form and strictly comply with the objectives that were established in agreement with the employee. I emphasize "common ground" because if goals, instead of being negotiated at the beginning of each fiscal year, are pushed "down the throat" by management, the process will not be successful. On the contrary, it will generate resistance, boycotts and disappointments! Which is the exact opposite of what is intended! So, dear Manager, if this practice does not yet exist in your company, collaborate and make this EVALUATION process a reality. • The goals should be progressively "CHALLENGING", but not unattainable, if they are not, they will generate serious frustration. 3) WHAT TO EVALUATE? • The general rule of thumb is L.I.M.O - Less input, Maximum output - The minimum of inputs or expenses, with the maximum of good / suitable products. A) COSTS PER TON EFFECTIVELY PRODUCED Sum of personnel costs, energy, maintenance, factory overhead, etc. / tons produced. A question to think about: Do you, as a manager, know how much "Mill Hammers per ton produced" cost? Or at the end of the quarter, would you know the value of the spare parts used in the extruder, divided by the tonnage produced? Or do you, as a manager, just control "the totals"? The truth is that if the administrator does not effectively control the parcels that make the "TOTAL", then this Total simply "Occurs", without control. And who does not control, does not manage. B) PRODUCTIVITY TN / TIME PER EXTRUDER AND TOTAL (total tons produced in the month - reprocesses generated) divided by the number of hours of the machine hour meter. If you don't have controls (for example, production order) that show you the end of a production, with the volume generated and even the volume of reprocesses, then you should have them. For those interested, I can make available a model of the PRODUCTION ORDER (email at the end of this article) C) PERCENTAGE OF AVAILABLE TIME OF MACHINERY It is the sum of the hours actually worked by an extruder divided by the total hours available per month. Ex: (one machine), 23 days of 9 hours, total time available = 207 hours - And if you have overtime, they should be counted. Total hours recorded in the hour meter (extruder main motor) = 144.9 hours % of time use = 144.9 / 207 = 70% As for your question: is it good or bad? - It will depend on your product portfolio and the amount of exchanges you need to make. Remember that if you work "religiously" with a weekly schedule, (demand!) Use a regulating stock wisely and minimize the number of trades in the day, this percentage can be improved. Therefore, longer runs will also improve productivity and reduce rework. On the other hand, if you accept that there is no weekly schedule, try to make many products every day and attend to everything that comes out of the program at any cost, remember that the Market will not want to pay this cost. The Production Order that I mentioned in the previous item contemplates the control of lost time, including by type: Scheduled and unscheduled, and by sector. D) NUMBER OF HOURS STOPPED FOR EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE (sum of all sectors) If you haven't implemented a FORMAL Lubrication and Preventive Maintenance Equipment System, then you should have. For those who are interested, I can send you an example of a simple table that allows you to implement a preventive maintenance system. (email at the end of this article). E) SUBJECT TO ZERO ACCIDENTS WITH OR WITHOUT LOST TIME, - it does not matter if the employee was removed or not. F) NUMBER OF CLIENT COMPLAINTS ABOUT THE QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT. If the company does not have a SAC in place, I suggest that it be implemented. In the meantime, I suggest that Customer complaints submitted by the Sales Team be STRICTLY FORMAL (i.e. in writing) - For those interested, I can provide a form called "FIELD CLAIM". All must have already felt verbal complaints such as "It is moldy", "It is deformed", "It is contaminated with another product", "It has insects", or "It is different from the last time" and as a rule they are complaints without information about the batch, customer and without samples. This practice must be corrected. It is not possible to return to the Client and eliminate the cause of the possible error without formalizing the claim, and it is the Commercial Team that has to put this in writing and not the CLIENT. G) PERCENTAGE OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE TRAINING AND TRAINING PROGRAM FOR OPERATORS AND SUPERVISORS I am not referring to the Mandatory Training Program by law (Ex ~ CIPA) - it must be fully complied with, under penalty of fines. I'm talking about the Training and Capacity Building program that you may have planned before the start of the fiscal year. Basically you must list all your employees, in all areas, and determine if each one is simply TRAINED or well TRAINED and SUITABLE to assume a certain role. This is called a MANAGEMENT INVENTORY. And it has to be updated every month, due to billing. From the Management Inventory, you can determine who will train what, how and when, during each month of the year. This is called the TRAINING AND TRAINING MATRIX. And attention: TRAINING cannot be called simply bringing one collaborator with another to learn the function. It must have a script that determines what knowledge to acquire, and it must be monitored weekly by the Manager or Supervisor, and with written evaluations. Imagine that a certain employee simply met with an extrusion operator, who knows, for example, 80% of what he should know about extrusion. He will be able to transmit, due to normal limitations (for example), only 80% of what he knows. Also due to common limitations, this learner will be able to grasp and put into practice 80% of what he was taught. The count is simple .... 80% x 80% x 80% = 51.2% Now imagine what will happen if this "put one more to learn" process is repeated with this new, "trained" operator. The "instructor" is knowing and practicing 51.2% of what it should be. At the end of the second training period, the unfortunate trainee will know 51.2% x 80% X80% = 32% of what he should have known. And this sequence is the correct recipe for inefficiency and costly mistakes. This is also true for supervisors. I hope it is clear what I said at the beginning of this article: "THE TEAM IS A REFLECTION OF THE DIRECTOR" I mentioned seven quarterly goals; I suggest they are no more than that and no more than ten. The position of Manager of an Extruded Factory requires hard, intelligent and mainly methodical work in what is really important. For those interested, I can provide examples of the "PRODUCTION ORDER", the "PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION TABLE", the "MANAGEMENT INVENTORY", "TRAINING AND TRAINING MATRIX" and a template of the "EXTRUDER OPERATOR TRAINING". For those who do not use these tools, I am very sorry, because the feeling of "cleaning ice" must not be pleasant at all. For those who already use, continue with SUCCESS! Good 2021 to all! Fernando Raizer RAIZER CONSULTING, PROJECTS AND TRAINING [email protected]

Scoop on Pet Food Storage
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Scoop on Pet Food Storage

If you're like most pet owners who buy a bag of pet food, open it up, and pour it into a container for storage, we would like to comment that this common practice can make your food less nutritious and potentially expose itself. risks to your pet's health. Ideal storage conditions Hopefully, you've learned a lot from your vet and carefully (and objectively) select the best food for your pet. But what you do after you buy the food is an important part of keeping your pet healthy and safe and providing the best nutrition possible. Dry and canned pet food should be stored indoors at cool temperatures (ideally keeping the temperature below 80 ° F) with low humidity. When exposed to high temperatures or humidity, the fats in pet food can turn rancid and the nutrients in the food can break down. High temperatures and humidity also provide the perfect environment for mold and bacteria to thrive. Pet food shouldn't get too cold either, so avoid storing pet food outside where freezing temperatures are possible. Tip: Store your pet's food indoors in a cool, dry area. Extreme heat, cold, and humidity can affect the quality, safety, and nutritional value of food. Use bag protection Ideally, dry food should be stored in its original bag. Many manufacturers do a lot of research on packaging and test the shelf life of food in the original packaging. Not only can bags help minimize pests and other contaminations, but they can also help protect nutrients in food from spoiling. Plus, all the critical information you need about the food is on the label (UPC code, expiration date, etc). Tip: Lose your breath! After feeding your pet, squeeze as much air out of the bag as possible and seal it securely with the bag seal, a paper clip, or tape. Exposing dry pet food to air causes the nutrients to break down more quickly and can expose the food to bacteria in the environment. In case of emergency In addition to improving storage, keeping food in its original bag also allows quick access to crucial information in the event of a recall or foodborne illness. This includes the exact product and manufacturer, UPC code, lot number, and expiration date. Tip: If you don't store your pet's food in its original bag, record the manufacturer, exact product name, UPC code, lot number, and expiration date each time you start a new bag. This information can be cut from the label and filed or annotated and taped into the storage container. You can also take a photo of these key areas of the label to be stored on your phone. Pets: Keep them away! It is best to keep the food in its original bag and place it in an airtight container. If your pet gets into his own bag of food and overeats, or ingests food intended for another pet, he could become seriously ill. If the entire bag cannot be placed in the airtight container, keep it tightly sealed and out of the reach of your pet. Tip: Some pets are particularly dedicated and resourceful at opening food storage containers, so you may need to invest in an extra safe dog-proof container, or store the food in a room that your pet cannot access. Avoid pests Insects, rodents, and other pests can get into your pet's food. Keeping your pet's food in an airtight container helps keep pests out (as well as hungry pets!). Important, keep the food bag off the floor to minimize pests. Tip: If you are pouring your pet's food into another container, make sure that container has been completely used up before adding new food. Thoroughly wash and dry the container between new bags. Mites In addition to bacterial or rodent visitors, dry food can become contaminated with storage mites. This can happen when pet food is stored outdoors, but these sneaky little critters can also invade through faulty seals on pet food bags. They grow well in high-protein and high-fat foods, so most pet foods provide the perfect conditions. Tip: Pet food contaminated with mites can cause allergies in dogs and cats, one of the many reasons pets can be misdiagnosed with food allergies (true food allergies are very rare). Canned food Canned foods must also be stored properly. Generally, the storage temperatures of canned foods are similar to those of dry foods (40-80˚F). Avoid freezing canned foods as they can affect the taste, texture, and nutritional value of foods. Tip: Once you open a can of pet food, immediately refrigerate any unused food. Once opened, even if refrigerated, canned foods must be discarded after 72 hours. How long can you use it? Unopened pet food must be used before the "best buy" date on the label. How long pet food stays fresh after opening depends on many factors, including how you store it. To keep it as fresh and nutritious as possible, once you open a new bag of pet food, I recommend using it within 2-3 months. If your food bags last longer, I recommend buying the food in smaller bags. While these storage times and recommendations provide general guidelines, you can also contact the manufacturer of your pet's food; some have done extensive research on optimal storage conditions and shelf life testing of their individual products. Tip: Recommended storage times after opening and expiration dates may vary by manufacturer and individual products (for example, diets rich in fish oil tend to have a shorter shelf life). Check the expiration date on your pet's food bag to make sure you are feeding your pet the safest, freshest, and most nutritious food possible. Author: Clinical Nutrition By: All Pet Food

Challenges in the pet food industry
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Challenges in the pet food industry

Even amid a pandemic that led to a global economic crisis, the pet food production market continued growing exponentially. Now, how to deal with so much demand? How to think about improving supply for 2021? In this article we will tell you what the biggest challenges are when it comes to implementing improvements or changes in the pet food industry. The context The growth in demand for pet food and the growing macro trends are consequently resulting in a higher demand for high-quality food. This undoubtedly presents many production challenges that, sooner rather than later, the market will have to face in order to respond to consumer trends and requests. Many of the tests that are done to certify, develop or choose a pet food over others are carried out on humans. Although of course, the taste systems are considerably different. Humans can have up to 10,000 taste buds, while dogs 1,700 and cats only 500. Hence, the sense of taste of these animals is built primarily from smell. Dogs have up to 300,000,000 olfactory receptor cells in their snouts, compared to 6,000,000 humans have. Also, the part of your brain dedicated to analyzing smells is, proportionally speaking, 40 times larger than ours. It is true that behavioral or palatability studies can be carried out on an ongoing basis with animals to determine the positive or negative effects of changes applied to processing, raw materials, aromas and / or presentation. However, they are not very effective, since the results they always produce are absolutely binary in nature, such as "accepted or not", "preferred or not", so the conclusions obtained from this type of study will always be limited. We can say, then, that the data produced by experimental studies based on human senses are more efficient methods to optimize the taste and texture of pet food, among others. As in any industry, when a level of quality is reached, certain challenges begin to seem the most difficult to face, and requires a lot of research, advances, technology and studies. Current challenges in the pet food industry Quality Most pet food or treat formulas use a wide variety of ingredients, from vegetables, beef, poultry, and fish, as well as powders, by-products, grains, and legumes. Inevitably, there are factors such as temperature, humidity and pressure that fluctuate between the production of one batch and another, which ends up affecting the final composition. To a greater or lesser extent, this causes a somewhat unpredictable use of the ingredients. Consistency As with most processed foods, making large volumes of production that are consistent with each other can be challenging. This usually happens in batch cooking and production methods. Presenting inconsistencies in the final product can be a great disadvantage for brands, since a consumer who begins to mistrust the quality of the product that he is giving his pet is, most likely, a lost customer. Production volumes As part of the fast-moving consumer goods industry, pet food manufacturers are in constant production. If you have a batch production with several steps that must be carried out manually, efficiency and productivity are reduced since, instead of producing in parallel, it is produced in series. In a volume-dependent industry such as pet food, every second of additional production can make a difference. For this reason, it is advisable to automate as much of the process as possible, since this provides the assurance that the actions are carried out as they should. We also find it very useful to automate control systems, to guarantee that those factors that can alter the final product such as temperature, steam and humidity always remain at the desired level. At a time in the industry like the current one, at the height of the importance of premium food and the humanization of pets, it is essential to use in our favor the predisposition of people to pay a little more money to obtain a product from nutritional quality that does not present alterations or modifications in the daily diet of your pets. Consistency is directly related to the growth or increase in demand for one or another food. Maintenance is the key Kate Rome, President of Rome Grinding Solutions, Sheldon, Iowa, states: 'The pet food industry, in our opinion, is growing at a very fast rate. The customers we currently serve, in order to meet the high demand for their products, cannot afford to have their equipment out of service for an extended period of time. Therefore, preventive and planned maintenance is a priority. " One of the keys to improving the production processes of the industry is to have a strict control and maintenance system of the equipment used in the different stages of the process. Maintaining the general effectiveness of the equipment requires responsibility in its use, from doing it with the appropriate tools, to sophisticated algorithms that identify abnormal vibrations in its operation. Planning required maintenance can not only avoid wasted time and raw materials in the event of something going wrong in the middle of a process, but also increase production, lower setup (and downtime) costs, improve inventory allocation, reduce labor costs and minimize quality problems. In conclusion Nowadays, every client has the right to be selective, and pet owners are not far behind: they want to choose a product and that it is in charge of providing nutrition, well-being, care and quality, a somewhat demanding equation. It is true that with the appropriate machinery, production processes can be more efficient and accurate, but without a doubt, we will have to continue researching and studying how to improve our final product to not only reach more people but also to satisfy those who already choose each brand in particular. Are you already working on these points? By: All Pet Food

Increasing the Shelf Life with Innovative Packaging Technology
Packaging

3+ MIN

Increasing the Shelf Life with Innovative Packaging Technology

Since 1990 Connolly's Red Mills has been packaging horse and pet food with STATEC BINDER machines. At that time, STATEC BINDER was still integrated into Binder+Co AG. The years went by and Connolly's Red Mills grew and therefore also required further packaging and palletizing systems. As the company grew bigger, more and more products were exported. At this stage, Connolly's Red Mills faced a unique problem: the shelf life of horse feed was limited to a few months. So how could the shelf life be increased? The solution was found together with STATEC BINDER: Nitrogen fumigation during filling. Connolly's Red Mills is an Irish family business, founded in 1908. The company is divided into three divisions: pet food, agriculture and the core business horse feed. Red Mills specializes primarily in the feed of racehorses. 'When we received inquiries for shipping around the world, we were restricted by the shelf life of our products,' says Joe Connolly, CEO Connolly's Red Mills. 'As the export business grew, so did the challenge of how to get beyond the island of Ireland. Since the climate in Ireland is damp, we struggled with the shelf life of the product when we went into warmer climates. STATEC BINDER was the company we were closest aligned with, so we discussed this challenge with Josef Lorger,' continues Joe Connolly. 'To be successful and to offer your customers the perfect solution for the packaging of their products, you have to be flexible as a company, understand the customer's individual requirements and most importantly, you have to be willing to offer customized solutions. This is exactly the strength of STATEC BINDER. That's why we accepted the challenging project from Red Mills to increase the shelf life of their products and started developing the bagging machine,' explains Josef Lorger, Managing Director STATEC BINDER. The SYSTEM-F, a vertical FFS packaging machine, was an excellent choice in the development of a solution for this particular challenge. The increased shelf life of the product was achieved by developing a special system that provides nitrogen fumigation during filling. Due to the nitrogen fumigation, the oxygen level in the filled bag is reduced, and thereby the shelf-life is increased. Through additional air suction before closing, the filled and closed bag is perfectly shaped for an equally well-formed pallet. In addition to STATEC BINDER's developments, the bag film for Connolly's Red Mills has also been specially developed. The multi-layer film ensures that the vacuum in the filled bag is maintained and that no oxygen can enter. 'STATEC BINDER's contribution to our company was unique and profound. More specifically concerning the shelf life issues that we were facing in our export markets. This is where the STATEC BINDER team, who helped us to develop our unique NFMS (Nutrient Fresh Management System), has delivered the greatest benefit. Customers can now buy our products with a real shelf life of 26 months and the products are now delivered across 76 countries,' says Michael Connolly, Director Business Development Connolly's Red Mills. But it was not only the further development of the SYSTEM-F packaging machine that was a challenge in this project. Due to only limited space available in the existing warehouse, the high-level palletizer PRINCIPAL-H did not fit into the available space in its standard version. For this reason, the PRINCIPAL-H was also adapted for Connolly's Red Mills. The filled bags from two packaging machines are conveyed to the palletizer     In the standard version, the bags would be transported to an inclined infeed conveyor which is normally installed in front of the palletizer. However, as the space was too limited, the inclined infeed conveyor was installed underneath the PRINCIPAL-H. This means that the filled bags are now transported from behind via the inclined infeed conveyor upwards to the palletizer and are fed to the palletizer via a tilting belt at the highest point. The bag then moves back onto the palletizer and is turned into the correct position for the layer of pallets and pushed forward onto the loading plate. 'STATEC BINDER does an excellent job for us and gives us access to markets worldwide', adds Joe Connolly. by All Extruded
 

The Scoop on Storing Pet Food
Packaging

5+ MIN

The Scoop on Storing Pet Food

If you're like most pet owners, you buy a bag of pet food, open it, and pour it into a container for storage.  But it turns out that this common practice may make your pet's food less nutritious and potentially expose your pet to health risks. Ideal storage conditions Hopefully, you've learned a lot from your vet and you carefully (and objectively) select the best food for your pet.  But what you do after you buy the food is an important part of keeping your pet healthy and safe, and providing her with the best possible nutrition.  Dry and canned pet food should be stored indoors in cool temperatures (ideally, keeping the temperature under 80˚F) with low humidity.  When exposed to high temperatures or humidity, fats in pet foods can become rancid and nutrients in the food can break down.  High temperature and humidity also provide the perfect environment for mold and bacteria to thrive.  Pet food shouldn't get too cold either, so avoid storing pet food outdoors where freezing temperatures are possible. Tip: Store pet food inside in a dry and cool area. Extreme heat, cold, and humidity can affect the quality, safety, and nutritional value of the food. Use the bag's protection Ideally, dry food should be stored in its original bag. Many manufacturers put a lot of research into packaging and test the shelf life of the food in the original packaging.  Not only can the bags help to minimize pests and other contamination, but they can also help protect the nutrients in the food from breaking down.  In addition, all the critical information you need about the food is located on the label (UPC code, 'best by' date, etc – see below). Tip: Lose the air!  After feeding, squeeze out as much as much air as possible from the bag and close it securely using the bag's seal, a bag clip, or tape.  Exposure of dry pet food to air causes nutrients to break down faster and can expose the food to bacteria in the environment. In case of emergency In addition to improving storage, keeping food in its original bag also allows quick access to crucial information in the event of a recall or foodborne illness.  This includes the manufacturer and exact product, the UPC code, lot number, and 'best by' date. Tip: If you don't store your pet's food in its original bag, record the manufacturer, exact product name, UPC code, lot number, and 'best by' date each time you begin a new bag of food.  This information can be cut out from the label and filed or written down and taped to the storage container.  You can also take a photo of these key areas of the label so they're stored on your phone. Pets: Keep out! It's best to store the food in its original bag with the entire bag placed in an airtight container.  If your pet gets into his own food and overeats or gets into the food intended for another pet, he could get very sick.  If putting the entire bag in the airtight container is not feasible, keep the bag tightly sealed (see above) and out of your pet's reach. Tip: Some pets are particularly dedicated and resourceful at opening food storage bins so you may need to invest in an extra secure dog-proof container or store the food in a room that your pet can't get access to. Avoid pests Insects, rodents, and other pests can get into your pet's food.  Keeping your pet's food in an airtight container helps to keep pests out of it (in addition to hungry pets!).  In addition, store the food off the floor to minimize pests. Tip: If you pour your pet food into another container, be sure the food in that container has been completely used up before adding new food.  Wash and completely dry the container between new bags. Storage mites In addition to bacterial or rodent visitors, dry food can become contaminated with storage mites.  This can occur when pet food is stored open to the air but these sneaky little critters can also invade through defective seals in pet food bags.  They grow well in foods rich in protein- and fat-rich foods, so most pet foods provide perfect conditions. Tip: Pet foods contaminated with storage mites can cause allergies in dogs and cats, one of the many reasons pets can be incorrectly diagnosed with food allergies (true food allergies are very uncommon). Canned food Canned food also needs to be stored properly.  Generally, storage temperatures for canned food are similar to those for dry food (40-80˚F).  Avoid letting canned food freeze as it can affect the taste, texture, and nutritional value of the food. Tip: Once you open a can of pet food, refrigerate any unused food immediately.  Once opened – even if refrigerated – canned food should be discarded after 72 hours. How long can you use it? Unopened pet food should be used before the 'best buy' date on the label.  How long your pet food stays fresh after you open it depends many factors, including how you store it.  To keep it as fresh and nutritious as possible, once you open a new bag of pet food, I recommend using it within 2-3 months.  If your food bags last longer, I recommend buying the food in smaller bags.  While these times and storage recommendations provide general guidelines, you can also contact the manufacturer of your pet's food  – some have done extensive research on optimal storage conditions and shelf life testing for their individual products. Tip: Recommended storage times after opening and 'best by' dates can vary with by manufacturer and for individual products (for example, diets high in fish oil will usually have a shorter shelf life).  Check the 'best by' date on your pet's bag of food to ensure you're feeding your pet the safest, freshest, and most nutritious food possible. by Clinical Nutrition

Interested on moving materials in a safe clean and efficient manner? Cablevey Tubular Drag Conveyor has the right Solution
Conveying Systems

2+ MIN

Interested on moving materials in a safe clean and efficient manner? Cablevey Tubular Drag Conveyor has the right Solution

Pet food manufacturers can maintain product quality and enhance processing by utilizing gentle tubular cable conveyors to transfer products throughout a processing plant. According to Cablevey Conveyors, tubular cable conveying helps maintain product integrity and minimizes fines, which reduces waste and helps keep the processing environment clean. Additionally, tubular conveying uses smaller motors and less energy. 'In the pet food industry, a wide range of fragile, high dollar value food products can be prone to excess breakage when conveyed at high velocity by air-power, such as in pneumatic and aeromechanical systems,' said Karl Seidel, marketing director. 'A more profitable alternative to protect sensitive, high-value pet food products is to utilize tubular cable conveyors, which move product through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop.  Solid circular discs (flights) are attached to the cable, which push the product at low speed through the tube without the use of air, preserving product integrity and minimizing waste.' According to the company, pet food industry manufacturers can decrease product damage down to 1-2% with a slower process such as a tubular cable system. Cablevey is a specialty material moving, mechanical conveyor company that has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for almost 50 years, and is in more than 66 countries.  Cablevey systems can convey up to 2000 cubic feet per hour (56.6 meters per hour) of product with numerous layouts using multiple inlets and outlets. These systems can also significantly reduce energy use and noise. Pneumatic systems convey product at high velocity that typically requires larger motors that control fans, blowers and rotary valves. Aero-mechanical systems, running at high speed, can generate considerable motor and disc noise. The smaller motors utilized by tubular cable systems require less energy and are typically quieter overall. According to Cablevey, a tubular cable system utilizes about one-tenth the energy used by pneumatic systems. In terms of noise, a low-speed tubular cable system is quiet enough to easily have a conversation around it while it is running, the company reports.  The enclosed tube conveyors help keep both materials and plant sanitary. Wet, dry and in-place cleaning options are available to reduce cleaning time, labor and required resources. by Pet Food Processing
 

Can pollution and waste generated by the Pet Food Industry be reduced?
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Can pollution and waste generated by the Pet Food Industry be reduced?

By María Candelaria Carbajo

Pollution and preservation of the environment is a topic that concerns not only our industry: it is even one of the issues to be addressed in the 2030 Agenda, a global action plan that includes the 17 SDGs (sustainable development goals), promoted by the UN. In this article we discuss, analyze and tell you if, from our Industry, we can modify our actions or processes to reduce the environmental impact that we generate. What is the global situation and how does it affect us? The global environmental situation is far from ideal. Climate change, deforestation, loss of biodiversity, excess pollution or rising sea levels are events generated by human action; even so, the consequences are, in addition to man, for the environment. Everything, production, consumption and life itself, is a cycle made up of other smaller cycles. If we talk about environmental impact and the Pet Food Industry, we have to contemplate and take into account that, in recent years, the rise in average temperature has caused changes in plantations and crops. From 1880 to 2012, the global average temperature rose 0.85°C. It is estimated that, for every degree of temperature increased, 5% of global crops are lost. Since 1981, corn, wheat and other cereal plantations have lost 40 megatons each year. What about the Latin American countries? In Latin America, pollution and its reduction is, today, an issue that continues to be debated; at the macro level, little is done to reduce gases and waste that end up affecting the same population. Venezuela or Mexico, for example, are the countries in the sector whose population is losing more years of healthy life due to pollution. Still, the situation is substantially better than in Asian giants such as China or Japan. Currently, no country in Latin America is among the top 10 and most polluting in the world; but that does not mean that there is nothing to do, either to reduce pollution, as well as to raise awareness about caring for the environment. What is the role of companies? More and more initiatives are being developed from different areas of society aimed at making citizens aware of the importance of caring for the environment and reducing pollution levels. From the business sector, we have a fundamental role in deliberately acting to mitigate the problem. Adapting production activities, logistics operations and processes is a challenge for any company; However, the UN, through the SDGs, provides a precise roadmap to develop and implement measures to improve the situation. What about our Industry? What can the Pet Food sector do for the environment? Currently, it is estimated that a quarter of the impact of meat production comes from the Pet Food Industry, in terms of the use of land, water, fossil fuels, phosphates and pesticides. Advances in technology and innovation issues applied to the pet food industry are happening mainly in the United States. Although there is still some time for testing and study before it can be implemented in the market, it is important to be aware of the latest studies and discoveries: Ernie Ward, veterinarian and co-author of the book The Clean Pet Food Revolution, says that "until now we had not realized how significant the contribution to climate change is in the production of pet food." In 2017, Gregory Okin of the Los Angeles Institute for the Environment and Sustainability published a study on the environmental impact of the production of meat for canine and feline consumption in the United States. The study found that pet food with animal ingredients for cats and dogs is responsible for approximately 64,000,000 tons of carbon dioxide per year: the equivalent of using 13.6 million cars. Awareness of these levels of contamination led Ward to affirm that, to achieve and accept a change in the diet of pets, the key is to start thinking about nutrients instead of ingredients. As a result, he co-founded Wild Earth, a company that produces pet food and snacks with a protein grown from mushrooms (koji), a whole food with a large amount of amino acids and up to 10% more protein than could be found in a beef steak. However, although this ingredient is effective, they have to add some supplements to ensure the vitamins and minerals necessary for animal welfare. In turn, the company is already working on developing meat made in the laboratory, cultivating meat cells. Thus, it would not be required to raise animals and use natural resources. So far, they have created a prototype of rat meat for cats. However, as much as there are advances and innovation, the problem is, essentially, in the food for cats: they need certain nutrients that they can get only from meat or ingredients from it. On the contrary, dogs have genes for amylase, which allows them to digest starch and gives the possibility of including more non-meat ingredients, due to its digestibility and palatability. And the insects? Insects are essentially a more sustainable source of animal protein. The truth is that those who have more difficulty with the idea of eating them are not the animals, but their own owners. Crickets, for example, are high in iron, omega-3 oils, and vitamin B12. In conclusion The change and the initiative to seek less polluting and environmentally damaging meat options will arise from asking ourselves if the pets of our industry, indeed, need all the meat that we are giving them in their food. We believe that we must give dogs and cats, as well as their owners, the opportunity to challenge culinary traditions in order to combat climate change and protect the other species that inhabit our world. What do you think about our Industry and its responsibility against pollution? Is there anything else we can do? We read you, your opinion matters to us. By: All Pet Food

What are the benefits and challenges of Cold Extrusion in the Pet Food Industry?
Extrusion

4+ MIN

What are the benefits and challenges of Cold Extrusion in the Pet Food Industry?

Extrusion, as you know, is a process whose objective is to achieve the cooking of the mixture of raw materials and ingredients, giving it the shape of a croquette to facilitate its subsequent handling. In this article we will talk about cold extrusion specifically: what are its benefits for food and the advantages and disadvantages of the process. What is cold extrusion? Cold extrusion is a process by which the temperature of the food does not increase and products of high density and humidity are obtained, such as cookies, muffins or sweets. The main difference is, as the name of this process indicates, in the temperature. Since in the "traditional" extrusion more than 100º C is needed to achieve the desired result. Currently, at an international level cold extrusion is used for the production of: • Candies
• Supplements
• Medicines Furthermore, the results can be obtained in different formats: • Cool
• Damp
• Half damp
• Dry
• Freeze-dried
• Dehydrated What is the current context of this process in the Pet Food Industry? This process is gaining popularity as consumer preferences shift to products processed at lower temperatures in order to maintain nutritional value. Its growth is related to the increase in demand for pellets (small portions of various agglomerated or compressed components) as a result of the growing need of owners to provide their pets with more and more quality and nutritional content, not only with balanced feed, but also in sweets, snacks and supplements. What is the advantage of using Cold Extrusion? One of the main advantages of this extrusion process is that it can be used to handle heat sensitive ingredients and components, as can be the case with some vitamins and minerals. Mainly, cold extrusion is used for the manufacture of products in cases where it is necessary to finish the product before cooking or drying. It can be, for example, a cold extrusion of a co-product (two products combined in one) or a product with a high content of fresh meat. This happens because ingredients with a high level of proteins, amino acids, fats and fatty acids perceive a reduction in pH when processing the matrix thermally. With cold extrusion, it is possible to control the reduction in pH (which prevents certain microbes and pathogenic bacteria from replicating), providing a stable pH level in the products to avoid reactions such as protein denaturation, moisture purging or discoloration. In addition, this process avoids the use of water, an element that increases the chances of producing yeast and / or mold, and for which a considerable amount of preservatives is added to reach the expiration date of 24 months. Some of the ingredients and raw materials that are most used for cold extrusion products are pieces, bone material, liver and / or lung of fish, pigs, cows and poultry. In summary, the advantages of cold extrusion are: • Nutrients are not subject to high levels of mechanical shear and temperature, thus maximizing nutrient supply and minimizing costs, as hot extrusion adds nutrients to compensate for damage caused during the process.
 
• Crumbs can be obtained easier as heat damage does not occur?
 
• The cost of a final product is reduced by the lower use of energy and miscellaneous inputs. • A larger quantity of "wet" ingredients can be incorporated, allowing more fresh ingredients to be used.
 
• A lower level of lipid oxidation is obtained, which makes the final product more nutritious and durable.
 
• There is the possibility of joining two formulas to adequately respond to a need for a particular species or breed. • For carnivorous species feed, it is not necessary to use starchy ingredients, thus reducing feed costs. What are the disadvantages of cold extrusion? One of the main challenges to face has to do with the temperature of the material being extruded, which can affect the viscosity or consistency of the product, and the ability to maintain its shape. On the other hand, you also need to pay special attention not to lose the stability and moisture of fresh meat before processing begins. This can happen due to time delays between processing, extrusion, and final cooking of the product. Regarding post-extrusion and processing stability, it is essential to control oxidative reduction and associated reactions prior to the final cooking step. Brief explanation of the cold extrusion process The idea of cold extrusion is to form a dough in the shape of a tube or dense rope from the extruder of a diameter approximate to the one that is wanted for the finished product. These "strings" of product that come out of the extruder are transported to a machine that turns them into small granules, which will subsequently be subjected to the drying process. Conclusion Cold extrusion presents the opportunity to create more profitable products that provide better nutritional quality and, in turn, contribute to a more sustainable aquaculture industry, all by improving the health of the species. This process can be very challenging depending on the desired formula and nutrient goals in the finished product. Undoubtedly, companies and producers of sweets, supplements, and snacks for the pet food industry that adopt cold extrusion from now, will open a wide range of possibilities with innovative, nutritional, and sustainable products. What do you think of this production process? Tell us, we are interested in your opinion. By: All Pet Food Image source: Pet Food Processing  

How to communicate through packaging in the Pet Food Industry?
Packaging

2+ MIN

How to communicate through packaging in the Pet Food Industry?

Trends in pet food and treats have driven innovation in pet food packaging, given that, beyond the type of packaging in which the food arrives, owners increasingly focus on the philosophy and values with which they the company works. In this article we will talk about how and why packaging can be used to communicate the values and good practices of a brand, to attract more consumers. Which is the current context? The present growth of the pets place in the family and in their owners lives leads to greater attention to both the nutritional quality of the food and the packaging in which it is consumed by pets. Consequently, the humanization of pets has a greater demand on the entire industry chain that feeds them. Today, flexible packaging and bags lead the market for dry food and treats. In the case of wet food, although we see more and more presentations like the previous one, cans are still the main type of packaging for this type of food. Why is packaging so important? The truth is that packaging plays a predominant role when it comes to conquer new users. When a person makes a purchase, it is not only because of the ingredients or the nutritional quality of the product, but also because the way it is packaged. Due to this trend of humanizing pets, their owners look for in pet food the same thing in their own food: quality, circular economy, design and practicality. The first impression on a product is formed in the first seven seconds, and 55% of that impression is determined by its appearance. Given the competition and the rise of new market demands, manufacturers are in search of both materials and packaging systems that are versatile and efficient to be able to adapt to the new requirements of it. How to use packaging as a marketing strategy? Pet food manufacturers have been in a process of optimizing and improving the quality of their food for a long time at the request of consumers. Consequently, they must also rethink their marketing strategies to communicate better these changes, to generate a positive impact on customers and potential consumers. From a communication point of view, the food packaging plays a significant role when it comes to inform and, mainly, educate buyers about the benefits and advantages of the changes and improvements implemented, both in the food as in the production chain. This is why, among other things, packaging that stands out from the competition will make the person's gaze go directly to that sector of the display shelf. In this way, you already have a point of advantage, because you have made a first impression before the rest of the offer. Tell us what you think about packaging in the pet food industry. Would you add any other tips to improve it? We read you. By: All Pet Food

Key Technology’s New Conveyor can reduce Product Damage, Processing Noise
Conveying Systems

2+ MIN

Key Technology’s New Conveyor can reduce Product Damage, Processing Noise

The solution features a patented direct drive and counterbalance system to move high volumes of product gently to reduce product damage and noise. 'Designed for food processors who want gentle handling, our field-proven Zephyr conveyor offers higher throughput, reduced maintenance and a modular design that's more readily customized than other horizontal-motion shakers on the market,' said Jim Ruff, vice president of process systems and integrated solutions at Key Technology. 'We are excited to add this product to Key's portfolio – it enables us to provide the widest range of conveyor types and available options on the market. We're able to supply each customer with the best system for their application and integrate multiple systems into seamless solutions.' Zephyr does not bounce or loft product during conveying, making it ideal for products that are fragile or coated in seasonings or palatants. The system offers reduced noise during operation by up to 75 decibels, minimizes floor vibration, and features a self-cleaning mechanism to reduce product build-up. The system can move products up to 40 feet per minute (12.2 meters). The stainless-steel construction is sanitary, offers equipment longevity and reduces the need for maintenance. It is built with carbon fiber springs coated with food-safe material and uses an electric motor drive system. Zephyr conveyors can be customized to meet individual processor needs. The conveyor bed can reach up to 3.3 feet (1 meter) in width and up to 23 feet (7 meters) in length. The product depth can reach up to 10 inches (254 mm). Conveyor bed options include slide gates for scale feed distribution, a discharge to enhance multi-head weighing, or a bias to spread product when feeding to a downstream system, according to Key Technology. The system can be configured with a stop-start mode and can accommodate varying product flow rates to offer flexibility. Additionally, the location of the drive system allows for seamless integration with other Key Technology equipment, including Iso-Flo, Impulse and other vibratory conveyors made by the company. The system is available in four finishes. The system's rotary polished beds, ground and polished welds meet modern sanitation standards. Zephyr systems work best for frozen bulk food products and dry nuts and cereals, but could also be applicable in the pet food and treat processing space By Pet Food Processing  

How to Read a Pet Food Label
Packaging

3+ MIN

How to Read a Pet Food Label

Pet food labels are full of information related to the product's nutrition, ingredients, the life stage of the pet it's formulated for, and more. In fact, a pet food label is regulated under both state and federal law, and some of this information helps regulators as they review label claims and register products at the state level. However, there are still plenty of details that pet owners can review as they determine what food to provide for their cat or dog. But what does all of this information mean and how can it help inform shoppers? Let's break it down: Complete and Balanced Complete and Balanced pet food includes the more than 40 nutrients identified by veterinary researchers as essential to pet health. The Association of American Feed Control Officials (AAFCO) sets standards for the levels of nutrients that need to be in pet food and how it is shown on the label.  A pet food labeled as 'complete and balanced' means that it provides those nutrients at the proper levels. Life Stage Pet food may be formulated for different Life Stages, from puppies and kittens, who need additional energy to help fuel their development, to adult cats and dogs, and all life stages. As previously mentioned, 'complete and balanced' means total nutrition for a specific life stage. The nutritional needs of a growing puppy or kitten are different than the needs of a pregnant, or adult dog or cat. For example, the nutrient profiles for puppies and kittens include a higher protein and fat minimum. Look for the intended life stage on the package, which can typically be found on the front of the package or in the Nutritional Adequacy Statement. Many foods are labeled for 'All Life Stages' which means it meets all of the nutrient requirements for both growth & reproduction and adult maintenance as listed in the AAFCO Nutrient Profiles. Nutritional Adequacy Statement Pet food labels will have a Nutritional Adequacy Statement, also called a 'nutrition claim.' This verifies whether a pet food is formulated to provide complete and balanced nutrition (as defined by AAFCO), if so, for what life stage, and how that determination was made. This claim can be reviewed by the state regulators who register a pet food product in their state. It's important to note that some pet food products, such as types of food toppers and mix-in products, may not be necessary to maintain pet health, nor are they meant to replace a pet food providing complete and balanced nutrition. Regardless, these types of foods must meet FDA requirements for safety and their label will also include a statement that it's intended to supplement a diet. Guaranteed Analysis The Guaranteed Analysis (GA) reflects the minimum or maximum amounts of certain nutrients. The GA provides product information to regulators who review each label for compliance with nutrient requirements and voluntary label claims. The GA also provides information that can help inform consumers on the levels of at least four nutrients: protein, fat, fiber and moisture. Additional nutrients must be included in the GA if a product label makes a claim that mentions a specific nutrient, such as calcium for strong teeth and bones. Remember, when comparing dry vs. wet pet food labels, the Guaranteed Analysis may look quite different due to the food's moisture content. Learn more about Guaranteed Analysis here, including how it's calculated. Ingredients and Other Options Pet food makers choose from a range of ingredients when formulating a recipe with the nutrition listed above. Ingredients may be used for their nutritional content, digestibility, tastiness to the pet, and many other considerations. All ingredients used must be listed on the product label, including special vitamins or minerals, and listed using technical names as defined by regulators. For example, shoppers may see 'chemical sounding' names such as Thiamine mononitrate or Pyridoxine hydrochloride, which are commonly known as Vitamins B1 and B6. Pet owners have a variety of options available to them, such as dry, wet, organic, limited ingredient, and more! Click through to read more as we help explain some of these options. by Pet Food Institute

Geelen Counterflow begin Production of Electric Dryers for China
Drying

2+ MIN

Geelen Counterflow begin Production of Electric Dryers for China

Geelen Counterflow has started the engineering and manufacturing of a second electric dryer for extruded petfood, to be installed in 2021 in China. High temperature industrial heat pumps will supply 2400kW of heat to a seven-deck counterflow dryer and 65 percent of that heat will be recovered and re-used in the dryer. The first electric dryer is being assembled in South Korea for another customer and will be commissioned in 2021. Both electric dryers will initially be commissioned with gas burners. This allows installation and commissioning according to standard operating procedure. A few months later, once the dryers are up and running, the Counterflow Recovery Units (CRU) will be commissioned to start recovering energy through condensation of the warm moist air coming out of the dryer. The warm water coming from this CRU will be boosted in temperature by high temperature industrial heat pumps which will supply 100 percent of the heat for the dryer, so then the gas burners can be switched off or go in stand-by mode. The net energy consumption of the dryer will then be up to 65 percent lower and consist of electricity only. If the electricity is from renewable sources, the direct and indirect CO2 emissions of the dryer can be eliminated. Since dryers are by far the biggest consumers of gas in the plant, this typically reduces the CO2 footprint of the entire production line by more than 50 percent. It is no coincidence that Geelen's first electric dryers will be installed in the petfood industry. The market leaders in this industry have short term ambitious targets for net zero greenhouse gas emissions in order to comply with the Paris climate agreement. Electrification through heat pumps is the only technology that enables not only the elimination of CO2 emissions from dryers but also a big improvement in energy efficiency. by All Extruded

Full line Bagging and Palletizing Solution that Fulfills Future Needs
Packaging

2+ MIN

Full line Bagging and Palletizing Solution that Fulfills Future Needs

ACA, one of Argentina's main Pet food Manufacturers, decided to install new technology in their production line, as the old manual bagging system had become a bottleneck in the production line. The company has a wide variety of extruded products with kibble sizes ranging from 2.0 mm diameter up to 16.0 mm diameter x 26 mm long, with an ethereal extract from 4.0% up to 30.0%. The bag-types are numerous as well: Open mouth paper bags and open mouth plastic bags with or without micro-perforation, with 4 seams, pillow type or laminated with metal. The production rate of the new system should be capable of reaching 1.000 bags of 15 kg per hour. Further, it should be easy to switch between different bag sizes, from 8 to 30 kg and between different closure systems such as heat sealing, stitching and sew-through tape closure. ACA investigated the market and visited different installations and finally decided on PAYPER for several reasons: Precise, well-functioning, and accurate machines that would fulfill future needs. PAYPER has representation in Argentina and technical service in Brazil. Together ACA and PAYPER designed the new end-of-line solution, assuring that all the demands were taken into consideration. Requirements to the new End of Line solution: Precision and accuracy The capacity of 1.000 bags/h Ability to work with a variety of kibbles Must handle different bag materials and sizes The system comprises a CSA-105 open-mouth bagging machine and a TOPLOAD palletizer. Mr.  Roberto Chunco, Head of ACA's Feed Plant in front of the high capacity automatic palletizier 'The commissioning of the installation was handled in a very professional way with thorough training of the operators. Whenever we have needed PAYPER`s After Sales Service the response has been optimal. Since the installation in May 2017, the bagging line has proved its worth. The goal of manufacturing has been fulfilled, we have obtained the expected savings, and the presentation and the finishing of the bag are of top-quality, ready for retail. ' Mr. Roberto Chunco, Head of the Feed Plant. 'The replacement, in addition to automating allowed us significant cost savings and improvements in the final presentations of our products.' Mr Walter Brignoli, General Manager of the Feed Factory. 'One of the greatest satisfactions is the precision of the weighing and dosing system and the speed with which it is done' Mr José Sejas, End of Line Coordinator, Responsible for operation and maintenance. by Bulk Inside

Schenck Process to Acquire Baker Perkins
Manufacturing Process

2+ MIN

Schenck Process to Acquire Baker Perkins

Schenck Process Group (SPG) has reached an agreement to acquire Baker Perkins, a leading global supplier of food processing equipment and aftermarket services for the bakery, confectionery, biscuit, cookie and cracker, breakfast cereal and pet food end-markets. Headquartered in Peterborough, United Kingdom, Baker Perkins serves a diverse & growing mix of customers across the food industry globally. This acquisition is a continuation of SPG's strategic focus to further extend its global offering for the food end-markets. It will significantly strengthen European capabilities in the food processing and equipment sector, broaden our product offering in the Americas and provide opportunities for growth across the Asia Pacific region. We will build upon the knowledge, experience and customer relationships of the Baker Perkins team to support future growth, whilst remaining fully committed to existing facilities in Peterborough and Grand Rapids, Michigan. Upon completion, the business will continue to be run by the existing managing directors as part of the SPG regional business structure. The transaction is expected to close in Q4 2020. Keith Cochrane, CEO of SPG, said:
I am delighted to see Baker Perkins join us. This is a long-established business with a reputation for excellent products and customer service, with a similar business model to our own. It will complement and extend our existing product offering to the food end-market, which is a key strategic focus, providing good opportunities for future growth, operating efficiency and further value creation for all stakeholders. Mr Dan Bassett, MD Baker Perkins UK, commented:
We have been looking for a long-term partner prepared to invest in the company and continue its development for many years to come. We can relate to the SPG culture that encourages local autonomy and entrepreneurship, which fits well with our independent mind-set. Already we can see significant opportunities for growth, and I am excited at the prospect of working together. Mr Dan Smith, MD Baker Perkins US, added:
Schenck Process already has a significant footprint in the US market, and we can see major opportunities in the combination of our expertise and product range. by All Extruded

European Packaging Supplier Opens New Technical Center in Germany
Packaging

2+ MIN

European Packaging Supplier Opens New Technical Center in Germany

Coveris opens new technical center for flexible packaging solutions Coveris, a European flexible packaging solutions provider, announced July 2 the opening of its new Pack Innovation Centre in Halle, Germany. The company aims to innovate, educate and validate its flexible packaging solutions at the new technical center. The facility, which spans more than 4,300 square feet, features the company's state-of-the-art packaging equipment, including a thermoformer, tray-sealer and its form-fill-seal systems applicable for a variety of industries, including pet food and treats. 'The Pack Innovation Centre is a perfect reflection of our commitment to the world of packaging,' said Jakob A. Mosser, chief executive officer of Coveris. 'The centre has been designed to add value through all steps of packaging development, from raw material selection to a circular economy logic. 'In addition, it brings great value to our customers as they can conduct trials on original, industrial packaging machines without blocking their own production,' Mosser continued. 'It gives us an exciting opportunity to join forces with our customers and work with them on designing the packaging of the future.' Cross-functional training sessions, workshops and product trials will also be conducted at the Pack Innovation Centre. The technical center complements Coveris's Pack Positive Centre in Leeds, United Kingdom, which was established in March 2019 to serve a similar purpose of product development, equipment training and education, with an emphasis on packaging sustainability. Coveris offers a variety of premade flexible pouches, bags and films, as well as roll stock materials, for pet food and treat packaging applications. The Vienna-based company operates 26 production facilities across Europe. By Jordan Tyler Source: Coveris

GEA opens New R&D Center to drive Innovation in Pet Food Production
Manufacturing Process

5+ MIN

GEA opens New R&D Center to drive Innovation in Pet Food Production

GEA has recently opened the doors to its new GEA Pet Food Experience Center (PEX) in Galliera Veneta, Italy. The role of the new center is to drive innovation in cooperation with customers and industry partners and to function as a locus for sharing latest know-how, where partners can anticipate a high level of technological development support. Situated in Galliera Veneta, the new facility sits alongside the GEA Pavan headquarters where a modern production facility with 400 employees design and build production lines for fresh and dry pasta, snacks, breakfast cereals, extruded products and pet food. One of the success drivers of the business is the well-organized R&D activities which have always taken place onsite and are now strengthened. The GEA Pavan Pasta & Snack Tech Center with three pilot plants and four flexible production lines for analyzing new products under all parameters has been in this location for many years. High-tech equipment for product development The new 1000 sqm facility is home to a team of 30 employees, including process technicians, analysts and mechanics who now have at their disposal a new pilot plant for developing new products as well as a laboratory equipped with diverse instruments for chemical, chemical-physical and rheological analysis and nutritional/organoleptic testing. Customers visiting the PEX will find a complete solution line with the latest machinery technology for each processing step. The mixing and milling section is equipped with a flour mixer, hammer mill and plansifter where new recipes can be tested which includes experimenting with the mixing to find the right solution for each innovative pet food product. The preparation section includes a GEA CutMaster for the preparation of meat emulsions in batches, which compliments the extruder line. Besides the GEA CutMaster, GEA also can supply continuous preparation lines with grinders, mixers and emulsifiers.     The extrusion and inserts area is furnished with a pre-conditioner and twin cooking extruder. Diverse molds and die are available for testing and experimenting with product formats and shape, and for checking compactness and quality of final products. A coex cutter for pillows, a tumbler and spray unit as well as a flavoring drum are available in the tumbler and finishing section. Lastly, the drying zone is equipped with both a static and a continuous dryer for achieving specific flavor characteristics, which requires temperature-specific handling 'Our long-term strategy and goal here, as it is for GEA globally, is to be the preferred partner of choice for customers worldwide. With our state-of-the-art technologies and comprehensive application expertise, GEA strives to be the world's leading technology group, providing innovative and sustainable solutions for sophisticated process industries. Our new Pet Food Experience Center is a place for learning: how to create and process new products, leverage new raw materials, create new recipe ideas – and ultimately, new ways to strengthen the position of our customers on the market,' explains Klaus Raths, Head of Strategy and Business Development for GEA Food and Healthcare Technologies. Interactive pet food workshops offered Learning and hands-on education play an important role at the new GEA Pet Food Experience Center. This includes learning about, and understanding how, dry pet food extrusion-cooking technology works; what the main process requirements are; how to operate and maintain the equipment, what role digitalization plays and how to use it in processes, and many other important topics. The R&D center can also be used as a training ground for customer employees, where they can learn about efficient processing and best practice. Workshops provide the participants with an introduction to the basics of extrusion-cooking technology, focusing on preconditioning, energy consumption, as well as the importance of moisture and mass flow balance. The primary aim is to help attendees learn how to be efficient at every step of the dry pet food production process, which includes: selection of raw materials, raw material intake, handling, weighing and dosing, mixing, grinding, conditioning, extrusion-cooking, forming, drying, coating and storage/packaging. Hands-on exercises give participants a unique opportunity to learn about the engineering behind our twin-screw extrusion-cooking technology, screw configuration, selecting the proper die and cutting device, SME control, product density control as well as their significance in various methods of product coating. The skills and know-how learned in these practical demonstrations can then be used in the R&D pilot plant. Next-generation technology solutions for modern dry pet food Pet food customers are increasingly looking for products that mirror those available to humans, not only from a nutritional and production quality standpoint, but also in terms of the variety of formats. Thanks to its long history and experience in developing food processing technologies, GEA can offer advanced solutions that are capable of setting new standards in the market. 'Our philosophy is about working alongside our customers, supporting them in creating and developing innovative products, helping them define the formulation, form, consistency, weight, flavor and color of their particular product to ensure it satisfies the demands of end-consumers, which in this case includes pet owners and pets. Our common goal of achieving an innovative and high-quality industrial production begins with collaboration at the research phase and culminates with the provision of advanced processing technologies, based on the customer's specific requirements and KPIs,' says Vanni Antonello, R&D Senior Technologist for GEA. En el nuevo Pet Food Experience Center (PEX) de GEA, se crean productos innovadores de alimentos para mascotas en colaboración entre los expertos en tecnología de GEA, los clientes y los socios de la industria. (Foto: GEA, Anima Film srl) GEA offers complete solutions to produce dry food of the highest quality for dogs and cats. GEA understands this market is changing and diversifying rapidly, which is why the company offers customized process solutions for fresh meat inclusion, grain-free formulations and alternative protein sources, including equipment for snacks and treats production. The offer includes designing and implementing these solutions to meet specific customer requirements – all followed up with professional service and support as required. Let's co-develop: kibbles, pillows and dental sticks The size, shape and moisture content of each product is determined by the individual recipe, which often includes a large amount of fresh meat. The sophisticated twin screw extruders with their unique dough conditioners, ensure precision results and meet the highest standards requirements for pet food production while reducing costs significantly. GEA has made its own detailed study of those pet food formulations and formats that both satisfy energy and nutritional needs, while also whetting the pet's appetite. GEA solutions for making kibbles – the most common food in pet diets, produce compositions and formats that are varied according to pet size, age and health. Likewise, additional ingredients can be incorporated in the kibble to fulfill other functional needs. Pillows, on the other hand, are snacks or that tasty reward for positive pet behavior. Using extrusion-cooking technology, GEA combines grains with a flavorful and nutritious filling based on the specific requirements. Dental sticks are designed and developed specifically to help dogs keep their teeth clean. Thanks to their unique shape, sticks are able to get into those hard-to-reach areas to clean teeth, which protects the pet's health while providing them with the nutrients they need. Innovative machines and systems from GEA produce dry pet food of the highest precision and quality. by GEA Source: All Extruded

Pet Food:  Bulk Material Handling Systems
Conveying Systems

5+ MIN

Pet Food: Bulk Material Handling Systems

The pet food industry has long searched for methods to control the movement of ingredients through to the manufacture of the finished product and from process to packaging in a reliable, inexpensive, maintenance-free system that yields little or no breakage. Schenck Process provides a range of pneumatic and mechanical conveying solutions, bulk material feeders, sifters, screeners, mixers, mills and process controls for the world's most recognizable pet food brands. With a vast amount of experience in the pet food industry, Schenck Process is able to provide process solutions based on the company's core technologies and can advise and design the most suitable arrangement of equipment to improve the efficiency and production rates of most processes. Aware of the need to produce the highest quality product together with minimal product degradation, the elimination of inefficiencies and ensuring product safety, Schenck Process can tailor the solution provided to the specific requirements of the client and the installation. Examples of recent installations for the Pet Food industry include: Truck or Railcar unloading and bulk storage systems of meal In-plant transfer systems for major, minor and micro ingredients Plant controls system upgrades Plant dust control systems Hammermill aspiration, convey and dust control Scaling systems for blenders and extruders Coatings handling systems Continuous dense phase transfer of finished products Emissions control systems for dryers and coolers Feeding of majors, minors and dry palatants Off-spec product reclaim and remill systems Extruder negative airlifts Odor abatement The range of technologies available from Schenck Process includes the following: E-finity® Low Pressure Continuous Dense Phase (LPCDP) Pneumatic Conveying systems deliver the least amount of airflow to convey the product with minimal degradation. The system is configured to have a smooth and lip-free connection on tube joints, diverters that reduce cross contamination and provide a smooth, full bore divert and the product is slowed to slide into the termination bin for a gentle landing. Gardner Ribbon Mixers provide consistent batch and continuous blending of powders and granules. The mixers use low energy and provide gentle mixing action with minimal heat generation ensuring that minor ingredients are dispersed homogeneously without the need for pre-mixing. Models with capacities ranging from 50 to 20,000 liters are available. GKM Screeners provide controlled screening, multi-deck classification and de-dusting of dry, powdered and granular products. The screener is particularly suitable for high feed rates, multi-deck separations of fines and difficult to screen lightweight products. Global Cleanable Airlocks (GCA) are ideal for applications where dry raw or finished products are being handled in the process and where inspection or system clean-out are required. Because the GCA is designed for high process rates and possesses a number of features suited for sanitary processes the airlock is perfect for pet food applications. Horizontal Material Separators are cyclones that separate conveyed material from the conveying airstream, minimizing the amount of air that exits with discharge material. The horizontal cyclone design is similar to a standard cyclone however; the main housing unit is turned 90° with both cylinder ends capped. The HMS has a vertical footprint that is 50% less than standard cyclones taking up less manufacturing space and is perfect for handling large and small kibble, large flakes and fish feed. Kemutec Kek Cone Mills are versatile size reduction machines for powder processing applications. With an ability to process a wide range of feed material and produce an equally wide range of product make the cone mill ideal for sizing in both wet and dry granulation processes. The Kek Cone Mill provides a gentle, low energy form of size reduction and eliminates traditional milling problems including noise, dust and heat generation. The gentle grinding action is capable of control within fine limits while maintaining a close particle size distribution with minimal fines generation. Kemutec Kek Sifters are designed for the removal of unwanted materials such as strings, packaging, and insects from bulk product or minor ingredients along with the removal of de-agglomerated hard lumps of product. Fitted with a cantilever shaft the Kek Sifter provides users with a high standard of hygiene and ease of operation. A 30-second screen change and no tools required for stripping the unit down make cleaning and maintenance quick and easy. MCF PowerSaver® Dust Collectors save up to 50% of operational costs by using medium pressure air for the cleaning cycle. An integrated blower provides the 0.49 bar medium pressure air for cleaning which eliminates the need for plant compressed air in the filter and frees up existing compressed air capacity for use in other processes. The MCF PowerSaver provides excellent operational capabilities in high dust load applications. MechaTron® Feeders are perfectly suited to handle a wide range of volumetric or gravimetric feeding applications. With the unique feature of complete disassembly from the non-process side, users can quickly clean, reconfigure or service the feeder. Sanitary 3-A models of the MechaTron® are also available. The MechTron is perfectly suited for feeding majors, minors and dry palatants.     ModuPlasma™ is an odor abatement system that uses direct treatment, which means the emission is led through the energy field, in opposition to other plasma solutions, where ozone is injected into the emission. This direct treatment results in oxidation 1 to 10 million times faster than in nature. Quick results and done in an environmentally safe manner. MoveMaster® Chain Conveyors for the movement of bulk grain supplies from delivery vehicles into storage silos. The chain conveyors have a high tensile strength to handle a large volume of material together in a reliable and efficient manner with minimal maintenance requirements. MULTICOR® Mass Flow Meter's accuracy, low profile, and dust tight solution make it ideal for extruder milled grain metering. Designed with a drive shaft and partitioned measuring wheel, the MULTICOR applies the science of Coriolis technology by accelerating the raw materials and their resultant forces to accurately measure flow rate. MULTIDOS® DEA Open Frame Weighbelts are designed specifically for sanitary pet food and food processes. A tool-less, rapid belt removal for frequent cleaning cycles, an IP69K stainless steel load cell manufactured to withstand high pressure spray, a shaft mounted, wash-down drive system for simple power transmission, and product contact surfaces with 316 stainless steel make it ideal for sanitary weighing and feeding applications. Supplied Air Extruder (SAE) Hood is a key component of the Schenck Process high feature Supplied Air Negative Airlift, which conveys extrudate from the extruder to the dryer with HEPA filtered or treated convey air instead of potentially contaminated air from the extruder room floor. This is important to all pet food producers concerned with avoiding finished product bacterial contamination after the extrusion kill step. by Schenck Process Source: All Extruded

Market Trends that are Changing the Way we Package Pet Food
Packaging

2+ MIN

Market Trends that are Changing the Way we Package Pet Food

Humanisation of pets is more relevant than ever, and as owners expect only the best for their pets, new packaging innovations are needed to be able to unite convenience, freshness, and sustainability. The human experience for pets In 2020, as new generations become pet owners and emerging markets are treating pets more like part of the family, the humanisation of pets across all generations is here to stay. According to Euromonitor, pets are benefitting from more spending on their health and happiness. However, even though pets may seem like members of the family, they still need their owners to open the packaging for them. Leaders in the packaging industry are thinking of new ways that packaging of the future can be more convenient through easier resealable functionalities, shapes and sizes. Sustainable packaging preferred Owners are scrutinising the ingredients inside the bag to make sure their pets are eating only the best. So, optimal readability of nutritional information on the package, opening convenience and freshness are a growing demand among consumers in the US, according to the Premium Pet Packaging survey. Yet, as demand around reducing plastic packaging increases, consumers are looking for more sustainable and recyclable solutions and packaging that is appealing, to make the pet food more distinguishable. Thus, the packaging may contribute in positioning the food as more premium. In the same study, one in three pet owners claimed they would switch to a brand that offers a more sustainable package and 75% of customers said that they would be more favourable to a brand if it offered sustainable options. Latest snacks in latest packaging As humans treat their furry friends more like people, treats and snacks are a growing way to entertain pets and keep them happy. So, the latest packaging offerings have zippers that reclose to maintain freshness, come in sizes that fit every shape and treat type, and provide protection on the go. Together with a creative strategic agency, Mondi developed a design thinking approach to create a new breed of innovative and sustainable pet food packaging solutions. These options optimise manufacturing efficiency without compromising on the look and feel of the product. Mondi's mission is to provide high-quality packaging in pet food that is sustainable by design. by William Kuecker 
 

TOMRA Food to Showcase its advanced Sorting Solutions for the Pet Food Industry at Petfood Forum 2020
Manufacturing Process

6+ MIN

TOMRA Food to Showcase its advanced Sorting Solutions for the Pet Food Industry at Petfood Forum 2020

More and more, pet food manufacturers such as the UK manufacturer JG Pears, require being able to receive high-quality, clean raw materials. TOMRA's optical sorting technologies have proved equally effective in earlier stages of the supply chain, enabling suppliers to offer this guarantee.  TOMRA Food will be present at Petfood Forum 2020 under the category Processing Equipment to explain how its sensor-based sorting solutions raise the bar on pet food quality. This virtual edition will allow attendees the opportunity to schedule meetings with a representative from TOMRA, access various materials, view videos and learn more through customer testimonials. The pet food industry is evolving as a result of a shift in consumer demands, with pet owners paying more attention than ever to quality and ingredients. They are willing to pay more to ensure their pet's good health and tend to remain loyal to the pet food brand that delivers a consistently high-quality product over time. If they find foreign material or cross contamination in their bag of kibble, they won't always complain; they will switch to another brand and are very unlikely to come back. The cost in lost customers of a seemingly minor irregularity can be very high. This means that for pet food manufacturers consistency is crucial: to remain competitive in today's market, they must ensure their product is clean, safe and exactly what it claims to be – every single time.  Foreign materials and cross contamination are key challenges for pet food manufacturers. Animal by-products used for pet food such as dry meat, bone meal and ground frozen meat are collected from slaughterhouses and can contain a wide variety of foreign materials. Similarly, biscuits residue, which is an ingredient for dry kibble, can contain plastic or cardboard from wrappers and boxes. All these need to be accurately and consistently removed. Cross contamination of product types, or Stock Keeping Units, can occur when dry kibble storage silos are not completely emptied before refilling. TOMRA can help manufacturers address these issues successfully with its optical sorting solutions specifically tailored for the pet food industry. Lars Povlsen, TOMRA Food´s Sales Manager Pet Food stated: 'We love our pets and we have become very demanding when it comes to the quality and product safety of the food we give them. We know that claims and product recalls in this industry are very often related to the presence of foreign objects or cross contamination. By tackling both issues, our optical sorting machines can help pet food manufacturers protect their brand and safeguard their business by giving their customers what they want: the assurance of high quality in a clean, safe product. What's more, our sorters can handle with ease the high throughputs of the pet food processing industry and can run with total consistency 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. This means enhancing quality without creating bottlenecks in the process. With our technology, manufacturers can really raise the bar on pet food quality.' TOMRA has brought to the pet food industry its industry-leading technologies designed to ensure the purity of food for human consumption. It has tailored sorting solutions that address the specific challenges of creating pet food from frozen ground meat, and meat, bone and feather meal. The optical sensors in its sorters identify foreign material or cross-contamination based on color, structure or composition with extreme accuracy and efficiency. The result is a high-quality, clean product and a dramatic reduction in the risk of claims and product recalls.

'One of the best investments made by the business in the last three to four years' GA Pet Food Partners, Europe's leading manufacturer of private label premium dry pet food, has experienced first-hand the benefits of TOMRA's Nimbus BSI+ optical sorters: 'What I liked about the TOMRA solution was the ability to inspect each individual kibble within a batch and compare that against defined and agreed quality attributes,' explains Andy Kettle, Managing Director.      The Nimbus BSI+ free-fall sorter combines the efficiency of laser detection of foreign material and TOMRA's proprietary Biometric Signature Identification (BSI+) technology that detects biometric characteristics of objects. It is a high-capacity sorter that consistently ensures extremely accurate removal of foreign bodies from the incoming raw materials. For GA Pet Food Partners, TOMRA's optical sorting solution not only achieved the desired results, it also created new business opportunities: 'Our partners certainly are very delighted with the technology; it has helped us to break open new markets which previously would not have been available to GA. For me it's been one of the best investments made by the business in the last three to four years.'
 
'We see very, very little waste and foreign bodies in our material'  For pet food manufacturers, being able to count on receiving high-quality, clean raw materials is a clear advantage. TOMRA's optical sorting technologies have proved equally effective in earlier stages of the supply chain, enabling suppliers to offer this guarantee.  JG Pears, a leading processor of animal by-products and food waste in the UK, produces a range of meals and fat for the pet food industry. It is a company that prides itself on the quality of its product, and the accurate removal of foreign bodies from the incoming raw materials is critical to achieving these high standards. TOMRA installed Nimbus BSI and Nimbus BSI+ sorters on its low temperature line to optimize this part of the process.     'The main thing that we wanted to concentrate on was the removal of any plastics,' explains Vicky Prussia, Customer Relations Manager. 'After we'd installed TOMRA, we started to look at some of the things that the machine was taking out of our process, and some of the things that we saw were things like plastics, wood, rubber. Just having the TOMRA machines in the factory, we can see now that we are removing more of the foreign bodies.'  Craig Harrison, JG Pears Site Manager, is delighted with the sorters: 'Non-conformances with our customers have reduced dramatically, and regarding the TOMRAs we see very, very little waste and foreign bodies in our material. The current customers already have seen the difference in the finished product and we're also having lots of interest from additional customers asking and enquiring about buying our material.'   About TOMRA Food  TOMRA Food designs and manufactures sensor-based sorting machines and integrated post-harvest solutions for the food industry, using the world's most advanced grading, sorting, peeling and analytical technology. Over 8,000 units are installed at food growers, packers and processors around the world for fruits, nuts, vegetables, potato products, grains and seeds, dried fruit, meat and seafood. The company's mission is to enable its customers to improve returns, gain operational efficiencies, and ensure a safe food supply via smart, useable technologies. To achieve this, TOMRA Food operates centers of excellence, regional offices and manufacturing locations within the United States, Europe, South America, Asia, Africa and Australasia. TOMRA Food is member of the TOMRA Group that was founded on innovation in 1972 that began with design, manufacture and sale of reverse vending machines (RVMs) for automated collection of used beverage containers. Today TOMRA provides technology-led solutions that enable the circular economy with advanced collection and sorting systems that optimize resource recovery and minimize waste in the food, recycling and mining industries.  TOMRA has ~100,000 installations in over 80 markets worldwide and had total revenues of ~9.3 billion NOK in 2019. The Group employs ~4,500 globally and is publicly listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange (OSE: TOM). 
  Contact: Marijke Bellemans - Marketing Communications Manager 
T: +32 (0)16 74 28 17 M: +32 (0)476 74 19 18
E: [email protected]
W: www.tomra.com/food  Source: All Extruded

Second Electric Dryer sold to China - Geelen Counterflow
Drying

2+ MIN

Second Electric Dryer sold to China - Geelen Counterflow

Geelen Counterflow has started the engineering and manufacturing of the second electric dryer for extruded petfood, to be installed in 2021 in China. High temperature industrial heat pumps will supply 2400 kW of heat to a 7 deck counterflow dryer and 65% of that heat will be recovered and re-used in the dryer. The first electric dryer is being assembled in South Korea for another customer and will be commissioned in 2021. Both electric dryers will initially be commissioned with gas burners. This allows installation and commissioning according to standard operating procedure. A few months later, once the dryers are up and running, the Counterflow Recovery Units (CRU) will be commissioned to start recovering energy through condensation of the warm moist air coming out of the dryer. The warm water coming from this CRU will be boosted in temperature by high temperature industrial heat pumps which will supply 100% of the heat for the dryer, so then the gas burners can be switched off or go in stand-by mode. The net energy consumption of the dryer will then be up to 65% lower and consist of electricity only. If the electricity is from renewable sources, the direct and indirect CO2 emissions of the dryer can be eliminated. Since dryers are by far the biggest consumers of gas in the plant, this typically reduces the CO2 footprint of the entire production line by more than 50%. Geelen Counterflow started developing this technology in 2014. It was tested and approved on pilot scale in a commercial petfood plant during 2016. Since then, full scale components have been developed and tested and the technology has been on the market since 2018. It is no coincidence that Geelen's first electric dryers will be installed in the petfood industry. The market leaders in this industry have short term ambitious targets for net zero greenhouse gas emissions in order to comply with the Paris climate agreement. Electrification through heat pumps is the only technology that enables not only the elimination of CO2 emissions from dryers but also a big improvement in energy efficiency. The majority of new dryers installed by Geelen for extruded petfood and aquafeed are now of the latest MkIV generation, which means they are prepared for either gas-burners and/or electric heat pumps. Plants that now install dryers with only gas burners can upgrade them to heat pumps and heat exchangers with a minimum of downtime. A flowsheet and more details of the process can be found here : For more information, please contact [email protected] by All Extruded

Is it possible to create a 100% Recyclable Packaging?
Packaging

6+ MIN

Is it possible to create a 100% Recyclable Packaging?

The oceans receive about 8 million tons of garbage each year. At the same time, knowledge about climate change and the impact (positive and negative) that we generate on the environment has made both companies and individuals worry and occupy themselves with how to reduce the damage they cause to our planet. As we mentioned in the previous article, sustainability and organic are a trend in the Pet Food Industry (and in general, too!). Therefore, in this article we bring you the information you need about packaging and packaging of pet food and sustainability. Is it possible to make a 100% biodegradable wrap / package? Is it economically affordable? What obstacles exist today to achieve it? Will the demand for my products increase? Worth it? We will tell you about it in this article. All of us who are participants in this industry have a role and a responsibility to implement actions to reduce waste, reuse and recycle materials and products, to the extent that our business allows it, to create a more sustainable chain. The increased awareness and involvement of pet owners regarding sustainability and caring for the environment forces the pet food packaging industry to look for more ecological alternatives. What do the referring voices say? Latricia Fry, from Constantia Flexibles, one of the most important flexible packaging companies, affirms that in North America there are already companies that promise to be 100% recyclable or sustainable by 2022 or 2025, and that, consequently, the company she represents has noticed an exponential increase in the order for more sustainable and environmentally friendly packaging. Sean Riley, from the Association for Packaging and Processing Technologies (PMMI), says that pressure and the social demand for more sustainable pet food have led packaging manufacturers to seek options to reduce waste from their production chain and packages. Similarly, it ensures that consumption is leaning towards companies that use good production practices for the environment. Likewise, the research firm Mintel underlines the importance of packaging in the sustainable life cycle of a product, which is why, like food, they should incorporate bio-based materials and increase the incentive to recycle said packaging. How does this sector of the industry receive sustainability? The global reality is that sustainability involves costly and highly innovative processes, and even so, if implemented, there would continue to be cons in terms of the environmental footprint. In addition, companies participating in the pet food production chain have to analyze the impact from several angles; Regarding packaging, they would also have to improve the packages used in the logistics of shipping and distribution of products, trying to choose cardboard boxes and avoid plastic or plastic wrap or covers. What are the main obstacles within the industry? As we already told you, one of the main obstacles in the implementation of more sustainable materials and chains is the cost involved in the implementation of new processes that adapt to the standards of caring for the environment. The second major challenge for producers and manufacturers is the need to find packaging that is safe to maintain the quality and condition of different types of food and candy, and that, in turn, is more sustainable. What solutions are being considered in the medium term? The pioneering companies in implementing more sustainable systems and materials (located mainly in the United States) have begun to develop and implement several alternatives: Some choose to replace polyethylene plastic (made from fossil fuels like oil or natural gas) with green polyethylene - a bio-based plastic made from Brazilian sugar cane. The use of this polyethylene has an extra advantage: the cultivation of this sugar cane uses carbon dioxide and releases oxygen, thus reducing greenhouse gas emissions and reducing its carbon footprint.     Another alternative towards sustainability is the generation of flexible packaging that is 100% recyclable in pinch, folding and flat bottom formats.     The Constantia Flexibles company has developed an aluminum packaging system with a water-based coating that eliminates the emission of volatile organic compounds. In this way, they would be recyclable in the aluminum recycling chain. How does the context influence the sustainability of the industry? While it is true that each sector and industry must rethink itself in terms of the footprint and negative impact it generates on the environment, it is also undeniable to affirm that any change and transformation that is implemented impacts and depends on other sectors and / or or related industries. With regard to recycling, the key, beyond the pet food packaging manufacturers' improvement intentions, is how local municipalities manage and report on their own recycling chain. Another challenge to create a sustainable system within which packaging can be recycled to a circle of economy and profitability: there must be someone willing to buy the material to use it to make new products. Currently, in Latin America, only 14% of the population has recycling habits. Within the formal and corporate sector, only 2.2% of companies recycle products and materials. Also, most of the few people who recycle say they do not have recycling points or containers for recyclables near their home.   These numbers, unfortunately, only demotivate and dismiss the idea of ​​investing in research and machinery to develop more sustainable packages. The most effective solution for the current situation in our country is to educate. Below, we tell you why. What can be done right now? Currently, there are two solutions that are positioned as the preferred among producers; even so, they are still far from perfect: One option is to develop a reusable and refillable container or container. It would be truly sustainable in a circular recycling economy, in which recycled items are reused and recycled over and over again. Its main disadvantage is that, in the short term, it is a rather expensive implementation and the infrastructure and machinery that is used mostly today is not capable of doing it. The second option is to design post-consumer polyethylene recycling programs. However, the challenges of a new adapted packaging design and the fact that it perpetuates the use of plastics demotivate companies. But not everything is negative. There are some actions that can be implemented now, and can lead the way to a more sustainable industry and packaging. So what can be done TODAY for a more sustainable packaging? There are some good practices that can be implemented in our current situation and context to the production chain of packaging for pet food, among them:     Increase the recycled content used in the production of packaging and packaging.     Use larger containers and boost bulk purchasing to reduce waste and garbage.     Prioritize packaging made, to a greater extent, of cardboard, and secondly, of aluminum.     Carry out communication and awareness campaigns about the importance of recycling and how it should be done. This last point is essential: when it comes to recyclable packaging (or any object), education is key. People need information and resources on how to recycle and why it is so important to do so, as well as everything that goes into achieving more sustainable packaging. Manufacturers of packaging for pet food that seek to walk the path to sustainability should focus on communicating it through the labels of their products, as well as through their social networks and web pages. In conclusion Recyclable packaging seems to be a great solution to reduce the negative impact of the pet food industry, but it requires a joint effort by the sector and the corresponding municipalities. For sure, starting a strategic communication and dissemination plan is a good alternative for all companies in the industry that want to start this transformation but do not yet have the necessary infrastructure or investment to materialize it in all their products. Tell us what is your point of view in relation to this, we are interested in knowing it! Author: All Extruded

E-finity Pneumatic Conveying System is Designed for Stability and Reliability
Conveying Systems

2+ MIN

E-finity Pneumatic Conveying System is Designed for Stability and Reliability

Schenck Process E-finity® is a patented continuous dense phase convey system for fragile materials. Precise pressure monitoring and airflow corrections allow the system to operate efficiently under all conditions, while gently inducing materials through the convey line in slug form. E-finity® is ideally suited for granular and pelleted materials, and has proven itself on many pet food industry projects.    Unique E-finity® air controls can employ a single air source to operate 2-3 different systems simultaneously. The result is a significant cost savings in both equipment and installation, with continued savings in operation and maintenance moving forward. Schenck Process' ability to design, size, sell, fabricate, and integrate other OEM processes as well as installing and providing ongoing support delivers full control.  As a primary equipment manufacturer, Schenck Process manages production schedules for faster lead times on highly engineered, custom-built systems. The end result is a predictable, efficient, and effective material handling process.   Contact Schenck Process to schedule a full-scale test to quantify the energy requirements and degradation results for your specific products.   Operating for over 130 years, Schenck Process has engineered cutting-edge technologies and solutions across the bulk material handling spectrum, delivering unmatched precision and accuracy for dry powder pneumatic conveying, mixing, blending, milling, sifting, screening, weighing and feeding.  Additionally, the group provides highly efficient air filtration systems for dust collection applications.  Through its integration of the Kemutec, Mac Process, AccuRate, Raymond Bartlett Snow and Stock Equipment brands, Schenck Process delivers a unified process solution for customers in every corner of the world. by Schenck Process
Phone: 816-891-9300
E-mail: [email protected] 

 

Bulk Material Handling Systems
Conveying Systems

5+ MIN

Bulk Material Handling Systems

The pet food industry has long searched for methods to control the movement of ingredients through to the manufacture of the finished product and from process to packaging in a reliable, inexpensive, maintenance-free system that yields little or no breakage. Schenck Process provides a range of pneumatic and mechanical conveying solutions, bulk material feeders, sifters, screeners, mixers, mills and process controls for the world's most recognizable pet food brands. With a vast amount of experience in the pet food industry, Schenck Process is able to provide process solutions based on the company's core technologies and can advise and design the most suitable arrangement of equipment to improve the efficiency and production rates of most processes. Aware of the need to produce the highest quality product together with minimal product degradation, the elimination of inefficiencies and ensuring product safety, Schenck Process can tailor the solution provided to the specific requirements of the client and the installation.
Examples of recent installations for the Pet Food industry include: Truck or Railcar unloading and bulk storage systems of meal In-plant transfer systems for major, minor and micro ingredients Plant controls system upgrades Plant dust control systems Hammermill aspiration, convey and dust control Scaling systems for blenders and extruders Coatings handling systems Continuous dense phase transfer of finished products Emissions control systems for dryers and coolers Feeding of majors, minors and dry palatants Off-spec product reclaim and remill systems Extruder negative airlifts Odor abatement
]The range of technologies available from Schenck Process includes the following: E-finity® Low Pressure Continuous Dense Phase (LPCDP) Pneumatic Conveying systems deliver the least amount of airflow to convey the product with minimal degradation. The system is configured to have a smooth and lip-free connection on tube joints, diverters that reduce cross contamination and provide a smooth, full bore divert and the product is slowed to slide into the termination bin for a gentle landing. Gardner Ribbon Mixers provide consistent batch and continuous blending of powders and granules. The mixers use low energy and provide gentle mixing action with minimal heat generation ensuring that minor ingredients are dispersed homogeneously without the need for pre-mixing. Models with capacities ranging from 50 to 20,000 liters are available. GKM Screeners provide controlled screening, multi-deck classification and de-dusting of dry, powdered and granular products. The screener is particularly suitable for high feed rates, multi-deck separations of fines and difficult to screen lightweight products. Global Cleanable Airlocks (GCA) are ideal for applications where dry raw or finished products are being handled in the process and where inspection or system clean-out are required. Because the GCA is designed for high process rates and possesses a number of features suited for sanitary processes the airlock is perfect for pet food applications. Horizontal Material Separators are cyclones that separate conveyed material from the conveying airstream, minimizing the amount of air that exits with discharge material. The horizontal cyclone design is similar to a standard cyclone however; the main housing unit is turned 90° with both cylinder ends capped. The HMS has a vertical footprint that is 50% less than standard cyclones taking up less manufacturing space and is perfect for handling large and small kibble, large flakes and fish feed. Kemutec Kek Cone Mills are versatile size reduction machines for powder processing applications. With an ability to process a wide range of feed material and produce an equally wide range of product make the cone mill ideal for sizing in both wet and dry granulation processes. The Kek Cone Mill provides a gentle, low energy form of size reduction and eliminates traditional milling problems including noise, dust and heat generation. The gentle grinding action is capable of control within fine limits while maintaining a close particle size distribution with minimal fines generation. Kemutec Kek Sifters are designed for the removal of unwanted materials such as strings, packaging, and insects from bulk product or minor ingredients along with the removal of de-agglomerated hard lumps of product. Fitted with a cantilever shaft the Kek Sifter provides users with a high standard of hygiene and ease of operation. A 30-second screen change and no tools required for stripping the unit down make cleaning and maintenance quick and easy. MCF PowerSaver® Dust Collectors save up to 50% of operational costs by using medium pressure air for the cleaning cycle. An integrated blower provides the 0.49 bar medium pressure air for cleaning which eliminates the need for plant compressed air in the filter and frees up existing compressed air capacity for use in other processes. The MCF PowerSaver provides excellent operational capabilities in high dust load applications. MechaTron® Feeders are perfectly suited to handle a wide range of volumetric or gravimetric feeding applications. With the unique feature of complete disassembly from the non-process side, users can quickly clean, reconfigure or service the feeder. Sanitary 3-A models of the MechaTron® are also available. The MechTron is perfectly suited for feeding majors, minors and dry palatants. ModuPlasma™ is an odor abatement system that uses direct treatment, which means the emission is led through the energy field, in opposition to other plasma solutions, where ozone is injected into the emission. This direct treatment results in oxidation 1 to 10 million times faster than in nature. Quick results and done in an environmentally safe manner. MoveMaster® Chain Conveyors for the movement of bulk grain supplies from delivery vehicles into storage silos. The chain conveyors have a high tensile strength to handle a large volume of material together in a reliable and efficient manner with minimal maintenance requirements. MULTICOR® Mass Flow Meter's accuracy, low profile, and dust tight solution make it ideal for extruder milled grain metering. Designed with a drive shaft and partitioned measuring wheel, the MULTICOR applies the science of Coriolis technology by accelerating the raw materials and their resultant forces to accurately measure flow rate. MULTIDOS® DEA Open Frame Weighbelts are designed specifically for sanitary pet food and food processes. A tool-less, rapid belt removal for frequent cleaning cycles, an IP69K stainless steel load cell manufactured to withstand high pressure spray, a shaft mounted, wash-down drive system for simple power transmission, and product contact surfaces with 316 stainless steel make it ideal for sanitary weighing and feeding applications. Supplied Air Extruder (SAE) Hood is a key component of the Schenck Process high feature Supplied Air Negative Airlift, which conveys extrudate from the extruder to the dryer with HEPA filtered or treated convey air instead of potentially contaminated air from the extruder room floor. This is important to all pet food producers concerned with avoiding finished product bacterial contamination after the extrusion kill step.

The Premiumization of Pet Food: A Growing Trend in our Industry
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

The Premiumization of Pet Food: A Growing Trend in our Industry

It's no secret that the pet food industry has responded to consumer demand for more premium and super premium diets, but what makes these foods so desirable to pet owners? Consumers are continuously looking for new and improved ways to feed their pets nutritious, satisfying and vitamin-rich foods. As a result, manufacturers are using more and more premium and super premium ingredients—and pet owners are loving it. The question is, what is it about these ingredients that entices consumers to pay a higher price? The terms premium and super premium are used frequently and often interchangeably. While every manufacturer may have its unique spin on the definitions, there are a few definitive 'yes' and 'no' ingredients that are standard across the board. In premium and super premium products, there will usually be no animal by-products, artificial colors or preservatives, or meat and bone meal—an ingredient that is considered by many consumers to be lower quality than meat meals or fresh meats and poultry. What you can expect to find in premium and super premium pet foods are nutritious meat meals, fresh meat, poultry or exotic proteins. You may find grains or legumes, and likely a fruit and vegetable blend that provides pets with additional antioxidants. Mainstream foods, on the other hand, typically contain meat and bone meal, animal by-products or other ingredients that are considered to be low-quality by many consumers, but actually may not be. 'The term 'by-product' comes from the fact that they are the leftovers from animal carcasses once the desirable (for Americans) muscle meat has been removed, not because these parts of the animal are inferior in quality, safety or nutrition,' notes Clinical Nutrition Service. While some sources say you should avoid feeding diets that contain by-products, the truth is that the combination of meat and bone can be an excellent source of protein, calcium, phosphorus, vitamin B-12 and a number of other minerals, often providing more nutrients than muscle meats. Premium and super premium diets usually contain higher cost and more exotic ingredients that are biologically more available and digestible than those found in mainstream diets, but that is not to say that mainstream diets are bad for pets. All diets marketed in the U.S. must conform to a specific nutrient profile defined by the Association of American Feed Control Officials, and all are complete and balanced for their specific profile. Why Premium & Super Premium are Gaining Share There are many benefits to purchasing and feeding pets premium and super premium food. Not only do these formulas help support a healthy immune system, strong bones and muscle development, they also help with digestion, skin and coat health, and overall energy. Manufacturers are seeing an increase in the purchasing of premium and super premium foods. In fact, between 2007-2017, there was a 36 percent increase in household pet food spending of premium brands.  So, what's driving this push? The industry is seeing a significant increase in pet owners—specifically in the Millennial generation. Millennials are typically not looking to settle down, get married and have children right away. Instead, they are choosing to become pet owners, and they want the best for their animals. Often, that includes premium and super premium diets. Manufacturers recognize the desire for these products and continue to build on the growth. 'According to data analytics firm GfK, more than 4,500 new pet food products were introduced in 2017, which was a 45 percent increase from the year before. The majority of those new products were premium and super premium,' said an article published on businessinsider.com in November 2018. That trend has continued its rise over the past three years. Manufacturers are using high-end ingredients in premium and super premium products, which gives pet food a 'human-grade' emphasis that consumers are looking for. The opportunities for premium and super premium pet food are promising, with projections that 'pet food sales will rise between 2 percent and 3 percent every year through 2023,' according to smartbrief.com. This is indeed strong growth on a very large base. Manufacturers are expected to continue developing formulas that cater to millennial interests and trends. While Millennials make up a large percentage of purchasers right now, consumers of all ages are seeking out the best food for their pets. For the time being, as consumers continue to learn about premium and super premium pet food, and as sales steadily increase, manufacturers will work to refine their own fresh and innovative offerings to meet demand in the years to come.  PB by Steve Mills is senior vice president of customer brand and co-manufacturing for American Nutrition.  
 

Wenger Technical Centre Expansion and Renovation on track for 2020 On-time Completion
Extrusion

3+ MIN

Wenger Technical Centre Expansion and Renovation on track for 2020 On-time Completion

Aerial photography reveals steady progress on the construction with the new concrete foundations, stem walls and floors providing a visual for what the perimeter of the new tech centre will look like. The new construction will make the facility more scalable and extend its lifespan long into the future. The modernisation will include enhancing preventative measures for food safety, and the added square footage will make the centre more versatile. Expansion of the world-renowned Wenger Technical Centre in Sabetha, KS, USA, is keeping pace and hitting construction milestones, even in the face of obstacles created by the COVID-19 pandemic. 'The pandemic has not disrupted plans or impeded progress with the upgrade,' says Brend King, Vice President and Technical Centre Director. 'We have excellent momentum—construction of the new building is hitting every milestone while the Technical Centre is still fully operational inside.' Work already was well underway on the $13 million renovation when COVID-19 abruptly forced businesses to shift operations protocols. The new building is being constructed around the old—the modernised, tension fabric structure will completely enclose the existing facade. That original steel structure then will be taken down, revealing capacity that is 40 percent larger and able to fit full-scale, commercial versions of nearly every piece of equipment Wenger manufactures. The new structure is scheduled for completion in July and demolition of the old building will begin in August. While the pandemic did slow progress slightly at the beginning, Mr King says they've amended schedules when needed and have been recouping lost time as work moves along. Meanwhile, testing and R&D projects continue inside the building, though protocols have been modified due to COVID-19. Wenger clients depend on the Technical Centre as a low-risk testing environment for new products and processes. 'Clients need us to continue functioning so they can meet their objectives, and we are committed to remain open and operational during this unpredictable time,' Mr King says. 'Our ingenuity drives us, and with persistence and flexibility we've found ways to work around the COVID-19 curveballs and stay open for business.' For the time being, Wenger is unable to allow customers physically in the facility, but the team shares photos and video and provides detailed data sheets to show customers how the extruders and formulations are set up. They also send samples of the end product. 'Thankfully, this is temporary,' Mr King says. 'Customers have been very understanding and cooperative with these less-than-ideal, but necessary, changes to protocol. We're tremendously proud and grateful to have earned trust in the industry so that clients are comfortable letting us conduct runs on their behalf,' Mr King says. And in those instances where clients must be present, Wenger has shifted projects to a timeframe when restrictions are loosened. Justin Moore, Extrusion Coordinator for Companion Animals and Aquafeed, and Topher Dohl, Extrusion Coordinator for Human Food and Industrial, have focused on scheduling and communication with customers to keep them apprised and meet everyone's needs. Mr King says the shuffling of schedules has opened up time to focus on Wenger R&D projects, allowing the team to gather data to validate assumptions and theories. 'We've made some incremental steps on R&D processes we've been working on internally—and we look forward to sharing these exciting innovations.' It also has allowed Wenger to finish internal projects early to leave more time for client projects pushed to a later date. The general contractor PMI Nebraska LLC, along with CL Construction of Lincoln, Neb., worked through difficult weather and muddy conditions this winter and spring to keep the project pushing forward. Wenger also is working with Pinnacle Electric, PCI Mechanical, Schenck Process, Scott Equipment and IPS on various aspects of the project. As for COVID-19 precautions, Wenger is following public health expert advice and implementing measures related to social distancing, hand washing, and sanitising high-touch areas. They take temperatures in the morning and limit contact among employees. 'Safety is always a top priority at the Technical Centre, pandemic or not; and because many of our processes deal with food products, our standard safety practices match up well with public health guidelines for COVID-19,' Mr King says. 'It was easy to build social distancing measures onto the sound health and safety practices we already had in place.' by Perendale Publishers  

Extrusion Systems for Pet Food and Aqua Feed. Single or Twin Screw?
Extrusion

4+ MIN

Extrusion Systems for Pet Food and Aqua Feed. Single or Twin Screw?

Introduction The Extrusion process is a thermo-mechanical process that consists of forcing a product to pass through one or more holes of a specific size under pressure and temperature thanks to the Archimedes screw concept (also known as "endless screw"). The extrusion processes in the processing of extruded pet food and aquaculture, aim to achieve the cooking of the mixture of raw materials and ingredients giving it the form of croquette (pellet / kibble) that facilitates its subsequent handling. The most important things that take place inside the extruders are the gelatinization of starches and texturization of proteins, both processes help to the greater digestibility, as well as to form a structure and texture that hosts other ingredients, minerals, fats in a stable and uniform way. For a good gelatinization of starches and texturization of proteins moisture is needed (the one that is added in the form of liquid water and steam in pre conditioning and / or extruder), temperature is needed, part of the temperature input is given by the addition of steam, but the most important is carried out by the mechanical and friction work produced by the screws. And mechanical energy is also needed, granted by the shearing action of the screws. Today there are two technologies available for extrusion, these are single screw (SSE) and twin screw (TSE). In this article we will talk about the features, advantages and disadvantages of each of these technologies. Single Screw Extruders In Single Screw Extruders we observe as a characteristic that the advance of the screw moves the materials through the channel by developing a 'drag flow', whose speed is directly proportional to the speed of the screw. Due to the constraint of the die in the discharge of the extruder, there is a "backpressure flow', which goes in the opposite direction to the drag flow. Therefore, the 'flowrate" in single screw extruders (SSE) is equivalent to the drag flow rate – backpressure flow rate. The flow dynamics in the screw channel shows us that the fluid particles travel at different speeds and that they do not interact in their entirety, resulting in a dispersion of dwell times and an uneven mixture. Consequently, the heat transfer as well as the entry of mechanical energy in the cooking section are very limited. In addition, the length of the shear depends on the space, which generates heterogeneities of the melting properties (cooking duration, temperature and pressure). In short, Simple Screw Technology (SSE) features: A single process section. Dependence on performance and screw speed. A single operating point (performance combined with maximum screw speed and die opening area). Limitations in mixing, which limits heat transfer, mechanical energy input, and generates heterogeneities in particle fusion (cooking duration, composition, temperature and pressure). The higher the screw wear, the lower the extruder performance. A reduction of 10-20% can be observed during the life of the screw. 'Lubrication factors' in the composition of the mixture generate runoff, which reduces the performance of the extruder and the addition of mechanical energy. Twin Screw Extruders Twin Screw Extruders (TSE) have multiple process sections in series, (melting/cooking, vapor/gas extraction, vapors/positive displacement pumping), thanks to the different restrictions generated by the work of the screws. The process sections show high levels of mixing, good heat transfer and important shear work (addition of mechanical energy). In the TSE, a very intense mixture is observed in the coupling area of the screws (macro mixing and micro mixing). Consequently, the heat transfer coefficient in the sections is very high. Homogeneous fusions can be obtained, with a very good link of lipids. The expansion after traversing the die develops consistently, leading to an excellent density, texture and shape of the product, as well as a uniform final density and color. In short, Twin Screw Technology (TSE) features: Multiple process sections in series. The performance and speed of the screw are unlinked. Therefore, for a mixture formulated, the TSE are characterized by its many operating points. In addition, the screw profile can vary extensively to modulate the addition of mechanical energy. The mixing process is very intense, which gives great benefits in relation to the quality of the product. The slippage of the mixture is compensated by the positive displacement pumping of the screws. Less sensitivity to changes in raw materials. Increased tolerance to changes in moisture, fiber aggregates and fats. Better quality and consistency of final product. Greater overall process flexibility. In Aqua Feed, the best possible uniformity and high level of degassing decreases the chances of pellets floating when Sinking Aqua Feed is produced. In Aqua Feed it allows us to produce, thanks to the action of the two screws, micro pellets up to 500 microns (0.5 mm). In the particular case of the Twin Screw Extruders of the French Company "Clextral" (top image of Clextral extruder), the proven advantage of being able to achieve the high quality of food by working with 2 to 3 % less humidity is achieved, implying significant energy savings in the subsequent drying process. Conclusion Both extrusion technologies are widely used in the pet food and aqua feed production sector. Single Screw technology typically requires a lower investment cost, and somehow lower spare parts costs. While the Twin Screws requires a higher investment that brings as advantages the possibility of working with a wider range of raw materials, with more fibers, more vegetal proteins and higher fat content. Author:  Eng. Diego Clivio More info: www.cliviosolutions.com

An Extruder for Maximising Production of Fish Feed and Petfood
Extrusion

3+ MIN

An Extruder for Maximising Production of Fish Feed and Petfood

The extruder OEE NG from Amandus Kahl GmbH & Co KG has set about capturing the market for the production of pet food and Fish feed of the highest quality. The German machine manufacturer Amandus Kahl has been manufacturing a new extruder for the production of Fish feed and Pet Food since 2019. The extruder OEE 25 NG (New Generation) was introduced onto the market with a screw diameter of 250mm and a resulting capacity of up to 10t/h. The 2020 series will be expanded by two extruders with screw diameters of 200mm and 150mm for smaller production volumes. The new equipment and technology level of the Kahl Extruder OEE NG  After more than 20 years of experience with extrusion machines, customers now receive a completely new extruder to meet the growing demands in the production of Fish feed and pet food. During the design phase, the focus was on producing a user-friendly machine with new performance standards. A double-jointed connection enables a fast tool and knife change. The design was also a focal point - the extruder OEE NG is manufactured with a frame-mounted touch screen to control all relevant operating data, settings and options even during operation. The machine also features the proven Kahl stop bolt technology for successful mixing and venting in the irst cylinder section.  Special process zones for compaction, cooking and kneading ensure high lexibility and a wide range of adjustment options. The Kahl extruder can also be ideally adapted to changing formulae. Fine control measures, such as the possibility of adjusting  the screw speed, adding steam or water to the extruder barrel or individually adjustable heating and cooling jackets have also been taken into account in the design. A comparison of the screw diameters of both Kahl extruders clearly shows an increase in throughput: Thus, a capacity range of 10t/h is achieved in large industrial applications. The advantages and options of Kahl machines at a glance The already mentioned fast knife and die change provides high eficiency. Furthermore, the possibility to change the distance between knife and die during operation allows a lexible deinition of the desired extrudate size. Amandus Kahl produces the requested machine as a single unit or turnkey extrusion line. In both cases, no expensive additional equipment is required to inluence the expansion behaviour. This saves not only investment costs, but also operating costs. Amandus Kahl deines the speciic project together with the customer and inds the most suitable solution for a successful production. Apart from the actual extrusion, turnkey extrusion lines include all process steps such as grinding and mixing of the components. Steam conditioning, drying, coating, cooling and packaging are also performed by machines from Amandus Kahl. Quality made in Germany - Successful for 140 years Founded in 1876, Amandus Kahl has been successfully manufacturing machines and plants for conditioning and pelleting of various raw components and product mixtures for more than 140 years. Ever since the company was founded, the pelleting press has been at the centre of production. Thanks to its lat die, it has established itself as a unique selling point on the commercial market in countless industrial sectors. The high quality is also relected in every other machine and plant 'Made in Germany'. In addition to pan grinder mills for energy-eficient wood crushing, cooling and drying plants or expanders in various designs, Amandus Kahl customers can obtain extruders for various industrial sectors such as the food or animal feed sector for different production capacities.     How to contact us Have you seen the new Amandus Kahl website? It provides a comprehensive overview of the broad machine portfolio and shows in which industries Amandus Kahl machines and plants are already successfully used today. Find out more at www.akahl.de, contact us via the contact form or write an e-mail to  [email protected].  by Amandus kahl Source: All Extruded

Tomra Food Starts working with the Renderers of Pet Food Ingredients
Grinding

4+ MIN

Tomra Food Starts working with the Renderers of Pet Food Ingredients

Optical sorting machines now benefit the renderers of animal food production by-products TOMRA Food has begun offering its optical sorting technologies to renderers who turn the by-products from animal food production into petfood ingredients. This new initiative is expected to be especially well received now that the economic pressures of the COVID-19 pandemic are making it more important than ever for renderers to maximize efficiency and minimize waste. As the world's leading manufacturer of optical sorting machines for the food industry, TOMRA Food last year became the first to provide advanced sorting solutions for petfood producers. With this move proving successful, the next logical step is to expand the company's offering to petfood renderers.   Rendering by-products from poultry, pork and beef into ingredients for wet and dry petfood (as well as for animal feed) is a higher-value use of meat and bone materials than rendering for alternatives such as fuels or fertilizer. The global petfood market is worth about $90 billion per year and is forecast to increase in size over the next decade at a CAGR (compound annual growth rate) of 5-6%. But achieving higher commercial values requires higher standards, necessitating the detection and removal of the smallest fragments of foreign material from the product mix.     Lars Povlsen, Sales Manager Petfood at TOMRA Food, commented: 'We are proud to be working now not only with petfood producers, but also with the renderers. TOMRA Food's sophisticated sorting technologies can do much to help ensure that petfood ingredients are safe and nutritious. We expect to see more renderers investing in the latest sorting technologies in order to remain competitive.' TOMRA Food's solutions to the regulations and challenges of the rendering segment Regulations governing the processing of waste meat for reuse can differ from one nation to the next, but the standards for petfood and animal feed are usually the strictest. The EU is typical of the stringent requirements: petfood and animal feed must comply with the highest of all three rendering classifications, Category 3, which requires the waste meat to have been fit for human consumption at the point of slaughter. It is mostly after this point, however, that foreign materials are accidentally introduced into by-products, because of the nature of the rendering process itself. One risk in rendering is the mechanical process of removing feathers from poultry, because this is done by rubber fingers that can break off and end up in the product stream. Another risk is the way in which poultry is held above the conveyor belt by plastic hangers, because these hangers can also break and fall into the product mix. In addition to these inherent threats, many other types of unwanted objects – such as rubber gloves, hairnets, metal clips, plastic tags, foil, stones, and broken glass – have been known to turn up in renderers' product streams. Although some of these foreign materials are initially large enough to be seen, grinding processes reduce them in size to almost invisibly-small fragments which the human eye cannot detect.     Now TOMRA Food's sorting machines are providing a solution to these serious challenges. Latest sorting technologies are capable of detecting and ejecting the tiniest fragments of foreign material with reliable accuracy and low levels of false rejects. Sorting machines can also help renderers pre-determine the desired levels of bone meal and protein content, so that premium ingredients can be rendered to fetch a premium price. About TOMRA Food TOMRA Food designs and manufactures sensor-based sorting machines and integrated post-harvest solutions for the food industry, using the world's most advanced grading, sorting, peeling and analytical technology. Over 8,000 units are installed at food growers, packers and processors around the world for fruits, nuts, vegetables, potato products, grains and seeds, dried fruit, meat and seafood. The company's mission is to enable its customers to improve returns, gain operational efficiencies, and ensure a safe food supply via smart, useable technologies. To achieve this, TOMRA Food operates centers of excellence, regional offices and manufacturing locations within the United States, Europe, South America, Asia, Africa and Australasia. TOMRA Food is member of the TOMRA Group that was founded on innovation in 1972 that began with design, manufacture and sale of reverse vending machines (RVMs) for automated collection of used beverage containers. Today TOMRA provides technology-led solutions that enable the circular economy with advanced collection and sorting systems that optimize resource recovery and minimize waste in the food, recycling and mining industries. TOMRA has ~100,000 installations in over 80 markets worldwide and had total revenues of ~8.6 billion NOK in 2018. The Group employs ~4,000 globally and is publicly listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange (OSE: TOM). For further information about TOMRA, please see www.tomra.com by Tomra Food Contact: Marijke Bellemans - Marketing Communication Manager TOMRA Food, Compac, and BBC Technologies Email: [email protected]   Source: All Extruded 
 

Premier Tech and Bühler  Joint Venture Evolved into a Global Partnership
Packaging

2+ MIN

Premier Tech and Bühler Joint Venture Evolved into a Global Partnership

Premier Tech and Bühler Group are now taking their strategic cooperation two steps further. What started with a close collaboration in August 2019, evolved into a Joint Venture in China and ultimately grew to a global partnership for bulk packaging Global Partnership - Serving the World with high-end packaging solutions This new global partnership will allow Bühler to access Premier Tech's leading technologies in bagging and palletizing either directly through Premier Tech's facilities for the high-end food feed and grain markets, worldwide, or through the newly created PT-Bühler joint venture in China, serving China and the emerging markets with cost-effective packaging. By leveraging our joint product portfolio, we will extend our commercial offer and better support you with the latest equipment best suited for your market.   'The Global Partnership will serve customers worldwide by building on Premier Tech's recognized know-how in the field of automated packaging technologies while making full use of Bühler's strong international sales and service network,' says André Noreau, CEO of Premier Tech's Systems and Automation business. Premier Tech and Bühler are bringing their cooperation to new heights by offering adapted state-of-the-art packaging solutions around the globe. PT-Bühler - Joint Venture covering needs in China and emerging markets After entering our strategic cooperation last year, Premier Tech and Bülher have worked closely together in the interest of forming a 50/50 joint venture in China that will officially start on July 1, 2020. The aim of the joint venture is to develop and market new cost-effective packaging solutions based on Premier Tech's bagging expertise. Operating in Wuxi, China, PT-Bühler will focus on serving the food and feed markets in China, and emerging markets moving towards cost-effective automation. 
 
'Customers will benefit from significantly more efficient, and even more accurate and food safe packaging solutions thanks to automation technologies developed by PT-Bühler,' says Johannes Wick, CEO of Bühler's Grains & Food business Attracting talents from both companies, PT-Bühler will benefit from Premier Tech superior packaging expertise and technological leadership in this field, whereas Bühler's contributes with its know-how of high-quality manufacturing and supply chain management in China as well as its digital solutions. Both Premier Tech and Bühler will offer the joint venture's solutions in their respective markets, with Premier Tech focusing on standalone solutions, and Bühler on turnkey plants. We are committed to work together in order to make for the best the customer experiences while fully addressing their needs and complement each other in all cases where Bühler and Premier Tech will both be involved in any specific projects.  by All Extruded

Tomra Food Introduces Advanced Sorting Solutions for the Pet Food Industry
Manufacturing Process

4+ MIN

Tomra Food Introduces Advanced Sorting Solutions for the Pet Food Industry

Optical sorting machines will help manufacturers meet the growing demand for higher-quality petfood  Leuven, Belgium,– TOMRA Food, the leading manufacturer of sensor-based sorting machines for the food industry, has become the first to provide advanced sorting solutions for petfood producers. By developing four new sorting applications of its proven technologies, TOMRA has made it possible for petfood manufacturers to easily remove even very small particles of foreign materials from dry meat and bone meal, ground frozen meat, biscuits residue, and dry kibble. All four new sorting applications have been validated over the last two years at TOMRA facilities as well as in real-world working conditions at petfood manufacturing plants in Europe and the United States. By recalibrating sorting machines originally designed to ensure the purity of food for human consumption, extensive tests have identified the best TOMRA equipment for specific petfood sorting tasks and have arrived at the optimal configurations for sorting efficiency and product yield.   Contamination risk can be high in petfood because of the nature of the raw materials. Dry meat and bone meal, derived from offal (animal by-products) collected at slaughterhouses, can contain all kinds of foreign bodies. Ground frozen meat for wet petfood is also derived from offal. Biscuits residue, an ingredient for dry kibble, can contain plastic or cardboard from wrappers and boxes. And if dry kibble storage silos are not completely emptied before refilling, there can be cross-contamination of Stock Keeping Units (product types). Solutions tailored to different petfood types   All TOMRA's in-line petfood sorting solutions can handle the high throughputs that are necessary in the petfood processing industry. With TOMRA's wide range of mechanical platforms and optical sensors, it has been possible to tailor sorting solutions for the specific challenges of creating petfood with frozen ground meat, dry meat, bone meal, and dry kibble.  The sorting machines are very robust and can deal with harsh, wet or dry and dusty environments. The optical sensors which inspect the product streams have diverse capabilities and differentiate between the good product and the foreign material or cross-contamination based on color, structure or composition. Air-valves on the platforms remove undesired material with precise and powerful air bursts, keeping the processor's yield to an absolute maximum.  A video of one of the new applications, for dry meat and bone meal sorting TOMRA's in-line petfood sorting solutions take away the need for rework. They run at the same consistency for 24 hours per day and seven days per week and make manual inspection superfluous.  Because these highly efficient optical sorters enhance the quality of the product, they can significantly reduce claims and product recalls in a highly competitive industry. More than this, TOMRA's advanced sorting solutions bring brand protection to the petfood industry and will be a cornerstone in driving brand loyalty. Bjorn Thumas, Business Development Director at TOMRA Food, commented: 'As the humanization and premiumization of petfood shows, customers have increasingly high expectations about petfood quality. New applications of TOMRA's sorting technologies now make it possible for petfood producers to easily and reliably meet the demands for higher quality and product safety. TOMRA's sorting solutions are well-proven with numerous food types, such as potatoes, nuts, vegetables, and fruit, and applying our technologies to petfood is a logical progression.' •    For more information about TOMRA's petfood sorting solutions: https://www.tomra.com/petfood  About TOMRA Food  TOMRA Food designs and manufactures sensor-based sorting machines and integrated post-harvest solutions for the food industry, using the world's most advanced grading, sorting, peeling and analytical technology. Over 8,000 units are installed at food growers, packers and processors around the world for fruits, nuts, vegetables, potato products, grains and seeds, dried fruit, meat and seafood. The company's mission is to enable its customers to improve returns, gain operational efficiencies, and ensure a safe food supply via smart, useable technologies. To achieve this, TOMRA Food operates centers of excellence, regional offices and manufacturing locations within the United States, Europe, South America, Asia, Africa and Australasia. TOMRA Food is member of the TOMRA Group that was founded on innovation in 1972 that began with design, manufacture and sale of reverse vending machines (RVMs) for automated collection of used beverage containers. Today TOMRA provides technology-led solutions that enable the circular economy with advanced collection and sorting systems that optimize resource recovery and minimize waste in the food, recycling and mining industries.  TOMRA has ~100,000 installations in over 80 markets worldwide and had total revenues of ~8.6 billion NOK in 2018. The Group employs ~4,000 globally and is publicly listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange (OSE: TOM).  For further information about TOMRA, please see www.tomra.com byTOMRA Sorting Food Contact Details: Marijke Bellemans - Marketing Communications Manager Email: [email protected] Source: All Extruded
 

KSE Process Technology  - Measures in Relation to the COVID19 virus
Dosing

2+ MIN

KSE Process Technology - Measures in Relation to the COVID19 virus

In relation to the COVID-19 virus, we try to support everyone who copes with these challenging circumstances and do our very best to service our customers as normal, while protecting the health of everyone involved. KSE highly values its continued 24/7 support to customers around the world. Our service employees remain available to provide remote assistance and advice as usual. However, current travel restrictions and regulations make it difficult to provide on-site support. That is why we only carry out work on location in case of emergency and only when it is possible to travel to – and work at – the plant safely. These measures will be in effect at least until April 6th, 2020; following the guidelines of the Dutch authorities. Please be informed that: We take responsibility for the health of our employees and will follow all regulations and guidelines to the best of our ability while we continue to service our clients. KSE works with local agents around the world who are often able to provide local support. These restrictions do not apply to cargo therefore, shipments will be carried out as planned. Our sales and service department will remain available by telephone, e-mail and social media. Where possible, we recommend the use of video call apps, as a temporary alternative to in-person meetings. We are always available for advice and support and aim to provide the best possible solutions and service, with the health and safety of all people as our highest priority. In case you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact our representatives. With kind regards, Adriaan Smulders, CEO. KSE Process Technology B.V.

Protecting Pet Food ingredients with durable, accurate ingredient handling systems
Dosing

6+ MIN

Protecting Pet Food ingredients with durable, accurate ingredient handling systems

Many processing applications in the pet food and treat industry can be particularly harsh with high rates of very abrasive products, so equipment must be designed with tougher standards in mind from the ground up. In addition to being durable, equipment must be accurate, easy to clean and efficient to operate, and support food safety. Dave Carney, area sales manager at Bühler Aeroglide, Cary, NC, notes the increased sanitation requirements of today's equipment have driven changes in how they are designed. 'This requires more modularity and ease-of-access to enable customers to adhere to these demands,' he said. Jessica Stank, marketing manager for Lake Odessa, Mich.-based Automated Process Equipment Corporation (APEC), said the biggest trends she is seeing in material handling equipment are related to improvements in the level of efficiency they can provide. '[End users] are looking at ways to automate their process and are looking for equipment that is highly accurate and requires little human intervention to achieve the desired result,' she said. 'Thus, equipment manufacturers are making design improvements to help meet this demand for increased efficiency in processing facilities.' Improvements include specialty components such as capacitive load cell technology on weighing equipment, special bin designs and bulk bag unloaders with massagers or added vibration to assist with product flow. The biggest challenges stem from the types of ingredients used in pet food processing. Stank said certain common dry ingredients are prone to flow issues due to density or other characteristics, and liquids that contain fats and suspended solids can be challenging as well. Tanks that hold fats and oils often heat the liquids. Sensors designed to monitor ingredient levels must withstand harsh environments including a wide range of temperatures. 'Things like stainless steel contact surfaces, equipment that is fully enclosed with locking lids and automation programs that include track and trace technology have addressed concerns regarding safety and sanitation,' she said. Due to Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA) requirements, pet food processing facilities have moved to food-grade equipment and components that have increased the level of sanitation in plants tremendously. Keeping ingredients contained inside fully enclosed equipment prevents fugitive particles from making their way into the air and onto the floor, which also improves worker safety. Steve Sawyer, factory sales, Dynatrol Division of Automation Products, Inc., Houston, said equipment needs to stand up to the harsh environments found in pet food and treat applications. 'Our customers handle large and small amounts of bulk ingredients and are requesting equipment to operate successfully on products having wider ranges of bulk densities and consistencies,' he said. Sawyer's company manufactures the Dynatrol DJT Level Detectors, which are sensors that provide information on product levels within hoppers, offering high-, intermediate- or low-level detection in temperatures exceeding 300 F. 'We have added a line of specialty coatings for detectors to protect components from steam cleaning and aid in decreasing build-up while not affecting sensitivity,' Sawyer said. This maintains the product's accuracy, decreases down time and increases productivity and product life. Joseph Cross, engineering and process manager, Zeppelin Systems USA, Inc., Odessa, Fla., said producers are demanding increased automation that reduces human interaction to provide labor savings and improves employee engagement by eliminating repetitive tasks. 'This has led Zeppelin to develop our Kokeisl dosing system, a way to dose ingredients in large and small amounts both very quickly and extremely accurately,' Cross said. Equipment manufacturers are challenged to deliver accurate amounts of ingredients quickly. One innovation to address this is a new valve design from Zeppelin.The Kokeisl system offers a unique discharge aid in combination with a large port and a fast-acting discharge valve that can be opened and closed from a 0 to 100% aperture in milliseconds, allowing a large flow of ingredients during the initial delivery followed by a very small trickle-feed to complete the batch with extreme accuracy and repeatability. 'By automating an increasing number of ingredients, many processes may be completed simultaneously, reducing the overall batching time and increasing the throughput of the line,' Cross said. 'Furthermore, increased automation allows for more accurate lot tracking of all major and minor ingredients, allowing for better inventory control and decreased reaction time in the rare case of recalls.' Batching systems Don Goshert, vice president and general manager, Sterling Systems & Controls, Inc., Sterling, Ill., noted the latest trends he is seeing are automatic and semi-automatic minor ingredient weighing/batching systems that dispense raw ingredients while tracking lot information and validating batched ingredient weights. 'Lot tracking with total ingredient material traceability is a requirement in many industries, particularly in the pet food, feed and agriculture, and food industries,' he said. Data collection and management of ingredients and batches from the feed processing batching control system has improved processors' ability to meet product safety requirements. For example, Sterling Systems engineers and produces customized batching control systems that can include as little or as much ingredient lot tracking and traceability as the customer wants to implement. It just depends on the customer's ability to fund and implement the tracking system, as several inventory strategies are available. Utilizing batching controls and automatic dispensing/dosing systems to handle minor ingredients can reduce or eliminate the need for reliance on personnel to manually track or document ingredient lots and weights. Automation streamlining improvements Processors are under pressure to maximize both throughput and accuracy. 'Increasing demand, custom ingredients and pet food quality enhancements have all driven the demand for increasing efficiency in the process controls and automation process systems that produce pet food, such as the minor ingredient batching systems,' Goshert said. The addition of both automation and highly accurate weighing technology can contribute to a major increase in accuracy in a pet food processing facility. 'By replacing a worker with a scoop and a scale with a computer and scale, it virtually eliminates the cost of human error,' Stank said. 'The addition of highly accurate load cells into the ingredient handling portion of the process ensures that costly ingredients are not wasted, and that the recipe is followed to the exact specifications time after time.' A mistake many pet food and feed processing plants make is attempting to justify the automation of all ingredients. Goshert said most successful operations justify ingredient batching automation by applying the 80/20 rule, as the quantity of ingredients is important, but the frequency of an ingredient's use also needs to be considered. 'If you use small doses of an ingredient in almost every formula, that ingredient may be a good candidate for automation too,' he said. When automatic systems are combined with semi-automatic ingredient processing — adding some ingredients by hand when instructed by the control system — justification can be achieved, Goshert added. Cross said equipment providers have been pushed by end users 'like never before' to provide systems that guarantee employee and food safety. 'Increasing levels of automation translates to reduced human interaction with individual ingredients and potentially hazardous equipment, reducing overall workplace injuries and improving batch accuracy and traceability,' he said. 'Also, as allergen concerns grow across the industry, fast and efficient CIP (clean-in-place) systems and the ability to fully sanitize and certify cleanliness has become more important to guarantee consumer satisfaction as well as product quality.' Heading to the future The need to design and maintain ingredient handling equipment for efficient sanitization is one challenge. Another is the evolution of the ingredients being used and how to convey them. These are both areas in which companies believe more innovation is needed. 'I could foresee being able to monitor surfaces for microbials and alert operators that a cleaning is recommended as a market request,' Carney said. Managing all possible data sources from one primary platform is becoming a priority in the pet food and treat industry. Goshert said integrating preventative maintenance planning software with ingredient batching and process controls is an important improvement. 'The demand for keeping the increasingly sophisticated and automated process systems and equipment running at optimal performance has never been greater,' he said. Localizing access to the preventative maintenance planning software from the shop floor or the corporate office area is key. 'Data tracking on the production floor integrated with ERP (enterprise resource planning) systems is essential to maximize benefits,' Goshert said. 'Processors should be sure to work with equipment and control and automation vendors that are on the forefront of data management and can provide complete data tracking with ERP integration.' Source: ADM & Pet Food Processing  

Wenger Manufacturing Announces Multimillion-Dollar Expansion of Innovation and Development Centre
Extrusion

2+ MIN

Wenger Manufacturing Announces Multimillion-Dollar Expansion of Innovation and Development Centre

Wenger Manufacturing, Inc, has begun work on a US $13 million renovation project to expand and modernise the Wenger Technical Centre in Sabetha, USA. The Wenger Technical Centre is a facility dedicated to innovation and continuous improvement of extrusion process systems for food, feed and industrial applications. The Wenger Technical Centre houses full-scale extruders, dryers and ancillary components to provide a real-world development environment for extrusion-based products and processes. A recognised proving ground for innovation and training, the centre is used by clients, academia and other industry partners for accelerating product development and operational training. 'This renovation is a strategic reinvestment into a facility  that has long served our industries as the critical hub for innovation and continuous improvement,' says Lafe Bailey, Co-CEO and President of Sales and Corporate Development. 'The Technical Centre has held global importance to the extrusion industry since 1954, and we are committed to both renewing, and expanding, the roles and responsibilities that the Wenger Technical Centre holds in the industries we serve.' The new construction will increase the existing 22,000-square-foot centre's capacity by 40 percent, making the facility more scalable and extending its lifespan long into the future. The modernisation will include enhancing preventative measures for food safety, and the added square footage will make the centre more versatile. It will expand the scope of market-facing services while also further enhancing existing innovation projects already active in the Wenger pipeline. 'As our industries face increased scrutiny over food safety, the new Wenger Technical Centre will provide a lowrisk environment to evaluate prototypes and make sure new products and processes adhere to safety and quality standards,' says Brend King, Vice President and Technical Centre Director. 'We're very excited for this expansion as it will allow us to continue helping clients—and Wenger—move ideas from concept to market more quickly.' by Wenger Manufacturing 
 

Hamex Hammermill -  Dinnissen
Grinding

3+ MIN

Hamex Hammermill - Dinnissen

Since 1948, Dinnissen Process Technology has been developing machines, complete processes and customised solutions for the food, feed, pet food, pharmaceutical and chemical industries. The focus mainly lies on the efficient handling and processing of powders, granulates and pellets.  One of Dinnissen's characteristic qualities is the ability to transform daring innovative ideas into working concepts that are successfully adapted by leading producers. A great example of such a successful innovation is the vacuum core coating process, invented by Dinnissen in 1992. Several years later, this was followed by the lean gravity mixing lines and the hammer mill featuring an automatic screen exchange system. These are just a few of the many technical breakthroughs that gained Dinnissen considerable recognition throughout the world. The fully automatic Hamex® Hammer Mill used by many multinationals has recently been extensively improved. The Hamex® Hammer Mill offers producers of meal-like feed many advantages, for instance extremely efficient milling and accurately definable particle size distribution.  In this updated hammer mill, the freely suspended hammers rotate at a speed of 1,500rpm in the milling chamber. Thanks to the unique design, this mill is characterised by a minimum noise level, which is good for the operator and improves reliability. Dependent on the properties of the product to be milled, different numbers of single or double hammers can be used. The centrifugal force that is generated forces the product that is being milled against the special jaw plates inside the milling chamber. The milled product then leaves the hammer mill via the exchangeable screens. This version has a fully automatic screen exchange system. When changing the screen, the screen on its screen holder is automatically slid out of the machine while the rotor continues to turn. This saves the ten minutes required for the rotor to stop, an ideal solution if the particle size must be regularly adjusted. Screens are also available with four different perforation sizes. Screens are exchanged in the time between the batches, meaning that no production time is lost. The safety of the operator is also guaranteed. Substantial reduction in cost price due to clever re-design  Much progress has been made on many fronts with the new Hamex® Hamer Mill. For instance, the method used to produce the machine has been automated and modernised even more, which has considerably reduced its total price. In addition, various ergonomic aspects of the machine have been amended, improving user friendliness and speed of screen changes. The Hamex® Hammer Mill also boasts large inspection hatches that offer fast and easy access for inspection, cleaning and maintenance of the relevant components. These multiple advantages together make an essential contribution to further reducing the eventual product cost price. Higher production capacity The Hamex® Hammer Mill is also fitted with a stone trap and a magnet that separate hard objects and magnetic particles from the product being processed. This helps to prevent product contamination and screen damage. It is also possible to choose a specially developed airflow system that quickly and efficiently regulates the transport of particles of the correct size. This increases the capacity and reduces energy consumption. by Dinnissen Source: All Extruded

Will new food Label laws affect Pet Food in Chile, Mexico?
Packaging

2+ MIN

Will new food Label laws affect Pet Food in Chile, Mexico?

A new processed food labeling law in Mexico could follow one in Chile that's being applied to pet food, too. In October 2019, Mexico approved a new law for processed food labeling. If it follows the same progression as similar regulations in another Latin American country – Chile – the new law could eventually impact pet food, too. This type of legislation was quite debated and long-awaited Mexico, as the country has silently climbed to become the most overweight and obese country in the world. Human obesity is costing millions of dollars in Mexico and nearly 200,000 deaths annually for ailments related to overweight, such as diabetes, cancer and heart diseases. The new labeling will include graphical warnings on the packaging, highlighting excess sodium, sugars, calories, trans fats and saturated fats. The only countries in the region with similar regulations are Chile, Peru and Ecuador. Thus, it represents a major transformation for the local packaged food industry, at least in terms of explicit admonitory information. In this regard, it is worth analyzing how the new policy could eventually affect the labeling of pet food products in Mexico. If there is a relationship between processed human foods and pet foods at all, it is convenient to sketch out the likely impacts. Chile took the first step The so-called pet humanization trend is impacting the pet food industry in Latin America, as it is changing the perception that pet owners have toward ingredients and overall pet nutrition. In this context, Chile is the first country trying to apply its food labeling legislation to pet food products. In June 2019, the local congress initiated a process aiming to regulate labeling on pet foods. The initiative seeks to disclose key information on the contents of pet food products currently distributed in the country, in the same way human foods bear such information. This means that, if approved, Chilean pet food product labeling will likely include legends like 'high-calorie product' or 'high in fat content.' The Chilean initiative is supported by local scientific research, arguing, for example, that 'from the 33 commercial dog food products in the local market, only 12% satisfy the nutritional requirements from AAFCO (Association of American Feed Control Officials).' Inspiration for new pet food products in Mexico? As the healthy-labeling trend continues to permeate the Mexican processed food industry, consumers will likely start to ask for similar information for pet food products. With increasing obesity and overweight as major public health issues, not only for people but also for pets, it is foreseeable that the local pet food industry takes next steps toward a new generation of products. by Iván Franco

KSE to further Establish Presence in US market
Dosing

2+ MIN

KSE to further Establish Presence in US market

The push for pet food and feed manufacturers to modernize their processing facilities is behind The Netherlands-based KSE Process Technology's plans to expand the company's presence in the US. KSE anticipates corporate mergers and acquisitions along with major technological innovations and automation will contribute to demand for the company's expertise in the North American markets.   ''Many of the [US] factories date back to the 1950s and 1960s and are primarily designed for bulk production. In the meantime, KSE is seeing an increasing demand in the US for specific animal feeds that can be produced in small series,' said Dennis van Lankeren, head of North American sales at KSE. 'The company therefore expects the American market to professionalize and innovate at an accelerated pace in the coming years. Large agrofood groups such as Nutreco are also becoming increasingly active in the US. This is a sign for us that substantial investments are in the pipeline.'' KSE is a technology company with a wide range of dosing and weighing machines, automation solutions and services for the global pet food and feed industry. To date, KSE's four projects in North America — three in the US and one in Canada — illuminated regulatory hurdles and unique challenges such as requirements differing from state to state, but Van Lankeren said KSE is establishing a presence in the US and getting to know the market better. 'We have already stationed a service employee in Ohio and the St. Louis region may follow soon. We are also considering setting up a local sales office so that we are even closer to the market. And in the longer term, we may have to set up a local production facility,' Lankeren said. KSE credits support from the Brabant Development Agency (BOM) in successfully making the step to North America. BOM has assisted KSE with establishing its American legal identity, meeting key business partners and developing a meaningful network in the US. Founded in 1973, KSE Process Technology is a global player in the field of dosing and weighing systems for the animal feed industry. From flour to maize, salt, vitamins and minerals, animal feed can contain up to 50 raw materials. According to the company, KSE's equipment, process lines and smart, future-proof software ensure that all ingredients end up in the finished product quickly and in the right dosage. The family business in Bladel, The Netherlands, employs around 160 people, including 20 R&D specialists. By Jennifer Semple

Complete and Balanced: A closer Look at Pet Food Labels
Packaging

4+ MIN

Complete and Balanced: A closer Look at Pet Food Labels

What does it mean that my pet's food is 'complete and balanced?' Most commercial pet foods are formulated to be 'complete and balanced," '100% complete' or 'scientifically balanced.' All these phrases mean the same thing: the pet food has been formulated to meet a recognized standard of minimum and maximum nutrients that a pet requires at the claimed 'life stage' on the pet food package. The official standard for dog and cat foods in the U.S. is established by the Association of American Feed Control Officials (AAFCO) and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) through expert committees composed of veterinarians, companion animal nutritionists from academia, members of the animal food industry and the FDA. The basis for the committees is to review all current and pending nutritional information for specific companion animals. The committees recommend minimum and maximum nutrient levels that should be formulated to ensure a safe and correct diet for each stage of life. Essential nutrients versus non-essential nutrients in pet foods There are both essential and non-essential nutrients that animal scientists have identified for the dog and cat, and these vary from 42 to 48 essential nutrients depending on whether we are looking at a kitten or puppy versus a senior cat or dog. Non-essential nutrients are those that the pet can produce within its body from the foods it eats and are not needed on a daily basis. Essential nutrients are those that the pet needs daily to maintain a healthy life, and these nutrients are specified in the AAFCO Dog and Cat Nutrient Profiles. The sources of these required nutrients come from the ingredients and supplements (vitamins and minerals) that make up the recipe of the selected pet food. These ingredients are required to be listed in a descending order of inclusion amount under a section titled 'ingredient listing,' which is usually found on the back or side panel of the pet food package. The names of the ingredients listed follow terms used by the FDA and AAFCO in their regulatory rules and guidelines. Balanced food depends on age and type of pet To ensure that a pet food is complete and balanced, it must meet the minimum nutrient levels for the claimed life stage of the pet at the time of feeding. There are several stages of life, each with small changes or additional nutrients that are part of the requirements. For example, since a puppy requires a higher level of protein and energy, fat levels are listed in the label guarantee because fat is an excellent source of energy needed for ensuring proper growth. Some minerals might be shown in the guarantee because they are important. Calcium and phosphorus are needed for the building of strong bones, but in large breed puppies, excess levels could cause structural problems. Likewise, kittens have a higher protein requirement than puppies and need different levels of vitamins and minerals for their growth compared to an adult cat. Complete and balanced pet food also means that proper levels of 'crude protein' (an animal feed term) are available for the pet, with higher levels required for reproduction, lactation and growth. Protein is made up of many amino acids, which are components of tissues, hormones and other metabolic functions of the body, so AAFCO lists amounts for essential amino acids that must be supplied on a daily basis. Fat is another essential nutrient that is listed as 'crude fat'; however, like crude protein, fat has components of essential fatty acids that are required on a daily basis, such as omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids. Vitamins and minerals can be found in the individual ingredients. However, due to processing, such as grinding, cooking, drying and storage, some of these vitamins and minerals can change or lose their bioavailability, so fortification of the diet for essential vitamins and some minerals is required. Premium pet foods typically include proteinated trace minerals due to their higher bioavailability. ike human food, pets need some fiber and carbohydrates in their diets. Even dogs have shown that they need some carbohydrates on a routine basis, and as evolution of the dog has occurred, they have developed genes that allow them to digest carbohydrates. Cats have the ability to handle a moderate level of carbohydrates in their diet quite well. Fiber plays a significant role in helping pets control the passage rate of their food in their digestive tract. With cats, it helps limit hairball formations. You will see in the AAFCO requirements that crude fiber must be listed on the label in the section titled 'Guaranteed Analysis,' which shows the amount of fiber and other carbohydrate fractions found in the diet. Even though AAFCO has not set any minimum or maximum levels on crude fiber in the nutrient profiles, this nutrient, which has many components, such as sugars, ligands and starches, helps maintains the balance of a complete diet. Next time you are in the pet food aisle, check those labels to ensure your pet's food is truly complete and balanced. by All Extruded

Twin Screw Extrusion
Extrusion

4+ MIN

Twin Screw Extrusion

Wenger revolutionises twin screw extrusion with unique models dedicated to pet food and aqua feeds Traditional twin-screw extrusion design has served its purpose as the pet food and aqua feed industries developed. Yet both industries now stand at a tipping point where new trends are pushing the traditional systems beyond their limit. Flexibility is key and what the new generation Wenger twin screw extrusion systems are built on. The Thermal Twin® extrusion system is tailored for pet food manufacturers, so they can develop a wider range of products using an extensive choice of ingredients while preserving ingredient and product identity. The Aquaflex® extrusion system is tailored for aquatic feed manufacturers to maximise their investment by giving them the capability to manufacture a wide range of products such as floating, sinking, shrimp, and micro feeds in different product sizes while utilising a broad ingredient selection. This flexibility is possible given these systems are engineered with a specialised screw profile design to deliver higher volumetric capacity and the capability to operate using a wide range of thermal and mechanical energy cooking conditions. Thermal and mechanical energy are the main energy sources utilised in the extrusion process. A review of current extrusion processes in the industry indicates the ratio of consumed thermal to mechanical energy ranges from 1:1 to 2:1. This ratio determines utility costs as well as maintenance costs, specifically the costs to replace worn rotating elements. A recent study compared energy input and operating cost for three extrusion system (See Table 1). It was observed that even though the total energy input (thermal + mechanical) was higher for a thermal twin screw extrusion system, it was less expensive to operate over time compared to a standard single screw and twin-screw extrusion system. An extrusion system with the ability to vary this energy utilisation ratio and shift to the most favorable energy sources from a cost standpoint, brings increased flexibility to the cost of operating the system. Wenger extruders are engineered to operate in thermal to mechanical energy ratios from 1:1 to as much as 14:1. This is achieved with a twin-screw profile that allows up to four-to-six times more steam injection into the extruder barrel. Additionally, these systems are coupled with a high intensity preconditioner (HIP) which provides less product moisture variation and increases the starch gelatinisation compared to other steam conditioning designs (See Table 2). As a result of a wider energy utilisation ratio and a specialised twin screw profile, coupled with a preconditioner which delivers less product moisture variation and increased cook, the flexibility of the Thermal Twin® and Aquaflex® extrusion systems become key to increase product offerings. Thermal energy is considered a more natural way of cooking when compared to mechanical energy. This translates to less shear and more gentle kneading to continuously develop the visco-elastic dough product matrix. With a Thermal Twin® extrusion system, pet food manufacturers can go beyond the traditional dry expanded and offer high carb, baked, soft moist, vegetable bit inclusion, and high meat pet food. Furthermore, specialty treats (short and long), retort-stable wet food, engineered ingredients (up to 200% percent% wet meat slurry content), and textured vegetable/meat protein products can be manufactured with this type of system. With an Aquaflex® extrusion system, aqua feed manufactures can expand their offering to shrimp, floating, micro, sinking, and fish soluble inclusion feed. New generation twin screw extruder design and thermal cooking allow for a wider ingredient utilisation such as novel animal and vegetable protein sources. Not only is there a wider ingredient selection to work with, inclusion levels of ingredients such as fresh meat and slurries are two-fold in new generation Wenger twin screws extruders when compared to single screw and traditional twin-screw extrusion systems. Higher inclusion levels suggest all animal protein could be supplied in the form of fresh meat for pet food and fish slurries for aqua feed instead of rendered meals, which translates to premium, clean label products. Additionally, product appearance (smoother surface), palatability, digestibility, and ingredient retention rates are enhanced when quality fresh ingredients are processed using a new generation twin screw extrusion system. A recent case study in pet food palatability showed higher consumption ratio and first choice preference with pet food manufactured with a new generation extrusion system compared to traditional extrusion platforms. Nutritional studies in Brazil, Europe, and the United States indicate that there is less protein degradation and lower fat rancidity levels when thermal energy is emphasised over mechanical energy during the extrusion process. Protein digestibility of up to 95 percent was observed for product generated on a Thermal Twin® extrusion system using fresh meat compared to 80-85 percent protein digestibility of a product using rendered meat meals. Additionally, significant higher retention rate of important ingredients when thermal energy inputs are emphasised (See Table 3). In two separate case studies in India and Vietnam using a new generation twin screw Aquaflex® extrusion system, a 10 percent formula cost reduction was observed producing shrimp feed and tilapia feed without compromising product integrity. Pellet durability indices above 99 percent were recorded in both studies, where product size ranged from 0.6 mm up to 2.2 mm in shrimp feed and 1.8 mm up to 7.0 mm in tilapia feed. Additionally, an average equipment wear cost of US$1.05/mton was achieved using the new generation twin screw. Significantly lower compared to a single screw (US $2.10/mton) and traditional twin-screw extrusion system (US$3.41/mton). Overall, the new generation twin screw extrusion systems simply outperform the single screw and traditional twin-screw systems. The flexibility that has been engineered into these extrusion systems supplies pet food and aqua feed manufacturers the precise tool to maximise their investment and optimise cost of operation. Moreover, it can help achieve premiumisation and clean label products by allowing a wider range and higher inclusion level of fresh ingredient utilisation. by Adrian Martinez-Kawas, PhD, Wenger Manufacturing

Twin Screw Extrusion
Extrusion

4+ MIN

Twin Screw Extrusion

Wenger revolutionises twin screw extrusion with unique models dedicated to pet food and aqua feeds Traditional twin-screw extrusion design has served its purpose as the pet food and aqua feed industries developed. Yet both industries now stand at a tipping point where new trends are pushing the traditional systems beyond their limit. Flexibility is key and what the new generation Wenger twin screw extrusion systems are built on. The Thermal Twin® extrusion system is tailored for pet food manufacturers, so they can develop a wider range of products using an extensive choice of ingredients while preserving ingredient and product identity. The Aquaflex® extrusion system is tailored for aquatic feed manufacturers to maximise their investment by giving them the capability to manufacture a wide range of products such as floating, sinking, shrimp, and micro feeds in different product sizes while utilising a broad ingredient selection. This flexibility is possible given these systems are engineered with a specialised screw profile design to deliver higher volumetric capacity and the capability to operate using a wide range of thermal and mechanical energy cooking conditions.Thermal and mechanical energy are the main energy sources utilised in the extrusion process. A review of current extrusion processes in the industry indicates the ratio of consumed thermal to mechanical energy ranges from 1:1 to 2:1. This ratio determines utility costs as well as maintenance costs, specifically the costs to replace worn rotating elements. A recent study compared energy input and operating cost for three extrusion system (See Table 1). It was observed that even though the total energy input (thermal + mechanical) was higher for a thermal twin screw extrusion system, it was less expensive to operate over time compared to a standard single screw and twin-screw extrusion system. An extrusion system with the ability to vary this energy utilisation ratio and shift to the most favorable energy sources from a cost standpoint, brings increased flexibility to the cost of operating the system. Wenger extruders are engineered to operate in thermal to mechanical energy ratios from 1:1 to as much as 14:1. This is achieved with a twin-screw profile that allows up to four-to-six times more steam injection into the extruder barrel. Additionally, these systems are coupled with a high intensity preconditioner (HIP) which provides less product moisture variation and increases the starch gelatinisation compared to other steam conditioning designs (See Table 2).  As a result of a wider energy utilisation ratio and a specialised twin screw profile, coupled with a preconditioner which delivers less product moisture variation and increased cook, the flexibility of the Thermal Twin® and Aquaflex® extrusion systems become key to increase product offerings. Thermal energy is considered a more natural way of cooking when compared to mechanical energy. This translates to less shear and more gentle kneading to continuously develop the visco-elastic dough product matrix. With a Thermal Twin® extrusion system, pet food manufacturers can go beyond the traditional dry expanded and offer high carb, baked, soft moist, vegetable bit inclusion, and high meat pet food. Furthermore, specialty treats (short and long), retort-stable wet food, engineered ingredients (up to 200%% wet meat slurry content), and textured vegetable/meat protein products can be manufactured with this type of system. With an Aquaflex® extrusion system, aqua feed manufactures can expand their offering to shrimp, floating, micro, sinking, and fish soluble inclusion feed. New generation twin screw extruder design and thermal cooking allow for a wider ingredient utilisation such as novel animal and vegetable protein sources. Not only is there a wider ingredient selection to work with, inclusion levels of ingredients such as fresh meat and slurries are two-fold in new generation Wenger twin screws extruders when compared to single screw and traditional twin-screw extrusion systems. Higher inclusion levels suggest all animal protein could be supplied in the form of fresh meat for pet food and fish slurries for aqua feed instead of rendered meals, which translates to premium, clean label products. Additionally, product appearance (smoother surface), palatability, digestibility, and ingredient retention rates are enhanced when quality fresh ingredients are processed using a new generation twin screw extrusion system.  A recent case study in pet food palatability showed higher consumption ratio and first choice preference with pet food manufactured with a new generation extrusion system compared to traditional extrusion platforms. Nutritional studies in Brazil, Europe, and the United States indicate that there is less protein degradation and lower fat rancidity levels when thermal energy is emphasised over mechanical energy during the extrusion process. Protein digestibility of up to 95 percent was observed for product generated on a Thermal Twin® extrusion system using fresh meat compared to 80-85 percent protein digestibility of a product using rendered meat meals. Additionally, significant higher retention rate of important ingredients when thermal energy inputs are emphasised (See Table 3). In two separate case studies in India and Vietnam using a new generation twin screw Aquaflex® extrusion system, a 10 percent formula cost reduction was observed producing shrimp feed and tilapia feed without compromising product integrity. Pellet durability indices above 99 percent were recorded in both studies, where product size ranged from 0.6 mm up to 2.2 mm in shrimp feed and 1.8 mm up to 7.0 mm in tilapia feed. Additionally, an average equipment wear cost of US$1.05/mton was achieved using the new generation twin screw. Significantly lower compared to a single screw (US $2.10/mton) and traditional twin-screw extrusion system (US$3.41/mton).  Overall, the new generation twin screw extrusion systems simply outperform the single screw and traditional twin-screw systems. The flexibility that has been engineered into these extrusion systems supplies pet food and aqua feed manufacturers the precise tool to maximise their investment and optimise cost of operation. Moreover, it can help achieve premiumisation and clean label products by allowing a wider range and higher inclusion level of fresh ingredient utilisation. by Adrian Martinez-Kawas, PhD, Wenger Manufacturing All Extruded

Geelen Counterflow and the GoodShipping Program
Drying

2+ MIN

Geelen Counterflow and the GoodShipping Program

Geelen Counterflow and the GoodShipping Program have signed a 3 year contract that ensures that all of Geelen Counterflow's container ocean freight to customers around the world will be climate neutral through the use of sustainable biofuels for container ships. Geelen Counterflow is a supplier of dryers and coolers for the feed and food industry. The company ships around 300 containers per year to customers in Africa, Asia, Latin America and North America. This requires around 75 metric tons of fossil marine fuel and causes approximately 250 tons of CO2 emissions. By joining forces with GoodShipping, Geelen Counterflow ensures that their annual ocean freight volume is decarbonized through the usage of sustainable biofuels. On Geelen's behalf, GoodShipping facilitates a fuel switch and substitutes the corresponding fossil fuel volume with these sustainable biofuels.  This way GoodShipping can certify that all equipment that Geelen Counterflow ships by containers to customers worldwide, is done with net zero emissions of CO2. The sustainable biofuels are supplied by GoodFuels Marine and are waste and residue based. GoodFuels' external and independent sustainability board makes sure these fuels meet the highest sustainability criteria. This means that the products GoodFuels supply do not cause deforestation or biodiversity loss. There are also no other, higher quality applications possible for these waste and residue streams. Geelen Counterflow does not charge the costs for this fuel switch to its customers. Instead it pays for these costs from its sustainability budget which results from the application of an internal CO2 price of € 100 per ton of CO2 emissions. This internal carbon price is virtually charged to all activities that cause Geelen Counterflow to emit CO2. Fossil fuels have already been phased out from its office and company cars. As soon as factory heating switches to heat pumps in 2020 the entire site is close to being fossil-free. Electricity is generated by an array of over 3000 solar panels which generate the same amount of electricity as the complete Geelen site uses annually. Excess solar energy (in summer and weekends) and deficits (mostly in winter) are exchanged with the local electricity coop Leudal Energie which includes windmills, a watermill and multiple solar arrays. Any remaining electricity consumption is supplied by 100% sustainable sources in the Netherlands. The CO2 emissions from employee travel, business travel, trucks etc. are virtually charged with €100 per ton, and the virtual proceeds are used to facilitate the above fuel switch to sustainable biofuels, amongst others. Sander Geelen, Managing Director of Geelen Counterflow: 'The biggest challenge we face is to avoid global warming over 1,5 ⁰C above pre-industrial temperatures. For us that means phasing out fossil fuels from our own processes as soon as possible. However, the biggest impact we can have is to continue developing and installing dryers and coolers that run on renewable energy. Shipping these dryers and coolers around the world without causing carbon emissions is a challenge that GoodShipping will help us solve.' by Geelen Counterflow

Expanded Training Program in Chile  - Extrusion and Drying
Drying

2+ MIN

Expanded Training Program in Chile - Extrusion and Drying

Following their first Aquafeed Extrusion course in South America last year, Australians Dennis Forte and Gordon Young are working with the Catholic University of Temuco to present and expanded program in November 2020.  In addition to the 'Aquafeed Extrusion Technology' program, a course in 'Petfood Extrusion Technology' will be presented.  And to provide a further opportunity to both Aquafeed and Petfood industries – as well as the wider food processing industry – a two-day program in 'Food & Feed Drying Technology' is offered. While the courses will be presented in English, this year for the first time simultaneous translation into Spanish will be provided. Last year's course was very well received.  One person, who couldn't attend, but whose colleague did - sent a message "I'm sitting next to my colleague in a car on our way to the plant and he's telling me how wonderful your course was! I'm really, REALLY sorry I could not go. He told me that you guys were very specific and almost took every situation and/or problem that our plant could have. Amazing... Next year count me in!". 'Participation in 2018 was limited by presentation being only in English' course organiser Gordon Young said. 'So this year we plan to extend access by simultaneous translation.' The 2019 course will again be hosted by the Department of Agricultural and Aquaculture Sciences (Departamento de Ciencias Agropecuarias y Acuícolas) at the Catholic University of Temuco, accessing their excellent pilot plant facility for a demonstration. The 3-day extrusion program covers the principles of extrusion, the design of extrusion processes, and the formulation of extruded products.  Topics cover the basics of extruders and their configuration, through what is happening inside the extruder barrel, to an understanding of extruder dies and extruder instability. Examples in product formulation and the design of extrusion processes demonstrate application of the theory. Drying is one of the most common operations in food and feed production. It is critical to quality, and it is one of the most energy-intensive process operations. Yet it is often poorly understood and inefficient.  The drying course is about understanding the drying technologies used commonly across the food and feed industries - and how we can use that understanding to improve current processes and products, or design/select new systems that are both effective and efficient. Details of the courses (in English and in Spanish) are available via www.foodstream.com.au/events. The course presenters have also written two books – one on extrusion technology and how it is applied in the food and feed industries, the other specifically on 'The Design of Food Extrusion Dies'.  The books are available from major booksellers, or from www.fie.com.au/books. Contact: Gordon Young   Email: [email protected]  by All Extruded

Buhler and Premier Tech to Form a Strategic Cooperation
Packaging

4+ MIN

Buhler and Premier Tech to Form a Strategic Cooperation

Swiss Bühler Group and Premier Tech from Canada, announced the formation of a strategic cooperation for industrial flexible packaging solutions.  Both companies agreed to build a design and manufacturing center in China. 'Combining the portfolio and expertise of Premier Tech and Bühler will enable future packaging solutions which are significantly more efficient, accurate and food safe by using automation technologies', says Johannes Wick, CEO of Bühler's Grains & Food business.  'The two companies are complementing each other in a perfect way with Bühler's strong footprint and market position in China and Premier Tech's recognized know-how in the field of automated packaging technologies,' says André Noreau, CEO of Premier Tech's Systems and Automation business. In grain processing, packaging is the last step before transporting flour to bakeries and other food processors, rice to distributors or pellets to farms. In many cases – especially in developing countries – the bagging operation is still done manually. This is not only inefficient, costly, and slow, but also implies a certain variation of weight and therefore a higher give away of the packaged goods. Palletizing solutions are increasingly important to allow for efficient warehousing solutions. The market and technology leading companies – Premier Tech in packaging and Bühler in grain and food processing – are now establishing this strategic cooperation to meet these market demands and create new cost-effective packaging solutions. Bühler brings its know-how of high-quality manufacturing and supply chain management in China as well as its digital solutions, whereas Premier Tech contributes with its superior packaging expertise and technological leadership in this field. In bringing these competencies together, the strategic cooperation will develop automated, food safe and accurate bagging and palletizing solutions. The strategic cooperation will allow Bühler to provide better turnkey projects with competitive packaging solutions from China while continuing to deliver high-end products such as Bühler's bagging station Maia from its own manufacturing network in Europe.  At the same time, Bühler will continue to design and market their proven weighing portfolio (since scales such as Tubex are not part of the agreement) and further improve its digital services allowing for full transparency and traceablity. Premier Tech will gain better access to the Chinese market by using the cost-effective and modern packaging solutions arising from the strategic cooperation, or by combining them to its internationally renowned CHRONOS technology portfolio in weighing, bagging, and palletizing. This strategic cooperation is planned to result in a joint venture for design and manufacturing during 2020, with Bühler focusing on sales of turnkey plants around the world, and Premier Tech on packaging systems in China. Both companies will continue to sell their products through their existing channels. About Premier Tech Making a difference, this is what we are all about at Premier Tech. One team driven by the shared passion to deliver solutions that we better the lives of people, businesses and communities. At Premier Tech, People and Technologies connect in lasting, transformative ways, giving life to products and services that help feed, protect and improve our world. We are committed to creating sustainable solutions that help bring beautiful gardens to life, increase crop yields, improve the efficiency of manufacturing facilities, treat and recycle water, and much more as we keep innovating. For more than 95 years, Premier Tech has been growing internationally, driven by the collective power of its 4 500 team members in 27 countries. Backed by a quarter-century-long track record of solid growth, Premier Tech today records sales of nearly CAD 1.0 billion. About Bühler Billions of people come into contact with Bühler technologies to cover their basic needs for food and mobility every day. Two billion people each day enjoy foods produced on Bühler equipment; and one billion people travel in vehicles manufactured with parts produced with our machinery.  Countless people wear eye glasses, use smart phones, and read newspapers and magazines, all of which depend on Bühler process technologies and solutions. Having this global relevance, we are in a unique position to turn today's global challenges into sustainable business. We want every human being to have access to healthy food. We want to do our part to protect the climate with energy-efficient cars, buildings, and machinery.  Our motto is creating 'innovations for a better world.' Bühler invests up to 5% of turnover into research and development. In 2018, over 13,000 employees generated a turnover of CHF 3.3 billion. As a Swiss family-owned company, Bühler is active in 140 countries around the world and operates a global network of 30 production sites. by All Extruded

Maverick Extruder Development Group in Vietnam
Extrusion

2+ MIN

Maverick Extruder Development Group in Vietnam

Maverick Extruder Development Group held on August 29th the 1st AquaFeed Weekly for over 70 participants in Saigon-Vietnam, we would like to thank you all for attending and we can share our technologies and present extrusion process solutions for the everyone's success. Following its International scope, the company will be heading to South America in September to attend The Latin America Pet Food Industry Congress (CIPAL), which will be the First Pet Food event to be held in Buenos Aires, Argentina during 18-19 of September 2019. Maverick will be sharing the Booth S3 with it's sister company Wenger Manufacturing. Don´t Miss the opportunity to meet the company!!  About Maverick The Maverick Extruder Development Group is a division of Wenger that offers more advanced and more efficient solutions, providing confidence in the business while maintaining the principles of leadership, accuracy and quality of Wenger equipment. The Maverick Division was born of the need of the market that sought the right option, the right measure of its investment. In market research, the Group questioned the needs of medium-sized, small and large companies that wanted a line of standard equipment with the same qualities and technologies as the largest company in the world but offering versatility while maintaining the quality and technology of the group. Thus, was born the Maverick Extruder Development Group. We started our operations in Latin America in May 2016 and in Asia in 2018, providing the market with equipment with more competitive prices, maintaining quality and service. The sales and technical staff are able to offer a unique and differentiated service, maintaining the standards of excellence. With the Maverick brand, the Wenger Group reinforces its commitment to its customers.The new division will offer more investment opportunities and greater business flexibility, meeting every need, including financing through FINAME. All Maverick equipment will be manufactured in Brazil, at the new Wenger plant in Valinhos (SP). In the Maverick division, the concept of adapted or modified equipment allows the customer to upgrade their equipment with total or partial replacement, as well as economic viability. by All Extruded

Bühler Launches Single-Screw Extruder PolyOne
Extrusion

3+ MIN

Bühler Launches Single-Screw Extruder PolyOne

Bühler has launched the multifunctional single-screw extruder PolyOne for the pet food and aqua feed industry at VICTAM International 2019 trade fair. At VICTAM International 2019 trade fair, Bühler is showcasing solutions for the entire feed value chain, with a special focus on how to use digital services to make the feed industry safer, and more profitable. LumoVision, the revolutionary data-driven maize sorting technology, finds its way into the feed processing industry. Today, Bühler has launched the multifunctional single-screw extruder PolyOne for the pet food and aqua feed industry. Bühler has launched its new single-screw extruder PolyOne today, designed to consistently deliver high product quality for the pet food and aqua feed industries. 'PolyOne enables our customers to maximize their productivity, and helps to prevent product recalls,' says Christoph Naef, Head of Business Unit Nutrition at Bühler Group. PolyOne meets highest food and feed safety standards thanks to its perfected hygienic design. It is a modular system so Bühler can adapt PolyOne to customers' specific needs, such as higher capacities. Kubex T: High-capacity pellet mill with full process transparency Kubex T provides highest process transparency thanks to an application that connects it to Bühler Insights, the pioneering cloud platform for the food and feed industry. A dashboard visualizes data for customers, making their processes transparent. This allows for seamless tracking and brings production downtimes to a minimum. Algorithms and Bühler experts help millers to optimize the mill's parameters. With it, customers achieve higher profits and lower production costs thanks to innovations in intelligent process optimization. Kubex T is designed for high-capacity pelleting. Customers will use up to 20% less energy compared to conventional pellet mills, benefit from high production capacities of up to 80 tons per hour, and a customer-driven design, all of which are the result of extensive Bühler research and development in cooperation with leading feed millers. Bühler LumoVision: data-driven grain sorting technology for feed and food Bühler showcases its breakthrough sorting technology for the feed industry. LumoVision minimizes toxic contamination in maize and improves yield, by identifying and removing cancer-causing, aflatoxin-infected grains. It does this more accurately and at greater speed than any previous solution. Developed in partnership with Microsoft, LumoVision is a significant advance for the maize processing industry in its fight against toxic metabolites produced by fungal molds called mycotoxins, the most poisonous of which is aflatoxin. The innovation can eliminate up to 90% of contaminated maize. 'Advances in digital technology, together with our sorting, food, and feed safety expertise, make this an unrivalled system that contributes to solving a major global security challenge,' says Matt Kelly, Managing Director of Digital Technologies at Bühler. Aflatoxin is classified as a primary human carcinogen by the International Agency for Research on Cancer. Approximately 500 million people worldwide are at risk of exposure to it and it is estimated to cause up to 155,000 cases of liver cancer every year and contribute to stunting the growth of millions of children. by buhlergroup.com  

Extru-Tech: ADP – Aseptic Dual Preconditioner
Extrusion

2+ MIN

Extru-Tech: ADP – Aseptic Dual Preconditioner

The Aseptic Dual Preconditioner enables the operator to incorporate a combination of low steam pressure injected at multiple inlets and adjustable product retention time. This provides the system operator with a whole new level of product quality control. It is the answer to increased nutritional values and production quality. As finished product quality and nutritional values increase, preconditioning is becoming a vital part to any production process. Extru-Tech's Aseptic Dual Preconditioner will enable you to meet these increasing demands as well as provide these benefits: High Liquid Addition Low Energy Consumption Variable Retention Times Low Coefficient of Variation Starch gelatinization levels attainable up to 60% formula dependant Temperature Over 90°C Human Food Hygienic Grade Equipment High meat addition Proven first in first out technology CAPABILITY – ACCURACY & CONSISTENCY As the ADP matches/exceeds the same number of Beater Impacts on Product as our closest competitors' advance technology preconditioner, the ETI best in class ADP often exceeds any competitors' CV. Our studies show that the ADP has a Coefficient of Variation of less than 3%, which means it's more efficient than our competitors latest pre-conditioner designs. The CV improves further as the beater speeds increase through our new design. The ADP features an Automatic downspout with 'Downspout temperature' probe strategically mounted for improved accuracy (per ETI Generic Validation Study) Coefficient of Variation (CV) CV is a measure of precision. ExtruTech's CV Trials tested the accuracy and variability of moisture of the product while exiting the ADP. CLEANABILITY – QUICK CLEAN Why settle for just sanitary when sterile can be achieved? Extru-Tech offers a proven scientific validation that the new ADP can sterilize the product prior to its discharge from the preconditioner, and can be cleaned/sanitized through validated SSOPs. Stainless steel construction and hygienic framework create a sleek exterior design that has no shell or wrap so that it can be easily cleaned and maintain sanitary design standards. The clean-out valve assists with sanitation procedures. by  ExtruTech

Geelen Counterflow New Product Launch at Victam International 2019 : Counterflow Cooler Plus™
Cooling

2+ MIN

Geelen Counterflow New Product Launch at Victam International 2019 : Counterflow Cooler Plus™

Improved product distribution, easy inspection and optional evaporation control. A new generation of counterflow coolers improves product quality, operational cost and efficiency. 
 
Customers who are keen to avoid insufficient or excessive product moisture after cooling, due to fluctuations in raw materials or ambient circumstances, can use Evaporation Control™ to select the ideal air volume and cooling time to maximize ór minimize evaporation in the cooler. Multiple sensors for air and product temperature help to control the process. Even a 0,5% improvement in the average moisture content of product can have a very significant effect on the processor's bottom line.
 
The new Topdrive product distributor has its gear motor mounted outside of the cooler, lowering the risk of pollution and overheating. Inspection of all moving parts of the product distributor is now possible from the outside. The short vertical drive shaft in solid stainless steel minimizes the need for horizontal surfaces inside of the cooler, keeping the process as clean as possible. The drive of the product distributor is controlled by frequency converter to allow the corners of the cooler to be reached, leading to a very even product distribution.
 
The new design stainless steel +10%Hood has a 10% bigger air exhaust opening which reduces airspeed to avoid product being sucked into the air exhaust system. The round flange avoids the need for a transition piece from rectangular to round and the diagonal exhaust orientation keeps dust from accumulating on any horizontal surface.
 
The Big Access Doors in the side walls and collecting hopper enable good access for inspection and cleaning. The side walls in stainless steel contain multiple product sensors to allow automatic selection of bed depth, depending on product and ambient conditions.
 
The discharger of the cooler is the very versatile Swivel Valve discharger, available in mild steel or stainless steel, that can handle any size, shape and condition of food, petfood, aquafeed and feed. Its hydraulic drive with angle encoder enables your control system to automatically set product specific open and close positions.
 
The new Counterflow Cooler Plus™ will be launched at Victam International 2019 in Cologne. Come and see the first model on our stand F011 from June 12 – 14.  by Geelen Counterflow All Extruded

An Introduction to Extrusion
Extrusion

3+ MIN

An Introduction to Extrusion

The extruder is an ideal machine that can be designed for processing pet food, floating or sinking aquatic feed by adjusting the formula. Extrusion requires moisture, heat, and pressure to process the aqua feed. Temperature higher than 100℃ are needed in order to achieve expansion of the aqua feed as it leaves the die. In extrusion, the temperature is achieved through preconditioning and steam injection. At the same time the material also undergoes relatively high pressure. The pressure difference in the interior of extruder and the external environment will cause the extrusion of the aquatic feed. As the material is squeezed through die holes at the end of the extruder barrel, part of the water in the superheated dough immediately vaporises and causes expansion. During extrusion, high quality aqua feed pellets are made by the denaturing of proteins and gelatinisation of starches. The aqua feed manufacturing industry is widely recognised as one of the fastest expanding feed industries in the world. Extrusion is not a new technology. Since extrusion technology began in 1948, the equipment to produce aquatic feeds may look different, but the principles of processing remain the same; we cook feed at high temperatures. When a company commits to extrusion technology, it can be assured that an extruder will last for more than 20-30 years if maintained properly. The decision on which extruder to buy is based on costs, support and commitment of the company.  A typical aqua feed extruder consists of feeding devices, preconditioner, extruder barrel, die and cutter. Feeding devices (Feed delivery system) Essential to any extrusion operation are the feed delivery systems.  Hoppers or bins are an integral part of a feeding device and are used to hold the dry ingredients above the feeders.  These systems must be able to uniformly feed both a dry and/or liquid ingredient and blend of ingredients. Preconditioner The preconditioning step initiates the heating process by the addition of steam and water into the dry mash.  Uniform and complete moisture penetration of the raw ingredients significantly improves the stability of the extruder and enhances the final product quality.  The objectives of a preconditioning step are to continuously hydrate, heat, and uniformly mix all of the additive streams together with the dry recipe. The preconditioning process is simple.  Raw material particles are held in a warm, moist, mixing environment for a given time and then are continuously discharged into the extruder.  This process results in the raw material particles being hydrated and heated by the steam and water in the environment.  Extruder barrel The extruder barrel assembly consists of a rotating extruder shaft and elements (segmented screws and shear locks), a stationary barrel housing (comprised of segmented sections), and a die and knife assembly.  The length to diameter ratio of the extruder barrel can be varied as well as the actual geometrical design of each individual component. The available screw elements vary depending upon the manufacturer and the application.  In addition to simply transporting the material from the inlet to the die, screw geometry can influence mixing, kneading, heating and pressure development.  Extruder rotating screw and shear lock elements sequentially convey and heat the material through mechanical energy dissipation. Movement and transformation of material within the extruder can be described as a three-unit operation; feeding, kneading or transition, and the final cooking zones. There are three types of extruders most commonly used in the aqua feed industry.  These are the single screw, co-rotating parallel shaft twin screw and conical co-rotating twin screw extruders. Die/knife design Die and knife technology is similar for all cooking extruders.  The extrusion chamber is capped with a final die which serves two major functions.  It provides restriction to product flow causing the extruder to develop the required pressure and shear.  In addition, the final die shapes the extrudate as the product exits the extruder.  The amount of expansion desired in the final product can be controlled by formula manipulation and open area in the die.  Unexpanded, but fully cooked, feeds generally require 550 to 600 square millimeters of open area per metric ton of throughput.  Highly expanded feeds require 200 to 250 square millimeters of open area per metric ton throughput.

Clean-Label: What it means and How Pet Food Processors can Achieve it
Manufacturing Process

8+ MIN

Clean-Label: What it means and How Pet Food Processors can Achieve it

Although Petco's recent list of banned artificial colors, flavors and preservatives provides some definition to what is considered clean label pet food, consumers look for other ingredients outside of this list to be included as well as excluded from the pet foods they buy.  Processors and ingredient suppliers must collaborate to find ingredients that meet both efficacy requirements and the consumers' standards when formulating clean label kibble. The perception of what qualifies as clean label is driven by the consumer. 'For some, clean label is an all-natural product with no artificial preservatives, for others it may be considered as a limited ingredient diet or an 'ingredient I can pronounce,' and still other pet owners prefer to see specific ingredients excluded from the product,' says Eric Altom, Ph.D., technical nutritionist, Balchem Animal Nutrition and Health, New Hampton, New York. 'Many complete and balanced pet foods currently in the market reflect the different perceptions of what pet owners believe is a clean label product, which continues to be ever-changing and evolving.' Formulation concepts that could be considered by pet owners as clean label in the pet food industry include all-natural preservatives, non-grain carbohydrate sources, non-GMO ingredients, natural colors and flavors, limited ingredient diets, no by-product protein sources, organic, vegetarian, vegan and locally sourced or made in the US. Label-reading, health-conscious pet food consumers are pushing the industry for more of these options. Pet food brands are offering protein-packed, grain-free, low-carb and low-glycemic formulas to meet consumers' preferences for clean label products. 'We have received requests for alternatives to Food, Drugs & Cosmetics (FD&C) colors for more than a decade, but in recent years, there's an additional push,' says Katie Rountree, CFS, applications scientist, DDW, The Color House, Louisville, Kentucky. 'Many brands want to be perceived as even more label friendly, with the latest requests searching for alternatives to colors once considered natural, such as iron oxide and copper chlorophyllin.'  Where to start? Clean label concepts can be confusing and difficult for pet food product developers to define. To organize a reformulation project, it's important to start with a clearly documented product design. 'The team needs to document the desired species (dog or cat), life-stage, life-style (level of activity), acceptable ingredients, specific ingredients to exclude, expected vitamin and mineral sources, type of proteins, fats, and carbohydrates to include and the preferred preservative platforms,' Altom suggests. 'The more criteria the team can document on the front end of the project, the greater the chance of meeting the end goals of the project for both the nutritional needs of the target pets and preferences of the pet owners.' As the product development team selects ingredients that meet the product design requirements, Altom says it's important to consider the ingredient composition including its carrier material, the country of origin for raw materials, where the final ingredient is manufactured and the supply chain stability. With choices come compromises. 'Evaluate the total formulation, paying attention to how your chosen ingredients adjust pH, water activity and moisture level, because all those factors can affect spoilage,' says Robert Ames, senior business development manager, Corbion, Lenexa, Kansas. 'Consider the market trade-offs. Giving up some degree of product performance may improve sales and market access. Also, thoroughly research the ingredient source. In clean label, it is extremely important to choose a supplier who can bring science-based, research-backed solutions that perform consistently.' Hard to say good-bye Certain formula adjustments are easier than others. Transforming a current product to a natural preservative system may require minimal adjustments and validation, according to Altom. Removing a major protein source or a major carbohydrate source is a much more complex reformulation project and could require requalification of the product with additional feeding assessments. Another challenge that has no easy solution is related to the required vitamins, minerals and other necessary nutrients for complete and balanced pet food diets. Many pet owners prefer ingredients they recognize and can pronounce on pet food labels. For this reason, some of the more challenging ingredients to address are vitamins and minerals. 'Pets require specific vitamins, minerals, fatty acids, and amino acids in defined qualities in their diet each day for a healthy life,' Altom explains. 'The sources of the nutrients must be readily bioavailable to the pet so many vitamins and minerals are supplemen-ted from concentrated sources to ensure no potential nutrient deficiencies. The Association of American Feed Control Officials (AAFCO) requires supplemental vitamins and minerals to be listed on packages by the approved names. Although some of the names may be difficult to recognize and pronounce, education of the pet parent rather than removal of the ingredient is the best course of action.' For other ingredient categories such as colorants, clean label alternatives can be limiting. Rountree says, 'Copper chlorophyllin is definitely one of the most challenging to clean up since the regulations on what can be used for green are extremely limited. There are very few alternatives that have a secure supply chain for that hue. Red #40 has always been a challenge to match without using a much higher use rate to get the same color. The good news is that new products are getting closer every year.' Suppliers of color additives are developing natural, label-friendly alternatives to current (FD&C) certified color dyes but are finding it difficult to match certain hues that consumers favor. 'Caramel colors are becoming very commonly used as replacements for synthetics and more recently iron oxides for color delivery as pet food consumers study labels more closely,' says Brian Sethness, executive vice president, sales and marketing, Sethness Products Co., Skokie, Illinois. 'Class I, or Plain, caramel colors have become the fastest growing segment of caramel colors for pet foods. They meet the clean label demand, but they can only reach a certain level of darkness — more of a light brown shade. Sethness caramel colors are generally recognized as safe (GRAS), achieve appetizing color tones and have performed well with pets, but they will never achieve the bright colors of FD&C dyes and will be more earth toned.' For certain artificial ingredients that fail to meet pet owners' criteria for clean label, processors may struggle to part with what these ingredients offer. 'Synthetic antioxidants like BHT, BHA, ethoxyquin; mold-control agents like sorbate, propionate and citrate; and humectants like propylene glycol – these may be some of the most difficult to replace with a clean label solution because they are both effective and inexpensive,' Ames says. 'In pet foods, natural antioxidants like plant extracts can delay oxidation and the formation of off flavors during shelf life. But there is still room for innovation in this area. Although natural alternatives are effective, they have not yet been able to match synthetic ingredients for maximum shelf life.' Reformulating a pet food to meet predetermined clean label criteria can take from six months to two years to complete the full product development cycle for a commercially viable product, Altom says. Qualifying new ingredients, establishing long-term viable material supply chains, and quality assurance validation of final product design are critical steps that can increase the project timeline. Clean label diets can add complexity to the production process. 'If a product is designed to exclude specific ingredients, the production schedule must accommodate this facet and ensure the total production system is free from the excluded ingredients,' Altom adds. Natural colors could potentially cause stability challenges that might require adjustments on the development and customer experience sides. 'For example, using turmeric for a yellow color would work best for a product in an opaque bag in order to maintain light stability,' Rountree says. 'Also, be prepared for the cost increase associated with using natural color in the formulation. The recommended use rates for natural colors are usually higher in order to give the desired vibrancy. Being able to formulate some flexibility either into the wet or dry ingredient portions in the pet food recipe can make all the difference.' Challenge accepted The demand for ingredients that meet pet owners' discriminating preferences has provided industry suppliers the opportunity to innovate, and many have met the challenge. DDW created a line of cooked fruit and vegetable juice concentrates called NaturBrown that provides a range of light to dark brown natural alternatives to caramel color and FD&C brown blends. DDW also offers one of the darkest caramel color Class I's in the market and is working on natural color blends that are dark enough to substitute for black iron oxide. Rountree says DDW is continually looking for innovations that can help drive cost and use rates down as low as possible for all color sources. To meet the demand for label-friendly alternatives to FD&C dyes, Sethness developed non-GMO verified and certified-organic caramel colors that work well with other natural ingredients commonly found in clean label pet diets. Corbion is using natural fermentation processes to create clean label ingredients that can replace acetates, sorbates and propionates. This technology is helping pet food processors replace traditional antimicrobials, sugar and salt with natural ferments that delay microbial spoilage by helping to control water activity. These ferments can be labeled as vinegar, cultured sugar or natural flavor, which are much more acceptable to label-conscious pet owners. Corbion strives to find alternative solutions that match the effectiveness of some of the synthetic options manufacturers have counted on for years. In addition to dry choline chloride and organic trace minerals for special applications, Balchem has designed unique acidulant platforms to ensure acceptable shelf stability for formulas with a high percentage of fresh meat. Some of the specialty products Balchem designed to help manufacturers build better products are non-grain, non-GMO choline, organic trace mineral platforms for special applications, non-GMO microencapsulation options for unique processing aids as well as product enhancements containing natural colors and flavors.  Altom says there is plenty of room for new advancements to improve clean label kibble no matter how it's defined. 'A few unique areas for future innovations include natural colors and flavors capable of retaining functionality through pet food manufacturing processes, heat tolerant product enhancements and protection methods to ensure consistent delivery of high bioavailable critical nutrients.' By Jennifer Semple  - pet Food processing

Flexicon Twin Bev-Con Flexible Screw Conveyor
Conveying Systems

2+ MIN

Flexicon Twin Bev-Con Flexible Screw Conveyor

Newly released from Flexicon, the Twin Bev-Con Flexible Screw Conveyor system is a vital device for transporting bulk materials. With a common hopper and mobile base constructed and attached, this new conveyor boasts ease-of-use and flexibility in adaptation. Ready to plug-in and run, the self-contained system can fill two vessels with the same material simultaneously. Mounted on a frame with locking castors for in-plant mobility, it can be utilised in multiple locations, and rolled to a wash-down booth. The hopper is equipped with dual discharge adapters, each of which charges a Bev-Con flexible screw engineered to move free- and non-free-flowing bulk materials that pack, cake, smear, fluidise, compress, or are otherwise problematic to convey. The hopper is designed with a steep backwall and diametrically opposed sidewalls, having panel sections which are skewed outward on a horizontal axis, forming a trapezoidal area. The divergent angles reduce the ability of non-free-flowing materials to establish a bridge between the hopper sidewalls, instead causing material to topple and flow toward and down the steep backwall. The hopper walls converge to form a trapezoidal inlet to the conveyor interface adapter, which also employs shear planes and vertical walls, to direct material into a rotating flexible screw more positively than with previous rectangular interface adapters. As material is conveyed, rotation of the screws causes them to self-centre in the polymer conveyor tubes, eliminating or minimising contact with the tube wall, preserving material integrity. The rolling action of material also prevents the separation of blended products comprised of disparate sizes, shapes and bulk densities. Flexicon"s Twin Bev-Con Flexible Screw Conveyor is suitable for a variety of materials, ranging from chemicals, pharmaceuticals and cosmetics. It also serves for a variety of food items, such as fruits, nuts, grain, cocoa powder and raw vegetables. Moist, sticky materials also won"t pose a problem, with the stick-resistant coating on the conveyor. The screws are the only moving parts contacting material and are driven beyond the point at which material is discharged, eliminating wear and contamination related to product contacting seals and bearings. Discharge housings of the conveyors are supported by dual booms cantilevered from the mobile base, allowing discharge of material into processing equipment or storage vessels up to 3.5m above the plant floor. The hopper has a capacity of 550 litres and is designed with a steep back wall and diametrically opposed side walls skewed to form a trapezoidal area, the divergent angles causing non-free-flowing material to topple into the conveyor charging adapters.  The unit is constructed of 316 stainless steel, and features sanitary quick-release clean out caps, quick-disconnect discharge box access covers, wash-down motors, and a stainless control panel with stainless conduit and liquid-tight compression fittings that permit wash down during changeovers and/or when conveying of corrosive materials.  HMI controls allow manual and automatic start/stop and speed adjustment. By: All Extruded

Packaging Coating Market to reach $4 billion value
Packaging

3+ MIN

Packaging Coating Market to reach $4 billion value

The growing consumer shift toward convenience products has increasingly impacted the developments in packaging coating. The growing demand for better packaging to fulfill wide range of needs, such as aesthetics, branding, and functional, in various end-use industries has proportionately shaped the contours of the global packaging coating market. The growing consumer shift toward convenience products and ready-to-eat food products has increasingly impacted the developments in packaging coating for the food and beverages industry applications. The growth is catalyzed by the advent of packaging coatings that can meet the needs of good adhesion to different substrates, has better chemical resistance, and resist well thermoactivation, among various functions. Furthermore, the rising demand for external and internal protective packaging that can meet the needs of consumer aesthetics is also propelling the expansion of the packaging coating market. Such aspects include higher shelf appeal and brand differentiation for packaged food and beverages products.  The global packaging coating market is projected to expand at modest CAGR of 5.5% during 2017–2022 and will cross a valuation of $4 billion by the end of this period. The rapid strides being made by functional packaging has considerably impacted the dynamics of the packaging coating market. Over the past few years, acrylic among various packaging coating types has been garnering popularity as an advanced functional packaging coating. The coating type in the packaging coating market is witnessing substantial demand in several end-use industries in the packaging coating market, owing to its attractive properties. Some of beneficial characteristics of acrylic coating pertain to the ease of application, advanced heat- and water- resistance, and print receptivity. These features are especially vital for consumers in the food and beverages packaging and construction packaging industries. Recent advances in chemistries related to their cross-linking properties have significantly enhanced the water-resistance performance, thus boosting the packaging coating market. Acrylic type packaging coating is anticipated to garner higher sales volumes than all other types in the global packaging coating market. By the end of 2022, the segment is estimated to reach worth of over US$400 Mn. However, fluoropolymer segment is expected to expand at relatively higher CAGR during the assessment period in the packaging coating market. Recent advancements witnessed in the food packaging technology are opening new, exciting avenues for formulators of packaging coating. The integration of coil and sheet coating technology with food and beverages packaging has substantially added to the revenue in the packaging coating market. The coating technology is expected to gain popularity in the coming years. The estimated valuation of the segment in 2017 is US$700 Mn by 2017 end. However, the technology the demand for which is expected to rise at the most rapid CAGR is the spray coating and roll coating segment. The extensive use of flexible plastics in various end-use industries is a crucial factor offering a robust impetus to the expansion of the packaging coating market. The flexible plastic segment estimated valuation crossed US$200 Mn by 2017 end. However, among the key packaging types in the global packaging coating market, the demand for liquid carton segment is projected to expand at the most attractive CAGR during 2017–2022. Numerous prominent players in the packaging coating market are substantially spending on research and development programs to develop advanced formulations. Several players are pursuing elaborate testing of their products to enhance the performance of their products in the packaging coating market. Some of the leading players operating in the packaging coating market are Axalta Coating Systems, DuPont, Solvay S.A., Nippon paint, Kansai Paints, Evonik Industries, BASF SE, Sherwin Williams, AkzoNobel, and PPG Industries. Source: Pet Food Industries

Complete and Balanced Treats
Extrusion

3+ MIN

Complete and Balanced Treats

Giving snacks and treats can upset a pet"s complete and balanced food regime. What is the solution? Everything your pet needs? Complete and balanced. What does that really mean? For us in the pet industry, it says the food has everything your pet needs and the nutrients are balanced. Pet food regulations define the claim of "complete and balanced" or "100% nutritious" as meeting critical nutrition levels. What if a pet owner gave 10% more calories to their pet than provided in the complete and balanced food? For instance, my dog requires 1,000 kcal/day. What if I gave him 100 calories more each day? The answer is, it would mean 36,500 extra calories over one year which would either require me to exercise my dog more or let him become overweight. Over-feeding Facts show that many pet owners feed an extra 10%, 20%, even 30% or more calories each day by giving treats, food scraps, chews, dental products, pharma and nutritional supplements. Since exercise and activity typically do not increase, we observe that a high percentage of our pet populations are overweight (around 40-50%). All of these "extra" food products bring more than just calories. They bring protein, fat, fibres, macro- and micro-minerals. Feeding a treat high in phosphorus can easily reverse the overall ratio of calcium to phosphorus, for example. High sodium levels in treats and meat rewards can totally upset the absolute level of sodium designed into the complete food. Pet owners commonly do not balance their own food intake as well as they should and, over time, nutritional and health issues begin to show, in cardiovascular disease, hypertension, colitis, cancer, etc. The same is true for our pets, but the length of life of pets is much shorter and nutritional balance can have a much bigger impact to health and life. How to ensure balance?  Without knowing how many treats might be fed to a pet, there is no way to fully predict what happens to the completeness and balance of the food when looking at the total food regime. That is in the hands of the pet owner. If they were simply to feed less of the complete and balanced food when feeding treats and other edibles, that would help to keep the caloric intake in check. However, it is not an easy adjustment to figure out, and the completeness and the balance of the food would still be altered. Questions to answer So why not just make all treats complete and balanced? That is a reasonable question. In the past, many brands have formulated treats to be complete and balanced but later moved away from it. Cost is often an important consideration. Or why not include in our feeding instructions a word of caution on how to feed other edible products? Or suggest giving less food when using treats? I believe it would be easier if all treats were complete and balanced. That does not resolve the possible concern of too many calories or potential unbalancing, but it would be a good start. Source: All Extruded

Is your factory up to the task?
Dosing

3+ MIN

Is your factory up to the task?

How demand for greater flexibility in pet food formulation requires us to improve our production process Growing complexity How do you cope with the countless changes in formulation driven by market demands, FDA regulations and marketing gurus? This ever-changing landscape of powders, meat inclusions and spices to feed our beloved four-footed friends? When talking about pet food formulation, we often focus on nutrition and optimisation. But what about the factories that manufacture these foods? Are they even up to the task?
Sadly, the answer is often no. While the possibilities and demands have increased
dramatically over the last decade, our factories are lagging behind. Recipes are complicated, and many ingredients must be added by hand, resulting in hard labour in dusty areas. To guarantee quality is always up to the highest standard, everything must be track and traceable, so we can know exactly where the food is produced, what went into it and when.
In short, our factories have changed from making a simple set of diets in long runs to a high complexity of formulations and processes in shorter runs, resulting in a
battle between our needs and production capabilities. How to cope? However, there is light at the end of the tunnel. As a specialist in dosing and weighing technology for pet food, KSE has a unique perspective on this dynamic and changing landscape and first-hand experience with developing solutions to cope with the challenges.
The company offers a robust portfolio of dosing and weighing technology, including its unique dosing slide, weigher in weigher systems, containerised systems and automation, together with a specialty blend of knowledge for the pet food, premix and feed industry, built on over 80 years of experience.
It is one of a handful of pioneering premium suppliers that have invested in new technology, building production facilities all over the world with a higher level of sanitation, track and traceability, accuracy and transparency, which it refers to as the "Factory of the Future". Make it future-proof Future-proof designs are here to enable the greater flexibility that is expected of a modern-day factory. For example, a dosing slide has major advantages over its well-known competitor: the dosing screw. With a much higher accuracy, higher dosing speed and larger dosing range it can easily outperform traditional systems. Furthermore, the movement of the dosing slide activates the product and reduces bridging and rat-holing.
The use of gravity, in turn, reduces power consumption, making it a greener solution and, combined with driving weighers, it achieves higher flexibility. Unique weigher-in-weigher solutions provide single gram accuracies, making it possible to dose grams up to hundreds of kilograms using the same systems.
Another major trend is containerised systems to use as a silo or to move product around the entire factory. This eliminates contamination during
transport or when exchanging ingredients and provides the ability to have multitype products for multiple species in the same lines. All this, combined with highend technology for data analysis and optimisation, enables you to process pet food like never before. Up to the task Look at your own process and ask yourself this: "Am I able to produce everything nutritionists think up in their
lab, accurately and traceably without contamination?" If the answer is no, you know you will have to act.
Getting your factory up to this task is not just a need, but mandatory to help your brand survive. The future truly is now. Source: KSE Process Technology B.V.


Laboratory

Laboratory Is your factory up to the task?

4+ MIN

Biotechnology in the pet food industry

It is a multidisciplinary field that, through living organisms, biological systems, and processes, develops products and technologies that benefit different ecosystems of society, people, and animals. Its main goal is obtaining additives and simulating the natural process of protein synthesis at the cellular level to produce specific protein molecules, as well as to improve the conservation of forage and silos. But its fields of application are very varied, so let's discover some of the most used ones:   Specific industries   Poultry farming In its function related to protein, it is related to this industry with enzyme use, since using the appropriate ones make it possible to use cheaper raw materials, improving production costs. As an example, we can mention what happens with barley, with high contents of ß-glucans, which birds cannot digest because they lack the appropriate enzymes, and, when solubilized in the intestinal environment, they produce a high degree of viscosity, which hinders nutrient absorption, reducing diet digestibility. This results in dirty eggs, muscle injuries, and more.   Pig farming In this case, enzymes are used to complete the enzymatic system of these animals, immature until they are 8-10 weeks old, which means that they cannot completely digest certain nutrients and substances. Enzymes also help with bacterial growth.   Ingredients   Probiotics and prebiotics These are microorganisms, live or dead, extracts or a combination of some of them, used to promote or improve animal intestinal health and immune system. Prebiotics, for their part, are compounds that promote the growth of these beneficial microorganisms.   Acidifiers Acidifiers are rather a type of biotechnology that allows the modification of biological systems' behavior.   Alternative proteins One of the most dynamic areas of biotechnology applied to pet food is alternative protein development. Traditionally, animal proteins such as chicken, beef, and fish have been the basis of pet food formulation, but nowadays, topics such as sustainability and animal welfare impact the perception of these animals, and consumers have started demanding other alternatives. In this sense, biotechnology allows the creation of alternative proteins, such as those obtained from insects, plants, cell cultures, and laboratory-grown meat.   Personalized microbiomes The microbiome is made up of various microorganisms that live in the digestive tract. It has gained pretty much scientific relevance in animal health in recent years. Biotechnology has enabled significant advances in understanding how microbiomes influence digestion, nutrient absorption, and pets' immune systems, for example.   Personalized food There have already been cases in which manufacturers have used DNA analysis and microbiological studies to develop a food formulation for a specific pet. This allows the creation of food formulas that not only meet general nutritional needs but also address particular health problems of animals with delicate health or highly specific conditions.   Improved Omega-3 Omega-3 fatty acids are essential for pet health, but are traditionally obtained from sources such as fish, which come from the aquaculture industry. Thanks to biotechnology, genetically modified crops are being developed, such as canola, that produce high levels of this fatty acid, which positions it as a more sustainable source to complete formulations.   Sustainability and environmental impact One of the most significant challenges for the pet food industry today is its environmental impact. Biotechnology presents itself as an innovative solution that can, among other items, facilitate carbon footprint reduction and minimize production waste.   Production waste An emerging approach is the use of organic waste to produce pet food ingredients. Through biotechnological processes such as fermentation, waste from the food industry can be transformed into proteins, lipids, or carbohydrates. These can be used in new pet food formulas, which contribute to reducing waste and having a more sustainable production chain.   Biodegradable and even edible packaging Biotechnology is also being applied to developing materials for biodegradable or even edible packaging, managing to address one of the main problems associated with sustainability and the production of non-renewable or recyclable waste.   Innovations in food safety   Genetic optimization Biotechnology is playing a crucial role in improving the ingredients used in pet foods. Today, through genetic modification, it is possible to develop crops with improved nutritional profiles, achieving greater resistance to diseases and a lower need for pesticides or fertilizers.   Biosensors for pathogen detection We are seeing the development of technologies based on biosensors to detect the presence of pathogens such as Salmonella or E. coli used in real-time during food manufacturing, this will allow faster detection and immediate response to conditions, thereby reducing the risk of disease outbreaks in the target population.   Improved natural preservatives Biotechnology has also allowed the development of natural preservatives, used to prolong food shelf life, avoiding the use of chemical additives. These derivatives of plants and other natural organisms are effective in preventing the growth of mold and bacteria, which improves and prolongs final product conservation.   Conclusion   Advances in biotechnology are transforming the pet food industry. This discipline offers innovative solutions to improve pet health, promote sustainability, and ensure food safety. As it continues to evolve, it will keep creating a path to optimize the industry's proposals for pets and, therefore, we will continue to grow together as a market that seeks to offer increasingly safer, efficient, specific, and sustainable solutions.   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

For María Candelaria Carbajo


Dosing

Dosing Is your factory up to the task?

3+ MIN

Innovating together: A new development for the premix pet food industry

The customer's choice of the CS-WP solution   An American-based customer of KSE, operating in the premix industry, selected the CS-WP solution due to an urgent need to optimize space utilization in their production facility. This innovative solution enabled them to save significant vertical space, with reductions of 4 to 5 meters compared to a conventional weighing system. Additionally, the CS-WP system offers direct separation of contaminants for all raw materials, ensuring the entire facility remains free from contamination.   Another customer in Spain, a leading manufacturer in the food additive industry, has also expressed interest in the CS-WP solution because of their stringent contamination control requirements. The CS-WP system allows macro ingredients to be safely transported in dedicated containers, ensuring clean and flexible distribution to three separate mixing lines.   Exploration of market-based alternatives   The customer explored two alternative solutions. Initially, a traditional pneumatic conveying system was considered but dismissed due to hygiene issues and excessive energy consumption. The second option involved a container concept relying on AGVs (Automated Guided Vehicle). Ultimately, KSE's CS-WP concept emerged as the most fitting and seamlessly integrable solution, enabling the maintenance of the desired compact building height.   Future expansion and developments   The client positions the CS-WP project as the ''Next Generation Plant'', hinting at the possibility of establishing future plants based on the same concept. This marks the inaugural joint project for the Spanish customer and KSE, with aspirations to extend this concept to other facilities, thereby assuming a pioneering role in the Spanish food additive industry.   A breakthrough solution   The CS-WP emerged as a groundbreaking weighing solution within the ACT (Automatic Container Transfer) framework, renowned for its internal transport capabilities. Manufacturers are seeking space-saving solutions in their plants while aiming to achieve minimal contamination by dispensing products directly into containers. Tailored to accommodate a wide dosing range, this solution stands out for its versatility.   Intensive development process   The concept promptly resonated with our customers' needs and industry demands, particularly in sectors like premix and pet food. The development process of the CS-WP entailed tackling several design challenges, such as achieving optimal balance in the setup. With dimensions of approximately 1.5 meters x 1.5 meters and a height of 5 to 6 meters, this resulted in a column four times as tall as it is wide. This configuration posed potential tipping hazards, especially when the system was in motion while carrying weight at the top. To prevent this, rollover safeguards were implemented, and extensive testing was performed.   Another crucial aspect involved a meticulous examination of the system's extraction process. Customers typically invest in an ACT system to maintain a pristine working environment with minimal contamination. However, if dust escapes through open joints during each movement, this objective is compromised. Moreover, the extraction process must not interfere with the weighing signal during the dosing process, ensuring that accuracy is not compromised.   Following extensive consultation and collaboration with suppliers, multiple concepts were devised and executed by the mechanical, electrical, and software teams. Presently, two variants are available: one where dust from the filters returns with the product, minimizing contamination but ensuring all product accompanies it through processing, and another where dust extraction directs waste to a remote unloading point, eliminating contamination but resulting in waste. The selection between these variants depends on the customer's specific needs and requirements.   The operational phase   During the implementation phase of industrial solutions, addressing technical challenges is only part of the equation; understanding real-world usage is equally vital. Hence, KSE engages its service department from the beginning of a project to ensure that aspects, such as cleaning positions, accessibility, and installation safety are meticulously accounted for. This approach establishes a robust groundwork for a successful project, enhancing both efficiency and safety.   By: KSE Process Technology   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Dosing Is your factory up to the task?

2+ MIN

Great News: Josera Integrates KSE’s Cutting-Edge ALFRA Technology

We are pleased to share the installation of several advanced ALFRA machines at the Josera petfood factory, a member of the ERBACHER the food family group. In addition to our renowned ALFRA dosing and weighing systems and a movable bulk mixer for finished products, the scope includes our Automatic Contrainer Transfer (ACT) system.   Our ACT systems fit perfectly with Josera's commitment to innovation, quality and sustainability. They further streamline their internal transfer processes, increase efficiency and precision in their operations, and maintain contamination-free processes. To ensure seamless integration and optimum performance, in addition to supervision, commissioning, training is provided by one of our own Bartosz Piechota who is on site on a regular basis.   This project is being carried out with industry partners H. Wolking Mühlen- und Maschinenbau GmbH & Co. KG and Intermont construction to achieve the desired plant for Josera. Together, we're driving innovation, quality and sustainability in the animal nutrition and pet food industries, and our shared commitment to common values ensures precision, efficiency and environmentally friendly practices.   We are excited about the future and the opportunities that this new plant will bring Josera. The successful integration of KSE Group's advanced machinery is a testament to the strength of our partnership and our shared dedication to excellence. As construction continues, we look forward to providing further updates and sharing our progress with you.   Follow us HERE, for more detailed information about the individual machines and solutions implemented in this project and how they might benefit you.
 
Source: KSE Process Technology


Grinding

Grinding Is your factory up to the task?

4+ MIN

Grinding: A fundamental point in the manufacture of extruded dry food for cats and dogs

The grinding process consists of reducing and standardizing the particle size of raw materials, increasing the contact surface, and consequently improving steam and water absorption during the extrusion process, favoring dough cooking. All these aspects affect the texture and uniformity, avoiding partially cooked hard particles in the product. Granulometry is influenced by the configuration of the mill and the parts that compose it. Before entering the mill, the presence of sieves and magnets will prevent foreign materials from reaching equipment, damaging parts, and impairing grinding quality. At the mill exit, to ensure the grinding quality, it is necessary to monitor the granulometry, which can be affected by perforated sieves or worn hammers, which will contribute to lower grinding efficiency and quality. Better steam and water absorption in extrusion, as a result of quality grinding, improves the efficiency of starch gelatinization, the process of transforming granular starch into a viscoelastic paste. Quality grinding and cooking allow better kibble expansion, formation, and structure. In general, product expansion is directly related to texture, being the products with the highest expansion, the most crunchy ones. Some of the parameters used to assess the degree of cooking of dietary ingredients that are subjected to extrusion are density and water absorption rate. Foods with high density and low water absorption are signs of poorly expanded products, with inadequate starch gelatinization and less nutrient utilization (Camire, 2000). The density of the expanded products is an important characteristic because, even indirectly, in addition to the expansion index, it indicates the degree of transformation of the starch granule. In the drying process, heat transfer is responsible for liquid evaporation, present in the food, and mass transfer by water movement from the food interior to its surface, and from there to the environment. Therefore, drying is linked to both environmental and intrinsic conditions of the material being dried, which influence evaporation and water molecules diffusion rates, respectively. Therefore, a kibble with good expansion and a uniform structure allows air to pass through it evenly, drying it properly, unlike a product that was compacted because it did not have an adequate process. Even the kibble expansion and structure, also interfere with the process of applying the liquid. The croquettes must have the capacity to absorb fat since their efficiency depends on the size and porosity of the extrudate. A well-extruded product with a good structure provides better penetration and retention of the liquid coating. Cereals (rice, corn, and wheat) are the most widely used starch sources in extruded dry food for dogs and cats. Some studies have shown that, if correctly extruded, cereal starch has an apparent digestibility greater than 95% for cats (DE OLIVEIRA et al., 2008) and 98% for dogs (CARCIOFI et al., 2008). However, starch digestibility can be affected by factors such as starch composition and physical form, protein-starch interactions, cell integrity, and the physical form of the feed. BAZZOLI (2007) evaluated the influence of milling of rice, corn, and sorghum on the apparent digestibility coefficient (ADC) of nutrients and fecal score in diets for dogs and found that there was a difference and interaction between carbohydrate sources in different millings. Mean starch and non-extractive nitrogen (ENN) ADCs were similar for the maize and sorghum diets, and higher for the rice-based diet. For maize and sorghum, coarse grinding had a negative effect, with values ​​lower than those of diets prepared with fine and medium grinding. Still according to BAZZOLLI (2007), regarding the fecal score, there was no ingredient effect either, only grinding. The evaluation of the contrasts shows that the higher the granulometry, the worse the fecal score for the three starch sources, and the worst score, being obtained with milled rice in a coarse granulometry. The evidence shows that the higher the granulometry, the worse the fecal score of the diets, a fact that is probably due to the decrease in the starch gelatinization index, which results in less dry matter in the feces and a worse score. In cats, KIENZLE (1993) found that the ADC of starch in a diet containing coarsely ground raw corn was 72%. When the corn was cooked or finely ground, the ADC of the starch was 100%. Starch digestibility alters and largely determines the postprandial blood glucose wave and the insulin response of the animal. In this way, the faster and more complete the digestion, the faster and more intense the triggered curve. This is an aspect that must be taken care of when thinking about food for animals with diabetes mellitus, obesity, pregnancy, cancer, and advanced age, which need greater control of the glycemic curve. Therefore, we conclude that grinding is a key point in high-quality product development. It must be standardized, according to the reality of each factory, in addition to taking into account product purpose and life stage or state of health of the pet that will consume the food.   Authors: Luana Pucca, Ludmila Barbi y Erika Stasieniuk Source: All Pet Food Magazine

For Ludmila Barbi T. Bomcompagni

Grinding Is your factory up to the task?

1+ MIN

CPM Never Stops Evolving: New Colors Coming for CPM equipment

"The color change represents a step toward unifying our brand across the globe," said Maarten Visser, General Manager of CPM Americas/EMEA. "As CPM grows, our brand must evolve with it. We want our customers worldwide to associate the CPM name with the highest quality processing equipment available anywhere." "The new glossy white, accented with shiny black-gray, gives the equipment a sleek and modern new look. What's inside, Visser said, will not change at all". All types of CPM equipment are included in the upcoming color change, but existing orders will not be impacted. Equipment with the colors will be in the market later this year.   About CPM - History   The origin of CPM can be traced back to California's Napa Valley, where, in 1883, the Toulouse & Delorieux Co. manufactured presses, crushers and stemmers for winemakers. In 1931, the company created the first pellet mill, the 30 HP Flat Bed with stationary flat die, and we became California Pellet Mill (CPM). In the years that followed, we created more pellet mill models with additional features. In the 1980s, we greatly expanded our product offerings through the creation of Roskamp Champion with the acquisition of the Roskamp Roller Mill Company and Champion Hammermills. In 2002, Beta Raven, a leading supplier of feed mill automation and ingredient scaling systems, joined the team. To learn more about CPM products, click HERE. Source: CPM


Extrusion

Extrusion Is your factory up to the task?

2+ MIN

New research brief: Dental stick extrusion utilizing spray dried plasma (SDP)

Study objetive   The study objective was to evaluate how SDP inclusion with other ingredients impacts texture of extruded dental formulas.   Experimental procedure   Three formulas were developed utilizing SDP to replace wheat starch (WS) or Arabic gum in the control formula. The formulas were: Control: WS and gum; SDP1: SDP and WS replacing gum; and SDP2: SDP replacing WS and gum. Dental sticks were made at the Extru-Tech technology testing center using a 525 single screw extruder with the product densification unit (PDU) removed and replaced with a mid-barrel valve and 3 cooling heads to cause densification. The sticks were manufactured as solid square sticks. Generally, a single screw with a PDU, or a traditional parallel-shaft twin screw is used to manufacture dental sticks. However, the equipment alterations used worked like a single screw with a PDU; thus, it would be expected that the results would translate to a traditional single screw configuration. Glycerin at 12% (% to dry feed rate) and chicken fat were added to the pre-conditioner at set rates to optimize expansion and product quality. Processing conditions were monitored and adjusted on the various formulations during production to optimize extrusion. Texture was measured on a TA.XT Plus utilizing an adjustable bridge with a rounded-end knife probe for a 3-point bend. Dental sticks of 8 cm in length were placed over the two bridge spans spaced 5 cm apart to measure maximum force (hardness) and work to peak force (work to break) to determine texture parameters. Ten dental sticks per treatment were analyzed.   Treatments     Dental stick run conditions     Results and discussion     Summary   In conclusion, SDP can be incorporated into dental stick formulas and utilized as a processing aide. Overall, depending on target hardness and ingredient matrix, SDP can be an alternative to various ingredients to maintain or improve product quality.    Source: APC  

Extrusion Is your factory up to the task?

2+ MIN

Recovery of by-products in the manufacture of pet food

Challenges with wet by-products   Wet by-products have a high moisture content, making them difficult to handle due to their rapid decomposition and the generation of unwanted microorganisms that can put pet health at risk. Generally, these by-products are marketed at low value for feed farm animals or are discarded.   Problems with process fines   Fines are often reinserted inefficiently into the grinding or mixing process, leading to several problems: Grind a product that has already been ground Consume additional energy in grinding Wear on hammers and mill sieves Affect the capacity of the equipment that reprocesses these by-products   Sustainable solution: By-product Recovery System (SRS)   The By-product Recovery System (SRS) is a proven solution to reduce, reuse and recycle both wet and dry by-products, regardless of size, temperature and moisture content.
  SRS components   The SRS has two tanks: Homogenization tank: receives the by-products to be recovered. It has a specially designed blade that rotates at high speed to achieve a homogeneous mixture (slurry) with an approximate concentration of 20% by-products and 80% water at a temperature between 40 and 50 °C. Maintenance tank: once the homogeneous mixture is achieved, it is transferred to this tank through pipes. Here, a mixer keeps the slurry homogeneous and at the proper viscosity.   The SRS control system communicates with the preconditioner-extruder PLC to ensure the correct water content within the preconditioner and extruder, avoiding unwanted variations in moisture content and guaranteeing optimal quality and uniformity of the final product.
  Advantages of SRS   Recovery of investment in a short time Immediate use of all by-products, avoiding the generation of unwanted microorganisms Optimization of process times Decrease in labour requirements Improved traceability Achievement of automation Compliance with FDA and EHEDG certifications Made of stainless steel Adaptable to plant spaces through horizontal or vertical layout   SRS sizing   To size the appropriate SRS for your process, it is necessary to determine the number of by-products generated. With this information, the appropriate model can be selected. There are three standard models: SRS150, SRS300 and SRS600, which recover 150, 300 and 600 kg/h respectively. Special solutions can also be designed according to specific needs.   By: Clivio Solutions   Source: All Pet Food Magazine


Drying

Drying Is your factory up to the task?

3+ MIN

Carousel dryer/cooler from CPM's IDAH offers sustainability in petfood industry

The carousel working principle   In the carousel dryer, the product enters through a rotary valve onto the revolving trays. The Carousel system ensures a first in, first out (FIFO) principle, after nearly one revolution, the product is gently discharged and mixed into the next lower tray. This process is repeated until the product drops from the last tray into the outlet where a rotary valve prevents air leakage. The revolution means that the product undergoes the same treatment all along the decks, ensuring that the product comes out in uniform moisture. Furthermore, the multiple tumbling action gives an efficient heat exchange with the air, resulting in a low dryer exhaust air temperature.   Integrating dryer and cooler as one solution   The Carousel technology is a unique solution for both energy efficiency and precise moisture control. Optimal moisture control is made easy by using carousel technology in both the dryer and cooler. Additionally, the exhaust air from the cooler can be directed as make-up air for the drying process. Therefore, an integration of the dryer and cooler into one compact machine with a FIFO discharge principle like the carousel dryer will give an outstanding moisture control performance. Ambient air cools the product and after filtered and heated it is used as drying air for the upper section. This carousel model offers many benefits and features when compared to traditional equipment.   Improving product moisture control   Managing the temperature and moisture content of the finished product is the main task for the drying and cooling process. However, when the feed is overdried, it causes material loss, as well as extra energy consumption. When the feed is too wet, the product will have a higher risk of quality degradation and mold growth.   Due to its unique working principle, all the products in this carousel dryer will get the same heat treatment and retention time. This is combined with a unique and easy control system, along with real-time monitoring and modification of the drying parameters. The carousel dryer will give a uniform and constant moisture level that makes it easier to achieve the target average moisture, which will save energy and raw materials.   Improving energy efficiency   The drying and cooling process accounts for a significant part of the overall energy consumption. Rising energy costs and sustainability awareness regarding energy consumption have driven feed manufacturers to request further support to improve their drying and cooling functions. To maximize energy efficiency, we have to look into: Maximizing the use of warm product energy. Minimizing the amount of water evaporation. Minimizing energy loss with the exhaust air.   By using the cooling air as makeup air into the dryer, the heat energy can be reused. Also, efficient heat exchange lowers the amount of exhaust air. Low exhaust air volumes will reduce the cost needed for odor treatment.   Reducing the space required   While upgrading the production capacity of a feed mill or improving the production process, the introduction of new equipment into the facility is required and space limitations may arise. The carousel dryer is already more compact than a typical dryer.   Potential savings   A direct result of using cooling air as makeup air for the dryer is savings. If you assume that the temperature differential between the ambient and cooler exhaust air is 25°C, you save up to 30 kg/t steam. At the same time, you will reduce the amount of exhaust air by 50%, reducing odor treatment costs significantly. Getting better moisture control, for example 0.5%, is saving not only about 10 kg/t steam consumption in the dryer but, even more importantly, saving 0.5% raw materials cost and having a 0.5% higher output capacity.   For more information, contact [email protected].   Source: CPM IDAH


Coating

Coating Is your factory up to the task?

4+ MIN

The importance of pet food coating: A technical overview

What is kibble coating?    Pet food coating, also commonly referred to as palatability of the kibble, is a crucial practice in the pet food industry, used to enhance the energy and nutritional value of the food.   This technique involves the addition of animal and vegetable fats and oils, which are essential for meeting the specific energy requirements listed on product labels. Besides improving palatability, coating with oils provides essential fatty acids for your pet's health and enhances the texture of the kibble.   When and how are fats and oils added?    Some of these fats and oils can be incorporated during the mixing or conditioning phases before extrusion. However, excessive liquid addition at this stage can compromise the formation of the kibble. Therefore, the best method is to apply the lipids after the kibble has been formed, typically after the drying phase and before cooling. Commonly used fats include: chicken oil, lard, pork fat, and fish oils. Vegetable oils such as canola, sunflower, soybean, palm, and coconut are also widely used, depending on local availability and manufacturer preferences.   For dog kibble, the typical oil addition range varies based on factors such as geographic location, age, and activity level of the animal. Generally, oil content ranges from a minimum of 1% to a maximum of 14% of the total kibble weight, with some exceptions for working dogs, where oil content can exceed 20%. In contrast, oil inclusion for cat kibble usually does not exceed 5%.   In addition to oils, other additives are applied during the coating process, primarily flavor enhancers and palatability agents. These are often based on hydrolyzed meat, commonly known as "digest", and are available in both liquid and powder form.   The importance of coating    The taste of pet food, especially for cats, is a critical factor for manufacturers, as pet owners are more likely to repurchase a brand if their pets enjoy the food. While ingredient quality is undeniably important, the technology used in production is equally significant. Achieving uniformity is essential to ensure that the entire surface of the kibble is evenly coated, resulting in a consistent flavor throughout each piece.
Oils, in addition to playing a key role in food preservation, provide a uniform color. Inconsistent oil absorption can cause some kibble pieces to appear darker, leading to a perception of lower quality.
This is why precise and careful application of coating is fundamental in pet food production.   Let's explore the most commonly used technologies in the market and which one represents the best solution.   Different technologies for kibble coating    Coating technologies can be classified into two categories: batch coating and continuous coating, each with its own subcategories:   Batch Coater: This method uses a vertical or horizontal mixer to move a weighed batch of kibble, which is then sprayed with a specific amount of oils and flavors. This is generally considered outdated technology that does not ensure good uniformity.
  Vacuum Batch Coater: Similar to the batch coater, this technology generates a vacuum during the application process. The vacuum is gently released after the oils are sprayed, allowing the oils to penetrate deeply into the porous kibble. This is the only technology suitable for applying high oil inclusions above 20%. However, when the formula requires low oil additions below 8% (within a range of 5-10% depending on various factors), it can lead to poor uniformity.
  Continuous Drum Coater: In this method, the kibble continuously passes through a rotating drum, and additives are sprayed over a large surface area of the food. This is considered an outdated and more economical coating solution. The main limitations of this technology include low flow capacity (typically no more than 3 tons per hour), limited oil addition, and a short retention time during the coating and mixing phases.
  Continuous Disc Coater with Spray: In this process, the kibble is continuously weighed and passes through a vertical chamber with a rotating disc that sprays the liquids. The spraying occurs from the center outward, and the kibble falls in a cascading motion, where it is coated by the liquid spray. While this technology can achieve good uniformity, it has two main drawbacks: a tendency to accumulate material in the disc spray chamber and the limitation of a single spray phase, while the market typically requires multiple phases for oils, liquid flavors, and powdered additives.
  Continuous Paddle Coater: PLP Systems offers a range of advanced coating technologies, but the MT Paddle Coater stands out as the ideal solution. This innovative system features a double continuous paddle shaft that ensures gentle product handling, precise dosing, and automated retention time adjustments.     The system is equipped with motorized SMOG atomizers positioned at the top, ensuring optimal distribution across various application phases. It can achieve micro inclusions as low as 0.01% with excellent uniformity, adhering to the highest Coefficient of Variation (CoV) standards. Additionally, it supports oil addition up to 15%, making it a versatile and efficient solution for precision coatings.   PLP Systems specializes in both liquids and powders, with a special focus on the pet food and feed industries.
Making kibble tasty and appealing with palatants, whether liquid or powdered, loved by animals is one of our primary goals.
Our cutting-edge solutions ensure that your products stand out in a competitive market, offering superior taste and quality that animals adore.
Whether you're looking to improve your current production line or explore innovative methods to increase product appeal, our technologies offer the reliability and excellence you need.          Need more information or want to dive deeper into our coating systems?
Don't hesitate to contact our experts. We're here to provide tailored solutions and answer all your questions.
Call us today at +39 0523 891 629 or email us at [email protected] for a free consultation.
We're here to help you find the perfect solution for your needs!   Source: PLP Systems

Coating Is your factory up to the task?

2+ MIN

MASS SPIN COATER - Revolutionary patented system

The pet has become a true member of the family and the end customer, his owner, is increasingly oriented towards high-quality food in terms of well-being, quality and pleasure. PLP takes up this challenge by developing systems that can translate market needs into real products. The treatment and coating system, patented as MASS SPIN COATER, is the new and revolutionary system for coating and adding additives onto solid products. Through an integrated torsion transducer and a processor of Coriolis force data, the MSC is capable of identifying the mass delivery rate of solid prodcts (pelets, flours , croquettes). This permits a proportional control for adding doses of additives for the process. The MSC guarantees the uniformity of the finish products and thanks to reduced dimensions and weight, installation is made easy at any point of the system, be it on the transport piping in the drop, or at the end of production directly onto the vehicle load.   It is used for applying either powder or liquid additives: - Fat : for adding vegetable oils or fat in general. For adding molasses and other products largely used on the finished products - Enzymes : for adding liquid enzymes and powder enzymes directly onto the finished product, to avoid cross contamination between the various products and to avoid waste due to degradation of the enzymes during the production of feed. - Powder condensation : Fine powders, in an environment saturated with the same, cause serious problems such as explosions and subsequent fires , as well as serious respiratory problems for personnel and, last but not least, damage to the plant. which remain in the production cycle without creating further problems - Humidification: For the treatment of humidification in raw materials with the addition of water and acidifiers with retroactive checks of humidity present in cereals - Treatment after pelletizing : The addition of medicines in the production of feed is normally carried out in the mixing pase with contamination problems and loss of active ingredients due to mechanical and thermal stresses. With the MSC it is possible to add antibiotics, coccidiostats, vitamins etc, whether in liquid or powder form. This process is possible thanks of the utilization of Seal4feed , a filming product from ARDA Innovations product of ARDA INNOVATIONS. by PLP System Source: All Pet Food 


Conveying Systems

Conveying Systems Is your factory up to the task?

6+ MIN

Countdown to Pet Food Conveyor Launch: Starting Up On Time and With Confidence

To move delicate pet food products or powders, most processors do extensive homework before purchasing a tubular drag cable conveyor to ensure that it meets their needs in terms of function and price. After the purchase, the conveyor must be expertly assembled and tested to ensure smooth production startup and continued performance. The challenge is that the typical third-party contractors installing various plant systems might need to become more familiar with specialized pet food conveyors and, thus, are more prone to make costly errors. A more prudent choice is using the OEM's team of experienced technicians. The OEM's experts have the advantage of designing the specialized conveyor and understanding its installation, operational requirements, and potential problem areas. 'If a tubular drag cable conveyor is installed incorrectly by a third party, it often needs to be completely pulled apart and rebuilt, which is costly and time-consuming. If the conveyor is run incorrectly, damage will occur, and components must be replaced. All this only delays startup,' says Terry Derby, Director of Parts and Field Service for Automated Handling Solutions (AHS). AHS is the service-focused subsidiary of Cablevey Conveyors, an Oskaloosa, Iowa-based conveyor manufacturer that has been designing, engineering, and servicing enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for 50 years and is in more than 65 countries. As a solution, pet food processors seeking superior conveyor performance from the start rely on expert-supervised installation and commissioning to ensure they will be ready to run products on time, at the necessary volumes. Today, a tubular drag cable conveyor requires considerable expertise to install. These systems gently move material through a sealed tube using a coated, flexible, stainless-steel drag cable pulled through on a loop. Solid circular discs (flights) attach to the cable, pushing the product through the tube without air.  'This type of conveyor is uniquely engineered to transport delicate materials gently. The tubes form a continuous loop that must be carefully assembled for a tight fit to ensure no misalignment or gaps between sections. While the modular components lend great flexibility to system design, each component must act in concert with the rest for proper conveyor functionality,' explains Derby. After selecting and purchasing a conveyor, the pet food processor's next step is installing it, which often requires professional assistance. Reliability Starts with Supervised Installation Whether relying on internal staff members for installation or contracting the job to an outside team of millwrights or skilled pipefitters, supervised conveyor installation can ensure proper system installation. Getting expert assistance is still essential during installation, even with the manual that has detailed instructions and QR-code links to videos for each conveyor component. 'Supervised installation is important to ensure that your system is installed properly so you don't run into maintenance problems due to an improper install,' says Derby. Derby insists that 'supervised installs are probably the most important support service we offer.' This step is often neglected when a less experienced third party performs the installation, which can escalate costs. At this point, AHS is frequently asked to complete final preparations and correct any problems before production startup, a process known as commissioning.  'When a processor brings us to their facility after declining a supervised installation, we often have to work backward for a day or two to correct issues. Having us there for supervised installation eliminates the need for correction and any idle contractors waiting on us for the repair, so it pays for itself,' says Derby. In the case of AHS, the company's technicians have logged hundreds, if not thousands, of hours on-site in various manufacturing facilities worldwide. This singular focus gives them the knowledge and expertise to streamline the installation process and prevent issues that can lead to system inefficiencies, product loss, or complete system failure. As part of the supervised installation, skilled technicians ensure the correct positioning of the conveyor's hangers and the proper torque for couplings. The system is properly cleaned to remove any metal fragments or foreign contaminants introduced during installation. In addition, the technician confirms that all conveyor inlets are in place and that all discharges are functioning. Even seemingly minor gaps or misaligned areas in the conveyor tubing can become a severe issue. 'If gaps are in the conveyor's tubes, the discs will 'catch' when crossing the joint, causing excessive wear on the cable and motor. If not corrected, this could lead to premature failure, production downtime, and added repair and replacement costs,' says Derby. According to Derby, another common wear item in tubular drag cable conveyors is sweeps, areas where the tube changes direction. He explains that sweeps are where the cable is under the most significant tension and where the discs rub inside the tube. Since sweeps show the first signs of wear, proper installation can reduce the wear and significantly prolong tube and cable life, simplifying maintenance. 'With a supervised install, processors can ensure that their conveyor is assembled correctly to enable seamless startup, reliable production, optimal output, and greater longevity for the system and its parts. Our reputation is on the line to get it right from the start,' says Derby. In addition, a supervised installation includes a full report outlining actions to correct any issues found. Due to the attention to detail, a supervised installation also preserves the standard warranty for the system's components. Of course, operators also play a critical role in conveyor performance. For this reason, having experts onsite can be one of the best ways to train the operators and maintenance crew on properly running, cleaning, and maintaining the system.    Reliable Production Requires Expert Commissioning When the installation is complete, the next step is to schedule commissioning. The average commissioning visit for a single-system installation usually lasts an entire day.  The onsite commissioning process readies the conveyor for total production and identifies any immediately correctable issues to keep the startup on schedule. At this point, the system must be installed entirely, including all mechanical and electrical components. The conveyor material must also be ready for introduction to the system. This is where a botched installation by a third party can come to light without supervised installation by the OEM. 'We are often asked to 'fix' poor installations by third-party contractors. We have had to tear whole systems apart. This frequently requires a complete rebuild and replacement of damaged parts, which adds cost, creates downtime, and delays startup,' says Derby. In the case of AHS's commissioning service, the technician conducts an inspection using a camera that runs through the entire system layout to ensure that everything is correctly assembled and ready for testing. The technician then performs a test run of the product, from the inlet feed through the sweeps to the discharge outlet, and verifies that it flows at the desired speed. 'Tailoring the conveyor to the material conveyed can require adjustments to fine-tune the process. With the commissioning, the goal is to increase efficiency, production volume, and reliability,' says Derby. He adds that 'checking the system's health' also uncovers any issues that might arise, which technicians can address to prevent production downtime. He points out that commissioning also extends Cablevey's standard warranty. As a final step in the commissioning process, the technician issues a report for the processor that documents all findings from the full-system inspection. Completing conveyor installation, commissioning, and start-up is only the start of the OEM's and processor's relationship since the system's lifespan can be decades. In addition to traveling on-site for emergency service calls, the company offers an annual service visit to conduct a detailed system inspection and address any issues, identify worn parts, ensure predictive maintenance is being conducted, and provide any additional training needed. This complete system audit aims to extend the conveyor's lifespan and prevent unexpected downtime. 'Our mission is to provide conveying equipment and ensure it performs as required, with minimal downtime and maintenance. Once a pet food processor buys a system, they become part of our family. We will continue to support them every way we can, even as their needs evolve,' concludes Derby. By Del Williams is a technical writer based in Torrance, California. Source All Pet Food

Conveying Systems Is your factory up to the task?

4+ MIN

Mobile 'Smart Cart' Automates Food Conveyor CIP for Pet Food Manufacturers

To promote food safety and sanitary compliance, pet food manufacturers are increasingly seeking the ability to clean-in-place (CIP), an automated method of cleaning the interior surfaces of tubular drag conveyors without disassembly. Now, with the advent of mobile tools like an innovative 'smart cart' that quick-connects to any tubular conveyor and enables simple, customizable 'single button cleaning recipes,' CIP is becoming easier, faster, less labor-intensive, more repeatable, and almost fully automated. Tubular drag conveyor systems gently move product through a sealed, enclosed tube using a drag cable and circular discs pulled through on a loop, so they are ideal for delicate items. Designed to handle a variety of different forms and sizes, from kibble to seeds or pellets and nutrients, tubular conveyors maintain both quality and proper proportions. In a wet CIP process, the system is flooded with water, flushed, rinsed, cleansed, and thoroughly sanitized. Although the process is very effective, streamlining its automation and simplifying the process for all a facility's tubular drag conveyors has been a priority for leading innovators in the industry. 'The standard system required port hookups to water lines and installing piping. The processor also had to make decisions, such as which water temperatures to utilize, or whether to use a cleaning solvent - and the correct amount to add manually,' says John Adair, Engineering and Quality Director for Cablevey Conveyors, an Oskaloosa, Iowa-based conveyor manufacturer that has designed, engineered, and serviced enclosed cable and disc tube conveyors for 50 years, and is in more than 65 countries. To simplify the wet cleaning process, Adair and his engineering team at Cablevey have developed a small, mobile 'smart cart' with integrated water line hookups that a single technician can easily take to any tubular drag conveyor in a facility. The cart is specifically designed to be a fraction of the size of similar carts on the market to facilitate mobility. When the cart is in position and connected to water lines, the CIP process is automated and controlled by a programmable logic controller (PLC) that reduces the need for manual labor and virtually eliminates the risk of improper cleaning. 'Once it is set up, all you do is press a button, and it will bring in the required amount of water at the correct temperature with the necessary amount of solvent for cleaning,' says Adair. The smart cart is designed to store and utilize pre-programmed CIP recipes to flush various residual materials from the tubular drag cable conveyors in a facility before new production runs. The cleaning recipes enable even those with very little training to use the cart, which is helpful in today's tight labor market and allows the technician to move on to other tasks once the cleaning process begins. The use of easily executable recipes ensures a superior, repeatable clean that essentially 'error-proofs' the process. This is particularly important when the technician may be new or less familiar with the production equipment. 'Depending on the product conveyed, sometimes all you need is a wet rinse or a specific cleaning solvent. All that information is saved, so after the first cleaning, it can be automatically repeated. Just push a button to start the appropriate recipe, whether you have one conveyor running multiple products or dozens of conveyors running various products,' says Adair. To meet strict compliance standards, the smart cart also documents all critical CIP information, such as water volume and temperature, chemicals used, and cleaning time by date, in an easily retrievable data log. Since decreasing production downtime between conveyor cleanings is a priority for pet food manufacturers, Cablevey provides new capabilities with the cart that expedites the CIP process. Currently, the CIP process floods the tubular conveyor system but is not designed to clean the discs specifically. 'Operators would manually clean each disc and advance the system disc by disc when the discs had to be cleaned of particularly viscous substances,' says Adair.   Once it is set up, all you do is press a button and it will bring in the required amount of water at the correct temperature with the necessary amount of solvent for cleaning.   Now, as an option on the cart, a disc washer can be integrated with the conveyor turnaround to spray a pressurized cleansing solution on the discs. This helps to remove stickier substances that could remain after routine CIP cleaning. 'The disc washer sprays high-pressure water directly on the discs, so it acts like an automatic car wash. At the push of a button, the discs and cable are run through, and spray cleaned, which reduces CIP time and eliminates the need to manually clean the discs,' says Adair. To further reduce downtime, Cablevey also offers a new sanitary blower option. 'After the wet CIP process, a sanitary blower attachment on the smart cart can dry the discs and other parts of the system 75% faster than typical air drying,' says Adair. He points out that the faster the conveyor is cleaned and dried after a product change, the sooner it can be put back into service, which improves profitability. According to Adair, Cablevey's Mobile Smart Cart was already available since it was officially unveiled at Pack Expo, a premier packaging and processing show held at the Las Vegas Convention Center in September. The event featured full-scale setups of machinery in action. The company also offered traveling demo smart cars to customers in September for free so clients could test drive the units. Pet food manufacturers can now purchase the demonstration unit used in their facilities, with hands-on training available immediately. While the pet food manufacturing industry is aware that automated CIP can improve conveyor system production uptime, barriers to implementation have slowed adoption. Utilizing a mobile smart cart with integrated water hookups will help manufacturers easily implement CIP in tubular drag conveyors throughout their facilities: expediting conveyor cleaning, production changeover, and sanitary compliance. By: Del Williams - Technical writer based in Torrance - California Source: All Pet Food Magazine


Packaging

Packaging Is your factory up to the task?

3+ MIN

Comprehensive advice and suitable customer service packages: How STATEC BINDER: ensures the reliability and operation of your systems

Comprehensive advice and planning   STATEC BINDER supports its customers right from the planning phase. In addition to detailed advice and order clarification, the company also offers comprehensive and informative project management, where particular emphasis is placed on partnership-based
communication. This ensures that the selected machines are perfectly matched to the specific requirements of the customer, production and plant conditions. This process provides customers with perfect support right from the order placement stage and tailormade
systems from which they benefit in the long term.   Installation and commissioning   STATEC BINDER offers professional installation and commissioning of the systems. The trained team ensures that the machines can be put into operation quickly and smoothly so that production can start without delays. Close cooperation with the customer during this
phase is particularly important and ensures that all technical requirements are met and that the machines continue to work optimally in the future. This phase also includes training personnel on machine operation so that operators can use the machines efficiently and
safely. Dedicated training packages offer the opportunity to provide new employees with special training for the machine, even if the machine has already been in operation for some time.   Maintenance and spare part deliveries   Regular maintenance of machines is crucial to ensure their performance and minimize downtime. STATEC BINDER offers preventive maintenance programs that are individually tailored to the customer's needs. Special service appointments by experienced technicians
ensure that the machine can work at the best possible output. Among other things, wear parts can be replaced as a preventative measure. These programs help to identify and rectify potential problems at an early stage before major malfunctions occur. In addition, STATEC BINDER guarantees a rapid supply of spare parts to ensure machine availability at all times.   Remote maintenance and technical support   STATEC BINDER also offers comprehensive technical support that responds quickly and easily to customers' needs. The company's technicians can access the machines directly via remote maintenance systems to diagnose faults and rectify problems immediately. This service minimizes downtime and ensures that production processes are disrupted as little as possible. If there is a fault or problem that needs to be rectified directly on the machine itself, STATEC BINDER also offers to have a service technician on site as quickly as possible to help customers. This is a customer service program that many comparable companies do not offer and of which STATEC BINDER is particularly proud. In this way, the company sets itself the goal of achieving the best possible customer satisfaction.   Modernization and retrofitting   Even after years of operation, STATEC BINDER offers options for modernizing and retrofitting the systems so that the control system and electronics remain state-of-the-art.
This can be done, for example, by integrating new technologies or adapting to changes in standard parts. This ensures that the machines remain competitive and state-of-the-art in the long term. This also has the advantage that common standard parts, such as spare or wear parts, can be purchased cost-effectively.   Conclusion   With its comprehensive customer service packages, STATEC BINDER ensures that its customers' investments are optimally protected. From the initial consultation and installation through to maintenance and modernization - STATEC BINDER supports its
customers throughout the entire life cycle of their machines and ensures that they always work efficiently and reliably.   Source: Statec Binder

Packaging Is your factory up to the task?

2+ MIN

The STATEC BINDER customer service

Our comprehensive, worldwide customer service includes numerous services, such as inspections, detailed customer trainings on site, the storage of spare and wear parts close to the customer and extensive maintenance by our service technicians.   The 1 - 6 - 11 service program enables customer advice and support after the delivery of a STATEC BINDER system with the highest level of expertise. The program allows the machines to be optimally adapted to the individual needs of the customer and enables our technicians to answer project-related questions in person.   1 - One month after commissioning   The machines are installed by our technicians together with the customer, the production capacity is tested, and parameter checks are carried out. In addition, the future machine operators receive extensive training.   6 - Six months after commissioning   The customer should already be confident and familiar with its system. The focus lies on fine-tuning the machine, whereby a further visit, parameter checks, refresher trainings and visual inspections are carried out. Further customer training takes place if required.   11 - Eleven months after commissioning   Our service technicians visit the customer one more time and inspect the machine. The technicians make recommendations for a better use of the system in the future, in order to complete the fine-tuning process. Finally, an individual maintenance plan is drawn up for the respective system to ensure smooth cooperation in the future.   In addition to the comprehensive service program, our customer service is also characterized by the wide range of spare and wear parts. Required spare parts can be ordered and shipped globally and easily. Our customers also benefit from our Remote Maintenance System. With this innovative technology, problems that cannot be solved by customers themselves can be identified from our company located in Austria. Beyond that, the further procedure can also be defined remotely.   In addition, after the delivery of the machine, our customers get largely informed about the optimization and modernization of their systems by our service team. The focus lies on fine-tuning the machines with various modernization measures, such as new standards or updates. In this way, we can continue to help ensure that the high-quality systems perform reliably for many decades to come.   By: STATEC BINDER   Source: All Pet Food Magazine

Advertising

Small Lateral